Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 31, 2018.

Registration No. 333-            

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933



NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  2836
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  46-3915846
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)



40 Erie St., Suite 110
Cambridge, MA 02139
(617) 337-4701

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Hugh O'Dowd
Chief Executive Officer
40 Erie St., Suite 110
Cambridge, MA 02139
(617) 337-4701

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Mitchell S. Bloom, Esq.
Arthur McGivern, Esq.
Laurie A. Burlingame, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
100 Northern Ave.
Boston, MA 02210
(617) 570-1000

 

Yasir B. Al-Wakeel
Chief Financial Officer
Neon Therapeutics, Inc.
40 Erie St., Suite 110
Cambridge, MA 02139
(617) 337-4701

 

Divakar Gupta, Esq.
Charles S. Kim, Esq.
Nicole C. Brookshire, Esq.
Richard C. Segal, Esq.
Cooley LLP
500 Boylston St.
Boston, MA 02116
(617) 937-2300



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

           If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.     o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer  o   Accelerated Filer  o   Non-Accelerated Filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller Reporting Company  o

Emerging Growth Company  ý

           If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ý



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $115,000,000   $14,318

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters may purchase pursuant to an option to purchase additional shares.



            The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
DATE May 31, 2018

                   Shares

LOGO

Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

Common Stock



Neon Therapeutics, Inc. is offering                   shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $               and $               per share.



We have applied for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "NTGN".



We are an "emerging growth company" as defined under U.S. federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" on page 13.

 
 
Per Share
 
Total

Initial Public Offering Price

  $            $         

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions (1)

  $            $         

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $            $         

(1)
We refer you to "Underwriters" beginning on page 194 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation.



We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of up to 30 days to purchase up to                  additional shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                  , 2018.



Joint Book-Running Managers

MORGAN STANLEY   BofA MERRILL LYNCH   MIZUHO SECURITIES

Lead Manager

OPPENHEIMER & Co.

   

The date of this prospectus is                  , 2018


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

RISK FACTORS

    13  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    72  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    74  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    75  

CAPITALIZATION

    76  

DILUTION

    78  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    81  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    83  

BUSINESS

    98  

MANAGEMENT

    158  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    166  

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

    174  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    176  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    180  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    183  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    188  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

    190  

UNDERWRITERS

    194  

LEGAL MATTERS

    203  

EXPERTS

    203  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    203  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  

         We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the "company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Neon Therapeutics, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiary.

Overview

        We are a clinical-stage immuno-oncology company and a leader in the field of neoantigen-targeted therapies, dedicated to transforming the treatment of cancer by directing the immune system towards neoantigens. Genetic mutations, which are a hallmark of cancer, can result in specific immune targets called neoantigens. The presence of neoantigens in cancer cells and their absence in normal cells makes them compelling, untapped targets for cancer therapy. By directing the immune system towards these targets, we believe our neoantigen-targeted therapies will offer a new level of patient and tumor specificity in the field of cancer immunotherapy that will drive a strong risk-benefit profile to dramatically improve patient outcomes.

        Our ambition is to lead a paradigm shift in the treatment of cancer patients towards an era of truly personal immuno-oncology therapies. Our founders have done pioneering work in immuno-oncology, including work that resulted in a class of immunotherapy known as checkpoint inhibitors, which aim to reactivate the immune system to kill cancer cells. Checkpoint inhibitors have demonstrated potent efficacy in cancers with higher rates of genetic mutations, or mutational burden, which provide a greater diversity of neoantigen targets. However, even in these tumor types, the majority of patients do not respond to treatment. Our development strategy leverages multiple neoantigen modalities, including vaccines and T cell therapies, to maximize the potential reach of our therapies. By directing the immune system against neoantigen targets, our vaccines have the potential to improve patient outcomes across both checkpoint-responsive and unresponsive disease, and our T cell therapies have the potential to unlock the potency of cell therapies in solid tumors.

        NEO-PV-01, our personal neoantigen vaccine, is custom-designed and manufactured based on the unique mutational fingerprint of each individual patient. This technology was developed based on more than a decade of work by our founders at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and the Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard, which culminated in an initial clinical trial reported in Nature in July 2017. This trial demonstrated the ability of a personal neoantigen vaccine to generate highly specific immune responses in six patients with stage III/IV melanoma treated in the adjuvant setting, with all six patients disease-free at a median of 20 months after initiating vaccination. NEO-PV-01 is currently being evaluated in an ongoing Phase 1b clinical trial in combination with nivolumab in metastatic melanoma, non-small cell lung cancer and bladder cancer. The clinical data so far from this trial demonstrates that the therapy has been well-tolerated and has been able to direct the immune system against neoantigens in advanced metastatic disease. Furthermore, we have observed both evidence of immune pressure on tumors and of tumor cell killing. We believe these findings provide emerging proof of mechanism and will inform our NEO-PV-01 clinical development plans.

        NEO-PTC-01, our personal neoantigen T cell therapy, consists of multiple T cell populations that are generated to target each individual patient's unique set of neoantigens. We are focusing the initial clinical development of NEO-PTC-01 in solid tumors, and we expect to file a clinical trial application, or CTA, in Europe in the first half of 2019 to evaluate NEO-PTC-01 in the solid tumor setting.

        In parallel to our personal therapies, we are advancing additional therapies that use a precision medicine approach. These include multiple neoantigen-targeted therapies that direct the immune system towards prevalent mutations that are shared across patients in specific tumor types. We intend to develop

1


Table of Contents

product candidates targeting shared neoantigens using both vaccine and T cell modalities. Our first product candidate using this approach, NEO-SV-01, is a neoantigen vaccine for the treatment of estrogen-receptor-positive, or ER + , breast cancer, for which we expect to file an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, in the first half of 2019.

        Our product candidate pipeline is generated using our proprietary neoantigen platform, which continuously improves as our product candidates generate data. This platform comprises three key elements: our RECON (Real-time Epitope Computation for ONcology) Bioinformatics Engine; our deep capabilities in peptide chemistry; and our combined T cell biology and immune-monitoring expertise. A core component of our neoantigen platform is RECON, which uses a proprietary combination of algorithms designed to predict the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigen targets associated with each patient's tumor. As detailed in our February 2017 paper in Immunity , we observed a more than two-fold improvement in RECON's neoantigen predictive capabilities compared to standard approaches. We intend to strengthen our leading position in the neoantigen field by using data generated from our ongoing and future clinical trials, coupled with our machine learning expertise, to continue to refine RECON's neoantigen prediction algorithms.

        We have strategically chosen to utilize peptides for neoantigen targeting in our product candidates in order to directly replicate the body's natural immune processes. Peptides have demonstrated broad immunogenicity and safety. We believe that our choice to utilize peptides reduces both complexity and risk within our platform. From inception, we have also been focused on the unique supply chain requirements of our personal neoantigen therapies. Accordingly, we have developed automated peptide manufacturing capabilities that we believe provide advantages in both turnaround times and manufacturing costs for our product candidates.

        Our company's efforts build on more than a decade of pioneering work conducted by our world-class founders across multiple leading global institutions including the Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard, the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, the MD Anderson Cancer Center, the Netherlands Cancer Institute and Washington University in St. Louis. Our founders were central to the development of the fields of both immuno-oncology and neoantigens and have published a number of seminal papers outlining the importance of neoantigens as critical immune targets for treating cancer.

The Neoantigen Opportunity

        We believe that neoantigen-targeted therapies will confer a number of significant potential benefits over historic immunotherapy approaches to cancer treatment, including:

    exclusive specificity to the tumor;

    broad immunogenicity;

    broad applicability across cancer types;

    potential for durable clinical benefit;

    potential responses in both higher and lower mutational burden tumors;

    potential for use in earlier treatment settings; and

    being a key component of rational cancer treatment combinations.

Our Approaches and Product Candidates

        We are leveraging our neoantigen platform and over a decade of insights from our founders to develop neoantigen-targeted therapies that use two distinct approaches, NEON  /  ONE and NEON  /  SELECT. These approaches focus on targeting a prioritized set of what we believe are the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigens. In NEON  /  ONE, these neoantigens are specific to each individual. In NEON  /  SELECT, these neoantigens are shared across subsets of patients or tumor types. We are applying these two approaches to develop neoantigen-targeting product candidates using multiple treatment modalities.

2


Table of Contents

        The following summarizes the current status of our product development pipeline:

GRAPHIC

    Our NEON / ONE Approach

        NEON / ONE is our personal medicine approach to neoantigen-targeted therapy. Using NEON / ONE, we are developing therapies that are tailored to each patient's specific set of tumor neoantigens. We are currently developing NEON / ONE product candidates using two modalities, personal neoantigen vaccines and personal neoantigen T cell therapies. We believe our NEON / ONE approach will be effective across tumors that are both responsive and unresponsive to checkpoint inhibitor therapy.

    Our NEON / SELECT Approach

        NEON / SELECT is our precision medicine approach to neoantigen-targeted therapy. While most neoantigen targets are specific to an individual patient's tumor, there are several prevalent neoantigens that are shared across subsets of patients or tumor types, known as shared neoantigens. Using NEON / SELECT, we intend to develop multiple therapies directed towards these shared neoantigen targets using several therapeutic modalities, including both vaccines and T cell therapies. We believe that our NEON / SELECT approach could be complementary to our NEON / ONE personal therapies by providing readily available therapies that can be used in patients identified as having the relevant shared genetic mutation.

Our Neoantigen Platform

        We have pioneered a proprietary neoantigen platform that we are using to develop neoantigen-targeted therapies. Our platform seeks to identify and harness the most therapeutically relevant neoantigens present within each patient's tumor, and comprises three key elements that form an iterative feedback loop:

    Our RECON Bioinformatics Engine:   At the core of our neoantigen platform is our RECON Bioinformatics Engine, which is designed to predict the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigen targets associated with each patient's tumor. RECON uses patient-specific data in a proprietary combination of algorithms that seek to: Identify the genetic mutations present within a patient's tumor; Predict which mutations will lead to neoantigen targets within each specific patient; and Select the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigen-targeting peptides for use in our therapies based on a set of additional biological and pharmacological factors.

3


Table of Contents

    Our deep capabilities in peptide chemistry:   Our platform uses peptides for neoantigen targeting to induce and expand immune responses in patients, either via in vivo or ex vivo approaches. We have strategically chosen to utilize peptides in order to directly replicate the body's natural immune processes, where peptides are presented on cells to prime an immune response. We believe our use of peptides will provide a number of significant pharmacological benefits, including broad immunogenicity and favorable drug distribution, as well as well-established safety and suitability for convenient and repeat dosing.

    Our combined T cell biology and immune-monitoring expertise:   Fundamental to our platform is our ability to elicit neoantigen-specific immune responses, both in vivo and ex vivo , and to evaluate these responses in patients. It is therefore vital for us to understand how T cell responses can be induced and expanded to target neoantigens and monitor the immune system response in treated patients. We have developed a proprietary method for ex vivo T cell stimulation, which we call NEO-STIM, that allows us to test the immunogenicity of neoantigens, as well as to generate neoantigen-specific T cells and T cell receptors, or TCRs, for use in our neoantigen therapies. We have also developed extensive in-house immune-monitoring capabilities that allow us to interrogate the immune state of each patient before, during and after each therapeutic intervention.

        We are using our neoantigen platform to develop therapies using two distinct approaches, NEON  /  ONE and NEON  /  SELECT. We are applying these two approaches to develop product candidates across several neoantigen-targeting therapeutic modalities, including vaccines and T cell therapies.


Overview of Our Neoantigen Platform, Treatment Approaches and Treatment Modalities

GRAPHIC

4


Table of Contents

Our Mission

        Our mission is to build a breakthrough oncology company creating neoantigen-based therapies that significantly improve the lives of patients.

Our Strategy

        To fulfill our mission, we are developing neoantigen-targeted therapies that we believe have the potential to lead a paradigm shift in the treatment of cancer patients. Key elements of our strategy include:

    Advance product candidates using multiple treatment modalities to enable therapies across a broad array of patient populations.   By developing product candidates that utilize a range of neoantigen therapeutic modalities, we believe we will be able to address a wide array of solid and hematological tumors, across the tumor mutational burden spectrum, at both early and late stages of disease.

    Efficiently develop NEO-PV-01 through multiple exploratory clinical trials to enable a clear path to registration.   We are currently evaluating NEO-PV-01, our personal neoantigen vaccine, in multiple exploratory clinical trials. Our exploratory clinical program is designed to enable us to efficiently determine the optimal patient populations, rational combinations and treatment protocols for use in late-stage clinical development of NEO-PV-01. Our NT-001 trial is evaluating NEO-PV-01 in combination with nivolumab (marketed as Opdivo) for the treatment of patients with metastatic melanoma, non-small cell lung cancer or bladder cancer, in collaboration with Bristol-Myers Squibb Company. NT-002 is evaluating NEO-PV-01 in combination with pembrolizumab (marketed as Keytruda) and chemotherapy for the treatment of patients with non-small cell lung cancer, in collaboration with Merck and Co., Inc., or Merck. Our NT-003 trial will evaluate NEO-PV-01 and a PD-1 antagonist in combination with other agents such as Apexigen Inc.'s CD40 agonist or a CTLA-4 antagonist. In addition, we are also planning for our NT-004 trial to further explore earlier disease settings, building on the results reported in the July 2017 Nature paper.

    Develop NEO-PTC-01 to leverage the potency of cell therapies to target neoantigens.   We are currently completing preclinical development of NEO-PTC-01, our personal neoantigen T cell therapy. We believe NEO-PTC-01 has the potential to unlock the potency of cell therapies in solid tumors. We plan to file a CTA in Europe in the first half of 2019 to evaluate NEO-PTC-01 in the solid tumor setting.

    Develop NEON  /  SELECT therapies for patients who share specific neoantigens.   We have identified several prevalent neoantigen targets that are shared across subsets of patients or tumor types, and have the potential to be used in multiple treatment modalities, including vaccines and TCR-based T cell therapies. Our first NEON / SELECT product candidate, NEO-SV-01, is currently in preclinical development, and we plan to file an IND for that candidate in the first half of 2019. NEO-SV-01 is a neoantigen vaccine for the treatment of ER + breast cancer. Beyond that, we expect to complete the validation of several additional shared neoantigen targets in 2018.

    Strengthen our leading position in the neoantigen field through ongoing investment in our platform technologies.   We intend to strengthen our leading position in the neoantigen field by using data generated from our platform and from our ongoing and future clinical trials, coupled with our machine learning expertise, to continue to refine RECON's neoantigen prediction algorithms. In addition, we have developed automated peptide manufacturing capabilities that we believe provide manufacturing cost advantages for our NEON / ONE product candidates. We expect to continue to make significant ongoing improvements to our manufacturing process as our product candidates move through clinical trials and towards commercialization. We also intend to continue to invest in our proprietary T cell biology capabilities, which are critical in helping us to both understand and harness patient immune responses to neoantigens.

5


Table of Contents

    Build a sustainable standalone biotechnology company.   We currently have full worldwide development and commercial rights to all of our product candidates. At the appropriate time or times, we may seek development or commercial partners in order to efficiently manage our capital resources, leverage external technical capabilities or maximize the potential commercial reach of our product candidates and programs. In particular, we may explore the development of our NEON / SELECT shared neoantigen targets using multiple treatment modalities by leveraging complementary technical capabilities of external partners.

Our Core Values

        At Neon, we believe that our achievements to date are a testament to the quality of our people, who will be critical to our ongoing success. We seek to hire, retain and cultivate exceptional people who embody our six core values:

 

Patients:

  Urgently develop life-changing medicines.
 

People:

 

Listen, learn, teach.

 

Science:

 

Creative, rigorous, uncompromising.

 

Tenacity:

 

Persevere. Build Neon to last.

 

Pioneer:

 

Leave the comfort zone. Create the future.

 

Integrity:

 

Do right.

Risks Associated with Our Business

        Our business is subject to numerous risks, including:

    We have incurred net losses in every year since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses in the future.

    We will require additional capital to fund our operations and, if we fail to obtain necessary financing, we will not be able to complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates. Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its report on our audited financial statements included in this prospectus.

    Our business is highly dependent on the success of our lead product candidate, NEO-PV-01, as well as NEO-PTC-01, NEO-SV-01 and our other preclinical programs. All of our product candidates will require significant additional nonclinical and clinical development before we can seek regulatory approval for and launch a product commercially.

    Our most advanced product candidates are uniquely manufactured for each patient and we may encounter difficulties in production, particularly with respect to scaling our manufacturing capabilities. If we or any of our third-party manufacturers encounter these types of difficulties, our ability to provide supply of our product candidates for clinical trials or our products for patients, if approved, could be delayed or stopped, or we may be unable to achieve a commercially viable cost structure.

    We are dependent on single-source suppliers for some of the components and materials used in, and the processes required to develop, our product candidates.

    Clinical development is a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of any product candidates.

6


Table of Contents

    We face significant competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

    Neoantigen-targeted therapies are a novel approach. Even if a product candidate we develop receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

    The regulatory approval process for our product candidates in the United States, the European Union, or EU, and other jurisdictions is currently uncertain and will be lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable and we may experience significant delays in the clinical development and regulatory approval, if any, of our product candidates.

    Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property. It is difficult and costly to protect our proprietary rights and technology, and we may not be able to ensure their protection. In addition, if we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

    Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our product discovery and development efforts.

    We will rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines or comply with regulatory requirements, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of or commercialize any potential product candidates.

        For additional information about the risks we face, please see the section of this prospectus captioned "Risk Factors."

Corporate History

        We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in October 2013 under our previous name, Onco3, Inc. Our executive offices are located at 40 Erie Street, Suite 110, Cambridge, MA 02139, and our telephone number is (617) 337-4701. Our website address is www.neontherapeutics.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

        We own various U.S. federal trademark applications and unregistered trademarks, including our company name and our logo and the name and logo of RECON, our bioinformatics engine. All trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus that we do not own are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the symbols ® and ™, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company.

7


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

        We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier to occur of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer," under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which means the market value of our equity securities that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

        In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

8


Table of Contents



The Offering

Common stock offered by us

              shares

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

            shares

Option to purchase additional shares offered by us

 

            shares

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering of approximately $            million, or $            million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, to fund the ongoing clinical development of NEO-PV-01, the development of our preclinical programs, including NEO-PTC-01 and NEO-SV-01, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. For a more complete description of our intended use of the proceeds from this offering, see "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

You should carefully read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

 

"NTGN"

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 16,524,015 shares of our common stock outstanding as of May 15, 2018, gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 93,222,418 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering, and excludes:

    11,046,106 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of May 15, 2018 under our 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the 2015 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.17 per share;

    5,305,757 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of May 15, 2018 under the 2015 Plan, which will cease to be available for issuance at the time that our 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, becomes effective;

                shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under the 2018 Plan upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

                shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

9


Table of Contents

        Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation effective upon the completion of this offering and the adoption of our amended and restated by-laws effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective;

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 93,222,418 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;

    no exercise of outstanding options after May 15, 2018;

    a one-for-            reverse split of our common stock effected on                        , 2018; and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock in this offering.

10


Table of Contents



SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

         You should read the following summary of consolidated financial data together with the section captioned "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for any full year or any other period.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

  $ 19,673   $ 37,195   $ 7,412   $ 13,158  

General and administrative

    7,749     10,892     2,136     3,599  

Total operating expenses

    27,422     48,087     9,548     16,757  

Loss from operations

    (27,422 )   (48,087 )   (9,548 )   (16,757 )

Other income (expense), net

    (11 )   551     79     237  

Net loss

    (27,433 )   (47,536 )   (9,469 )   (16,520 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (2,989 )   (10,396 )   (2,476 )   (3,186 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (30,422 ) $ (57,932 ) $ (11,945 ) $ (19,706 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (1)

  $ (6.14 ) $ (6.86 ) $ (1.62 ) $ (1.89 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (1)

    4,951     8,439     7,377     10,405  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

        $ (0.53 )       $ (0.16 )

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

          89,939           103,628  

(1)
See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common

11


Table of Contents

    stockholders and on the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 
  As of March 31, 2018  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma (2)   Pro Forma As Adjusted (3)  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

  $ 62,092   $ 62,092   $               

Working capital (1)

    56,629     56,629        

Total assets

    73,982     73,982        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    178,081            

Contingently redeemable restricted common stock

    454            

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (111,716 )   66,819        

(1)
We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

(2)
The pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 93,222,418 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and (ii) the expiry of the contingent redemption right on the contingently redeemable restricted common stock upon the completion of this offering.

(3)
The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to the issuance and sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering, as set forth of the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity by $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

12


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.


Risks Related to Our Business, Technology and Industry

We have incurred net losses in every year since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses in the future.

        We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. Investment in biopharmaceutical product development is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate effect or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval and become commercially viable. We have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales to date, and we continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. As a result, we are not profitable and have incurred losses in each period since our inception in October 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018, we reported net losses of $47.5 million and $16.5 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $111.7 million. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue our research and development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if, and as, we:

        To become and remain profitable, we or any potential future collaborator must develop and eventually commercialize products with significant market potential. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical studies and clinical trials, obtaining marketing approval for product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling products for which we may obtain marketing approval and satisfying any post-marketing requirements. We may never succeed in any or all of

13


Table of Contents

these activities and, even if we do, we may never generate revenue that is significant or large enough to achieve profitability. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, maintain our research and development efforts, expand our business or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company also could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

        Even if we succeed in commercializing one or more of our product candidates, we will continue to incur substantial research and development and other expenditures to develop and market additional product candidates. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders' equity and working capital.

We will require additional capital to fund our operations and, if we fail to obtain necessary financing, we will not be able to complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

        Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since our inception. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts to conduct further research and development and preclinical or nonclinical testing and studies and clinical trials of our current and future programs, to seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates and to launch and commercialize any products for which we receive regulatory approval, including potentially building our own commercial organization. As of March 31, 2018, we had approximately $62.1 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. Based on our current operating plan, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                  . However, our future capital requirements and the period for which our existing resources will support our operations may vary significantly from what we expect. We will in any event require additional capital in order to complete clinical development of any of our current programs. Our monthly spending levels will vary based on new and ongoing development and corporate activities. Because the length of time and activities associated with development of our product candidates is highly uncertain, we are unable to estimate the actual funds we will require for development and any approved marketing and commercialization activities. Our future funding requirements, both near and long-term, will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

14


Table of Contents

        We do not have any committed external source of funds or other support for our development efforts and we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Until we can generate sufficient product or royalty revenue to finance our cash requirements, which we may never do, we expect to finance our future cash needs through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements and other marketing or distribution arrangements. If we raise additional funds through public or private equity offerings, the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our stockholders' rights. Further, to the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we would be subject to fixed payment obligations and may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional capital through marketing and distribution arrangements or other collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish certain valuable rights to our product candidates, technologies, future revenue streams or research programs or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. We also could be required to seek collaborators for one or more of our current or future product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or relinquish our rights to product candidates or technologies that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our products or product candidates or one or more of our other research and development initiatives. Any of the above events could significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its report on our audited financial statements included in this prospectus.

        The report from our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and required additional funding to finance our operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate all of our research and development programs, product portfolio expansion or commercialization efforts, and our financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. After the completion of this offering, future reports from our independent registered public accounting firm may also contain statements expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

15


Table of Contents

Our most advanced product candidates are uniquely manufactured for each patient and we may encounter difficulties in production, particularly with respect to scaling our manufacturing capabilities. If we or any of our third-party manufacturers with whom we contract encounter these types of difficulties, our ability to provide supply of our product candidates for clinical trials or our products for patients, if approved, could be delayed or stopped, or we may be unable to maintain a commercially viable cost structure.

        The manufacturing process used to produce our product candidates is complex and novel and has not been validated for clinical or commercial production. For example, for NEO-PV-01, we custom design and manufacture up to 20 individually selected peptides with a proprietary formulation to construct a unique vaccine for each patient. Similarly, for NEO-PTC-01, we must harvest T cells from a patient and activate and expand these T cells ex vivo and ultimately infuse the T cells back into the patient's body. As a result of these complexities, the cost to manufacture our product candidates is generally higher than traditional small molecule chemical compounds, and the manufacturing process is less reliable and is more difficult to reproduce.

        Our manufacturing process will be susceptible to product loss or failure due to logistical issues associated with the collection of a patient's tumor and blood or other samples, shipping that material to analytical laboratories, and shipping the final product back to the location using cold chain distribution where it will be administered to the patient, manufacturing issues associated with the differences in patient starting materials, interruptions in the manufacturing process, contamination, equipment or reagent failure, improper installation or operation of equipment, vendor or operator error, inconsistency in cell growth, and variability in product characteristics. Even minor deviations from normal manufacturing processes could result in reduced production yields, lot failures, product defects, product recalls, product liability claims and other supply disruptions. If for any reason we lose a patient's starting material or one of our custom manufactured products at any point in the process, the manufacturing process for that patient will need to be restarted and the resulting delay may adversely affect that patient's outcome. If microbial, viral or other contaminations are discovered in our product candidates or in the manufacturing facilities in which our product candidates are made, the manufacturing facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination, which could result in our inability to produce or ship product. Because our product candidates are manufactured for each particular patient, we will be required to maintain a chain of identity with respect to materials as they move from the patient to the manufacturing facility, through the manufacturing process and back to the patient. Maintaining this type of chain of identity is difficult and complex, and failure to do so could result in adverse patient outcomes, loss of product, or regulatory action, including withdrawal of any approved products from the market. Further, as product candidates are developed through preclinical to later-stage clinical trials towards approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods, are altered in an effort to optimize processes and results. If we make these types of changes, we may not achieve our intended objectives, and any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently than we expect, potentially affecting the results of clinical trials.

        Although we continue to optimize our manufacturing process, doing so is a difficult and uncertain task, and there are risks associated with scaling to the level required for advanced clinical trials or commercialization, including, among others, cost overruns, potential problems with process scale-out, process reproducibility, stability issues, lot consistency and timely availability of reagents or raw materials. If we are unable to adequately validate or scale-up the manufacturing process with our current manufacturer, we will need to transfer to another manufacturer and complete the manufacturing validation process, which can be a lengthy process. We ultimately may not be successful in transferring our production system or the manufacturer on whom we rely may not have the necessary capabilities to complete the implementation and development process. If we are able to adequately validate and scale-up the manufacturing process for our product candidates with a contract manufacturer, we will still need to negotiate an agreement for commercial supply with that contract manufacturer and it is not certain we will be able to come to agreement on terms acceptable to us. As a result, we may ultimately be unable to

16


Table of Contents

reduce the cost of goods for our product candidates to levels that will allow for an attractive return on investment if and when those product candidates are approved and commercialized.

        The manufacturing process for any products that we may develop is subject to the FDA and foreign regulatory authority approval processes, and we will need to contract with manufacturers who we believe can meet applicable FDA and foreign regulatory authority requirements on an ongoing basis. If we or our contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, are unable to reliably produce products to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, we may not obtain or maintain the approvals we need to commercialize our products. Even if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, there is no assurance that either we or our CMOs will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications and under required good manufacturing practices acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch of the product, or to meet potential future demand. Any of these challenges could delay completion of clinical trials, require bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidates, impair commercialization efforts, increase our cost of goods and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        Our future success depends on our ability to manufacture our products on a timely basis with acceptable manufacturing costs, while at the same time maintaining good quality control and complying with applicable regulatory requirements, and an inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations. In addition, we could incur higher manufacturing costs if manufacturing processes or standards change, and we could need to replace, modify, design or build and install equipment, all of which would require additional capital expenditures. Specifically, because our product candidates may have a higher cost of goods than conventional therapies, and may require long-term follow up evaluations, the risk that coverage and reimbursement rates may be inadequate for us to achieve profitability may be greater.

        We expect to evaluate the use of one or more CMOs, as well as the possibility of establishing our own capabilities and infrastructure, including a manufacturing facility. If we choose to build our own manufacturing facility, we will need significant funding and will need to select an adequate location. We expect that development of our own manufacturing facility would provide us with enhanced control of material supply for both clinical trials and the commercial market, enable the more rapid implementation of process changes, and allow for better long-term margins. However, we have no experience in developing a manufacturing facility and may never be successful in developing our own manufacturing facility or capability. If we determine to establish our own manufacturing capabilities and infrastructure, we will also need to hire additional personnel to manage our operations and facilities and develop the necessary infrastructure to continue the research and development, and eventual commercialization, if approved, of our product candidates. If we fail to select the correct location, complete the construction in an efficient manner, recruit the required personnel and generally manage our growth effectively, the development and production of our product candidates could be curtailed or delayed. We may establish multiple manufacturing facilities as we expand our commercial footprint to multiple geographies, which may lead to regulatory delays or could prove costly. Even if we are successful, our manufacturing capabilities could be affected by cost-overruns, unexpected delays, equipment failures, labor shortages, natural disasters, power failures and numerous other factors that could prevent us from realizing the intended benefits of our manufacturing strategy and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

        In addition, the FDA, the EMA and other foreign regulatory authorities may require us to submit samples of any lot of any approved product, together with the protocols showing the results of applicable tests at any time. Under some circumstances, the FDA, the EMA or other foreign regulatory authorities may require that we not distribute a lot until the relevant agency authorizes its release. Slight deviations in

17


Table of Contents

the manufacturing process, including those affecting quality attributes and stability, may result in unacceptable changes in the product that could result in lot failures or product recalls. Lot failures or product recalls could cause us to delay product launches or clinical trials, which could be costly to us and otherwise harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Problems in our manufacturing process could restrict our ability to meet market demand for our products.

        We also may encounter problems hiring and retaining the experienced scientific, quality-control and manufacturing personnel needed to operate our manufacturing processes, which could result in delays in production or difficulties in maintaining compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

        Any problems in our manufacturing process or facilities could make us a less attractive collaborator for potential partners, including larger pharmaceutical companies and academic research institutions, which could limit our access to additional attractive development programs.

Our business is highly dependent on the success of our lead product candidate, NEO-PV-01, as well as NEO-PTC-01, NEO-SV-01 and our other preclinical programs. All of our product candidates will require significant additional nonclinical and clinical development before we can seek regulatory approval for and launch a product commercially.

        Our business and future success depends on our ability to obtain regulatory approval of and then successfully launch and commercialize our lead product candidate, NEO-PV-01, as well as NEO-PTC-01, NEO-SV-01 and our other preclinical programs. NEO-PV-01 is currently being investigated in two Phase 1b clinical trials, and we plan to initiate two additional exploratory clinical trials evaluating NEO-PV-01. In addition, we are currently conducting additional research and development to optimize the manufacturing process for NEO-PTC-01 and NEO-SV-01 and to determine the other indications that we will be targeting with our NEON  /  SELECT approach. In particular, given that NEO-PV-01 is our first clinical program, we may be exposed to additional risks related to trial execution, difficulties with patient enrollment, trial design and establishing trial protocols. Meanwhile, NEO-PTC-01 involves the activation and expansion of neoantigen-specific T cells ex vivo , an approach that may be less effective than anticipated. Finally, the success of our NEON / SELECT program (including NEO-SV-01) depends on our ability to validate high priority shared neoantigen targets and to develop neoantigen-targeted therapies for these shared targets that are therapeutically-relevant across subsets of patients or tumor types. We may, however, be unable to achieve either or both of these goals.

        All of our product candidates will require additional clinical and nonclinical development, regulatory review and approval in multiple jurisdictions, substantial investment, access to sufficient commercial manufacturing capacity, and significant marketing efforts before we can generate any revenue from product sales. In addition, because NEO-PV-01 is our most advanced product candidate, if NEO-PV-01 encounters safety or efficacy problems, developmental delays or regulatory issues or other problems, our development plans and business would be significantly harmed.

The successful development of biopharmaceuticals, such as neoantigen-targeted therapies, is highly uncertain.

        Successful development of biopharmaceuticals, such as neoantigen-targeted therapies, is highly uncertain and is dependent on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. Neoantigen-targeted therapies that appear promising in the early phases of development may fail to reach the market for several reasons including:

18


Table of Contents

        The length of time necessary to complete clinical trials and to submit an application for marketing approval for a final decision by a regulatory authority may vary significantly from one therapy to the next, and may be difficult to predict.

        Even if we are successful in getting market approval for our product candidates, commercial success of any approved products will also depend in large part on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including government payors such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs and managed care organizations, which may be affected by existing and future healthcare reform measures designed to reduce the cost of healthcare. In order to qualify for reimbursement, third-party payors could require us to conduct additional studies, including post-marketing studies related to the cost effectiveness of a product, which could be costly and divert our resources. If government and other healthcare payors were not to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement levels for one any of our products once approved, market acceptance and commercial success would be reduced.

        In addition, if any of our products is approved for marketing, we will be subject to significant regulatory obligations regarding the submission of safety and other post-marketing information and reports and registration, and will need to continue to comply (or ensure that our third-party providers) comply with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs, and good clinical practices, or GCPs, for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. In addition, there is always the risk that we or a regulatory authority might identify previously unknown problems with a product post-approval, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency. Compliance with these requirements is costly, and any failure to comply or other issues with our product candidates post-approval could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Clinical development is a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of any product candidates.

        To obtain the requisite regulatory approvals to commercialize any product candidates, we must demonstrate through extensive preclinical studies and clinical trials that our products are safe, pure and potent or effective in humans. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and the outcome of any clinical trial is inherently uncertain. We may be unable to establish clinical endpoints that applicable regulatory authorities would consider clinically meaningful, and a clinical trial can fail at any stage of testing. The outcome of nonclinical studies and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. For example, our ongoing Phase 1b clinical trial of NEO-PV-01 is open-label, but we expect later-stage

19


Table of Contents

clinical trials of NEO-PV-01 will require placebo comparison or comparison with an active comparator. Differences in trial design between early stage clinical trials and later-stage clinical trials make it difficult to extrapolate the results of earlier clinical trials to later clinical trials. Moreover, nonclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in nonclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their products.

        Successful completion of clinical trials is a prerequisite to submitting a BLA to the FDA, a Marketing Authorization Application, or MAA, to the EMA, and similar marketing applications to comparable foreign regulatory authorities, for each product candidate and, consequently, the ultimate approval and commercial marketing of any product candidates. We do not know whether any of our clinical trials will begin or be completed on schedule, if at all.

        We may experience delays in completing our preclinical or nonclinical testing and studies and initiating or completing clinical trials. We also may experience numerous unforeseen events or circumstances during, or as a result of, any future clinical trials that we may conduct that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our product candidates, including:

20


Table of Contents

        We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, or the FDA or other regulatory authorities, or if a clinical trial is recommended for suspension or termination by the relevant Data Safety Monitoring Board, or DSMB. A suspension or termination may be imposed due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities that results in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a product or treatment, failure to establish or achieve clinically meaningful trial endpoints, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. Many of the factors that could cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates. Further, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with our clinical trial design and our interpretation of data from clinical trials, or may change the requirements for approval even after they have reviewed and commented on the design for our clinical trials.

        Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in conducting clinical testing or receiving marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our preclinical or nonclinical testing and studies or clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant preclinical or nonclinical testing and studies or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates and may allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, potentially impairing our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and harming our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations. Any delays in our nonclinical or future clinical development programs may harm our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations significantly.

Preclinical development is uncertain. Our preclinical programs may experience delays or may never advance to clinical trials, which would adversely affect our ability to obtain regulatory approvals or commercialize these programs on a timely basis or at all, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

        With the exception of NEO-PV-01, all of our other product candidates are still in the preclinical discovery stage, and their risk of failure is high. Before we can commence clinical trials for a product candidate, we must complete extensive preclinical testing and studies that support our planned Investigational New Drug applications, or INDs, in the United States, or similar applications in other jurisdictions. We cannot be certain of the timely completion or outcomes of our preclinical testing and studies and cannot predict if the FDA or other regulatory authorities will accept our proposed clinical programs or if the outcomes of our preclinical testing and studies will ultimately support the further development of our programs. As a result, we cannot be sure that we will be able to submit INDs or similar applications for our preclinical programs on the timelines we expect, if at all, and we cannot be sure that submission of INDs or similar applications will result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities allowing clinical trials to begin.

21


Table of Contents

Our planned clinical trials or those of our future collaborators may reveal significant adverse events not seen in our preclinical or nonclinical studies and may result in a safety profile that could inhibit regulatory approval or market acceptance of any of our product candidates.

        Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of any products, we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex and expensive preclinical studies and clinical trials that our product candidates are both safe and effective for use in each target indication. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. In addition, initial success in clinical trials may not be indicative of results obtained when those trials are completed. There is typically an extremely high rate of attrition from the failure of product candidates proceeding through clinical trials. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy profile despite having progressed through nonclinical studies and initial clinical trials. Companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in later-stage clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or unacceptable safety issues, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. Most product candidates that commence clinical trials are never approved as products and there can be no assurance that any of our current or future clinical trials will ultimately be successful or support further clinical development of any of our product candidates.

        We intend to develop NEO-PV-01, and may develop future product candidates, in combination with one or more cancer therapies. This combination may have additional side effects that were not present in initial clinical trials of our product candidates with other cancer therapies. The uncertainty resulting from the use of our product candidates in combination with other cancer therapies may make it difficult to accurately predict side effects in future clinical trials.

        If significant adverse events or other side effects are observed in any of our current or future clinical trials, we may have difficulty recruiting patients to our clinical trials, patients may drop out of our trials, or we may be required to abandon the trials or our development efforts of one or more product candidates altogether. We, the FDA or other applicable regulatory authorities, or an IRB, may suspend clinical trials of a product candidate at any time for various reasons, including a belief that trial subjects are being exposed to unacceptable health risks or adverse side effects. Some potential therapeutics developed in the biotechnology industry that initially showed therapeutic promise in early-stage trials have later been found to cause side effects that prevented their further development. Even if the side effects presented do not preclude the drug from obtaining or maintaining marketing approval, undesirable side effects may inhibit market acceptance of the approved product due to its tolerability versus other therapies. Any of these developments could materially harm our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

        We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our clinical trials for a variety of reasons. The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the study until its conclusion. The enrollment of patients depends on many factors, including:

22


Table of Contents

        In addition, our clinical trials will compete with other clinical trials for product candidates that are similar therapeutic areas as our product candidates, which may reduce the number and types of patients available to us. In addition, since the number of qualified clinical investigators is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which will reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials at those sites. Moreover, because our product candidates represent a departure from more commonly used methods for cancer treatment, potential patients and their doctors may be inclined to use conventional therapies, such as chemotherapy and bone marrow transplantation, rather than enroll patients in a clinical trial. This may be particularly true for patients with late-stage disease who may perceive that our approach is not effective for patients with that disease profile.

        Delays in patient enrollment may result in increased costs or may affect the timing or outcome of our planned clinical trials. These delays could also prevent completion of these trials and adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our product candidates.

We expect to develop NEO-PV-01 and, potentially future product candidates, in combination with other therapies, and safety or supply issues with combination use products may delay or prevent development and approval of our product candidates.

        We intend to develop NEO-PV-01, and likely other product candidates, in combination with one or more approved or unapproved cancer therapies.

        Even if any product candidate we develop were to receive marketing approval or be commercialized for use in combination with other existing therapies, we would continue to be subject to the risks that the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States could revoke approval of the therapy used in combination with our product or that safety, efficacy, manufacturing or supply issues could arise with any of those existing therapies. If the therapies we use in combination with our product candidates are replaced as the standard of care for the indications we choose for any of our product candidates, the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States may require us to conduct additional clinical trials. The occurrence of any of these risks could result in our own products, if approved, being removed from the market or being less successful commercially.

        We also plan to evaluate NEO-PV-01 or any other future product candidates in combination with one or more cancer therapies that have not yet been approved for marketing by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States. We will not be able to market and sell NEO-PV-01 or any product candidate we develop in combination with an unapproved cancer therapy if that unapproved cancer therapy does not ultimately obtain marketing approval. In addition, unapproved cancer therapies face the same risks described with respect to our product candidates currently in development and clinical trials, including the potential for serious adverse effects, delay in their clinical trials and lack of FDA approval.

        If the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States do not approve these other drugs or revoke their approval of, or if safety, efficacy, manufacturing, or supply issues arise with, the drugs we choose to evaluate in combination with NEO-PV-01 or any product candidate we develop, we may be unable to obtain approval of or market NEO-PV-01 or any product candidate we develop.

Neoantigen-targeted therapies are a novel approach and negative perception of the efficacy or safety of any of our product candidates could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business or obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates.

        Neoantigen-targeted therapies remain novel and unproven technologies, with no neoantigen-targeted therapy approved to date in the United States or the European Union, or EU. Neoantigen vaccines,

23


Table of Contents

neoantigen T cell therapies or any other modality that we seek to use may not gain the acceptance of the public or the medical community. For example, earlier cancer vaccines attempted to direct the immune system against a class of molecules found predominantly, but not exclusively, at the tumor site. Since the targets of these cancer vaccines were are also found on normal cells, they were regarded as 'self', which caused the immune system to prohibit destruction of the cancerous cells. As a result, these cancer vaccines did not generate potent immune responses. Our neoantigen vaccines may be viewed in the same vein as the earlier cancer vaccines, limiting our ability to enroll patients in our clinical trials or if approved, our vaccines' market acceptance. Further, with respect to our NEO-PTC-01 program, the use of T cells as a potential cancer treatment is a recent scientific development and may not become broadly accepted by physicians, patients, hospitals, cancer treatment centers and others in the medical community.

        Our success will depend upon physicians who specialize in the treatment of diseases targeted by our product candidates prescribing treatments that involve the use of our product candidates in lieu of, or in addition to, existing treatments with which they are more familiar and for which greater clinical data may be available. Adverse events in clinical trials of our product candidates or in clinical trials of others developing similar products and the resulting publicity, as well as any other adverse events in the field of neoantigen-targeted therapies cancer vaccines, or T cell therapies, could result in a decrease in demand for any product that we may develop. In addition, responses by the U.S., state or foreign governments to negative public perception may result in new legislation or regulations that could limit our ability to develop or commercialize any product candidates, obtain or maintain regulatory approval or otherwise achieve profitability. More restrictive statutory regimes, government regulations or negative public opinion would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations and may delay or impair the development and commercialization of our product candidates or demand for any products we may develop.

NEO-PV-01 includes a development-stage vaccine adjuvant, poly-IC:LC. It is difficult for us to predict how our use of poly-IC:LC will be viewed by the FDA or other regulatory agencies as we attempt to demonstrate the safety of NEO-PV-01.

        We use an adjuvant, poly-IC:LC, with our NEO-PV-01 vaccine product candidate, which makes it difficult to predict how the FDA and applicable other regulatory agencies will evaluate the safety of NEO-PV-01. Adjuvants are compounds that are added to vaccines to enhance the activation of and improve the immune response and efficacy of vaccines. Any vaccine, because of the presence of an adjuvant, may have side effects that may pose too great a safety risk to warrant approval of the vaccine. Development-stage vaccine adjuvants, such as poly-IC:LC, may pose an increased safety risk to patients. Poly-IC:LC has been used as an adjuvant in other investigational vaccine trials but has never been approved by the FDA for commercial use. The existence of additional trials using this adjuvant may provide support for approval of our product candidates, however, negative safety or efficacy results from other trials using poly-IC:LC could similarly jeopardize the continued development of our product candidates that use poly-IC:LC as an adjuvant.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

        We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our research and development activities involve the use of biological and hazardous materials and produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, as well as environmental damage that could result in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these

24


Table of Contents

materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by applicable laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of any contamination or injury, we may be held liable for any resulting damages in an amount that could potentially exceed our resources, and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of certain materials and/or interrupt our business operations. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of changes to applicable laws and regulations and cannot be certain of our future compliance. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

        Although we maintain workers' compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not carry specific biological waste or hazardous waste insurance coverage, or workers compensation or property and casualty and general liability insurance policies that include coverage for damages and fines arising from biological or hazardous waste exposure or contamination.

We may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates if we face product liability lawsuits.

        We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of testing our product candidates in clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical trials, manufacturing, marketing or sale. We could face product liability claims that may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. In addition, we could face claims asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims or state consumer protection claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even the successful defense against a claim of this nature would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, claims of liability of this nature may result in:

25


Table of Contents

        Our inability to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products we develop, alone or with collaborators. Even if our agreements with any future corporate collaborators entitle us to indemnification against losses, that indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise. Although we currently carry $5.0 million in clinical trial insurance, that amount of insurance coverage may not be adequate, and, in the future, we may be unable to maintain this insurance coverage, or we may not be able to obtain additional or replacement insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all. Our insurance policies also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay those amounts.

The market opportunities for our product candidates may be limited or small.

        The potentially addressable patient population for our product candidates may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with our product candidates. In addition, our projections of both the number of people who have the cancers we are targeting, as well as the subset of people with these cancers in a position to receive our therapies, if approved, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations, or market research, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these cancers. The number of potential patients for our product candidates may turn out to be lower than expected. Even if we obtain significant market share for our product candidates, if the potential target populations are small, we may never achieve profitability without obtaining regulatory approval for additional indications.

We face significant competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

        The biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by intense competition and rapid innovation. Our competitors may be able to develop other compounds or drugs that are able to achieve similar or better results. Our potential competitors include major multinational pharmaceutical companies, established biotechnology companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and universities and other research institutions. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, such as larger research and development staff and experienced marketing and manufacturing organizations and well-established sales forces. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. Established pharmaceutical companies may also invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of novel therapeutics or to in-license novel therapeutics that could make the product candidates that we develop obsolete. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. Competition may increase further due to advances in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries. Our competitors, either alone or with collaborative partners, may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing on an exclusive basis drug or biologic products that are more effective, safer, more easily commercialized or less costly than our product candidates, or they may develop proprietary technologies or secure patent protection that we may need for the development of our technologies and products. We believe the key competitive factors that will affect the development and commercial success of our product candidates are efficacy, safety, tolerability, reliability, convenience of use, price and reimbursement.

26


Table of Contents

        We anticipate competing with the largest pharmaceutical companies in the world, many of which are all currently conducting research in neoantigen based therapies and all of which have greater financial and human resources than we currently have. In addition to these fully-integrated biopharmaceutical companies, we will also face competition from other immunotherapy-focused oncology companies. Further, we directly compete with a number of neoantigen therapeutics-focused companies, including Aduro Biotech, Inc., Advaxis, Inc., Agenus Inc., BioNTech AG, Gritstone Oncology, Inc., Moderna Therapeutics, Inc., Nouscom AG, PACT Pharma, Inc. and ZIOPHARM Oncology, Inc.

        Even if we obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates, the availability and price of our competitors' products could limit the demand and the price we are able to charge for our product candidates. We may not be able to implement our business plan if the acceptance of our product candidates is inhibited by price competition or the reluctance of physicians to switch from existing methods of treatment to our product candidates, or if physicians switch to other new drug or biologic products or choose to reserve our product candidates for use in limited circumstances. For additional information regarding our competition, see "Business—Competition."

We rely on our RECON bioinformatics engine to identify neoantigen targets. Our competitive position could be materially harmed if our competitors develop a platform similar to RECON and develop rival product candidates.

        We rely on unpatented know-how, inventions and other proprietary information, to strengthen our competitive position. We consider know-how to be our primary intellectual property with respect to RECON. The algorithms composing RECON require accurate input data to enable the algorithms to detect patterns. Our clinical trials allow us to collect clinical data together with myriad samples of blood and tumor tissue, which we use as a feedback loop to make improvements to RECON. However, know-how can be difficult to protect. In particular, we anticipate that, with respect to this platform, this know-how may over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles describing the method, and the movement of skilled personnel.

        We cannot rule out that our competitors may have or obtain the knowledge necessary to analyze and characterize similar data to our known data for the purpose of identifying and developing products that could compete with NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 or any of our future product candidates. Our competitors may also have significantly greater financial, product development, technical, and human resources and access to other human tumors than we do. Further, our competitors may have significantly greater experience in using translational science methods to identify and develop product candidates.

        We may not be able to prohibit our competitors from using technology or methods that are the same as or similar to RECON to develop their own product candidates. If our competitors develop bioinformatics and engage in the computation and analysis of complex algorithms to identify neoantigen targets and develop associated therapies, our ability to develop and market a promising product or product candidate may diminish substantially, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

        Continuous and up-to-date clinical data is a key feature of RECON. We cannot guarantee that we will be permitted by regulatory authorities, or have the resources to obtain, continuous clinical data that would be input into RECON. For example, regulatory authorities may require that we refrain from inputting any additional data into RECON after we commence a pivotal clinical trial. If we are prevented or impeded from adding additional clinical data into RECON, we will not be able to advance RECON and its utility may be diminished. As a result, our ability to develop product candidates may be significantly impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

27


Table of Contents

Even if a product candidate we develop receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

        If any product candidate we develop receives marketing approval, whether as a single agent or in combination with other therapies, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors, and others in the medical community. For example, other cancer treatments like chemotherapy and radiation therapy are well established in the medical community, and doctors may continue to rely on these therapies. If the product candidates we develop do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of any product candidate, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

We will need to grow the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

        As of May 15, 2018, we had 84 employees, all of whom are full-time. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, and as we transition into operating as a public company, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial, legal and other personnel. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

        Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our product candidates will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth, and our management may also have to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from day-to-day activities in order to devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities.

        We currently rely, and for the foreseeable future will continue to rely, in substantial part on certain independent organizations, advisors, contractors and consultants to provide certain services, including substantially all aspects of regulatory approval, clinical management and manufacturing. There can be no assurance that the services of independent organizations, advisors, contractors and consultants will continue to be available to us on a timely basis when needed, or that we can find qualified replacements. In addition, if we are unable to effectively manage our outsourced activities or if the quality or accuracy of the

28


Table of Contents

services provided by independent organizations, advisors, contractors or consultants is compromised for any reason, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates or otherwise advance our business. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our existing independent organizations, advisors, contractors or consultants or find other competent resources on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

        If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding the roster of independent organizations, advisors and consultants on whom we rely on an outsourced basis, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize our product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.

If we lose key management personnel, or if we fail to recruit additional highly skilled personnel, our ability to identify and develop new or next generation product candidates will be impaired, could result in loss of markets or market share and could make us less competitive.

        Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, scientific and medical personnel, including Hugh O'Dowd, our Chief Executive Officer, Yasir B. Al-Wakeel, our Chief Financial Officer, Richard Gaynor, our President of Research & Development, and Robert Ang, our Chief Business Officer. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, other key employees, and other scientific and medical advisors, and our inability to find suitable replacements could result in delays in product development and harm our business.

        We conduct our operations at our facility in Cambridge, Massachusetts. This region is headquarters to many other biopharmaceutical companies and many academic and research institutions and competition for skilled personnel in our market is intense and may limit our ability to hire and retain highly qualified personnel on acceptable terms or at all.

        To induce valuable employees to remain at our company, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we have provided restricted stock and stock options that vest over time. The value to employees of stock options that vest over time may be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control, and may at any time be insufficient to counteract more lucrative offers from other companies. Despite our efforts to retain valuable employees, members of our management, scientific and development teams may terminate their employment with us on short notice. Although we have employment agreements with certain of our key employees, these employment agreements provide for at-will employment, which means that any of our employees could leave our employment at any time, with or without notice. We do not maintain "key man" insurance policies on the lives of these individuals or the lives of any of our other employees. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled junior, mid-level and senior managers, as well as junior, mid-level and senior scientific and medical personnel.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

        Our operations, and those of our CROs, CMOs and other independent organizations, advisors, contractors and consultants, could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce and process our product candidates on a patient-by-patient basis. Our ability to

29


Table of Contents

obtain clinical supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers are affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption.

Our internal computer systems, or those used by our CROs or other independent organizations, advisors, contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches.

        Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our future CROs and other independent organizations, advisors, contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses and unauthorized access. While we have not experienced any such material system failure or security breach to date, if an event of that nature were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Additionally, a security breach related to RECON's proprietary combination of algorithms could adversely affect our ability to apply RECON to predict therapeutically-relevant neoantigens or result in our competitors having access to these algorithms, which could adversely affect our competitive position. Likewise, we currently do, and may in the future continue to, rely on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates and to conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

        We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other illegal activity by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct that fails to comply with the laws enforced by the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies, provide true, complete and accurate information to the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies, comply with manufacturing standards we have established, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws in the United States and similar foreign laws, or report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. If we obtain FDA approval of any of our product candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our potential exposure under these laws will increase significantly, and our costs associated with compliance with these laws are also likely to increase. These laws may impact, among other things, our current activities with principal investigators and research patients, as well as proposed and future sales, marketing and education programs.

Our relationships with healthcare providers and physicians and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

        Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of pharmaceutical products. Arrangements with third-party payors and customers can expose pharmaceutical manufactures to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal False Claims Act, or the FCA, which may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which companies sell, market and distribute pharmaceutical products. In particular, the promotion, sales and marketing of healthcare items and services, as well as certain business arrangements in the healthcare industry, are subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or

30


Table of Contents

prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, structuring and commission(s), certain customer incentive programs and other business arrangements generally. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of patient recruitment for clinical trials. The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

31


Table of Contents

        The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

        The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert a company's attention from the business.

        The failure to comply with any of these laws or regulatory requirements subjects entities to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, our failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in federal and state funded healthcare programs, contractual damages and the curtailment or restricting of our operations, as well as additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws. Any action for violation of these laws, even if successfully defended, could cause a pharmaceutical manufacturer to incur significant legal expenses and divert management's attention from the operation of the business. Prohibitions, restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future marketed products could materially affect a pharmaceutical manufacturer's business in an adverse way.

        Effective upon the completion of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics. However, even after adopting and implementing appropriate corporate policies, it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent inappropriate conduct may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with

32


Table of Contents

applicable laws or regulations. Our efforts to ensure that our business arrangements will comply with applicable healthcare laws may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any actions of this nature are instituted against us, and if we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations. In addition, the approval and commercialization of any of our product candidates outside the United States will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.

We may not be successful in our efforts to identify additional product candidates. Due to our limited resources and access to capital, we must prioritize development of certain product candidates; these decisions may prove to be wrong and may adversely affect our business.

        Although we intend to explore therapeutic opportunities beyond those that we are currently developing, we may fail to identify viable new product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons, which could result in harm to our business.

        Research programs to pursue the development of our existing and planned product candidates for additional indications and to identify new product candidates and disease targets require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not they are ultimately successful. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential indications and/or product candidates, yet fail to yield results for clinical development for a number of reasons, including:

        Because we have limited financial and human resources, we intend to initially focus on research programs and product candidates for a limited set of indications. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential or a greater likelihood of success. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities.

        Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will ever be able to identify additional therapeutic opportunities for our product candidates or develop suitable potential product candidates through internal research programs, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations. We may focus our efforts and resources on potential product candidates or other potential programs that ultimately prove to be unsuccessful.

33


Table of Contents

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by a variety of risks associated with marketing our product candidates internationally.

        We plan to seek regulatory approval of our product candidates outside of the United States and, accordingly, if we obtain necessary approvals, we expect that we will be subject to additional risks related to operating in foreign countries, including:

        These and other risks associated with our international operations may materially adversely affect our ability to attain or maintain profitable operations.

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience marketing products. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our product candidates, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

        We currently have no sales, marketing or distribution capabilities and have no experience marketing products. In the future, we intend to develop an in-house marketing organization and sales force, which will require significant capital expenditures, management resources and time. We will have to compete with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to recruit, hire, train and retain marketing and sales personnel.

        In addition to establishing internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, we may pursue collaborative arrangements regarding the sales and marketing of our products. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to establish or maintain these types of collaborative arrangements, or if we are able to do so, that our partners will have effective sales forces. Any revenue we receive from collaboration partners will depend upon the efforts of these third parties, which may not be successful. We may have little or no control over the marketing and sales efforts that these third parties undertake and our revenue from product sales may be lower than if we had commercialized our product candidates

34


Table of Contents

ourselves. We also face competition in our search for third parties to assist us with the sales and marketing efforts of our product candidates.

        There can be no assurance that we will be able to develop in-house sales and distribution capabilities or establish or maintain relationships with third-party collaborators to commercialize any, assuming they receive regulatory approval, in the United States or overseas.

Comprehensive tax reform legislation could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

        In December 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation, referred to as the Tax Reform Act, that includes significant changes to the taxation of business entities. These changes include, among others, a permanent reduction to the corporate income tax rate, limiting interest deductions, limiting the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of annual taxable income and eliminating net operating loss carrybacks, in each case, for losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 (though any such tax losses may be carried forward indefinitely), allowing for the expensing of capital expenditures, putting into effect the migration from a "worldwide" system of taxation to a territorial system, and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits (including reducing the business tax credit for certain clinical testing expenses incurred in the testing of certain drugs for rare diseases or conditions generally referred to as "orphan drugs"). The overall impact of this tax reform is uncertain, and it is possible that our business, financial condition prospects and results of operations could be adversely affected by the limitations imposed on certain tax deductions and credits. We continue to examine the impact this tax reform legislation may have on our business. We urge our stockholders to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to applicable tax laws, including this legislation, and the potential tax consequences of investing in our common stock.

Our ability to use net operating losses and research and development credits to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

        As of December 31, 2017, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $81.2 million and $79.8 million, respectively, which begin to expire in various amounts in 2034. As of December 31, 2017, we also had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $1.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2034 and 2029, respectively. These net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. In addition, in general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses or tax credits, or NOLs or credits, to offset future taxable income or taxes. For these purposes, an ownership change generally occurs where the aggregate stock ownership of one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who owns at least 5% of a corporation's stock increases its ownership by more than 50 percentage points over its lowest ownership percentage within a specified testing period. Our existing NOLs or credits may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs or credits could be further limited by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, many of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Our NOLs or credits may also be impaired under state law. Accordingly, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs or credits. Furthermore, our ability to utilize our NOLs or credits is conditioned upon our attaining profitability and generating U.S. federal and state taxable income. As described above under "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business, Technology and Industry," we have incurred significant net losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. Therefore, we do not know whether or when we will generate the U.S. federal or state taxable income necessary to utilize our NOL or credit carryforwards. Under the Tax Reform Act, NOLs generated after December 31, 2017 will not be subject to expiration. The Tax Reform Act also reduced the corporate income tax rate to 21%, from

35


Table of Contents

a prior rate of 35%. This may cause a reduction in the potential economic benefit of our NOLs and other available deferred tax assets.


Risks Related to Government Regulation

The regulatory approval process for our product candidates in the United States, European Union and other jurisdictions is currently uncertain and will be lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable and we may experience significant delays in the clinical development and regulatory approval, if any, of our product candidates.

        The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, import, export, marketing and distribution of drug products, including biologics, are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States and regulatory authorities in states and other countries. We are not permitted to market any biological product in the United States until we receive a biologics license from the FDA. We have not previously submitted a BLA to the FDA, or similar marketing application to comparable foreign authorities. A BLA must include extensive nonclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish that the product candidate is safe, pure and potent for each desired indication. The BLA must also include significant information regarding the chemistry, manufacturing and controls for the product, and the manufacturing facilities must complete a successful pre-license inspection. We expect the novel nature of our product candidates to create further challenges in obtaining regulatory approval. For example, the NEON  /  ONE product candidate that we design and manufacture is molecularly different for each patient and the FDA has not approved any personal neoantigen therapies to date. Similarly, we use data from our clinical trials to continuously improve the algorithms composing our RECON Bioinformatics Engine. The FDA or other regulatory authorities may require that we refrain from inputting any additional data into our RECON Bioinformatics Engine before we commence any pivotal clinical trials of our product candidates. As a result, our ability to develop product candidates and obtain regulatory approval may be significantly impacted.

        The FDA may also require a panel of experts, referred to as an Advisory Committee, to deliberate on the adequacy of the safety and efficacy data to support approval. The opinion of the Advisory Committee, although not binding, may have a significant impact on our ability to obtain approval of any product candidates that we develop based on the completed clinical trials.

        Moreover, while we are not aware of any specific genetic or biomarker diagnostic tests for which regulatory approval would be necessary in order to advance any of our product candidates to clinical trials or potential commercialization, in the future, regulatory agencies may require the development and approval of these types of tests. Accordingly, the regulatory approval pathway for our product candidates may be uncertain, complex, expensive and lengthy, and we may never obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates.

        In addition, clinical trials can be delayed or terminated for a variety of reasons, including delays or failures related to:

36


Table of Contents

        Patient enrollment is a significant factor in the timing of commencement and completion of trials and can be affected by many factors. A clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, the IRBs for the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, or the FDA or other regulatory authorities, or a clinical trial may be recommended for suspension or termination by the applicable DSMB, due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a product candidate, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. If we experience termination of, or delays in the completion of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenue will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing any clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue.

The FDA may disagree with our regulatory plan and we may fail to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates.

        The general approach for FDA approval of a new biologic or drug is to provide dispositive data from two well-controlled, Phase 3 clinical trials of the relevant biologic or drug in the relevant patient population. Phase 3 clinical trials typically involve hundreds of patients, have significant costs and take years to complete. We believe that we may be able to utilize an accelerated approval approach for our product candidates given the limited alternatives for cancer treatments, but the FDA may not agree with our plans.

        In addition, our clinical trials results may also not support approval of our product candidates. Our product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

37


Table of Contents

We may rely on third parties to conduct investigator-sponsored clinical trials of NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 and our other product candidates. Any failure by a third party to meet its obligations with respect to the clinical development of our product candidates may delay or impair our ability to obtain regulatory approval for NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 and our other product candidates.

        We may rely on academic and private, non-academic institutions to conduct and sponsor clinical trials relating to NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 and our other product candidates. We will not control the design or conduct of the investigator-sponsored trials. It is possible that the FDA or non-U.S. regulatory authorities will not view these investigator-sponsored trials as providing adequate support for future clinical trials, whether controlled by us or third parties, for any one or more reasons, including due to elements of the design or execution of the trials, safety concerns or safety concerns or other trial results.

        Our arrangements with academic and private, non-academic institutions will likely provide us certain information rights with respect to the investigator-sponsored trials, including access to and the ability to use and reference the data resulting from the investigator-sponsored trials, including for our own regulatory filings. However, we would not have control over the timing and reporting of the data from investigator-sponsored trials, nor would we own the data from the investigator-sponsored trials. If we are unable to confirm or replicate the results from investigator-sponsored trials or if those trials produce negative results, we would likely be further delayed or prevented from advancing further clinical development of our product candidates. Further, if investigators or institutions breach their obligations with respect to the clinical development of our product candidates, or if the data they generate prove to be inadequate compared to the first-hand knowledge we might have gained had their trials instead been sponsored and conducted by us, then our ability to design and conduct any future clinical trials ourselves may be adversely affected.

        Additionally, the FDA or non-U.S. regulatory authorities may disagree with the sufficiency of our right of reference to the preclinical, manufacturing or clinical data generated by these investigator-sponsored trials, or our interpretation of preclinical, manufacturing or clinical data from these investigator-sponsored trials. If so, the FDA or other non-U.S. regulatory authorities may require us to obtain and submit additional preclinical, manufacturing, or clinical data before we may initiate our planned trials and/or may not accept such additional data as adequate to initiate our planned trials.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in other jurisdictions.

        Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of a product candidate in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval for that product candidate in any other jurisdiction, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval of a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the product candidate in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional nonclinical studies or clinical trials as clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory

38


Table of Contents

authorities in other jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to regulatory approval.

        We may also submit marketing applications in other countries. Regulatory authorities in jurisdictions outside of the United States have requirements for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing our product candidates in those jurisdictions. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of any product candidates or therapies, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.

        If any of our product candidates are approved, they will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, conduct of post-marketing studies and submission of safety, efficacy and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, we will be subject to continued compliance with cGMP and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval.

        Manufacturers and manufacturers' facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA, and comparable foreign regulatory authority requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP, and in certain cases, current Good Tissue Practices, or cGTP, regulations. As a result, we and our contract manufacturers, including our outsourced peptide manufacturer and vaccine adjuvant supplier, will be subject to continual review and inspections to assess compliance with cGMP and adherence to commitments made in any BLA, other marketing application, and previous responses to inspection observations. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control.

        Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. The FDA may also require that we implement a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy or REMS, program as a condition of approval of our product candidates, which could entail requirements for long-term patient follow-up, a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves our product candidates, we will have to comply with requirements including submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports and registration.

        The FDA may impose consent decrees or withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or

39


Table of Contents

imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

        The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Products may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability. The policies of the FDA and of other regulatory authorities may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

Coverage and reimbursement may be limited or unavailable in certain market segments for our product candidates, if approved, which could make it difficult for us to sell any product candidates or therapies profitably.

        The success of our product candidates, if approved, depends on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. In addition, because our product candidates represent new approaches to the treatment of cancer, we cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for, or accurately estimate the potential revenue from, our product candidates or assure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for any product that we may develop.

        Patients who are provided medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors are critical to new product acceptance.

        Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drugs and treatments they will cover and the amount of reimbursement. Coverage and reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payor's determination that use of a product is:

40


Table of Contents

        In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products, with no assurance that the payor would agree to provide coverage and adequate reimbursement. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate for us to achieve or sustain profitability or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Additionally, third-party payors may not cover, or provide adequate reimbursement for, long-term follow-up evaluations required following the use of product candidates. Patients are unlikely to use our product candidates unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our product candidates. Because our product candidates may have a higher cost of goods than conventional therapies and may require long-term follow up evaluations, the risk that coverage and reimbursement rates may be inadequate for us to achieve profitability may be greater. There is significant uncertainty related to insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. It is difficult to predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates.

        Payment methodologies may be subject to changes in healthcare legislation and regulatory initiatives. For example, the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 required that the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, reduce the Medicare clinical laboratory fee schedule by 2% in 2013, which served as a base rate for 2014 and subsequent years. In addition, effective January 1, 2014, CMS also began bundling the Medicare payments for certain laboratory tests ordered while a patient received services in a hospital outpatient setting. Additional state and federal healthcare reform measures are expected to be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for certain pharmaceutical products or additional pricing pressures and therefore may affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

        Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause public and private payor organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. There has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations, cost containment initiatives and additional legislative changes.

Ongoing healthcare legislative and regulatory reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

        Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any changes of this nature were to be imposed on us, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

        In the United States, there have been, and continue to be, a number of legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. For example, in March 2010 Congress passed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care

41


Table of Contents

Act, or the ACA, which substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The ACA, among other things, subjects biological products to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars; addresses a new method by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected; increases the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extends the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; establishes annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs; and creates a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer's outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D.

        Some of the provisions of the ACA have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial and Congressional challenges, as well as efforts by the Trump administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. For example, Congress has considered legislation that would repeal or repeal and replace all or part of the ACA. While Congress has not passed repeal legislation, the Tax Reform Act includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the "individual mandate." Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or the BBA, among other things, amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to increase from 50 percent to 70 percent the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the "donut hole". It is possible that Congress may consider other legislation to repeal or replace certain elements of the ACA. In addition, since January 2017, President Trump has signed two Executive Orders designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. Further, the Trump administration has concluded that cost-sharing reduction, or CSR, payments to insurance companies required under the ACA have not received necessary appropriations from Congress and announced that it will discontinue these payments immediately until those appropriations are made. The loss of the CSR payments is expected to increase premiums on certain policies issued by qualified health plans under the ACA. Bipartisan bills to appropriate funds for CSR payments were proposed in 2017 and 2018, but the proposals have not been enacted into law. Several state Attorneys General filed suit to stop the administration from terminating the subsidies, but the request for a restraining order was denied by a federal judge in California on October 25, 2017. Additionally, CMS has recently proposed regulations that would give states greater flexibility in setting benchmarks for insurers in the individual and small group marketplaces, which may have the effect of relaxing the essential health benefits required under the ACA for plans sold through such marketplaces. Litigation and legislative efforts to change or repeal the ACA are likely to continue, with unpredictable and uncertain results.

        Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs, including aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year. These reductions went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, including the BBA, will remain in effect through 2025, unless additional congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers.

        These laws, and future state and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise

42


Table of Contents

affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

European Union drug marketing and reimbursement regulations may materially affect our ability to market and receive coverage for our products in the European member states.

        We intend to seek approval to market our product candidates in both the United States and in selected foreign jurisdictions. If we obtain approval for our product candidates in one or more foreign jurisdictions, we will be subject to rules and regulations in those jurisdictions. In some foreign countries, particularly those in the European Union, the pricing of biologics is subject to governmental control and other market regulations that could put pressure on the pricing and usage of our product candidates. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after obtaining marketing approval of a product candidate. In addition, market acceptance and sales of our product candidates will depend significantly on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for our product candidates and may be affected by existing and future healthcare reform measures.

        Much like the Anti-Kickback Statute prohibition in the United States, the provision of benefits or advantages to physicians to induce or encourage the prescription, recommendation, endorsement, purchase, supply, order or use of medicinal products is also prohibited in the European Union. The provision of benefits or advantages to physicians is governed by the national anti-bribery laws of European Union Member States, such as the U.K. Bribery Act 2010. Infringement of these laws could result in substantial fines and imprisonment.

        Payments made to physicians in certain European Union Member States must be publicly disclosed. Moreover, agreements with physicians often must be the subject of prior notification and approval by the physician's employer, his or her competent professional organization and/or the regulatory authorities of the individual European Union Member States. These requirements are provided in the national laws, industry codes or professional codes of conduct that are applicable in the European Union Member States. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in reputational risk, public reprimands, administrative penalties, fines or imprisonment.

        In addition, in most foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. Reference pricing used by various European Union Member States and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. In some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical study or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of any of our product candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and, generally, prices tend to be significantly lower in the European Union. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels or if reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, our revenues from sales by us or our strategic partners and the potential profitability of any of our product candidates in those countries would be negatively affected.

43


Table of Contents

European data collection is governed by restrictive regulations governing the use, processing and cross-border transfer of personal information.

        The collection and use of personal health data in the European Union is governed by the provisions of the Data Protection Directive, and as of May 2018 the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR. These directive impose several requirements relating to the consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, the information provided to the individuals, notification of data processing obligations to the competent national data protection authorities and the security and confidentiality of the personal data. The Data Protection Directive and GDPR also impose strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the European Union to the United States. Failure to comply with the requirements of the Data Protection Directive, the GDPR, and the related national data protection laws of the European Union Member States may result in fines and other administrative penalties. The GDPR introduces new data protection requirements in the European Union and substantial fines for breaches of the data protection rules. The GDPR regulations may impose additional responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with these and/or new data protection rules. This may be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Additional laws and regulations governing international operations.

        If we expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

        Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

        Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, we will need to dedicate additional resources to complying with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

        The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA's accounting provisions.

44


Table of Contents

We are subject to certain U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations. We can face serious consequences for violations.

        Among other matters, U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations, which are collectively referred to as Trade Laws, prohibit companies and their employees, agents, clinical research organizations, legal counsel, accountants, consultants, contractors, and other partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to or from recipients in the public or private sector. Violations of Trade Laws can result in substantial criminal fines and civil penalties, imprisonment, the loss of trade privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities, and other organizations. We also expect our non-U.S. activities to increase in time. We plan to engage third parties for clinical trials and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals and we can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our personnel, agents, or partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have prior knowledge of such activities.


Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property. It is difficult and costly to protect our proprietary rights and technology, and we may not be able to ensure their protection.

        Our commercial success will depend in large part on obtaining and maintaining patent, trademark and trade secret protection of our proprietary technologies and product candidates, which include NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01, NEON  /  SELECT and others programs, their respective components, formulations, combination therapies, methods used to manufacture them and methods of treatment, as well as successfully defending these patents against third-party challenges. Our ability to stop unauthorized third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our product candidates is dependent upon the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents or trade secrets that cover these activities. If we are unable to secure and maintain patent protection for any product or technology we develop, or if the scope of the patent protection secured is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to commercialize any product candidates we may develop may be adversely affected.

        The patenting process is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. In addition, we may not pursue or obtain patent protection in all relevant markets. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, in some circumstances, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering technology that we license from or license to third parties and are reliant on our licensors or licensees. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in issued patents that protect our technology or products, in whole or in part. In addition, our existing patents and any future patents we obtain may not be sufficiently broad to prevent others from using our technology or from developing competing products and technologies.

We depend on intellectual property licensed from third parties and termination of any of these licenses could result in the loss of significant rights, which would harm our business.

        We are dependent on patents, know-how and proprietary technology, both our own and licensed from others. As a result, any termination of these licenses could result in the loss of significant rights and could harm our ability to commercialize our product candidates. See "Business—License Agreement with the

45


Table of Contents

Broad Institute, Inc." for additional information regarding our material license agreement with the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc., the Eli and Edythe L. Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard.

        Disputes may also arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including:

        If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates.

        We are generally also subject to all of the same risks with respect to protection of intellectual property that we license, as we are for intellectual property that we own, which are described below. If we or our licensors fail to adequately protect this intellectual property, our ability to commercialize products could suffer.

If we fail to comply with our obligations under our patent licenses with third parties, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

        We are a party to license agreements with Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc., the Eli and Edythe L. Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard, and others, pursuant to which we in-license key patent and patent applications for our product candidates. These existing licenses impose various diligence, milestone payment, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with these obligations, our licensors may have the right to terminate the license, in which event we would not be able to develop or market the products covered by the intellectual property licensed under these agreements.

        We have limited control over the maintenance and prosecution of these in-licensed patents and patent applications and may have limited control over other intellectual property that may be in-licensed. For example, we cannot be certain that the maintenance and prosecution such activities by these licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights. We also have limited control over the manner in which our licensors initiate an infringement proceeding against a third-party infringer of the intellectual property rights, or defend certain of the intellectual property that is licensed to us. It is possible that the licensors' infringement proceedings or defense activities may be less vigorous than had we conducted them ourselves.

Our proprietary position depends upon patents that are manufacturing, formulation or method-of-use patents, which may not prevent a competitor or other third party from using the same product candidate for another use.

        Composition-of-matter patents on the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, in prescription drug products are generally considered to be the strongest form of intellectual property protection for drug products because those types of patents provide protection without regard to any particular method of use

46


Table of Contents

or manufacture or formulation of the API used. We do not currently have any claims in our owned or in-licensed issued U.S. patents that cover the composition-of-matter of NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 or our other product candidates. We are pursuing claims in our pending owned or in-licensed patent applications that cover the composition-of-matter of NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 or our other product candidates. We cannot be certain that claims in any future patents issuing from our pending owned or in-licensed patent applications or our future owned or in-licensed patent applications will cover the composition-of-matter of our current or future product candidates. In addition, there are likely to be additional challenges in obtaining composition-of-matter patents for NEO-PV-01 and, potentially, other product candidates developed in our NEON / ONE program in the future, given the highly bespoke nature of our personalized therapies.

        Method-of-use patents protect the use of a product for the specified method and formulation patents cover formulations of the API. These types of patents do not prevent a competitor or other third party from developing or marketing an identical product for an indication that is outside the scope of the patented method or from developing a different formulation that is outside the scope of the patented formulation. Moreover, with respect to method-of-use patents, even if competitors or other third parties do not actively promote their product for our targeted indications or uses for which we may obtain patents, physicians may recommend that patients use these products off-label, or patients may do so themselves. Although off-label use may infringe or contribute to the infringement of method-of-use patents, the practice is common and this type of infringement is difficult to prevent or prosecute. In addition, there are numerous publications and other prior art that may be relevant to our owned and in-licensed formulation and method-of-use patents and may be used to challenge the validity of these owned or in-licensed patents in litigation or other intellectual property-related proceedings. If these types of challenges are successful, our owned and in-licensed patents may be narrowed or found to be invalid and we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, prospects and results of operations.

        The strength of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. The patent applications that we own or in-license may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates or uses thereof in the United States or in other foreign countries. Even if patents do successfully issue, third parties may challenge their validity, enforceability or scope, which may result in those patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patent applications we hold with respect to our product candidates is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop, and threaten our ability to commercialize, our product candidates. Further, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our product candidates under patent protection would be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, at any moment in time, we cannot be certain that we were in the past or will be in the future the first to file any patent application related to our product candidates. Furthermore, for our United States patent applications in which all claims are entitled to a priority date before March 16, 2013, a third party can invoke, or the United States patent office, or USPTO, can institute an interference proceeding to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims included in our applications.

        We cannot be certain that we are the first to invent the inventions covered by pending patent applications and, if we are not, we may be subject to priority disputes. We may be required to disclaim part or all of the term of certain patents or all of the term of certain patent applications. There may be prior art of which we are not aware that may affect the validity or enforceability of a patent claim. There also may be prior art of which we are aware, but which we do not believe affects the validity or enforceability of a claim, which may, nonetheless, ultimately be found to affect the validity or enforceability of a claim. No

47


Table of Contents

assurance can be given that, if challenged, our patents would be declared by a court to be valid or enforceable or that even if found valid and enforceable, a competitor's technology or product would be found by a court to infringe our patents. We may analyze patents or patent applications of our competitors that we believe are relevant to our activities, and consider that we are free to operate in relation to our product candidates, but our competitors may achieve issued claims, including in patents we consider to be unrelated, that block our efforts or potentially result in our product candidates or our activities infringing such claims. The possibility also exists that others will develop products that have the same effect as our products on an independent basis that do not infringe our patents or other intellectual property rights, or will design around the claims of patents that we have had issued that cover our products.

        Past or future patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. In March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or America Invents Act, the United States moved from a "first to invent" to a "first-to-file" patent system. Under a "first-to-file" system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to a patent on the invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The America Invents Act includes a number of other significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and establish a new post-grant review system. The effects of these changes are currently unclear as the USPTO continues to promulgate new regulations and procedures in connection with the America Invents Act and many of the substantive changes to patent law, including the "first-to-file" provisions, only became effective in March 2013. In addition, the courts have yet to address many of these provisions and the applicability of the act and new regulations on the specific patents discussed in this filing have not been determined and would need to be reviewed. However, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

        The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

48


Table of Contents

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

        In addition to patent protection, we rely heavily upon know-how and trade secret protection, as well as non-disclosure agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and third-parties, to protect our confidential and proprietary information, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. For example, significant elements of our NEON  /  ONE and NEON  /  SELECT approaches, including aspects of sample preparations, methods of manufacturing, cell culturing conditions, and computational-biological algorithms, including RECON's algorithms, and related processes and software, are based on unpatented trade secrets and know-how that are not publicly disclosed.

        It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business or financial affairs developed or made known to the individual or entity during the course of the party's relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties, except in certain specified circumstances. In the case of employees, the agreements provide that all inventions conceived by the individual, and that are related to our current or planned business or research and development or made during normal working hours, on our premises or using our equipment or proprietary information, are our exclusive property. We have also adopted policies and conduct training that provides guidance on our expectations, and our advice for best practices, in protecting our trade secrets.

49


Table of Contents

        In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information through other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures. These measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee or third party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and any recourse we might take against this type of misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, trade secrets may be independently developed by others in a manner that could prevent us from receiving legal recourse. If any of our confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or misappropriated, or if any of that information was independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position could be harmed.

        In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. If we choose to go to court to stop a third party from using any of our trade secrets, we may incur substantial costs. Even if we are successful, these types of lawsuits may consume our time and other resources. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology. As a result, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our product discovery and development efforts.

        Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, as well as administrative proceedings for challenging patents, including interference, derivation, inter partes review, post grant review, and reexamination proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. We may be exposed to, or threatened with, future litigation by third parties having patent or other intellectual property rights alleging that our product candidates and/or proprietary technologies infringe their intellectual property rights. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications that are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. Moreover, it is not always clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of drugs, products or their methods of use or manufacture. Thus, because of the large number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our fields, there may be a risk that third parties may allege they have patent rights encompassing our product candidates, technologies or methods.

        If a third party claims that we infringe its intellectual property rights, we may face a number of issues, including, but not limited to:

50


Table of Contents

        Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations or could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

        Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. Generally, conducting clinical trials and other development activities in the United States is not considered an act of infringement. If and when NEO-PV-01 or another of our neoantigen-targeting therapy product candidates is approved by the FDA, a third party who believes that our technology infringes its patent may then be able to seek to enforce its patent by filing a patent infringement lawsuit against us. We are aware that a third party has announced a notice of allowance of a U.S. patent application entitled "Neoantigen Identification, Manufacture, and Use." If, as expected, a U.S. patent issues from this U.S. patent application and if a claim is subsequently asserted that NEO-PV-01 or another of our neoantigen-targeting therapy product candidates or RECON infringes this patent, we believe that we have reasonable defenses, such as noninfringement or invalidity. There can be no assurance that these defenses will succeed. We also have patent rights in this technology space. Further, while we do not believe that any claims of other outstanding patents that could otherwise materially adversely affect commercialization of our neoantigen therapies product candidates, if approved, are valid and enforceable, we may be incorrect in this belief, or we may not be able to prove that position in a litigation. In this regard, patents issued in the United States by law enjoy a presumption of validity that can be rebutted only with evidence that is "clear and convincing," a heightened standard of proof.

        There may be third-party patents of which we are currently unaware with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents.

        If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing process of our product candidates, constructs or molecules used in or formed during the manufacturing process, or any final product itself, the holders of those patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize our product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until those patents were to expire or those patents are finally determined to be invalid or unenforceable. Similarly, if any third-party patent were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for manufacture or methods of use, including combination therapy or patient selection methods, the holders of that patent may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the product candidate unless we obtained a license or until such patent expires or is finally determined to be invalid or unenforceable. In either case, a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, particularly if such patent is owned or controlled by one of our primary competitors. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license to a third-party patent on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, our ability to commercialize our product candidates may be impaired or delayed, which could significantly harm our business. Even if we obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive,

51


Table of Contents

thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

        Parties making claims against us may seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee time and resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys' fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, pay royalties or redesign our infringing products, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. We cannot predict whether any license of this nature would be available at all or whether it would be available on commercially reasonable terms. Furthermore, even in the absence of litigation, we may need to obtain licenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of our product candidates and we may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we would be unable to further develop and commercialize our product candidates, which could significantly harm our business.

Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our products.

        Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our products. Our products utilize open source software that contain modules licensed for use from third-party authors under open source licenses. In particular, some of the software that powers RECON may be provided under license arrangements that allow use of the software for research or other non-commercial purposes. As a result, in the future, as we seek to use RECON in connection with commercially available products, we may be required to license that software under different license terms, which may not be possible on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to license software components on terms that permit its use for commercial purposes, we may be required to replace those software components, which could result in delays, additional cost and/ or additional regulatory approvals.

        Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the software code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open source software we use. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public. This could allow our competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time, and ultimately could result in a loss of product sales for us. Although we monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. In that case we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, to re-engineer our products or to discontinue the sale of our products in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Third parties may assert that our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information or misappropriated trade secrets.

        As is common in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, we employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other biopharmaceutical or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no misappropriation or improper disclosure claims

52


Table of Contents

against us are currently pending, and although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of a former employer or other third parties. We may then have to pursue litigation to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any claims of this nature in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against these types of claims, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and, if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, that perception could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. This type of litigation or proceeding could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct this type of litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of this type of litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of intellectual property litigation or other intellectual property related proceedings could adversely affect our ability to compete in the marketplace.

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to product components and processes for our development pipeline through acquisitions and in-licenses.

        Presently, we have intellectual property rights through licenses from third parties to develop NEO-PV-01 and certain other product candidates and we may file patent applications of our own in the future that may be directed to these or other product candidates. Because our programs may involve additional product candidates that may require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties, the growth of our business will likely depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights.

        Our product candidates may also require specific formulations to work effectively and efficiently and these rights may be held by others. We may develop products containing our compounds and pre-existing pharmaceutical compounds. We may be required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to provide a companion diagnostic test or tests with our product candidates, which test or tests may be covered by intellectual property rights held by others. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other third-party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary or important to our business operations. In addition, we may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all, which would harm our business. Were that to happen, we may need to cease use of the compositions or methods covered by those third-party intellectual property rights, and may need to seek to develop alternative approaches that do not infringe on those intellectual property rights, which may entail additional costs and development delays, even if we were able to develop such alternatives, which may not be feasible. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, which means that our competitors may also receive access to the same technologies licensed to us. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology.

        Additionally, we sometimes collaborate with academic institutions to accelerate our preclinical research or development under written agreements with these institutions. In certain cases, these institutions provide us with an option to negotiate a license to any of the institution's rights in technology resulting from the collaboration. Regardless of whether we hold that type of option, we may be unable to negotiate a license from the institution within the specified timeframe or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to do so, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to others, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our program. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to

53


Table of Contents

required third-party intellectual property or to maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of a program our business financial condition, prospects and results of operations could suffer.

        The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and companies, that may be more established, or have greater resources than we do, may also be pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider necessary or attractive in order to commercialize our product candidates. More established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully complete these types of negotiations and ultimately acquire the rights to the intellectual property surrounding the additional product candidates that we may seek to develop or market.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

        Competitors may infringe our patents or the patents of our licensors. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that one or more of our patents is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable, or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Defense of these types of claims regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business.

        We may choose to challenge the patentability of claims in a third party's U.S. patent by requesting that the USPTO review the patent claims in an ex-parte re-examination, inter partes review or post-grant review proceedings. These proceedings are expensive and may consume our time or other resources. We may choose to challenge a third party's patent in patent opposition proceedings in the European Patent Office, or EPO, or another foreign patent office. The costs of these opposition proceedings could be substantial, and may consume our time or other resources. If we fail to obtain a favorable result at the USPTO, EPO or other patent office then we may be exposed to litigation by a third party alleging that the patent may be infringed by our product candidates or proprietary technologies.

        In addition, because some patent applications in the United States may be maintained in secrecy until the patents are issued, patent applications are typically not published in the United States until 18 months after their respective filing dates. Further, publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries. Consequently, we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications for technology covered by our owned and in-licensed issued patents or our pending applications, or that we or, if applicable, a licensor were the first to invent the technology. It is possible that our competitors may have filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering our products or technology similar to ours. and those patent applications may have priority over our owned and in-licensed patent applications or patents, which could require us to obtain rights to issued patents covering such technologies. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application on inventions similar to those owned by or in-licensed to us, we or, in the case of in-licensed technology, the licensor may have to participate in an interference proceeding declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention in the United States. If we or one of our licensors is a party to an interference proceeding involving a U.S. patent application on inventions owned by or in-licensed to us, we may incur substantial costs, divert management's time and expend other resources, even if we are successful.

        Interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications or those of our licensors. An unfavorable outcome in an interference proceeding could result in a loss of our current

54


Table of Contents

patent rights and could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Litigation or interference proceedings may result in a decision adverse to our interests and, even if we are successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees.

        Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, that perception could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

        Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies also require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent application process and following the issuance of a patent. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. Were a noncompliance event to occur, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or the USPTO.

        If we or one of our licensing partners initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate, as applicable, is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. These types of mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). These types of proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patents such that they no longer cover our product candidates. The outcome for any particular patent following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we, our patent counsel and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, or if we are otherwise unable to adequately protect our rights, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. A loss of patent protection for our product candidates could have a material adverse impact on our ability to commercialize or license our technology and product candidates and, resultingly, on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations. Currently, one of our in-licensed European patents related to our NEO-PV-01 and NEO-PTC-01 product candidates is involved in a European opposition proceeding at the EPO involving several opponents. While we and the licensor are defending against this opposition, there is a risk that one

55


Table of Contents

or more of the grounds raised by the opponents will invalidate one or more of the granted claims or require an amendment of the claims in a way that does not cover our product candidates. This may prevent us from asserting this patent against our competitors marketing otherwise infringing products in relevant European countries where this patent has been granted.

        Likewise, our in-licensed patents directed to our proprietary technologies and our product candidates are expected to expire in 2031, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustments or extensions. Our earliest in-licensed patents may expire before, or soon after, our first product achieves marketing approval in the United States or foreign jurisdictions. Upon the expiration of our current patents, we may lose the right to exclude others from practicing these inventions. The expiration of these patents could also have a similar material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations. We own or in-license pending patent applications directed to proprietary technologies or our product candidates that, if issued as patents, are expected to expire from 2031 through 2038, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustments or extensions. However, we cannot be assured that the USPTO or relevant foreign patent offices will grant any of these patent applications.

Changes in patent law in the United States and in non-U.S. jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

        As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involve both technological and legal complexity, and is therefore costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, the United States has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future. For example, in the case, Assoc. for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc., the U.S. Supreme Court held that certain claims to DNA molecules are not patentable. While we do not believe that any of our owned or in-licensed patents will be found invalid based on this decision, we cannot predict how future decisions by the courts, the U.S. Congress or the USPTO may impact the value of our patents. Any similar any adverse changes in the patent laws of other jurisdictions could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

We have limited foreign intellectual property rights and may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

        We have limited intellectual property rights outside the United States. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

56


Table of Contents

        Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceutical products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products against third parties in violation of our proprietary rights generally. The initiation of proceedings by third parties to challenge the scope or validity of our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

We may incur substantial costs as a result of litigation or other proceedings relating to patents, and we may be unable to protect our rights to our products and technology.

        If we or our licensors choose to go to court to stop a third party from using the inventions claimed in our owned or in-licensed patents, that third party may ask the court to rule that our patents are invalid and/or should not be enforced against that third party. These types of lawsuits are expensive and would consume time and other resources even if we or our licensors, as the case may be, were successful in stopping the infringement of these patents. In addition, there is a risk that the court will decide that our patents are not valid and that we or our licensors, as the case may be, do not have the right to stop others from using the inventions in question.

        There is also the risk that, even if the validity of our patents is upheld, the court will refuse to stop the third party on the ground that the third party's activities do not infringe our owned or in-licensed patents. In addition, the U.S. Supreme Court has recently changed some legal principles that affect patent applications, granted patents and assessment of the eligibility or validity of these patents. As a consequence, issued patents may be found to contain invalid claims according to the newly revised eligibility and validity standards. Some of our owned or in-licensed patents may be subject to challenge and subsequent invalidation or significant narrowing of claim scope in proceedings before the USPTO, or during litigation, under the revised criteria, which could also make it more difficult to obtain patents.

        We or our licensors, as the case may be, may not be able to detect infringement against our owned or in-licensed patents, which may be especially difficult for manufacturing processes or formulation patents. Even if we or our licensors detect infringement by a third party of our owned or in-licensed patents, we or our licensors, as the case may be, may choose not to pursue litigation against or settlement with the third party. If we, or our licensors later sue such third party for patent infringement, the third party may have certain legal defenses available to it that otherwise would not be available but for the delay between when the infringement was first detected and when the suit was brought. These legal defenses may make it impossible for us or our licensors to enforce our owned or in-licensed patents, as the case may be, against that third party.

        If another party questions the patentability of any of our claims in our owned or in-licensed U.S. patents, the third party can request that the USPTO review the patent claims such as in an inter partes review, ex parte re-examination or post-grant review proceedings. These proceedings are expensive and may result in a loss of scope of some claims or a loss of the entire patent. In addition to potential USPTO review proceedings, we are currently, and may in the future become, party, to patent opposition proceedings at the EPO or similar proceedings in other foreign patent offices where either our owned or in-licensed foreign patents are challenged. Currently, one of our in-licensed European patents related to

57


Table of Contents

our NEO-PV-01 and NEO-PTC-01 product candidates is involved in a multi-party European opposition proceeding at the EPO. While we believe that the granted claims will ultimately be found to be valid, there is a risk that one or more of the grounds raised by the opponents will invalidate one or more of the granted claims. Were that to happen, we may not be able to assert this patent against our competitors marketing otherwise infringing products in relevant European countries where this patent has been granted.

        In the future, we may be involved in similar proceedings challenging the patent rights of others, and the outcome of that type of proceeding is highly uncertain. An adverse determination in any proceeding of that nature could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. The costs of these opposition or similar proceedings could be substantial, and may result in a loss of scope of some claims or a loss of the entire patent. An unfavorable result at the USPTO, EPO or other patent office may result in the loss of our right to exclude others from practicing one or more of our inventions in the relevant country or jurisdiction, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

        Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products, including biosimilars. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting our product candidates might expire before or shortly after we or our partners commercialize those candidates. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

If we do not obtain patent term extension and data exclusivity for any product candidates we may develop, our business may be materially harmed.

        Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of any FDA marketing approval of any product candidates we may develop, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Action of 1984 Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent extension term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent per product may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. However, even if we were to seek a patent term extension, it may not be granted because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, the failure to apply within applicable deadlines, the failure to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents, or the failure otherwise to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded under an extension request could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or if the term of any requested extension is less than we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations could be materially harmed.

58


Table of Contents


Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We will rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines or comply with regulatory requirements, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of or commercialize any potential product candidates.

        We will depend upon third parties, including independent investigators, to conduct our clinical trials under agreements with universities, medical institutions, CROs, strategic partners and others. We expect to have to negotiate budgets and contracts with CROs and trial sites, which may result in delays to our development timelines and increased costs.

        We will rely heavily on third parties over the course of our clinical trials, and, as a result, will have limited control over the clinical investigators and limited visibility into their day-to-day activities, including with respect to their compliance with the approved clinical protocol. Nevertheless, our reliance on third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities and we will be responsible for ensuring that each of our trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards. We and these third parties are required to comply with GCP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCP requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, clinical investigators and trial sites. If we or any of these third parties fail to comply with applicable GCP requirements, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to suspend or terminate these trials or perform additional nonclinical studies or clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot be certain that, upon inspection, regulatory authorities will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with the GCP requirements. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with biologic products produced under cGMP requirements and may require a large number of patients.

        Our failure or any failure by these third parties to comply with these applicable regulations or to recruit a sufficient number of patients may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Moreover, our business may be implicated if any of these third parties violates federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.

        The third parties who may conduct our future clinical trials will not be our employees and, except for remedies that may be available to us under our agreements with those third parties, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our ongoing nonclinical and clinical programs. These third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other product development activities, which could affect their performance on our behalf. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to complete development of, obtain regulatory approval of or successfully commercialize our product candidates in a timely manner or at all. As a result, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

        If any of our relationships with these third-party CROs or others terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or other third parties or to do so on commercially reasonable terms. Switching or adding additional CROs involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO begins work. As a result, delays may occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that

59


Table of Contents

we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We expect to rely on third parties to manufacture our clinical product supplies, and we intend to rely on third parties to produce and process our product candidates, if approved.

        We do not currently own any facility that may be used as our clinical-scale manufacturing and processing facility and expect to rely on outside vendors to manufacture supplies and process our product candidates. We have not yet caused any product candidates to be manufactured or processed on a commercial scale and may not be able to do so for any of our product candidates. We will make changes as we work to optimize the manufacturing process. For example, we may switch or be required to switch from non-cGMP materials to commercial grade materials in order to get regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot be sure that even minor changes in the process will result in therapies that are safe and effective and approved for commercial sale.

        The facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates must be approved by the FDA or other foreign regulatory agencies following inspections that will be conducted after we submit an application to the FDA or other foreign regulatory agencies. We do not directly control the manufacturing process of, and will be completely dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with regulatory requirements, known as cGMP requirements, for the manufacture of our product candidates. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or other regulatory authorities, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. In addition, we have no direct control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved.

Our existing and future collaborations will be important to our business. If we are unable to maintain any of these collaborations, or if these collaborations are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

        We have limited capabilities for product development and do not yet have any capability for sales, marketing or distribution. Accordingly, we have entered into collaborations with other companies to provide us with important technologies and funding for our programs and technology, and we expect to receive additional technologies and funding under these and other collaborations in the future. Our existing therapeutic collaborations, and any future collaborations we may enter into, may pose a number of risks, including the following:

60


Table of Contents

        If our collaborations do not result in the successful discovery, development and commercialization of products or if one of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may not receive any future research funding or milestone or royalty payments under the collaboration. If we do not receive the funding we expect under these agreements, our development of our technology and product candidates could be delayed and we may need additional resources to develop product candidates and our technology. All of the risks relating to product development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this prospectus also apply to the activities of our therapeutic collaborators.

        Additionally, if one of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new collaborators as the way we are perceived in the business and financial communities could be adversely affected.

        For some of our programs, we may in the future determine to collaborate with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for development and potential commercialization of product candidates. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Our ability to reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator's resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator's evaluation of a number of

61


Table of Contents

factors. If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable collaborators on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay one or more of our other development programs, delay a product candidate's potential commercialization, reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional expertise and additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we fail to enter into collaborations or do not have sufficient funds or expertise to undertake the necessary development and commercialization activities, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates, bring them to market and generate revenue from sales of drugs or continue to develop our technology, and our business may be materially and adversely affected.

We are dependent on single-source suppliers for some of the components and materials used in, and the processes required to develop, our product candidates.

        We currently depend on single-source suppliers for some of the components and materials used in, and processes required to develop, our product candidates. We cannot ensure that these suppliers or service providers will remain in business, have sufficient capacity or supply to meet our needs, or that they will not be purchased by one of our competitors or another company that is not interested in continuing to work with us. Our use of single-source suppliers of raw materials, components, key processes and finished goods exposes us to several risks, including disruptions in supply, price increases or late deliveries. For example, our vaccine adjuvant, poly-IC:LC, which is administered simultaneously with NEO-PV-01, is obtained from a single-source supplier. Additionally, we rely on a single-source supplier to manufacture our peptides. There are, in general, relatively few alternative sources of supply for substitute components. Our current vendors may be unable or unwilling to meet our future demands for our clinical trials or commercial sale. Establishing additional or replacement suppliers for these components, materials and processes could take a substantial amount of time and it may be difficult to establish replacement suppliers who meet regulatory requirements. Any disruption in supply from any single-source supplier or service provider could lead to supply delays or interruptions, which would damage our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

        If we were to have to switch to a replacement supplier, the manufacture and delivery of NEO-PV-01 or our other product candidates or components of our product candidates, such as vaccine adjuvants, could be interrupted for an extended period, which could adversely affect our business. We may not be able to quickly establish additional or replacement suppliers for the adjuvants, peptides or any of the components or processes used in our product candidates, if required. If we are able to find a replacement supplier, the replacement supplier would need to be qualified, which might require additional regulatory authority approval, which could result in further delay. For example, the FDA could require additional supplemental data and clinical trial data if we rely upon a new supplier for the adjuvants and peptides used in our product candidates. While we seek to maintain adequate inventory of the single source components and materials used in our products, any interruption or delay in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices, or at all, in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to cancel orders.

        In addition, as part of the FDA's approval of our product candidates, we will also require FDA approval of the individual components of our process, which include the manufacturing processes and facilities of our single-source suppliers. Our current single-source suppliers have not undergone this process, nor have they had any components included in any product approved by the FDA.

62


Table of Contents

        Our reliance on these suppliers, service providers and manufacturers subjects us to a number of risks that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations, including, among other things:

        If any of these risks materialize, our costs could significantly increase and our ability to meet demand for our products could be impacted.


Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and, as a result, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

        Prior to this offering there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we intend to apply for listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in shares of our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for our common stock is determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after the offering. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

The price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

        The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control,

63


Table of Contents

including limited trading volume. In addition to the factors discussed in this "Risk Factors" section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors may include:

64


Table of Contents

        In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities. This type of litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources, which would harm our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

        We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

        Immediately following the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates will beneficially hold, in the aggregate, approximately        % of our outstanding voting stock. Therefore, even after this offering, these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through their ownership positions. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

        The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $            per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. Further, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute approximately        % of the total amount invested by stockholders since our

65


Table of Contents

inception, but will own only approximately        % of the shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

        This dilution is due to the fact that our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering paid substantially less when they purchased their shares than the price offered to the public in this offering. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see "Dilution."

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

        Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result, changes in rules of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or their interpretation, the adoption of new guidance or the application of existing guidance to changes in our business could significantly affect our financial position and results of operations.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

        As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, Congress enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act. There are significant corporate

66


Table of Contents

governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas such as "say on pay" and proxy access. Recent legislation permits emerging growth companies to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of their initial public offerings. We intend to take advantage of this new legislation but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned. If that were to happen, we would incur additional and unexpected expenses. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

        We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

        If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lapsing of the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based on shares of common stock outstanding as of May 15, 2018, upon the completion of this offering we will have outstanding a total of                shares of common stock. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market immediately following this offering.

        The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to earlier release of all or a portion of the shares subject to such agreements by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated in their sole discretion. After the lock-up agreements expire, based upon the number of shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, outstanding as of May 15, 2018, up to an additional                shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market. Approximately        % of these additional shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to certain limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

        In addition, shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our existing equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Stock Option and Grant Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2019 and continuing through and including January 1, 2028, by        % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number

67


Table of Contents

of shares determined by our board of directors. Unless our board of directors elects not to increase the number of shares available for future grant each year, our stockholders may experience additional dilution.

        After this offering, the holders of              shares of our common stock as of May 15, 2018 will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described above. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We have broad discretion in the use of our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

        Our management will have broad discretion in the application of our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled "Use of Proceeds," and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether these proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and the net proceeds from this offering in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

        Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. From time to time, we may enter into license or collaboration agreements with other companies that include development funding and significant upfront and milestone payments and/or royalties, which may become an important source of our revenue. Accordingly, our revenue may depend on development funding and the achievement of development and clinical milestones under current and any potential future license and collaboration agreements and sales of our products, if approved. These upfront and milestone payments may vary significantly from period to period and any variance could cause a significant fluctuation in our operating results from one period to the next.

        In addition, we measure compensation cost for stock-based awards made to employees at the grant date of the award, based on the fair value of the award as determined by our board of directors, and recognize the cost as an expense over the employee's requisite service period. As the variables that we use as a basis for valuing these awards change over time, including, after the closing of this offering, our underlying stock price and stock price volatility, the magnitude of the expense that we must recognize may vary significantly.

        Further, our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:

68


Table of Contents

        The cumulative effect of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. The price of our common stock could decline even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue and/or earnings guidance we may provide.

Anti-takeover provisions under our organizational documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control, which could limit the market price of our common stock and may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are to become effective at or prior to the completion of this offering, contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions include:

69


Table of Contents

        In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price may decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Our amended and restated bylaws will designate specific courts as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

        Pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws as will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our

70


Table of Contents

current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, employees or stockholders arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. We have chosen the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts as the exclusive forum for such causes of action because our principal executive offices are located in Cambridge, Massachusetts. Some companies that have adopted similar federal district court forum selection provisions are currently subject to a suit in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware brought by stockholders who assert that the federal district court forum selection provision is not enforceable. We recognize that the federal district court forum selection clause may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert the provision is not enforceable and may impose more general additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Additionally, the forum selection clauses in our amended and restated bylaws may limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. Alternatively, if the federal district court forum selection provision is found inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

71


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on management's beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management. Some of the statements in the section captioned "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: "may," "will," "could," "would," "should," "expect," "intend," "plan," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "project," "potential," "continue," "ongoing" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.

        These statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

72


Table of Contents

        In addition, you should refer to the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of other important factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if the forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

        The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, governmental publications, reports by market research firms or other independent sources that we believe to be reliable sources. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. We are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus, and we believe these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third-party information presented in this prospectus, their estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates.

73


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

        The principal purpose of this offering is to increase our financial flexibility and create a public market for our common stock.

        We currently expect to use our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, together with the net proceeds from this offering, as follows:

        Based on our current plans, we believe our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through              .

        We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. Due to uncertainties inherent in the product development process, it is difficult to estimate the exact amounts of the net proceeds that will be used for any particular purpose. We may use our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and the future payments, if any, generated from any future collaboration agreements to fund our operations, either of which may alter the amount of net proceeds used for a particular purpose. In addition, the amount, allocation and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the results of our research and development efforts, the timing and success of clinical trials and the timing of regulatory submissions. Following this offering, we will require substantial capital to complete clinical development, seek regulatory approval of and, if approved, commercialize NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 and NEO-SV-01. We may seek additional funds through public or private equity, debt financings or other sources, including strategic collaborations. We will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

74


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, future debt instruments may materially restrict our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of then-existing debt instruments and other factors the board of directors deems relevant.

75


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and our capitalization as of March 31, 2018:

        The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

        You should read the information in this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, as well as the sections of this prospectus captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  As of March 31, 2018  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (In thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

  $ 62,092   $ 62,092   $    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 93,222,418 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  $ 178,081   $   $    

Contingently redeemable restricted common stock

    454            

    178,535            

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;            shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

               

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 130,000,000 shares authorized, 16,514,640 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, 109,737,058 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;            shares authorized,            shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    17     110        

Additional paid-in capital

        178,442        

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (8 )   (8 )      

Accumulated deficit

    (111,725 )   (111,725 )      

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (111,716 )   66,819        

Total capitalization

  $ 66,819   $ 66,819   $    

76


Table of Contents

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering, as set forth of the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table excludes:

77


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

        Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2018 was $(113.8) million, or $(6.89) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and the carrying value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and contingently redeemable restricted common stock, which are not included within stockholders' equity (deficit). Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the 16,514,640 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018.

        Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 was $64.7 million, or $0.59 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and the carrying value of our contingently redeemable restricted common stock, after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 93,222,418 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and (ii) the expiry of the contingent redemption right on the contingently redeemable restricted common stock upon the completion of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2018, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustment described above.

        After giving further effect to the sale and issuance of            shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 would have been $             million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $            to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $            in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors participating in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $           

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2018

  $ (6.89 )             

Increase in historical net tangible book value per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments above

    7.48               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2018

    0.59               

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering

                    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

        $           

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            , or approximately $            per share, and increase (decrease) in the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered

78


Table of Contents

by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            , or $            per share, and decrease the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by $            , assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $            , or $            per share, and increase the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by $            , assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

        If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase            additional shares of common stock in this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $            , representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $            to existing stockholders and immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $            to investors participating in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above as of March 31, 2018, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us on an as converted to common stock basis, the total consideration paid or to be paid, and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percentage   Amount   Percentage  

Existing stockholders

                   % $                % $           

Investors participating in this offering

                                        $           

Total

                 100.0 % $              100.0 %             

        The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors participating in the offering would be increased to        % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.

        The above discussion and tables are based on shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2018 and exclude:

79


Table of Contents

        To the extent that stock options are exercised or new stock options are issued under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

80


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

         You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with the section captioned "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for any full year or any other period.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

  $ 19,673   $ 37,195   $ 7,412   $ 13,158  

General and administrative

    7,749     10,892     2,136     3,599  

Total operating expenses

    27,422     48,087     9,548     16,757  

Loss from operations

    (27,422 )   (48,087 )   (9,548 )   (16,757 )

Other income (expense), net

    (11 )   551     79     237  

Net loss

    (27,433 )   (47,536 )   (9,469 )   (16,520 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (2,989 )   (10,396 )   (2,476 )   (3,186 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (30,422 ) $ (57,932 ) $ (11,945 ) $ (19,706 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (1)

  $ (6.14 ) $ (6.86 ) $ (1.62 ) $ (1.89 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (1)

    4,951     8,439     7,377     10,405  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

        $ (0.53 )       $ (0.16 )

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

          89,939           103,628  

(1)
See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and on the calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

81


Table of Contents

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
March 31, 2018
 
 
  2016   2017  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

  $ 88,493   $ 79,725   $ 62,092  

Working capital (1)

    84,821     72,539     56,629  

Total assets

    95,261     90,493     73,982  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    128,618     174,895     178,081  

Contingently redeemable restricted common stock

    95     355     454  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (38,492 )   (93,572 )   (111,716 )

(1)
We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

82


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section of this prospectus captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth in the section of the prospectus captioned "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those described in or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Overview

        We are a clinical-stage immuno-oncology company and a leader in the field of neoantigen-targeted therapies, dedicated to transforming the treatment of cancer by directing the immune system towards neoantigens. Genetic mutations, which are a hallmark of cancer, can result in specific immune targets called neoantigens. The presence of neoantigens in cancer cells and their absence in normal cells makes them compelling, untapped targets for cancer therapy. By directing the immune system towards these targets, we believe our neoantigen-targeted therapies will offer a new level of patient and tumor specificity in the field of cancer immunotherapy that will drive a strong risk-benefit profile to dramatically improve patient outcomes.

        To date, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, acquiring and discovering product candidates, securing related intellectual property rights and conducting research and development activities related to our product candidates. From inception through March 31, 2018, we have funded our operations primarily through an aggregate of $161.5 million of gross proceeds from sales of our preferred stock and convertible debt. To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales and do not expect to do so for several years, if at all. Due to our significant research and development expenditures, we have generated substantial operating losses in each period since inception, including net losses of $27.4 million and $47.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and $9.5 million and $16.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. As of March 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $111.7 million. We expect to incur substantial additional losses in the future as we expand our research and development activities.

        We anticipate that our expenses will increase significantly in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

83


Table of Contents

        As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through the sale of equity, debt financings or other capital sources, including collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such agreements as, and when, needed, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development and commercialization of one or more of our product candidates or delay our pursuit of potential in-licenses or acquisitions.

        Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or the timing of when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to generate product sales, we may not become profitable. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or terminate our operations.

        As of March 31, 2018, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $62.1 million. We believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                        . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

        Without giving effect to the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, based on our current operating plan, we expect that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the first quarter of 2019. To finance our operations beyond that point we will need to raise additional capital, which cannot be assured. We have concluded that this circumstance raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for additional information on our assessment.

        Similarly, in its report on our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph stating that our recurring losses, negative cash flows from operations since inception and required additional funding to finance our operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

        We have not generated any revenue from product sales and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products for several years, if at all. If our development efforts for our current or future product candidates are successful and result in marketing approval or collaboration or license agreements with third parties, we may generate revenue in the future from a combination of product sales or payments from collaboration or license agreements that we may enter into with third parties.

Operating Expenses

    Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development expenses represent costs incurred by us for the discovery, development and manufacture of our product candidates and include:

    expenses incurred under agreements with third parties, including contract research organizations, or CROs, contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, and suppliers;

    license fees to acquire and maintain in-process technology and data;

84


Table of Contents

    personnel-related costs, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, for personnel engaged in research and development functions;

    costs of outside consultants, including their fees, related travel expenses and stock-based compensation expense;

    the costs of laboratory supplies and acquiring, developing and manufacturing preclinical study and clinical trial materials;

    costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements; and

    facility-related expenses, which include direct depreciation costs and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and general support services.

        We expense research and development costs as incurred. We recognize costs for certain development activities, such as clinical trials and manufacturing costs, based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as patient enrollment or other information provided to us by our vendors. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual agreements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and are reflected in our financial statements as prepaid or accrued external research and development expenses. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are recorded as prepaid expenses. These amounts are recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed, or until it is no longer expected that the goods will be delivered or the services rendered.

        We use our employee and infrastructure resources across our multiple research and development programs directed toward developing our NEON  /  ONE and NEON  /  SELECT approaches and for identifying and developing product candidates. We track outsourced development and manufacturing costs by development product candidates, but we do not allocate costs such as personnel costs or other internal costs to specific development of product candidates. These external and unallocated research and development expenses are summarized in the table below:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
  (in thousands)
 

NEO-PV-01

  $ 7,149   $ 15,841   $ 2,835   $ 5,357  

NEO-PTC-01

    632     1,565     88     602  

Other early-stage development expenses

    541     1,901     377     563  

Unallocated expenses

    11,351     17,888     4,112     6,636  

Total research and development expense

  $ 19,673   $ 37,195   $ 7,412   $ 13,158  

        At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing, and estimated costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the development of our product candidates. We are also unable to predict when, if ever, material net cash inflows will commence from sales of our products, if approved. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing our product candidates, including the uncertainty related to:

    addition and retention of key research and development personnel;

    successful enrollment in and completion of our current clinical trials for NEO-PV-01, as well as the cost of future clinical trials for NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 and our NEON  /  SELECT approach;

    costs associated with the preclinical development and clinical trials for our early discovery product candidates;

85


Table of Contents

    maintaining agreements with third-party manufacturers for clinical supply for our clinical trials and commercial manufacturing, if our product candidates are approved;

    receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

    commercializing products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

    the terms and timing of any collaboration, license or other arrangement, including the terms and timing of any milestone payments thereunder;

    obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for our products if and when approved; and

    continued acceptable safety profiles of our products following approval.

        A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates would significantly change the costs, timing and viability associated with the development of that product candidate.

        Research and development activities account for a significant portion of our operating expenses. We expect our research and development expenses to increase over the next several years as we continue to implement our business strategy, which includes advancing clinical development of NEO-PV-01 and progressing NEO-PTC-01 and our NEON  /  SELECT approach into clinical development, expanding our research and development efforts, seeking regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials, accessing and developing additional product candidates, and hiring additional personnel to support our research and development efforts. In addition, product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally incur higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. As a result, we expect our research and development expenses to increase as our product candidates advance into later stages of clinical development.

    General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related costs, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, for our personnel in executive, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, business operations and other administrative functions, legal fees related to patent, intellectual property and corporate matters, fees paid for accounting and tax services, consulting fees and facility-related costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses.

        We expect to increase our general and administrative personnel headcount to support our operations as we increase our research and development activities and activities related to the potential commercialization of our product candidates. We also expect to incur increased expenses associated with being a public company, including costs of accounting, audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, requirements, director and officer insurance costs, and investor and public relations costs.

Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income (expense) consists primarily of interest income related to our investments in cash equivalents and marketable securities.

86


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

        The following table summarizes our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, along with the changes in those items in dollars:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
   
 
 
  2017   2018   Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

  $ 7,412   $ 13,158   $ 5,746  

General and administrative

    2,136     3,599     1,463  

Total operating expenses

    9,548     16,757     7,209  

Loss from operations

    (9,548 )   (16,757 )   (7,209 )

Other income (expense), net

    79     237     158  

Net loss

  $ (9,469 ) $ (16,520 ) $ (7,051 )

    Research and Development

        Research and development expenses increased by $5.8 million from $7.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to $13.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

        The increase in research and development expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

    $2.5 million for increased costs related to the advancement of our NEO-PV-01 product candidate, primarily including the following:

    $1.8 million of increased external manufacturing and infrastructure costs related to the clinical supply of NEO-PV-01, and

    $0.7 million of other external research and development costs to support our ongoing NT-001 and NT-002 clinical trials, as well as costs related to the preparation for additional planned clinical trials;

    $2.0 million for increased personnel-related costs due to increased headcount, including $0.6 million of increased stock-based compensation expense;

    $0.5 million for increased costs related to NEO-PTC-01, primarily due to increased external research and development and consulting costs to support the development of NEO-PTC-01;

    $0.3 million in increased facility-related costs, including occupancy costs, as well as depreciation and other maintenance costs;

    $0.2 million in increased purchases of laboratory supplies and consumables for the advancement of our product candidates; and

    $0.2 million for increased costs related to our early stage development candidates.

87


Table of Contents

    General and Administrative

        General and administrative expenses increased by $1.5 million from $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

    $0.9 million for increased personnel-related costs, primarily due to increased general and administrative headcount to support the growth of our research and development organization, including $0.3 million of increased stock-based compensation expense; and

    $0.4 million for increased consulting and professional fees, including for accounting, tax and legal services.

    Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income increased from $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The increase in other income was primarily attributable to interest income on our investments in cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

        The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, along with the changes in those items in dollars:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  2016   2017   Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

  $ 19,673   $ 37,195   $ 17,522  

General and administrative

    7,749     10,892     3,143  

Total operating expenses

    27,422     48,087     20,665  

Loss from operations

    (27,422 )   (48,087 )   (20,665 )

Other income (expense), net

    (11 )   551     562  

Net loss

  $ (27,433 ) $ (47,536 ) $ (20,103 )

    Research and Development

        Research and development expenses increased by $17.5 million from $19.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $37.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

        The increase in research and development expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

    $5.1 million for increased external manufacturing costs related to the clinical supply of NEO-PV-01;

    $4.5 million for increased personnel-related costs due to increased headcount, including $1.2 million of increased stock-based compensation expense;

    $2.3 million in increased purchases of laboratory supplies and consumables to support our ongoing research and development programs;

    $2.0 million for increased external research and development costs, primarily related to advancing development of our NEO-PV-01 and NEO-PTC-01 product candidates;

    $1.9 million in increased facility-related costs, including rent and other costs related to our new facility lease that commenced in September 2016, depreciation and other utility and maintenance costs; and

88


Table of Contents

    $1.7 million increase in external consulting costs, primarily to support the manufacturing and development of NEO-PV-01 and NEO-PTC-01.

    General and Administrative

        General and administrative expenses increased by $3.1 million from $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

    $1.6 million for increased personnel-related costs, primarily due to increased general and administrative headcount to support the growth of our research and development organization, including $0.5 million of increased stock-based compensation expense;

    $1.2 million for increased consulting and professional fees, including for accounting, tax and legal services; and

    $0.2 million in increased facility-related costs, including rent and other costs related to our new facility lease that commenced in September 2016, depreciation and other utility and maintenance costs.

    Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income increased by $0.6 million from other expense of an insignificant amount for the year ended December 31, 2016 to other income of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in other income was primarily attributable to interest income on our investments in cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

        Since our inception, we have incurred significant losses in each period and on an aggregate basis. We have not yet commercialized any of our product candidates, which are in various phases of preclinical and clinical development, and we do not expect to generate revenue from sales of any products for several years, if at all. We have funded our operations through March 31, 2018 with aggregate gross proceeds of $161.5 million from sales of our preferred stock and convertible debt. As of March 31, 2018, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $62.1 million.

Historical Cash Flows

        The following table provides information regarding our cash flows for each of the periods presented (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash provided by (used in):

                         

Operating activities

  $ (24,157 ) $ (41,281 ) $ (9,547 ) $ (14,929 )

Investing activities

    (2,357 )   (24,921 )   (822 )   2,202  

Financing activities

    111,120     35,909         (1,091 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

  $ 84,606   $ (30,293 ) $ (10,369 ) $ (13,818 )

89


Table of Contents

    Cash Used in Operating Activities

        The cash used in operating activities resulted primarily from our net losses adjusted for non-cash charges and changes in components of working capital, which are primarily the result of increased expenses and timing of vendor payments.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2018, operating activities used $14.9 million of cash, primarily resulting from our net loss of $16.5 million and net cash used by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.6 million, partially offset by net non-cash charges of $2.2 million. Net cash used by changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the three months ended March 31, 2018 consisted primarily of a $0.5 million decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2017, operating activities used $9.5 million of cash, primarily resulting from our net loss of $9.5 million and net cash used by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $1.1 million, partially offset by net non-cash charges of $1.0 million. Net cash used by changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the three months ended March 31, 2017 consisted primarily of a $1.7 million decrease in accounts payable, partially offset by a $0.5 million increase in accrued expenses.

        During the year ended December 31, 2017, operating activities used $41.3 million of cash, primarily resulting from our net loss of $47.5 million, partially offset by net non-cash charges of $4.1 million and cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $2.1 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2017 consisted primarily of a $2.9 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities and a $0.7 million decrease in other assets, partially offset by a $0.9 million decrease in accounts payable and a $0.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

        During the year ended December 31, 2016, operating activities used $24.2 million of cash, primarily resulting from our net loss of $27.4 million, partially offset by net non-cash charges of $1.8 million and cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $1.5 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2016 consisted primarily of a $1.2 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities and a $1.0 million increase in accounts payable, partially offset by a $0.8 million increase in other current assets.

    Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

        During the three months ended March 31, 2018, net cash provided by investing activities was $2.2 million, consisting of proceeds from the sales and maturities of marketable securities of $15.7 million, partially offset by purchases of marketable securities of $12.0 million and purchases of property and equipment of $1.5 million.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2017, net cash used in investing activities was $0.8 million, consisting entirely of purchases of property and equipment.

        During the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in investing activities was $24.9 million, consisting of purchases of marketable securities of $34.0 million and purchases of property and equipment of $3.2 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sales and maturities of marketable securities of $12.3 million.

        During the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $2.4 million, consisting primarily of purchases of property and equipment of $2.4 million.

    Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

        During the three months ended March 31, 2018, net cash used in financing activities was $1.1 million, consisting entirely of payments of initial public offering costs.

90


Table of Contents

        During the three months ended March 31, 2017, no cash was used in or provided by financing activities.

        During the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash provided by financing activities was $35.9 million, which was primarily comprised of net proceeds of $35.9 million from the sale of shares of our Series B preferred stock.

        During the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash provided by financing activities was $111.1 million, consisting of net proceeds of $69.7 million from the sale of shares of Series B preferred stock and net proceeds of $41.4 million from the sale of shares of Series A preferred stock.

Plan of Operation and Future Funding Requirements

        We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing research and development activities, particularly as we advance the preclinical activities and clinical trials of our product candidates. In addition, upon the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. As a result, we expect to incur substantial operating losses and negative operating cash flows for the foreseeable future.

        Based on our current operating plan, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                        . However, we have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong and we could exhaust our capital resources sooner than we expect.

        Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development of our NEO-PV-01 and NEO-PTC-01 product candidates, other preclinical product candidates or programs, and our NEON  /  ONE and NEON  / SELECT approaches and because the extent to which we may enter into collaborations with third parties for development of our product candidates is unknown, we may incorrectly estimate the timing and amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenses associated with completing the research and development of our product candidates. Our funding requirements and timing and amount of our operating expenditures will depend largely on:

    the successful enrollment in, and completion of, our current clinical trials for NEO-PV-01 as well as the cost of future clinical trials for NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 and NEON  /  SELECT approach;

    the number and characteristics of product candidates that we develop or may in-license;

    the terms of any collaboration agreements into which we may choose to enter;

    the outcome, timing and cost of meeting regulatory requirements established by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

    the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing our patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

    the cost of defending intellectual property disputes, including patent infringement or opposition actions brought by third parties against us or our product candidates;

    the effect of competing technological and market developments;

    the cost and timing of completion of commercial-scale outsourced manufacturing activities; and

    the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval in regions where we choose to commercialize our products on our own.

91


Table of Contents

        A change in the outcome of any of these or other variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates could significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. Furthermore, our operating plans may change in the future, and we may need additional funds to meet operational needs and capital requirements associated with such operating plans.

        In addition to the variables described above, if and when any of our product candidates successfully complete development, we will incur substantial additional costs associated with regulatory filings, marketing approval, post-marketing requirements, maintaining our intellectual property rights, and regulatory protection, in addition to other commercial costs. We cannot reasonably estimate these costs at this time.

        Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity or debt financings and collaboration arrangements. We currently have no credit facility or committed sources of capital. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the future sale of equity or debt, the ownership interests of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing common stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts, and additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds through collaboration arrangements or other strategic transactions in the future, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate development or future commercialization efforts.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We did not have, during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under applicable SEC rules.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017 and the effects that these obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 to 3
Years
  4 to 5
Years
  More Than 5
Years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease commitments (1)

  $ 13,731   $ 2,059   $ 3,839   $ 4,072   $ 3,761  

Total

  $ 13,731   $ 2,059   $ 3,839   $ 4,072   $ 3,761  

(1)
Primarily represents minimum payments due for our lease of office and laboratory space in Cambridge, Massachusetts under an operating lease agreement that expires in 2024.

        We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs, CMOs and other third parties for clinical trials, preclinical research studies and testing and manufacturing services. These contracts are generally cancelable by us upon up to 120 days' prior written notice. Payments due upon cancellation consist only of payments for services provided or expenses incurred, including noncancelable obligations of our service providers, up to and through the date of cancellation. These payments are not included in the preceding table as the amount and timing of these payments are not known.

        In the normal course of business, we have also entered into license and collaboration agreements with third parties. We have not included future payments under these agreements in the table of contractual

92


Table of Contents

obligations above since obligations under these agreements are contingent upon future events such as our achievement of specified development, regulatory, and commercial milestones, or royalties on net product sales. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the aggregate maximum amount of milestone payments we could be required to make under our then-existing license and collaboration agreements was approximately $117.5 million and $117.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, we were unable to estimate the timing or likelihood of achieving these milestones or generating future product sales.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

        Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management's judgments and estimates.

Research and Development Expenses and Related Accruals

        Research and development expenses include costs directly attributable to the conduct of research and development programs, including personnel-related expenses such as salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense; materials; supplies; depreciation on and maintenance of research equipment; manufacturing and external costs related to outside vendors engaged to conduct both preclinical studies and clinical trials; and the allocable portions of facility costs, such as rent, utilities, repairs and maintenance, depreciation, and general support services. All costs associated with research and development activities are expensed as incurred.

        We enter into various research and development contracts with research institutions and other companies and record accruals for estimated ongoing research costs. When evaluating the adequacy of the accrued liabilities, we analyze progress of the studies or trials, including the phase or completion of events, invoices received and contracted costs. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with personnel to identify services that have been performed and estimating the level of service performed and the associated costs incurred for the services for which we have not yet been invoiced. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the expense. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or amount of prepaid expense accordingly. Significant judgments and estimates are made in determining the accrued balances at the end of any reporting period. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, we have not made any material adjustments to our prior estimates of accrued research and development expenses.

93


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

        We measure stock-based compensation expense related to restricted common stock and stock options granted to our employees and directors based on the fair value on the date of grant. We recognize compensation expense for these awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, we issue awards with only service-based vesting conditions and record the expense for these awards using the straight-line method. We have also granted certain stock-based awards with performance-based vesting conditions. We recognize compensation expense for awards with performance-based vesting conditions over the remaining service period when management determines that achievement of the performance condition is probable.

        We recognize compensation expense for stock-based awards granted to non-employees, including our founders, and to members of our board of directors for services unrelated to their roles as directors over the period during which services are rendered until completed. The fair value of the non-employee awards is subject to remeasurement at each reporting period prior to the completion of the service, which is the vesting date, using the then-current fair value of our common shares and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, as applicable.

        We determine the fair value of restricted common stock awards based on the fair value of our common stock, less any applicable purchase price. We estimate the fair value of the options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which uses as inputs the fair value of our common stock and subjective assumptions we make, including the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of the award, the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of our common stock and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we base the estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a representative group of publicly traded companies for which historical information is available. The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with the assumption used for the expected term. We use the simplified method to calculate the expected term for options granted to employees and directors. We utilize this method as we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. For options granted to non-employees, we utilize the contractual term of the arrangement as the basis for the expected term assumption. The risk-free interest rate is based on a U.S. treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected term of the stock options. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and do not have current plans to pay any dividends on common stock.

        In future periods, we expect stock-based compensation expense to increase, due in part to our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation expense and as we grant additional stock-based awards to continue to attract and retain our employees.

    Determination of Fair Value of Common Stock

        As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, the estimated fair value of our common stock has been determined by our board of directors as of the date of each option grant, with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock and our board of directors' assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant and that may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Our common stock valuations were prepared using either the option-pricing method, or OPM, or the hybrid method, which use market approaches to estimate our enterprise value. The hybrid method is a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, where the equity value in one or more of the scenarios is allocated using an OPM. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company,

94


Table of Contents

with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company's securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceeded the value of the preferred stock liquidation preferences at the time of the liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or a merger. The PWERM is a scenario-based method that estimates the fair value of common stock based upon an analysis of future values for the company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available, as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. Valuations of our common stock were performed by third parties at various dates, which resulted in valuations of our common stock of $0.26 per share as of December 31, 2015, $0.40 per share as of April 30, 2016, $0.53 per share as of September 20, 2016, $1.16 per share as of December 31, 2016, $1.93 per share as of December 1, 2017, $2.04 per share as of January 24, 2018 and $2.38 per share as of April 16, 2018. In addition to considering the results of these third-party valuations, our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of each grant date, which may be a date later than the most recent third-party valuation date, including:

    the prices at which we sold shares of preferred stock and the superior rights and preferences of the preferred stock relative to our common stock at the time of each grant;

    the progress of our research and development programs, including the status of preclinical studies and current and planned clinical trials for our product candidates;

    our stage of development and commercialization and our business strategy;

    external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry, and trends within the biotechnology industry;

    our financial position, including cash on hand, and our historical and forecasted performance and operating results;

    the lack of an active public market for our common stock and our preferred stock;

    the likelihood and potential timing of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company in light of prevailing market conditions; and

    the analysis of IPOs and the market performance of similar companies in the biopharmaceutical industry.

        The assumptions underlying these valuations represent management's best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different.

        Following the completion of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.

    Grants of Stock-Based Awards

        The following table presents the grant dates, numbers of underlying shares of common stock, the per share purchase prices and exercise prices, the fair values of the underlying common stock as of the grant

95


Table of Contents

dates for awards granted between January 1, 2016 and May 31, 2018, along with the fair value per award on the date of grant:

Grant Date
  Type of Award   Number of
Shares Subject
to Awards
Granted
  Per Share
Exercise Price
of Options or
Purchase Price
of Restricted
Stock
  Fair Value per
Common Share
on Grant Date
  Per Share
Estimated Fair
Value of Award
on Grant Date
 

January 21, 2016

  Restricted Stock     410,500   $ 0.01   $ 0.26   $ 0.25  

May 12, 2016

  Options     214,000   $ 0.40   $ 0.40   $ 0.32  

May 12, 2016

  Restricted Stock     65,500   $ 0.40   $ 0.40   $  

June 2, 2016

  Options     159,000   $ 0.40   $ 0.40   $ 0.32  

July 22, 2016

  Restricted Stock     200,000   $ 0.01   $ 0.40   $ 0.39  

November 4, 2016

  Options     2,729,348   $ 0.53   $ 0.53   $ 0.43  

November 4, 2016

  Restricted Stock     2,135,000   $ 0.01   $ 0.53   $ 0.52  

November 8, 2016

  Options     1,298,225   $ 0.53   $ 0.53   $ 0.43  

November 8, 2016

  Restricted Stock     120,000   $ 0.01   $ 0.53   $ 0.52  

November 17, 2016

  Options     530,000   $ 0.53   $ 0.53   $ 0.43  

April 3, 2017

  Options     236,800   $ 1.16   $ 1.16   $ 0.94  

June 1, 2017

  Options     197,908   $ 1.16   $ 1.16   $ 0.94  

August 14, 2017

  Options     1,965,994   $ 1.16   $ 1.16   $ 0.94  

September 7, 2017

  Options     554,752   $ 1.16   $ 1.16   $ 0.94  

December 7, 2017

  Options     355,125   $ 1.93   $ 1.93   $ 1.56  

January 25, 2018

  Options     2,027,640   $ 2.04   $ 2.04   $ 1.65  

February 14, 2018

  Options     923,300   $ 2.04   $ 2.04   $ 1.65  

March 15, 2018

  Options     9,189   $ 2.04   $ 2.04   $ 1.65  

April 30, 2018

  Options     172,000   $ 2.38   $ 2.38   $ 1.94  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our cash equivalents are in the form of a money market fund, which is primarily invested in short-term U.S. Treasury obligations, and our marketable securities consist of corporate notes that have contractual maturities of less than one year.

        Our primary exposure to market risk is related to interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, because of the short-term nature of the investments in our portfolio, an immediate change by 100 basis points in market interest rates would not have a material impact on the fair market value of our investment portfolio or on our financial position or results of operations.

        We are not currently exposed to significant market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates; however, we have contracted with and may continue to contract with vendors that are located in Europe. Our operations may be subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates in the future.

        Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor. We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2017, or the three months ended March 31, 2017 or 2018.

96


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

        We have reviewed all recently issued standards and have determined that, other than as disclosed in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, these standards will not have a material impact on our financial statements or do not otherwise apply to our operations.

Emerging Growth Company Status

        The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an "emerging growth company" such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards when they are required to be adopted by public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

97


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a clinical-stage immuno-oncology company and a leader in the field of neoantigen-targeted therapies, dedicated to transforming the treatment of cancer by directing the immune system towards neoantigens. Genetic mutations, which are a hallmark of cancer, can result in specific immune targets called neoantigens. The presence of neoantigens in cancer cells and their absence in normal cells makes them compelling, untapped targets for cancer therapy. By directing the immune system towards these targets, we believe our neoantigen-targeted therapies will offer a new level of patient and tumor specificity in the field of cancer immunotherapy that will drive a strong risk-benefit profile to dramatically improve patient outcomes.

        Our ambition is to lead a paradigm shift in the treatment of cancer patients towards an era of truly personal immuno-oncology therapies. Our founders have done pioneering work in immuno-oncology, including work that resulted in a class of immunotherapy known as checkpoint inhibitors, which aim to reactivate the immune system to kill cancer cells. Checkpoint inhibitors have demonstrated potent efficacy in cancers with higher rates of genetic mutations, or mutational burden, which provide a greater diversity of neoantigen targets. However, even in these tumor types, the majority of patients do not respond to treatment. Our development strategy leverages multiple neoantigen modalities, including vaccines and T cell therapies, to maximize the potential reach of our therapies. By directing the immune system against neoantigen targets, our vaccines have the potential to improve patient outcomes across both checkpoint-responsive and unresponsive disease, and our T cell therapies have the potential to unlock the potency of cell therapies in solid tumors.

        NEO-PV-01, our personal neoantigen vaccine, is custom-designed and manufactured based on the unique mutational fingerprint of each individual patient. This technology was developed based on more than a decade of work by our founders at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and the Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard, which culminated in an initial clinical trial reported in Nature in July 2017. This trial demonstrated the ability of a personal neoantigen vaccine to generate highly specific immune responses in six patients with stage III/IV melanoma treated in the adjuvant setting, with all six patients disease-free at a median of 20 months after initiating vaccination. NEO-PV-01 is currently being evaluated in an ongoing Phase 1b clinical trial in combination with nivolumab in metastatic melanoma, non-small cell lung cancer and bladder cancer. The clinical data so far from this trial demonstrates that the therapy has been well-tolerated and has been able to direct the immune system against neoantigens in advanced metastatic disease. Furthermore, we have observed both evidence of immune pressure on tumors and of tumor cell killing. We believe these findings provide emerging proof of mechanism and will inform our NEO-PV-01 clinical development plans.

        NEO-PTC-01, our personal neoantigen T cell therapy, consists of multiple T cell populations that are generated to target each individual patient's unique set of neoantigens. We are focusing the initial clinical development of NEO-PTC-01 in solid tumors, and we expect to file a clinical trial application, or CTA, in Europe in the first half of 2019 to evaluate NEO-PTC-01 in the solid tumor setting.

        In parallel to our personal therapies, we are advancing additional therapies that use a precision medicine approach. These include multiple neoantigen-targeted therapies that direct the immune system towards prevalent mutations that are shared across patients in specific tumor types. We intend to develop product candidates targeting shared neoantigens using both vaccine and T cell modalities. Our first product candidate using this approach, NEO-SV-01, is a neoantigen vaccine for the treatment of estrogen-receptor-positive, or ER + , breast cancer, for which we expect to file an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, in the first half of 2019.

        Our product candidate pipeline is generated using our proprietary neoantigen platform, which continuously improves as our product candidates generate data. This platform comprises three key

98


Table of Contents

elements: our RECON (Real-time Epitope Computation for ONcology) Bioinformatics Engine; our deep capabilities in peptide chemistry; and our combined T cell biology and immune-monitoring expertise. At the core of our neoantigen platform is RECON, which uses a proprietary combination of algorithms designed to predict the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigen targets associated with each patient's tumor. As detailed in our February 2017 paper in Immunity , we observed a more than two-fold improvement in RECON's neoantigen predictive capabilities compared to standard approaches. We intend to strengthen our leading position in the neoantigen field by using data generated from our ongoing and future clinical trials, coupled with our machine learning expertise, to continue to refine RECON's neoantigen prediction algorithms.

        We have strategically chosen to utilize peptides for neoantigen targeting in our product candidates in order to directly replicate the body's natural immune processes. Peptides have demonstrated broad immunogenicity and safety, and we believe this choice reduces both complexity and risk within our platform. From inception, we have also been focused on the unique supply chain requirements of our personal neoantigen therapies. Accordingly, we have developed automated peptide manufacturing capabilities that we believe provide advantages in both turnaround times and manufacturing costs for our product candidates.

        Our company's efforts build on more than a decade of pioneering work conducted by our world-class founders across multiple leading global institutions including the Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard, the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, the MD Anderson Cancer Center, the Netherlands Cancer Institute and Washington University in St. Louis. Our founders were central to the development of the fields of both immuno-oncology and neoantigens and have published a number of seminal papers outlining the importance of neoantigens as critical immune targets for treating cancer.

Our Approaches and Product Candidates

        We are leveraging our neoantigen platform and over a decade of insights from our founders to develop neoantigen-targeted therapies that use two distinct approaches, NEON  /  ONE and NEON  /  SELECT. These approaches focus on targeting a prioritized set of what we believe are the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigens. In NEON  /  ONE, these neoantigens are specific to each individual. In NEON  /  SELECT, these neoantigens are shared across subsets of patients or tumor types. We are applying these two approaches to develop neoantigen-targeting product candidates using multiple treatment modalities. The following summarizes the current status of our product development pipeline:

GRAPHIC

99


Table of Contents

        NEO-PV-01, our most advanced product candidate, is a personal neoantigen vaccine. The neoantigen-targeting peptides in NEO-PV-01 are intended to generate an immune response that trains each patient's immune system to target his or her individual tumor's particular neoantigens and kill the cancer cells. We have generated emerging proof of mechanism of NEO-PV-01 in NT-001, our ongoing Phase 1b open-label clinical trial evaluating a combination of NEO-PV-01 with nivolumab (marketed as Opdivo) in patients with metastatic melanoma, non-small cell lung cancer or bladder cancer. Beyond NT-001, we have initiated NT-002, a Phase 1b clinical trial evaluating a combination of NEO-PV-01 with pembrolizumab (marketed as Keytruda) and chemotherapy in patients with non-small cell lung cancer. We plan to initiate two additional exploratory clinical trials, referred to as NT-003 and NT-004, evaluating NEO-PV-01, with NT-003 planned to commence in the second half of 2018. Our exploratory clinical program is designed to enable us to efficiently determine the optimal patient populations, rational combinations and treatment protocols for use in late-stage clinical development of NEO-PV-01.

        NEO-PTC-01 is a personal neoantigen T cell therapy that consists of multiple T cell populations targeting what we predict to be the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigens from each patient's tumor. T cells are a type of white blood cell that play a central role in the immune system, including both detecting and killing cancer cells. NEO-PTC-01 uses T cells from each patient that we then specifically activate and expand to generate a therapy that specifically targets that patient's personal neoantigens. We believe that NEO-PTC-01 will allow us to drive a robust and persistent anti-tumor response, and could be applicable across a broad range of both hematological and solid tumors. NEO-PTC-01 is currently in preclinical development, and we plan to file a CTA in Europe in the first half of 2019 to evaluate NEO-PTC-01 in the solid tumor setting.

        NEON  /  SELECT is our precision medicine approach to neoantigen-targeted therapies. We are seeking to discover, validate and develop therapies directed towards shared neoantigens, which are neoantigen targets that are shared across subsets of patients or tumor types. Our proprietary shared neoantigen targets have the potential to be used in multiple treatment modalities, including vaccines and T cell receptor, or TCR, based T cell therapies. Our first product candidate under our NEON / SELECT approach is NEO-SV-01, a vaccine targeting a prevalent mutation in ER + breast cancer, which is currently in preclinical development with an IND filing expected in the first half of 2019. We believe NEO-SV-01 has the potential to be used across disease stages in combination with hormonal, chemotherapy or targeted therapies. Beyond that, we expect to complete the validation of several additional shared neoantigen targets in 2018.

Our Mission

        Our mission is to build a breakthrough oncology company creating neoantigen-based therapies that significantly improve the lives of patients.

100


Table of Contents

Our Core Values

        At Neon, we believe that our achievements to date are a testament to the quality of our people, who will be critical to our ongoing success. We seek to hire, retain and cultivate exceptional people who embody our six core values:

 

Patients:

  Urgently develop life-changing medicines.
 

People:

 

Listen, learn, teach.

 

Science:

 

Creative, rigorous, uncompromising.

 

Tenacity:

 

Persevere. Build Neon to last.

 

Pioneer:

 

Leave the comfort zone. Create the future.

 

Integrity:

 

Do right.

Our Strategy

        To fulfill our mission, we are developing neoantigen-targeted therapies that we believe have the potential to lead a paradigm shift in the treatment of cancer patients. Key elements of our strategy include:

101


Table of Contents

Cancer, Immunotherapy and the Role of Neoantigens

Cancer and the Advent of Immunotherapy

        Cancer is a leading cause of death in the developed world. It is caused by genetic mutations that result in the uncontrolled division and proliferation of abnormally functioning cells. These mutations also lead to the expression of mutated proteins by these abnormal cells. In the context of cancer, the immune system is thought to perform three primary functions: detecting these mutated proteins as foreign, or non-self; targeting and killing the abnormal cells that express these mutated proteins; and developing immunological memory for prolonged or subsequent defenses. A primary driver in the development and progression of cancer is when abnormal cells evade detection and destruction by the immune system, allowing them to persist in their state of uncontrolled division and proliferation.

        In addition to surgery, cancer has historically been treated with radiation therapy, chemotherapy and hormone therapy, which use nonspecific mechanisms to attempt to remove or to kill cancer cells. However, these therapeutic approaches are associated with serious side effects because they kill healthy cells in addition to the abnormal cancer cells. In the late 1990s, an evolving knowledge of the genomic basis of cancer led to the creation of a new class of drugs known as targeted therapies. These therapies were designed to block the growth of cancer cells by inhibiting specific molecules or pathways that result from the genetic mutations in cancer cells. Although these targeted therapies offer a new level of precision relative to historic approaches, they frequently focus on a single genetic target and, as a result, cancer cells can develop resistance mechanisms to evade these therapies, limiting their efficacy.

        In parallel to the development of targeted therapies, there was increasing exploration of therapies that have the potential to harness the immune system to fight cancer. These early immunotherapies included early cancer vaccines, immune stimulants such as interferon- a and interleukin-2, and other cytokine drugs. While these early immunotherapies advanced the knowledge of the immune system's potential to treat cancer, they had significant limitations including lack of efficacy in the case of cancer vaccines and side effects in the case of the non-specific immune stimulants.

        More recently, immunotherapies have attempted to address cancer cells' mechanisms for evading detection and destruction by the immune system. In particular, the pioneering work of one of our founders, Dr. James Allison, has resulted in a new class of immunotherapy known as checkpoint inhibitors. By counteracting signals from cancer cells that suppress immune responses, checkpoint inhibitors allow the immune system to reengage and attack these cells.

102


Table of Contents

        As shown in the figure below, checkpoint inhibitors have demonstrated particularly potent efficacy in cancers with higher mutational burden, which is characteristic of cancers such as melanoma. In these cancers, the higher mutational burden results in a significant number of mutated proteins that serve as potential targets for the immune system. However, even in these tumor types, the majority of patients do not respond to checkpoint inhibitors. In addition, there are many tumor types that have lower rates of mutation, referred to as having a lower mutational burden, where checkpoint inhibitor therapy does not yet play a significant role. We believe that neoantigen-targeted therapies may precisely direct and activate the immune system to improve patient outcomes across both checkpoint responsive and unresponsive disease.


Tumor Mutational Burden and Objective Response to Checkpoint inhibitors
(adapted from
Yarchoan et al. NEJM 2017 )

GRAPHIC

The Immune System and the Role of T Cells in Cancer

        T cells are a type of white blood cell that play a central role in the immune system. T cells are involved in both detecting and killing infected or abnormal cells, such as cancer cells, as well as coordinating immune responses. T cells can be classified into two major subsets, CD4+ T cells and CD8+ T cells, based on cell surface expression of CD4 or CD8 glycoprotein. Both CD4+ and CD8+ T cells have been shown to play critical roles in a patient's immune response to cancer.

        T cells recognize cancer cells using TCRs that interact with specific immune targets, or antigens, via a molecular structure on the surface of cells known as the major histocompatibility complex, or MHC. There are two classes of MHC molecule, Class I and Class II, that activate CD8+ and CD4+ T cells, respectively. Each person expresses a distinct combination of Class I and Class II MHC molecules, each called an allele. Each type of MHC molecule is molecularly distinct and binds only complementary antigens.

        Mutated genes in cancer cells lead to the production of mutated proteins, which are then processed by cellular machinery into protein fragments known as peptides. When these mutated peptides are presented to T cells by MHC, by either tumor cells or antigen presenting cells, they are known as neoantigens. Antigen presenting cells educate the immune system by presenting antigens to T cells. Tumor cells can also present antigens on the cell surface, providing targets for T cells. T cells recognize and kill neoantigen-presenting cancer cells and effect a positive feedback loop to heighten the immune response.

        The immune system avoids targeting the body's own healthy cells principally through processes known as central and peripheral tolerance, by which T cells learn not to respond to MHCs containing peptides from normal proteins and therefore avoid targeting normal cells for destruction. The TCR-peptide-MHC

103


Table of Contents

interaction is a vital immune mechanism that allows the body both to respond against foreign threats, including cancer, as well as to avoid targeting the body's own healthy cells. Understanding the interactions between TCRs, peptides and specific MHC alleles is critical to directing and activating an immune response to cancer. The graphic below shows how TCRs are necessary for T cells to be able to respond to immune targets.


T Cell Receptors Necessary for Response to Immune Targets

GRAPHIC

        T cells also feature cell surface receptors known as checkpoints that can stimulate or inhibit their binding to cancer cells. Cancer cells can interfere with the action of T cells through the expression of inhibitory molecules that bind to these checkpoints, known as checkpoint ligands, which can turn off a T cell's immune response. Consequently, these checkpoint receptors are the targets for many cancer immunotherapy drugs, such as the PD-1 and CTLA-4 checkpoint inhibitors. However, even if T cell function is restored through the administration of a checkpoint inhibitor, T cells still need a tumor-specific antigen target in order to recognize and ultimately kill cancer cells. In addition to T cells, there are numerous other immunosuppressive factors and cell types in the tumor microenvironment that can inhibit the effectiveness of anti-tumor immune response.

The Neoantigen Opportunity

        Neoantigens arise from genetic mutations within cancer cells and are uniquely presented on the surface of cancer cells. Neoantigen-targeted therapies seek to direct the immune system towards neoantigen targets through the enhancement of existing immune responses and the generation of new, or de novo , immune responses. By directing the immune system towards these targets, we believe that neoantigen-targeted therapies will offer a new level of patient and tumor specificity in the field of cancer immunotherapy that will drive a strong risk-benefit profile to dramatically improve patient outcomes.

        Neoantigen-targeted therapies are fundamentally different from prior attempts at providing the immune system with a target. These prior and largely unsuccessful efforts, principally therapeutic cancer vaccines, were designed to stimulate an immunogenic response to cancer cells through exposure of patients

104


Table of Contents

to tumor-associated antigens. Tumor-associated antigens were targeted because they are found at higher levels in tumors. However, unlike neoantigens, they are not specific to the tumor and are also found in normal cells. We believe the failure of tumor-associated antigen vaccines is primarily attributable to their targeting of self-antigens and the resultant dampening of immune responses against these tumor-associated antigens due to central and peripheral tolerance.

        Because neoantigens are specific to cancer cells, the clinical potential of neoantigen-targeted therapy in cancer treatment has been acknowledged for many years. However, technological limitations, including challenges with genomic sequencing and neoantigen selection, have impeded the development of these therapies. We believe that recent innovations, many of which were advanced by our founders, have opened the pathway to the development of clinically and commercially viable neoantigen-targeted therapies.

        We believe that neoantigen-targeted therapies will confer a number of significant potential benefits over historic immunotherapy approaches to cancer treatment, including:

        Over the past five years, a series of articles published by our founders and other prominent scientists have shown neoantigen-specific T cells to be both critical and sufficient for anti-tumor immune responses.

105


Table of Contents

In research published in Nature in 2012, our founder Robert Schreiber demonstrated in a mouse tumor model that cancer cells can express highly immunogenic mutated proteins that are strong targets for T cells. This finding was extended to the human setting in research published in the Journal of Clinical Oncology in November 2013 by our founder Ton Schumacher where, in a patient with stage IV melanoma who exhibited a clinical response to ipilimumab, a checkpoint inhibitor marketed as Yervoy, T cell reactivity was observed against two neoantigens, which increased strongly after treatment with ipilimumab. Additional data supporting the role of neoantigens as critical targets for the immune system was published by Alexandra Snyder in the New England Journal of Medicine in December 2014, which showed that melanoma patients with higher mutational burdens had greater benefit and longer overall survival in response to ipilimumab therapy than patients with lower mutational burdens. A similar result was demonstrated in research by Naiyer Rizvi published in Science in April 2015, where higher mutational burden was associated with more durable survival in non-small cell lung cancer patients treated with pembrolizumab.

        The potential for neoantigens as therapeutic targets was demonstrated in research by several groups that resulted in articles published in Nature in November 2014. This research was led by Robert Schreiber's group and studied a mouse tumor model in which whole exome sequencing was used to identify and select immunogenic neoantigens for a tumor-specific vaccine. Treatment with this peptide-based vaccine was able to induce a robust T cell immune response and led to tumor rejection. The same year, in research published in Science in May 2014, Steven Rosenberg's group demonstrated that a neoantigen-targeted therapy was sufficient to control late-stage cancer in the human setting. In this study of a patient with cholangiocarcinoma, a T cell therapy was developed based on a T cell clone specific to a single neoantigen, which was observed to result in a deep and durable clinical response.

        Progress in the neoantigen field recently culminated in two articles independently published in Nature in July 2017 that described Phase 1 clinical trials of neoantigen-targeting vaccines. One of these papers reported research led by our founder, Catherine Wu, in six patients with stage III/IV melanoma who were treated with a personal neoantigen-targeting vaccine following surgical tumor resection, which is known as the adjuvant treatment setting. The personal neoantigen vaccines were tailored for the individual profile of each patient's tumor, and were observed to result in robust neoantigen-specific immune responses that correlated with clinical benefit.

        This combined body of work supports neoantigens as immune targets, the importance of neoantigens for anti-tumor immune responses and the feasibility of directing the immune system towards neoantigens. More specifically, this work laid the foundation for our neoantigen platform and pipeline of product candidates.

Our Neoantigen Platform

        We have pioneered a proprietary neoantigen platform that we are using to develop neoantigen-targeted therapies. We believe that directing the immune system towards neoantigen targets is fundamental to driving effective cancer immunotherapies. Accordingly, our platform seeks to identify and harness the most therapeutically relevant neoantigens present within each patient's tumor.

        Our platform comprises three key elements that form an iterative feedback loop: our RECON Bioinformatics Engine, which is designed to predict the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigen targets; our deep capabilities in peptide chemistry and manufacturing; and our combined T cell biology and immune-monitoring expertise. We are using our platform to develop product candidates across several neoantigen-targeting therapeutic modalities, including both vaccines and T cell therapies, using two distinct approaches:

106


Table of Contents


Overview of Our Neoantigen Platform, Treatment Approaches and Treatment Modalities

GRAPHIC

        At the core of our neoantigen platform is our RECON Bioinformatics Engine, which is designed to predict the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigen targets associated with each patient's tumor. Effective prediction is critical because, although many mutations within a patient's tumor will lead to the production of a mutated protein, not all mutated proteins lead to suitable therapeutic neoantigen targets.

        RECON uses a number of inputs from each patient, including DNA sequences from samples of tumor and normal tissue, RNA sequences from tumor samples, and the patient's specific MHC allele profile. RECON processes data from these inputs using a proprietary combination of algorithms in order to produce a prioritized list of neoantigen-targeting peptides that we then manufacture for use in our product candidates. These algorithms seek to:

        We believe we have built RECON as a leading neoantigen bioinformatics engine. Leveraging our machine learning expertise, we intend to strengthen our leadership position by using data generated from our platform in combination with data from our ongoing and future clinical trials, and other sources, to continue to refine RECON's neoantigen prediction algorithms in an iterative manner.

        The figure below provides an overview of RECON, including the inputs used, its main processing algorithms and the prioritized list of neoantigen-targeting peptides that is produced as an output.

107


Table of Contents


Overview of Neon's RECON Bioinformatics Engine

GRAPHIC

        Identification of Mutations :     We believe that achieving a combination of high sensitivity and specificity is critical in identifying genetic mutations upon which to base neoantigen predictions. We use a proprietary combination of mutation detection algorithms, known as a mutation calling ensemble, to identify candidate mutations present within a patient's tumor by comparing the patient's normal DNA and tumor DNA sequences. Using this proprietary approach, we have demonstrated a consistently lower rate of false positive errors compared to the use of a single mutation detection algorithm.

        Prediction of Neoantigen-MHC Presentation :     We use a novel approach to predict which mutations lead to neoantigens that will bind to and be presented by MHC on the surface of a patient's cancer cells. Conventionally, neoantigen prediction is conducted using publicly available algorithms that are trained using limited datasets derived from in vitro binding assays, which are limited by low throughput and do not incorporate insights into how peptides are processed. Later generations of algorithms used mass spectrometry techniques to isolate and sequence peptides from multiple MHC alleles. While these approaches have higher throughput than in vitro binding assays, the utility of this multi-allelic mass spectrometry approach is limited because these algorithms are unable to discern which peptides are presented by each MHC allele, and require use of a predictive algorithm to assign each peptide to an allele—a process that can result in a significant error rate. While these approaches have some utility, we believe, they lack adequate precision and depth.

108


Table of Contents


Overview of Data Sources for Neoantigen-MHC Presentation Prediction

GRAPHIC

        In contrast, as shown in the diagram above, we use a proprietary allele-specific approach that leverages our mono-allelic MHC proteomic datasets, which allows us to predict neoantigens that are presented by specific MHC alleles relevant for each patient. We generated our mono-allelic datasets using a novel mass spectrometry-based method for profiling MHC-bound peptides that are presented by a single Class I or Class II MHC allele. The foundation for our approach to generating mono-allelic Class I MHC ligand datasets was published in Immunity in February 2017. Using our datasets, we have developed unique MHC allele-specific algorithms that provide far greater predictive accuracy, and lower false discovery rates, than standard approaches. We can also use this methodology to systematically investigate Class I and II MHC alleles to enable broad coverage of alleles across geographic populations and ethnic groups. We have already achieved greater than 90% population coverage in the United States for Class I MHC alleles (HLA-A, B and C) with significant progress on Class II. We believe these enhancements will enable us to develop more effective neoantigen-targeted therapies.

        As shown in the diagram below, using mono-allelic datasets to learn both processing and binding rules has allowed us to improve prediction performance over and above the "status quo" in presentation prediction, which uses NetMHC, a publicly available algorithm that uses data from in vitro binding assays, and incorporates RNA expression data. For performance measurement, we use a positive predictive value (PPV) where peptides previously shown to be presented by mass spectrometry are bioinformatically distributed in decoy peptides at a 1:5000 ratio. We believe this metric is a reliable measure of performance, and is deliberately designed to find rare attractive immune targets among a much broader set of peptides, as occurs in nature as proteins are processed and presented on MHC alleles. Using this metric, our mono-allelic algorithms outperform the status quo by a factor of 2.6 times.

        Our next-generation algorithms using mono-allelic data for Class I MHC alleles have now been deployed in our NT-002 clinical trial. We continue to make significant progress in developing a Class II predictor.

109


Table of Contents


Performance of Mono-allelic Mass Spectrometry-based Algorithms vs. NetMHC
(adapted from
Abelin et al, Immunity 2017)

GRAPHIC

        In addition, we use bioinformatics tools that incorporate other parameters that influence neoantigen presentation and binding. For example, we believe the use of RNA expression as a continuous variable improves our prediction accuracy. We have also developed a proprietary algorithm designed to predict how proteins are processed into peptides, and how this process influences which peptides can be presented by MHC. Our algorithms, in combination, have allowed us to more than double RECON's performance as compared to standard approaches.

        Selection of the Most Therapeutically-Relevant Neoantigens :     In our effort to select the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigens, we incorporate a number of additional filters and algorithms that account for several biological and pharmacological factors, as well as manufacturing considerations. These include prioritizing certain mutation types such as clonal mutations, and using algorithms to design peptides optimized for efficient processing by the immune system and manufacturability. We also have the ability to integrate immunogenicity data into our algorithms. These data include successful immune responses generated via in vitro assays in our laboratories, or from actual patients in our clinical trials.

        Our platform uses peptides for neoantigen targeting to induce and expand immune responses in patients, either via in vivo or ex vivo approaches. The body's immune system has evolved to recognize peptides. We have strategically chosen to utilize peptides in order to directly replicate the body's natural immune processes, where peptides are presented on cells via MHC to prime an immune response. Our approach of using peptides may also provide a number of pharmacological benefits, including:

110


Table of Contents

        We have built significant expertise in peptide chemistry and its application in a personal manufacturing setting. In addition to their pharmacological benefits, peptides have predictable chemistry and can be rapidly synthesized using programmable instruments, allowing for straightforward and efficient automated manufacturing and manufacturing cost advantages. We have developed automated peptide manufacturing capabilities that we believe will provide rapid turnaround times, and today we can achieve a turnaround time from receipt of biopsy to GMP release of eight weeks with our current supply chain for NEO-PV-01. We plan to drive additional process improvements, which we expect will further compress our turnaround time.

        Fundamental to our platform is our ability to elicit neoantigen-specific immune responses, both in vivo and ex vivo , and to evaluate these responses in patients. It is therefore vital for us to understand how T cell responses can be induced and expanded to target neoantigens and to monitor the immune system response in treated patients.

        We have developed a proprietary method for ex vivo T cell stimulation, which we call NEO-STIM, that allows us to generate de novo immune responses in the laboratory. We are utilizing this capability in several aspects of our neoantigen platform, including to:

        We have also developed extensive in-house immune-monitoring capabilities that allow us to interrogate the immune state of a patient before, during and after each therapeutic intervention. We evaluate multiple components of the immune system, including different types of immune cells and important classes of cytokines, in both the periphery and the tumor. To evaluate immune responses, we use a range of cutting-edge techniques, including rapid UV-exchange MHC multimers developed by one of our founders, Ton Schumacher, which allow us to analyze neoantigen-specific CD8+T cells, TCR sequencing to determine the distribution of neoantigen-specific T cells, single cell sequencing and multi-channel flow cytometry. We complement the use of these monitoring techniques with the use of other more common immune-monitoring techniques such as ELISpot assays and immunohistochemistry. Together, these techniques allow us to generate comprehensive immunological data from our clinical trials and to correlate them with our analysis of the tumor both before and after treatment. We expect to use these data to make ongoing improvements to RECON's neoantigen selection and prioritization algorithms, identify biomarkers that can help predict which patients will be responsive to therapy, further enhance clinical development strategies and inform generational improvements to our product candidate portfolio.

111


Table of Contents

Our Approaches and Product Candidates

        We are leveraging our neoantigen platform and over a decade of insights from our founders to develop neoantigen-targeted therapies that use two distinct approaches, NEON  /  ONE and NEON  /  SELECT. These approaches focus on targeting a prioritized set of what we believe are the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigens. In NEON  /  ONE, these neoantigens are specific to each individual. In NEON  /  SELECT, these neoantigens are shared across subsets of patients or tumor types. We are applying these two approaches to develop neoantigen-targeting product candidates using multiple treatment modalities.

        The following summarizes the current status of our product development pipeline:

GRAPHIC

        NEON  /  ONE is our personal medicine approach to neoantigen-targeted therapy. Using NEON  /  ONE, we are developing therapies that are tailored to each patient's specific set of tumor neoantigens. We are currently developing NEON  /  ONE product candidates using two modalities, personal neoantigen vaccines and personal neoantigen T cell therapies. We believe our NEON  /  ONE approach will be effective across tumors that are both responsive and unresponsive to checkpoint inhibitor therapy.

        As shown in the graphic below, both of our NEON  /  ONE treatment modalities leverage our neoantigen platform, including RECON and our personal peptide manufacturing capabilities.

112


Table of Contents


NEON  /  ONE: Personal Medicine Approach

GRAPHIC

        NEO-PV-01, our most advanced product candidate, is a personal neoantigen vaccine. NEO-PV-01 is currently in an ongoing Phase 1b open-label clinical trial for patients with metastatic melanoma, non-small cell lung cancer or bladder cancer.

        NEO-PV-01 is custom-designed and manufactured for each individual patient through a series of steps that include tumor biopsy, sequencing of biopsied tumor tissue and normal patient tissue, peptide selection via RECON and personal peptide manufacturing. We combine up to 20 of these individually selected peptides with a proprietary formulation to construct a unique vaccine for each patient. We administer the vaccine in conjunction with poly-IC:LC, an adjuvant that helps to augment the immune response to the neoantigen peptides. The neoantigen-targeting peptides in NEO-PV-01 are intended to generate an anti-tumor immune response that directs patients' T cells to target their individual tumor's particular neoantigens and kill the cancer cells.

        We are initially focusing the development of NEO-PV-01 in melanoma, non-small cell lung cancer and bladder cancer because these cancers typically have a higher mutational burden, which provide a greater diversity of neoantigens that we can use as therapeutic targets.

113


Table of Contents

        Checkpoint inhibitors are approved for melanoma, non-small cell lung cancer and bladder cancer, among others, and have dramatically changed the therapeutic landscape with significantly improved response rates of up to 30 to 40% in melanoma, 20% in non-small cell lung cancer and 20% in bladder cancer, as described in the FDA-approved prescribing information for nivolumab (marketed as Opdivo), pembrolizumab (marketed as Keytruda) and atezolizumab (marketed as Tecentriq). However, despite these successes, the overwhelming majority of patients do not respond or do not have durable responses to checkpoint therapy. We believe neoantigen targets are critical for an anti-tumor immune response and are the primary driver of the efficacy of checkpoint inhibitor therapy. We also believe that a combination of NEO-PV-01 with checkpoint inhibitor therapy has the potential to deepen and broaden a patient's anti-tumor immune response, resulting in improved clinical benefit. Although we are initially focused on these three indications, we expect to conduct subsequent clinical trials in patients with other types of cancers.

        We plan to conduct a number of exploratory clinical trials that will evaluate NEO-PV-01 in combination with immunotherapies and other complementary therapies. We believe this approach will allow us to efficiently determine the optimal therapies for use in combination with NEO-PV-01 and to refine our perspectives on late-stage clinical development. We also intend to use data generated by these initial clinical trials to continue to refine our RECON neoantigen prediction algorithms.

        NEO-PV-01 was developed based on the foundational work of our founders at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and the Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard. This research supported neoantigens as immune targets, the importance of neoantigens for anti-tumor immune responses and the feasibility of directing the immune system towards neoantigens using a personal neoantigen vaccine.

        NeoVax, a predecessor to NEO-PV-01, was administered in an investigator-initiated, open-label Phase 1 clinical trial to six patients who first underwent surgical resection of their tumors. This trial was conducted by the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, or DFCI. In this trial, four patients had previously untreated stage IIIb or IIIc melanoma and two patients had previously untreated stage IV melanoma with secondary malignant growths, or metastasis, observed in their lungs. The patients were dosed with NeoVax according to a vaccination schedule that consisted of five priming doses over a four-week period and two subsequent booster doses at two-month intervals. The primary objective of this trial was to evaluate the safety of NeoVax, while the secondary endpoint was to evaluate the clinical efficacy of NeoVax in the adjuvant setting. The results of this trial were published in Nature in July 2017.

        While not powered to evaluate clinical efficacy of the vaccine, this trial provides encouraging evidence of the clinical benefit of a personal neoantigen vaccine and the potential for synergy with checkpoint inhibitor therapy. The key efficacy results from the trial are summarized below and presented in the following graphic:

114


Table of Contents


Summary of Clinical Results from Patients 1 through 6 with Stage III or IV Melanoma
Following Resection (adapted from
Ott et al., Nature 2017 )

GRAPHIC

        Comprehensive immune monitoring was conducted on all patients to characterize the extent and nature of the vaccine-induced immune response before, during and after vaccination. In all patients, immune responses to the neoantigen-targeting peptides contained in NeoVax were undetectable prior to vaccination. Following vaccination, ex vivo neoantigen-specific immune responses were observed in all patients. In total, over 70% of the peptides used in the vaccines induced an immune response, with significantly more CD4+ T cell responses as compared to CD8+ T cell responses. Both CD4+ and CD8+ T cell responses were evident at the earliest sampling timepoint and were sustained over time. The following graph presents the observed changes in interferon gamma, or IFN g , a measure of immune response, in CD8+ T cells pre- and post-vaccination across several of the patients, demonstrating no detectable immune responses prior to vaccine therapy and significant responses observable after 16 weeks of vaccine.


T Cell Stimulation Against De Novo Targets Maximal Epitope Responses
(adapted from
Ott et al., Nature 2017 )

GRAPHIC

115


Table of Contents

        To assess the durability of the vaccine-induced immune response, immune-monitoring was performed on patients 2 and 6, the two patients who entered the trial with stage IV melanoma and whose disease recurred. Both of these patients were observed to have CD4+ and CD8+ T cell responses following vaccination. Several of these responses were observed to increase up to one year after treatment with pembrolizumab, suggesting that a synergistically increased immune response arose from the combination of pembrolizumab and the neoantigen vaccination.

        In order for a vaccine to demonstrate clinical efficacy, we believe that the vaccine-induced T cell response must be both specific, meaning that the T cells will need to distinguish between a mutant peptide and its corresponding wild-type peptide, and functional, meaning that T cells produce cytokines that can kill the tumor cells. In all patients in this trial, both CD4+ and CD8+ T cells demonstrated specificity for the mutant peptide, and functionality with the expression of multiple cytokines such as IFN g , tumor necrosis factor, or TNF, and interleukin-2, or IL2, in response to stimulation with neoantigens.

        We also believe that clinical efficacy will require that vaccine-induced T cells directly recognize a tumor. To measure this recognition, T cells collected after vaccine therapy, but prior to pembrolizumab therapy, were co-incubated with tumor samples from the same patient. In assays conducted in patients 2 and 6, these T cells secreted the cytokine IFN g in response to the tumor, but not in response to a different patient's melanoma sample or a negative control. This suggests that vaccine-induced T cells were able to directly recognize tumor samples from the same patient.

        All six patients in this trial who commenced vaccine treatment completed the full series of five priming and two booster doses of vaccine. In all patients, the vaccine was well tolerated, with only mild or moderate, referred to as Grade 1 or Grade 2, adverse events observed consisting of mild flu-like symptoms, injection site reactions, rash and fatigue.

        We believe the key conclusions that may be drawn from the NeoVax trial are as follows:

        The results of the Phase 1 clinical trial of NeoVax demonstrated the importance of neoantigens for anti-tumor immune responses and the feasibility of directing the immune system towards neoantigens using a personal neoantigen vaccine. This work provided a foundation for further evaluation of a personal neoantigen vaccine approach in more advanced cancer settings and in combination with checkpoint inhibitor therapy. NEO-PV-01 is the result of refinements to multiple elements of NeoVax from the initial whole exome sequencing of the tumor to custom peptide manufacturing. Importantly, we design NEO-PV-01 for each individual patient using RECON for neoantigen selection, building upon the publicly

116


Table of Contents

available algorithms used to select the neoantigen-targeting peptides used in NeoVax. In addition, we have built an industrialized manufacturing process and supply chain that is more customizable and scalable than the process used to make NeoVax.

        We are currently evaluating NEO-PV-01 in NT-001, an exploratory, single-arm, Phase 1b open-label clinical trial designed to study the feasibility, safety and immunogenicity of NEO-PV-01 dosed in combination with nivolumab (marketed as Opdivo), an anti-PD-1 checkpoint therapy, in patients with advanced or metastatic disease, a patient population where neoantigen-specific immune responses have been limited to date. While the results from the NeoVax clinical trial suggested the ability of a neoantigen vaccine to generate a robust immune response in the adjuvant setting, our NT-001 clinical trial is designed to evaluate the immunogenicity of NEO-PV-01 in metastatic disease settings, where patient outcomes are generally less favorable. Our NT-001 clinical trial is enrolling patients with advanced or metastatic melanoma, smoking-associated non-small cell lung cancer or bladder cancer who have received no more than one prior systemic treatment for metastatic disease. We have selected these indications because they generally have high mutational burden and provide an opportunity to further explore synergies with checkpoint therapy.

        We filed an IND with the FDA for NEO-PV-01 in June 2016 and subsequently initiated our NT-001 Phase 1b clinical trial in November 2016, in collaboration with Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, with a target of 45 vaccinated patients at ten clinical trial sites across the United States. The objective of this study is to evaluate the safety and immunogenicity of NEO-PV-01 in the metastatic setting. The primary endpoint of this trial is to evaluate the safety of administering NEO-PV-01 in combination with nivolumab, the secondary endpoint is to evaluate the clinical efficacy of the combination over two years of follow-up, and the exploratory endpoint is to characterize the immune response and to correlate this immune response with clinical endpoints.

        In our NT-001 clinical trial, patients undergo an initial tumor biopsy and then begin 12 weeks of treatment with nivolumab. Patients then receive subcutaneous vaccination with NEO-PV-01 with a target of commencing treatment during week 12, with the dosing schedule including a three-week priming phase followed by two subsequent monthly boosters. Treatment with nivolumab continues throughout the trial. In addition, throughout the trial, patients are studied extensively for both peripheral and intratumor immune responses, while also being followed radiographically. The following graphic illustrates the design of NT-001:


NT-001: Personal Vaccine in Late-Stage Disease in Combination with Nivolumab

GRAPHIC

         Note: Opdivo is the brand name for nivolumab. Nivolumab is often shortened to nivo.

117


Table of Contents

        As shown in the following graphic, as of March 1, 2018, NEO-PV-01 dosing has been initiated in 31 patients, with 19 patients having completed the full vaccination course, 10 patients remaining in the course of vaccination and two patients through the 52-week clinical endpoint.


NT-001 Enrollment Status as of March 1, 2018

GRAPHIC

        These data from the NT-001 trial are the first report of a personal neoantigen vaccine being combined with anti-PD-1 therapy in the advanced metastatic setting. While this trial and analysis of trial data remain ongoing, the preliminary results from this trial demonstrated that the combination therapy was well-tolerated and was able to direct the immune system against neoantigens in advanced metastatic disease. In immune analyses performed on nine patients, including patients from all three tumor types, we observed that NEO-PV-01 induced neoantigen-specific immune responses. Further, we observed evidence of immune pressure on the tumor in the form of both epitope spreading and decreased tumor cellularity in biopsies obtained following treatment. We will continue to evaluate clinical endpoints as the study matures. As of March 1, 2018, 11 of 13 melanoma patients, one of three non-small cell lung cancer patients and one of three bladder cancer patients who had received the NEO-PV-01 vaccine as part of the NT-001 trial remain on nivolumab. We believe these observations provide emerging proof of mechanism for NEO-PV-01.

        In the 31 patients who have received at least one vaccine dose, we have not observed any vaccine-related serious adverse events, or SAEs. We did observe grade 1-2 adverse events, or AEs, which were

118


Table of Contents

transient and self-limited. Common AEs include injection site reactions (35), fatigue (17) and influenza-like illness (11). The following table shows the treatment-related AEs as of March 1, 2018:


Treatment-related Adverse Events: 31 Patients as of March 1, 2018

GRAPHIC

        In addition, between March 1, 2018 and April 18, 2018, we have not observed any vaccine-related SAEs, and therefore continue to have no vaccine related SAEs in this study as of that date.

        We have also performed immune analyses in multiple patients across all three tumor types. Through these analyses, we observed that NEO-PV-01 vaccination induced de novo immune responses to approximately 60% of immunizing peptides. These neoantigen-specific immune responses were observed following vaccination and were rarely present following nivolumab monotherapy. Consistent with observations from the NeoVax trial, 75% of vaccine-induced T cells responses were CD4 + and 25% were CD8 + .

        Specificity of the vaccine-induced immune response was evaluated by testing reactivity of neoantigen-specific immune cells against both mutant and wild-type peptides. Eighty-seven percent of positive responses tested were specific to the mutant epitope and did not recognize or react to the corresponding wild-type epitope.

119


Table of Contents

        The figure below and to the left shows immune responses against vaccine peptides observed in patients pre-treatment, following 12 weeks of nivolumab monotherapy, and after treatment with NEO-PV-01 and nivolumab. These data demonstrated that neoantigen immune responses were generated consistently after vaccination with NEO-PV-01, but were rarely seen following nivolumab monotherapy or pre-treatment. The figure below and to the right is an example of the specificity of the immune responses observed after a patient received NEO-PV-01, where increasing concentrations of wild-type or mutant peptide are applied to T cells in an enzyme-linked immunoSpot (ELISpot) assay. T cells that react to peptides produce IFN g and form spots (spot-forming cells, or SFCs), here shown as the number of SFCs per million of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs). The separation of lines in this graphic indicates that T cells react preferentially to mutant peptide over wild-type peptide.


Vaccine-induced T Cell Immune Responses

GRAPHIC

120


Table of Contents

        The table below shows key immune metrics across neoantigen vaccine trials. Both Ott et al , in which NeoVax was administered, and Sahin et al were published in Nature in July 2017, and studied therapies with peptide and RNA vaccine modalities, respectively, in the adjuvant melanoma setting. In contrast, our NT-001 clinical trial is in the metastatic melanoma, non-small cell lung cancer and bladder cancer settings, where stimulating an immune response is generally believed to be more challenging. Despite this, we are observing similar immune responses generating CD8 and CD4 T cells compared to both trials in the adjuvant setting, regardless of vaccine modality. In addition, every patient assessed so far has displayed immune responses measurable in direct ex vivo ELISpot assays.


Neoantigen Immunogenicity in Adjuvant & Metastatic Settings

GRAPHIC

121


Table of Contents

        The charts below show data from four patients where the top immune responses observed at Week 20 were assessed for durability of immune response through to Week 52. Blood samples were collected while on nivolumab monotherapy (weeks 0-12), during dosing of NEO-PV-01 plus nivolumab (weeks 12-24), and then continuing on nivolumab monotherapy post-vaccination (following week 24). We observed immune responses, as measured by ELISpot, that were durable through to Week 52 in three out of four patients assessed so far. This suggests that NEO-PV-01 dose and schedule can lead to durable immune responses up to 6 months post-vaccination.


Durability of Immune Responses to Vaccinating Peptides

GRAPHIC

        In the context of vaccines, epitope spreading is the broadening of an immune response to new antigens that are not components of the vaccine. As illustrated in the figure below, T cells can destroy tumors, which results in the release of neoantigens. These neoantigens can be taken up by dendritic cells, which then interface with T cells, educating them to recognize and kill cancer cells bearing these neoantigen targets. This has the potential to trigger a catalytic cycle, where further tumor destruction results in further neoantigen release, thereby educating T cells against a new set of neoantigens.

122


Table of Contents


The Epitope Spread Mechanism: Catalytic Cycle

GRAPHIC

        To date, we have evaluated eight patients for the presence of epitope spreading. In five of these eight patients, we observed vaccine-induced immune responses that spread to additional neoantigen targets not included in the vaccine, suggesting vaccine-induced immune pressure on the tumor. Of note, we did not observe epitope spreading responses to these neoantigens following nivolumab monotherapy.

        The two figures below show epitope spread observed in one patient in the clinical trial, referred to as Patient M1. Patient M1 is a 56 year-old female with metastatic melanoma who received NEO-PV-01 in combination with nivolumab in the NT-001 clinical trial as first-line therapy for her metastatic disease. Following an initial diagnosis of melanoma in 2006, she was evaluated for abdominal pain in 2016 and found to have a right hepatic lobe lesion confirmed to be malignant melanoma. She was enrolled in NT-001 several months later. We observed epitope spread responses to neoantigen peptides that were not included in NEO-PV-01 (i.e., non-vaccinating peptides), which we believe were generated through T cell destruction of tumor cells. Shown in the figure at the lower left is a direct ex vivo ELISpot assay, without stimulation, where groups of mutant genes were used to test for T cell reactivity as evidenced by IFN g secretion. Of four groups of mutant genes tested, two groups proved to be reactive to this ex vivo assay. No responses were observed before treatment, nor after 12 weeks of nivolumab therapy. We did, however, observe reactivity following 12 weeks of NEO-PV-01 and nivolumab therapy. The figure at the lower right shows T cell responses against individual neoantigen peptides, two of which were potent enough to be observed in ex vivo assays, and an additional three responses were observable following five-day stimulation. Thus in total, responses to five epitope spread peptides were detected out of a total of 15 used in the original ex vivo assay.

        We have now observed this phenomenon of epitope spread in five of eight patients tested. Four out of these five patients where epitope spread was observed remain on nivolumab. Of note, the timing of epitope

123


Table of Contents

spread has been consistently observable only after NEO-PV-01 vaccination, as we have not observed epitope spread in patients either pre-treatment or following 12 weeks of nivolumab monotherapy.


Example of Epitope Spreading Post-Vaccination

GRAPHIC

        We observed further evidence of immune pressure on the tumor as evidenced by tumor cellularity changes in sequential tumor biopsies. In 12 patients evaluated to date, we analyzed serial biopsies for histologic changes in tumor cellularity, looking at biopsies performed at baseline (pre-treatment), following treatment with nivolumab and following treatment with NEO-PV-01 in combination with nivolumab. In seven of 11 evaluable patients, there was no histologic evidence of tumor observed in tumor tissue following treatment with NEO-PV-01 in combination with nivolumab, and in the 12 th patient, the tumor was inaccessible for biopsy.

        The table below and at left shows the percent of tumor observable via standard hematoxylin and eosin, or H&E, staining of biopsy cores, as determined by histology. The figure below and at right presents examples from a patient using H&E and S100 staining of cells. S100 is a protein found in melanocytes, and dark staining indicates the presence of melanoma cells. Moving from pre-treatment to nivolumab monotherapy and then to NEO-PV-01 in combination with nivolumab, the H&E stains show progressive darkening as melanoma tumor cells die and their melanin gets taken up by surrounding cells such as macrophages. The S100 stain, a specific marker for melanoma cells, shows progressively decreased staining as the number of melanoma tumor cells become increasingly scarce over the course of therapy.

124


Table of Contents


Histologic Changes in Post-Vaccine Biopsies Suggest Immune Pressure on Tumors

GRAPHIC

        The figure below summarizes the clinical status of all 19 patients who had completed dosing of NEO-PV-01 as of March 1, 2018. The line of therapy is noted in the column on the left, with nine of these 19 patients being second line or later. Many of these patients were enrolled with visceral disease, metastatic disease that has spread to one or more internal organ, as is typical for a Phase 1 clinical trial. Thirteen of the 19 patients remained on nivolumab monotherapy, including, as the largest cohort, 11 of the 13 enrolled melanoma patients. As of March 1, 2018, three patients (all of whom had melanoma) had achieved stable disease, or SD, and 10 patients (eight of whom had melanoma, one of whom had non-small cell lung cancer and one of whom had bladder cancer) had achieved a partial response, or PR, each as measured in accordance with RECIST 1.1 criteria. The patient with bladder cancer subsequently showed progressive disease, or PD. One non-small cell lung cancer patient completed the study at 52 weeks and continued therapy on nivolumab without progression as of February 13, 2018. Responses following vaccination were observed in two melanoma patients and one non-small cell lung cancer patient. Given that NT-001 is a single-arm, Phase 1b trial, limited conclusions can be made regarding the attribution of treatment effect to NEO-PV-01 alone. We expect to continue enrollment so that approximately 45 patients will complete NEO-PV-01 therapy, approximately half of whom we anticipate to be melanoma patients.

125


Table of Contents


NT-001 Time on Therapy

GRAPHIC

        The following case study details Patient M1, the first melanoma patient enrolled in the NT-001 study and highlights immune monitoring data related to both peripheral blood and tumor.

        Patient M1's initial tumor biopsy tumor was notable for 65% tumor cellularity and, after analysis by RECON, was found to contain over 2,200 non-synonymous mutations. Following 12 weeks of nivolumab monotherapy, her tumor remained stable with a 12.2% reduction in target lesion size. She received the full prime-boost vaccine course and provided both peripheral blood and tumor samples for immune analysis. The figure below illustrates that at the first post-vaccine scan, her clinical response remained as stable disease with an observed 14.3% reduction in target lesion size.

126


Table of Contents


Patient M1: Change in Size of Target Lesions

GRAPHIC

        During immune monitoring, we analyzed this patient's peripheral blood for vaccine-induced immune response. As shown in the chart below and on the left, the patient demonstrated induction of de novo, neoantigen-specific immune responses that were not observed at baseline or following nivolumab monotherapy. We were also able to observe several more immune responses following ex vivo stimulation. The chart at lower right shows the tetramer analyses we performed on peripheral blood samples, which demonstrated a vaccine-induced ex vivo neoantigen-specific CD8 + T cell response. We observed this induction to be specific to the vaccine and not a result of a non-specific immune activation, as shown by the patient's cytomegalovirus-specific T cells not changing over the course of treatment. These results support the role of the vaccine as critical for directing the immune response against neoantigens.

        As shown in the figure below at right, the ex vivo response (i.e., without stimulation) displayed 0.17% of all circulating CD8+ cells specific for a single neoantigen used in the vaccine. In addition, this patient displayed CD8+ responses against an additional two vaccinating peptides. Furthermore, Patient M1 also exhibited epitope spreading. These CD8+ responses compare to antiviral responses against Epstein-Barr virus, or EBV, of 0.03% and cytomegalovirus, or CMV, response of 0.67% of T cells observed in this patient.

127


Table of Contents


Patient M1: Vaccine-induced Immune Responses

GRAPHIC

        We analyzed vaccine-induced T cells ex vivo for their specific phenotype and function. As shown in the chart below and on the left, neoantigen-specific CD8+ T cells collected from Patient M1 following vaccination were primarily of effector memory and central memory phenotypes. The chart below and on the right shows that these cells exhibited specific cytolytic function as determined by induction of the cytolytic marker CD107a and IFN g in response to co-culture with peptide-loaded targets.


Patient M1: Neoantigen-specific CD8+ T Cells

GRAPHIC

        Biopsies from Patient M1's tumor were examined for evidence of T cell invasion. As shown in the chart below, in tumor biopsy sample taken following administration of both NEO-PV-01 and nivolumab we observed greater density of CD8+ and CD4+ T cells as compared to a sample collected following nivolumab monotherapy. Of note, memory T cells, which are cells that have been previously exposed to an

128


Table of Contents

antigen and can respond to their corresponding antigen, also increased in both the CD8+ and CD4+ compartments.


Patient M1: T Cell Invasion in Melanoma Tumor

GRAPHIC

129


Table of Contents

Further Development Plans for NEO-PV-01

        The objective of our clinical development plan is to explore NEO-PV-01 in multiple exploratory clinical trials to enable a clear path to registration. Based on our learnings from both the NeoVax and NT-001 trials, we have designed a series of additional trials to determine the optimal patient populations, rational combinations and treatment protocols for NEO-PV-01.


NEO-PV-01: Clinical Development Strategy

GRAPHIC

        We initiated NT-002 in the second quarter of 2018, in collaboration with Merck. This is a Phase 1b study that will initially involve 15 patients with a possibility for expansion. In this trial, we are evaluating a combination of NEO-PV-01 with pembrolizumab (marketed as Keytruda) and chemotherapy in patients with untreated advanced or metastatic non-small cell lung cancer. The objective of this trial is to evaluate the safety, tolerability and preliminary efficacy of NEO-PV-01 in the metastatic setting. The primary endpoint of this trial is the safety of administering NEO-PV-01 in combination with pembrolizumab and chemotherapy, the secondary endpoint is the clinical efficacy of the combination over two years of follow up and the exploratory endpoint is to characterize the immune response and to correlate this immune response with clinical endpoints. This trial will also assess neoantigen-specific immune responses in peripheral blood and tumor tissue, and other markers of immune response. In our NT-002 clinical trial, patients undergo an initial tumor biopsy and then begin 12 weeks of treatment with pembrolizumab and chemotherapy. Patients then receive subcutaneous vaccination with NEO-PV-01 beginning during week 12. Treatment with pembrolizumab continues throughout the trial. The regimen of pembrolizumab and chemotherapy was the subject of a plenary session at the American Association for Cancer Research (AACR) in 2018 and has demonstrated improved overall survival in patients with frontline lung cancer

130


Table of Contents

versus chemotherapy alone. We believe the addition of chemotherapy to our combination regimen has both logistical and biological advantages in metastatic lung cancer. The combination of chemotherapy with anti-PD-1 therapy presents the opportunity to allow more patients to be dosed with a personal vaccine prior to disease progression. In addition, there is evidence that chemotherapy may have a favorable effect on the tumor microenvironment. We believe that this can occur through a number of mechanisms, including reduction of suppressive cell types such as myeloid-derived suppressor cells.

        We plan to initiate NT-003 in the second half of 2018. This Phase 1b trial will evaluate NEO-PV-01 and a PD-1 antagonist in combination with other agents such as Apexigen's CD40 agonist or a CTLA-4 antagonist, with the potential to evalute an optimal dosing schedule. Small comparator arms, which will include nivolumab treatment without NEO-PV-01, will provide controls for evaluating the impact on both peripheral and intra-tumoral immune responses. We believe additional agents may increase the power of the neoantigen immune response induced by NEO-PV-01. CD40 agonists have been shown to enhance antigen presentation, resulting in improved magnitude and quality of T cell responses. Both preclinical and clinical work of one of our founders, Jim Allison, has demonstrated that CTLA-4 antagonism enhances the priming of de novo immune responses and increases T cell infiltration into the tumor, while also impairing T regulatory cells. We believe that these provide rational combinations to further enhance the NEO-PV-01-induced neoantigen immune response and drive further clinical benefit.

        NT-004 will explore NEO-PV-01 in an earlier disease setting, building on the encouraging results from the NeoVax trial in treatment of high-risk adjuvant melanoma.

        Our existing IND for NEO-PV-01 covers both our NT-003 and NT-004 planned clinical trials.

NEON  /  ONE Personal Neoantigen T Cell Therapy Program: NEO-PTC-01

        NEO-PTC-01, is a personal neoantigen T cell therapy consisting of multiple T cell populations targeting what we believe to be the most therapeutically-relevant neoantigens from each patient's tumor. NEO-PTC-01 is currently in preclinical development, and we plan to file a CTA in Europe in the first half of 2019 to evaluate NEO-PTC-01 in the solid tumor setting.

        NEO-PTC-01 leverages our neoantigen platform, including RECON and our personal peptide manufacturing capabilities, to individually select and manufacture a set of neoantigen-targeting peptides for each patient. We then leverage these custom-manufactured peptides in our proprietary ex vivo co-culture process, NEO-STIM, to activate and expand autologous neoantigen-specific T cells specific for each patient's personal set of neoantigens. We believe that this approach will allow us to specifically target each patient's individual tumor with T cells that can drive a robust and persistent anti-tumor response. The graphic below outlines the process that we will employ for NEO-PTC-01.


NEO-PTC-01 Process

GRAPHIC

        We believe that NEO-PTC-01 has the potential to unlock the potency of cell-based therapies in solid tumors. This stands in contrast to approved T cell therapies, which have been limited to hematological cancers to date.

131


Table of Contents

        Adoptive T cell therapies, particularly chimeric antigen receptor T cells, or CAR-Ts, have demonstrated potent efficacy in the treatment of certain hematological cancers. These therapies use genetically-engineered constructs inserted into the cells that allow the cells to recognize and kill cancer cells expressing certain cell surface targets, such as the B-lymphocyte antigens CD19 and BCMA. However, CAR-T approaches are currently restricted to these particular targets, which are expressed on the surface of cancer cells and where, most importantly, elimination of all of these surface-expressing cells does not create unmanageable toxicity.

        Steven Rosenberg and his colleagues at the National Cancer Institute have demonstrated the potential of neoantigen-specific T cell therapies in the case studies of two patients enrolled in an ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial that characterized tumor infiltrating lymphocytes. A case study published in Science in May 2014 discusses the results of treatment of one female patient with metastatic cholangiocarcinoma with expanded autologous tumor T cells specific towards a mutation in the gene Erbb2IP. In this case, a cell therapy was prepared containing a 95% pure population of CD4+ T cells targeting this specific Erbb2IP mutation. Treatment with this therapy was associated with tumor regression two months later, with a maximum tumor size reduction of 30% observed at seven months post-treatment and disease stabilization for 13 months. A case study published in The New England Journal of Medicine in December 2016 discusses the results of treatment of one female patient with colorectal cancer with CD8+ T cells targeting the G12D point mutation in the KRAS oncogene. Treatment with this T cell population was associated with tumor regression 40 days later and disease control for nine months. In the case of this patient, the T cell therapy had no adverse effects and the patient was discharged from the hospital two weeks following therapy.

        We believe that NEO-PTC-01's T cell therapy approach has several key advantages that overcome the challenges of other cell therapy approaches, including:

        We are completing preclinical optimization of NEO-PTC-01, focused on refining our NEO-STIM induction protocol to optimize the phenotype and functionality of the neoantigen-specific T cell

132


Table of Contents

populations that we generate. We are developing NEO-PTC-01 in collaboration with the Netherlands Cancer Institute, which is an academic research and treatment center with leading expertise in T cell biology and treatments.

        We have observed several advances that we believe are fundamental to optimizing NEO-PTC-01, including broad induction of multiple T cell populations with a highly functional phenotype. Specifically, we have consistently observed both CD8 + and CD4 + responses specific for neoantigens following generation of NEO-PTC-01, including both the expansion of pre-existing memory responses, and importantly, the induction of de novo T cell responses. The figure below shows a de novo induction of T cell responses, where 1.91% of T cells, in a healthy donor, were observed to be induced to react to a specific neoantigen where that type of reactive T cells were previously undetectable. We believe this will enable us to generate multiple, patient-specific T cell populations for each patient. In addition, the T cell populations we generated were highly specific for their neoantigen targets, demonstrated a functional and cytotoxic phenotype, and were predominantly of the central memory or effector memory phenotype. We believe this may translate into both efficacy and persistence of our NEO-PTC-01 T cells.


Induction of CD8 + Naïve T Cell Responses Against Neoantigens

GRAPHIC

        Importantly, the de novo induced T cells exhibited strong specificity for mutant peptide over wild-type, as shown by the separation of the IFN g activation curves in the figure below.


T Cell Specificity: Peptide Titration Assay

GRAPHIC

133


Table of Contents

        In addition, T cells induced by our NEO-STIM process exhibited cytotoxic functionality, as shown in the figure below by both the induction of CD107, a marker for the ability of T cells to kill tumor, and induction of caspase, a marker of cell killing, on the target cells.


Cytotoxic Functionality of CD8 + Naïve T Cell Responses Against Neoantigens

GRAPHIC

        While most of our optimization to date has been performed in healthy donor material, we have also demonstrated the reproducibility of generating NEO-PTC-01 from material derived from cancer patients, including inducing de novo CD8 responses. We are currently conducting additional work in patient samples to complete the preclinical optimization of NEO-PTC-01.

        We are focusing the initial clinical development of NEO-PTC-01 in solid tumors where we believe we can generate de novo neoantigen T cell populations ex vivo for these less immunogenic tumor types. We plan to file a CTA in Europe in the first half of 2019, to evaluate NEO-PTC-01 in the solid tumor setting. The primary objectives of this trial will be to evaluate the safety and feasibility of administering NEO-PTC-01 to patients. Additional objectives will be to evaluate immunogenicity and clinical efficacy.

        Based on the data from this first exploratory trial, we will decide how to best proceed with further clinical development of NEO-PTC-01, including expanding to other tumor types and potential development in the United States.

NEON  /  SELECT Approach

        NEON / SELECT is our precision medicine approach to neoantigen-targeted therapy. While most neoantigen targets are specific to an individual patient's tumor, there are several prevalent neoantigens that are shared across subsets of patients or tumor types, known as shared neoantigens. Using NEON  /  SELECT, we intend to develop multiple therapies directed towards these shared neoantigen targets using several therapeutic modalities, including both vaccines and T cell therapies. We believe that our NEON  /  SELECT approach could be complementary to our NEON / ONE personal therapies by providing readily available therapies that can be used in patients identified as having the relevant shared genetic mutation.

134


Table of Contents


NEON / SELECT Process

GRAPHIC

        Our NEON / SELECT targets were identified using our bioinformatics capabilities, including RECON, to interrogate large genomic databases to discover a set of proprietary shared neoantigen targets across certain patient populations within major tumor types. This discovery work began under the direction of our founder, Nir Hacohen, at the Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard and continues today at Neon.

        We are currently completing a comprehensive validation of our prevalent shared neoantigen targets using the following assessments:

        We have completed the validation of our first targets and expect to validate several additional prevalent shared neoantigen targets in 2018. We plan to develop multiple NEON / SELECT vaccine product candidates targeting different shared neoantigens. In addition, we plan to explore the potential development of our neoantigen-specific TCRs into multiple TCR-based T cell therapies, potentially in collaboration with external partners who would provide complementary technical capabilities.

        Our first NEON / SELECT product candidate is NEO-SV-01, an off-the-shelf peptide vaccine targeting a prevalent mutation in ER + breast cancer. We believe NEO-SV-01 has the potential to be used across disease stages in combination with hormonal, chemotherapy or targeted therapies. We have completed target validation and are currently performing preclinical product development work to support an IND submission in the first half of 2019.

135


Table of Contents

        In our preclinical validation work, we discovered and validated multiple neoantigen targets derived from this mutation. We have demonstrated that these neoantigen targets can both bind to multiple MHC molecule types, be processed and presented on the cell surface, and can robustly induce both CD8 + T cell and CD4 + T cell responses in vitro . Furthermore, these induced neoantigen-specific T cells can recognize cells expressing our target mutation and demonstrate cytotoxic functionality.

        The chart below and on the left shows the results of a flow cytometry assay. Following the NEO-STIM process using peptides specific for our target breast cancer mutation, 5.8% of CD8 + T cells showed positive specificity to this mutant peptide, as well as functionality with the secretion of IFN g , a cytokine indicating general T cell activity, and CD107a, a marker for the ability of T cells to kill tumor. The charts below and on the right show CD4 + T cells induced using the NEO-STIM process where de novo T cell populations were induced, secreting TNF and IFN g upon stimulation of neoantigen peptide.


CD8 + Induction of Breast Neoantigen Specific T cells & Cytotoxic Functionality

GRAPHIC

        Based on this validation data for our target neoantigens, we have designed a proprietary set of peptides that we believe we have optimized to maximize potential CD8 + and CD4 + immunogenicity in patients. We plan to administer these peptides to patients as a multivalent vaccine in conjunction with poly-IC:LC, an adjuvant that helps to augment the immune response to the neoantigen peptides.

Manufacturing

        We have deliberately chosen synthetic peptides as a modality for our NEO-PV-01 personal neoantigen vaccine. Synthetic peptides have several manufacturing advantages, including the use of predictable chemistry; availability of programmable, automated peptide synthesizers; scalability of manufacturing; and a rapid turnaround time. Synthetic peptides also do not require special biohazard safety procedures, and do not require handling of live biological vectors such as viruses or bacteria. In addition, synthetic peptides do not require the use of delivery technologies such as liposomal particles, which increase manufacturing complexity. We have invested in manufacturing capabilities to supply current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, product for our clinical programs.

        Our in-house peptide chemistry and process development capabilities have allowed us to establish robust manufacturing methods. We have made significant advances in our manufacturing methods since the NeoVax clinical trial, in which DFCI's average manufacturing time for NeoVax from receipt of biopsy for sequencing to cGMP release was 16 weeks. After the implementation of numerous process improvements, we have demonstrated that we can achieve a turnaround time from receipt of biopsy to cGMP release of eight weeks with our current supply chain for NEO-PV-01, and we plan to drive

136


Table of Contents

additional process improvements which we expect will further compress our turnaround time as we progress towards commercialization.

        Currently, we outsource our manufacturing to a third party, where we own and control proprietary methods and intellectual property regarding peptide manufacturing. As our development programs expand and we build new process efficiencies, we expect to continually evaluate this strategy with the objective of satisfying demand for registration trials and, if approved, the manufacture, sale and distribution of commercial products. We will be focusing on more efficient and scalable manufacturing, which we believe will lead to a commercially attractive cost of goods when operating at commercial scale.

        We receive material from our contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, for preclinical testing. We receive clinical supply material manufactured in compliance with cGMP, and we conduct audits before and during the trial, in cooperation with a CMO, to ensure compliance with the mutually agreed process descriptions and cGMP regulations.

Competition

        The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and the immunotherapy subsector in particular, are characterized by rapid evolution of technologies, fierce competition and strong defense of intellectual property. While we believe that our product candidates, discovery programs, technology, knowledge, experience, and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions, among others.

        Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with currently approved therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. Key product features that would affect our ability to effectively compete with other therapeutics include the efficacy, safety and convenience of our products.

        Many of the companies against which we may compete have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. In addition to fully-integrated biopharmaceutical companies and immunotherapy-focused oncology companies, we directly compete with a number of neoantigen therapeutic-focused companies, including Aduro Biotech, Inc., Advaxis, Inc., Agenus Inc., BioNTech AG, Gritstone Oncology Inc., Moderna Therapeutics, Inc., PACT Pharma, Inc. and ZIOPHARM Oncology, Inc. Smaller or early-stage companies, including immunotherapy-focused and neoantigen-focused therapeutics companies, may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

        The availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors will also significantly affect the pricing and competitiveness of our products. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market.

Intellectual Property

        Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To protect our intellectual property rights, we rely on patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, and employee disclosure and invention assignment agreements. Our intellectual property is critical to our business and we strive to protect it through a variety of approaches,

137


Table of Contents

including by obtaining and maintaining patent protection in the United States and internationally for our product candidates, novel biological discoveries, new targets and applications, and other inventions that are important to our business. For our product candidates, we generally intend to pursue patent protection covering compositions of matter, methods of making and methods of use, including combination therapies. As we continue the development of our product candidates, we intend to identify additional means of obtaining patent protection that would potentially enhance commercial success, including through claims covering additional methods of use and biomarkers and complementary diagnostic and/or companion diagnostic related claims.

        The patent positions of biotechnology companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Consequently, we may not obtain or maintain adequate patent protection for any of our product candidates. As of March 31, 2018, our patent portfolio included at least one issued U.S. patent with claims directed to methods of preparing therapeutic compositions, at least 16 pending U.S. provisional or non-provisional patent applications, at least 10 foreign patents with claims directed to methods of preparing therapeutic compositions and compositions of matter, and at least 99 pending foreign patent applications, which patents and patent applications we owned or exclusively licensed. The claims of these owned or in-licensed patents and patent applications are directed toward various aspects of our product candidates and research programs. Specifically, the claims of these patents and patent applications include compositions of matter, methods of use, drug product formulations, combination therapies, methods of manufacture, manufacturing precursors and methods of identifying active compounds. These owned patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire between 2037 and 2038, and these in-licensed patents and patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire on various dates from 2031 through 2039, in each case without taking into account any possible patent term adjustments or extensions.

        Within our patent portfolio, as of March 31, 2018, we had an exclusive license from Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, or DFCI, the Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard, or Broad, and The General Hospital Corporation d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital, or MGH, pursuant to our license agreement with Broad, or the Broad Agreement, to at least one issued U.S. patent, at least six pending U.S. provisional or non-provisional patent applications, at least 10 foreign patents, and at least 69 pending foreign patent applications that include claims directed to NEO-PV-01, such as compositions of matter, combination therapies, formulations, manufacturing processes, manufacturing precursors or uses thereof. These in-licensed patents and patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire on various dates from 2031 through 2037, without taking into account any possible patent term adjustment or extensions.

        Within our patent portfolio, as of March 31, 2018, we had exclusive licenses pursuant to the Broad Agreement and others to at least three pending U.S. provisional or U.S. non-provisional patent applications, at least eight foreign patents, and at least four pending foreign patent applications that include claims directed to NEO-PTC-01, such as compositions of matter, formulations, manufacturing processes, manufacturing precursors or uses thereof. These in-licensed patents and patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire on various dates from 2031 through 2039, in each case without taking into account any possible patent term adjustment or extensions.

        Within our patent portfolio, as of March 31, 2018, we owned at least four pending U.S. provisional or U.S. non-provisional patent applications and at least one pending foreign patent application, and had an exclusive license pursuant to the Broad Agreement, to at least one pending U.S. non-provisional patent application and at least 27 pending foreign patent applications that include claims directed to NEON  /  SELECT, such as compositions of matter, formulations, manufacturing processes, manufacturing precursors or uses thereof. These owned patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire between 2037 and 2038, and these in-licensed patents and patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire in 2036, in each case without taking into account any possible patent term adjustment or extensions.

138


Table of Contents

        We also have agreements with Stichting Sanquin Bloedvoorziening, the Netherlands Cancer Institute, Oncovir and other third parties under which we have rights to certain intellectual property, such as patents or patent applications.

        We cannot predict whether the patent applications we pursue will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide any proprietary protection from competitors. Even if our pending patent applications are granted as issued patents, those patents, as well as any patents we license from third parties now or in the future, may be challenged, circumvented or invalidated by third parties.

        The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing of a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, the patent term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug or biologic may also be eligible for patent term extension, which permits patent term restoration as compensation for the patent term lost during FDA regulatory review process. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug or biologic is under regulatory review. Patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug or biologic may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug or biologic. In the future, if our products receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on patents covering those products. We plan to seek patent term extensions to any of our issued patents in any jurisdiction where these are available, however there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including FDA in the United States, will agree with our assessment of whether these extensions should be granted, and if granted, the length of these extensions.

        In addition to our reliance on patent protection for our inventions, product candidates and research programs, we also rely on trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information. For example, significant elements of our products, including aspects of sample preparation, methods of manufacturing, cell culturing conditions, computational-biological algorithms, and related processes and software, are based on unpatented trade secrets that are not publicly disclosed. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees and consultants, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology. As a result, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business or financial affairs developed or made known to the individual or entity during the course of the party's relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. In the case of employees, the agreements provide that all inventions conceived of by the individual, and that are related to our current or planned business or research and development or are made during normal working hours, on our premises or using our equipment or proprietary information, are our exclusive property. In addition, we take other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures, to guard against misappropriation of our proprietary technology by third parties. We have also adopted policies and conduct training that provides guidance on our expectations, and our advice for best practices, in protecting our trade secrets.

139


Table of Contents

License Agreement with the Broad Institute, Inc.

        On November 13, 2015, we entered into the Broad Agreement with Broad, where we have been granted an exclusive worldwide license to certain intellectual property rights owned or controlled by Broad, DFCI, and MGH, to develop and commercialize any diagnostic, prognostic, preventative or therapeutic product for humans, including any neoantigen vaccine product. In particular, we have been granted both exclusive and non-exclusive licenses to a patent portfolio comprised of 12 patent families, including certain granted patents and pending patent applications in the United States and foreign jurisdictions.

        Pursuant to the terms of the Broad Agreement, we have also been granted (i) a non-exclusive license under each institution's respective interest in certain of its patent rights to exploit the licensed products in the field in the territory during the term of the license and (ii) a non-exclusive license under each institution's licensed know-how, to exploit any diagnostic, prognostic, preventative or therapeutic product in the field in the territory during the term of the license. We are also entitled to sublicense the rights granted to us under the Broad Agreement. In connection with the Broad Agreement, we have also entered into a non-exclusive software license with Broad under which we license certain object and source codes for several software programs.

        These licenses and rights are subject to certain limitations and retained rights, including field restrictions.

        As consideration for the license, we paid Broad a non-refundable license fee of $75,000. As additional consideration for the license, we must pay Broad immaterial annual license maintenance fees and up to $12.6 million in developmental milestone payments and could be obligated to make up to $97.5 million in payments upon the achievement of specified sales milestones. We are also required to pay tiered royalties of low to mid single-digit percentages on net sales of products covered by the license, as well as between 10% to 30% of any consideration received by us from a sublicensee in consideration for a sublicense, which percentage is based on certain events set forth in the Broad Agreement. As partial consideration for the license, we reimbursed Broad for $0.6 million of past patent expenses and issued 300,000 shares of our restricted common stock to each of Broad, DFCI and MGH. We have also agreed to reimburse Broad for future patent expenses. No development or commercial milestones have been achieved to date under the Broad Agreement. The royalty term will terminate on the later of (i) the expiration date of the last valid claim within the licensed patent rights and (ii) the 10th anniversary date of the first commercial sale of a product incorporating the licensed patent rights.

        Either we, or the institutions party thereto, may terminate the Broad Agreement if the other party commits a material breach of the agreement and fails to cure that breach within 105 days (or 45 days in the case of our failure to make any payment or in the case of our breach of our diligence obligations) after written notice is provided, or, in the case of Broad, upon our bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or winding up, or upon us bringing patent challenges relating to any patent families. In addition, we may terminate the Broad Agreement for convenience as it relates to certain patent families upon up to 120 days' prior written notice to Broad. Upon expiration of the Broad Agreement, we will have a worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable, sublicensable license to the intellectual property previously covered by the Broad Agreement.

Government Regulation

        Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level and in other countries regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of drug and biological products, such as NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 and any of our future product candidates. Generally, before a new drug or biologic can be marketed, considerable data demonstrating its quality, safety and efficacy must be

140


Table of Contents

obtained, organized into a format specific for each regulatory authority, submitted for review and approved by the regulatory authority.

U.S. Biological Product Development

        In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementing regulations and biologics under the FDCA, the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, and their implementing regulations. Both drugs and biologics are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state and local statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or post-market may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDA's refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, product recalls or market withdrawals, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement and civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

        NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 and any future product candidates must be approved by the FDA through a Biologics License Application, or BLA, process before they may be legally marketed in the United States. The process generally involves the following:

    Completion of extensive preclinical studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including studies conducted in accordance with good laboratory practice, or GLP, requirements;

    Submission to the FDA of an IND application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

    Approval by an institutional review board, or IRB, or independent ethics committee at each clinical trial site before each trial may be initiated;

    Performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with applicable IND regulations, good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements and other clinical trial-related regulations to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product for each proposed indication;

    Submission to the FDA of a BLA;

    A determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of a BLA to accept the filing for review;

    Satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the biologic will be produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the biologic's identity, strength, quality and purity;

    Potential FDA audit of the clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the BLA; and

    FDA review and approval of the BLA, including consideration of the views of any FDA advisory committee, prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the biologic in the United States.

        The preclinical and clinical testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 and any future product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, or at all.

141


Table of Contents

Preclinical Studies and IND

        Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry and formulation, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the potential for adverse events and in some cases, to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations for safety/toxicology studies.

        An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical studies, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational product to humans, and must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. Some long-term preclinical testing may continue after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless, before that time, the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the trial on clinical hold. In that case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

Clinical Trials

        The clinical stage of development involves the administration of the investigational product to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor's control, in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety and assess efficacy. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol, must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Furthermore, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an IRB for each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted to ensure that the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative, and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. There also are requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries.

        A sponsor who wishes to conduct a clinical trial outside of the United States may, but need not, obtain FDA authorization to conduct the clinical trial under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor may submit data from the clinical trial to the FDA in support of a BLA. The FDA will accept a well-designed and well-conducted foreign clinical study not conducted under an IND if the study was conducted in accordance with GCP requirements, and the FDA is able to validate the data through an onsite inspection if deemed necessary.

        Clinical trials generally are conducted in three sequential phases, known as Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3, which may overlap.

    Phase 1 clinical trials generally involve a small number of healthy volunteers or disease-affected patients who are initially exposed to a single dose and then multiple doses of the product candidate. The primary purpose of these clinical trials is to assess the metabolism, pharmacologic action, side effect tolerability and safety of the product candidate.

    Phase 2 clinical trials involve studies in disease-affected patients to determine the dose required to produce the desired benefits. During Phase 2 clinical trials, safety and further pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information is collected, possible adverse effects and safety risks are identified and a preliminary evaluation of efficacy is conducted.

142


Table of Contents

    Phase 3 clinical trials generally involve a large number of patients at multiple sites and are designed to provide the data necessary to demonstrate the effectiveness of the product for its intended use, its safety in use and to establish the overall benefit/risk relationship of the product and provide an adequate basis for product labeling.

        Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of a BLA.

        Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.

        Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB's requirements or if the drug or biologic has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and also must develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug or biologic, as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product and, among other things, companies must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidates do not undergo unacceptable deterioration over their shelf life.

FDA Review Process

        Following completion of the clinical trials, data are analyzed to assess whether the investigational product is safe and effective for the proposed indicated use or uses. The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials are then submitted to the FDA as part of a BLA, along with proposed labeling, chemistry and manufacturing information to ensure product quality and other relevant data. The BLA is a request for approval to market the biologic for one or more specified indications and must contain proof of safety and efficacy for a drug or safety, purity and potency for a biologic. The application may include both negative and ambiguous results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, as well as positive findings. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and efficacy of a product's use or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product to the satisfaction of the FDA. FDA approval of a BLA must be obtained before a biologic may be marketed in the United States.

        Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, as amended, each BLA must be accompanied by a user fee. The FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by

143


Table of Contents

a small business. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on BLAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.

        The FDA reviews all submitted BLAs before it accepts them for filing, and may request additional information rather than accept a BLA for filing. The FDA must make a decision on accepting a BLA for filing within 60 days of receipt. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the BLA. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under PDUFA, the FDA has 10 months from the filing date to complete its initial review of an original BLA and respond to the applicant, and six months from the filing date of an original BLA designated for priority review. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority BLAs, and the review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.

        Before approving a BLA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether they comply with cGMP requirements. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. The FDA also may audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with GCP requirements. Additionally, the FDA may refer applications for novel products or products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions, if any. The FDA is not bound by recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers those recommendations when making decisions on approval. The FDA likely will reanalyze the clinical trial data, which could result in extensive discussions between the FDA and the applicant during the review process. After the FDA evaluates a BLA, it will issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the biologic with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes all of the specific deficiencies in the BLA identified by the FDA. The Complete Response Letter may require additional clinical data, additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial(s) and/or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, preclinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if an applicant submits the requested data and information, the FDA may decide that the BLA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than an applicant does.

Orphan Drug Designation

        Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product.

        Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

        If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years from the date of such approval, except in limited circumstances, such as a

144


Table of Contents

showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity by means of greater effectiveness, greater safety or providing a major contribution to patient care or in instances of drug supply issues. Competitors, however, may receive approval of either a different product for the same indication or the same product for a different indication but that could be used off-label in the orphan indication. Orphan drug exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval before we do for the same product, as defined by the FDA, for the same indication we are seeking approval, or if our product is determined to be contained within the scope of the competitor's product for the same indication or disease. If one of our products designated as an orphan drug receives marketing approval for an indication broader than that which is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug status in the European Union has similar, but not identical, requirements and benefits.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

        The FDA has a fast track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs and biologics that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs and biologics are eligible for fast track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preclinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast track designation applies to both the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor can request the FDA to designate the product for fast track status any time before receiving BLA approval, but ideally no later than the pre-BLA meeting.

        Any product submitted to the FDA for marketing, including under a fast track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. Any product is eligible for priority review if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety and effectiveness compared to available therapies. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug or biologic designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review.

        A product may also be eligible for accelerated approval, if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and generally provides a meaningful advantage over available therapies. In addition, it must demonstrate an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug or biologic receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. If the FDA concludes that a drug or biologic shown to be effective can be safely used only if distribution or use is restricted, it will require those post-marketing restrictions that it deems necessary to assure safe use of the product.

        Additionally, a drug or biologic may be eligible for designation as a breakthrough therapy if the product is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over currently approved therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. The benefits of breakthrough therapy designation include the same benefits as fast track designation, plus intensive guidance from the FDA to ensure an efficient drug development program.

        Fast track designation, priority review, accelerated approval and breakthrough therapy designation do not change the standards for approval, but may expedite the development or approval process.

145


Table of Contents

Pediatric Information

        Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, a BLA or supplement to a BLA must contain data to assess the safety and efficacy of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of pediatric data or full or partial waivers. A sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within 60 days of an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or, if there is no such meeting, as early as practicable before the initiation of the Phase 3 or Phase 2/3 study. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. The FDA and the sponsor must reach an agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from preclinical studies, early phase clinical trials and/or other clinical development programs.

Post-marketing Requirements

        Following approval of a new product, the manufacturer and the approved product are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and record-keeping activities, reporting of adverse experiences, complying with promotion and advertising requirements, which include restrictions on promoting products for unapproved uses or patient populations (known as "off-label use") and limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities. Although physicians may prescribe legally available products for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote off-label uses. Prescription drug and biologic promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug or biologic, including changes in indications, labeling or manufacturing processes or facilities, the applicant may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a new BLA or BLA supplement, which may require the development of additional data or preclinical studies and clinical trials.

        The FDA may also place other conditions on approvals including the requirement for a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, to assure the safe use of the product. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the BLA must submit a proposed REMS and the FDA will not approve the BLA without an approved REMS. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Product approvals may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory standards or if problems occur following initial marketing.

        FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMP regulations. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. These manufacturers must comply with cGMP regulations that require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance, the maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP. Manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs or biologics are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. The discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMP regulations, could

146


Table of Contents

result in enforcement actions, and the discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved BLA, including recall.

Other Regulatory Matters

        Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in the United States in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Justice, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and state and local governments and governmental agencies.

Other Healthcare Laws

        Healthcare providers, physicians, and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors, healthcare providers and physicians may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any drugs for which we obtain marketing approval. In the United States, these laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, false claims, physician transparency, and patient data privacy and security laws and regulations, including but not limited to those described below.

    The Anti-Kickback Statute, or AKS, makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of this law are punishable by up to five years in prison, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it.

    The federal False Claims Act imposes civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities (including manufacturers) for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal healthcare program or making a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. The government may deem manufacturers to have "caused" the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Claims that include items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute are false or fraudulent claims for purposes of the False Claims Act. Our future marketing and activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our product and any future product candidates, are subject to scrutiny under this law.

    The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for knowingly and willfully executing a scheme, or attempting to execute a scheme, to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors, or falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

147


Table of Contents

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, imposes, among other things, specified requirements on covered entities and their business associates relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information including mandatory contractual terms and required implementation of technical safeguards of such information. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys' fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.

    The Physician Payments Sunshine Act, enacted as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the ACA, imposed new annual reporting requirements for certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children's Health Insurance Program, for certain payments and "transfers of value" provided to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

    Analogous state and foreign fraud and abuse laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may be broader in scope and apply regardless of payor. These laws are enforced by various state agencies and through private actions. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant federal government compliance guidance, require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers, and restrict marketing practices or require disclosure of marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances. These data privacy and security laws may differ from each other in significant ways and often are not pre-empted by HIPAA, which may complicate compliance efforts.

        The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other related governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, disgorgement, exclusion of drugs from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, reputational harm, additional oversight and reporting obligations if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar settlement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to similar actions, penalties and sanctions. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert a company's attention from its business.

Current and Future Healthcare Reform Legislation

        In the United States and foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities, and affect our ability to

148


Table of Contents

profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. We expect that current laws, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and additional downward pressure on the price that we, or any collaborators, may receive for any approved products.

        The ACA, for example, contains provisions that subject biological products to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars and may reduce the profitability of drug products through increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies' share of sales to federal health care programs. With the President Trump administration and current Congress, there will likely be additional administrative or legislative changes, including modification, repeal, or replacement of all, or certain provisions of, the ACA, which may impact reimbursement for drugs and biologics. On January 20, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the ACA that would impose a fiscal or regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. On October 13, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order terminating the cost-sharing subsidies that reimburse insurers under the ACA. Several state Attorneys General filed suit to stop the administration from terminating the subsidies, but their request for a restraining order was denied by a federal judge in California on October 25, 2017. In addition, CMS has recently proposed regulations that would give states greater flexibility in setting benchmarks for insurers in the individual and small group marketplaces, which may have the effect of relaxing the essential health benefits required under the ACA for plans sold through such marketplaces. Further, each chamber of Congress has put forth multiple bills this year designed to repeal or repeal and replace portions of the ACA. While Congress has not passed repeal legislation, the Tax Reform Act includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the "individual mandate." Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or the BBA, among other things, amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to increase from 50 percent to 70 percent the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the "donut hole." Congress may consider other legislation to repeal and replace elements of the ACA. Litigation and legislation over the ACA are likely to continue, with unpredictable and uncertain results.

        Additionally, other federal health reform measures have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted:

    The Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, including the BBA, will remain in effect through 2027, unless additional Congressional action is taken.

    The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

    The Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 required that CMS reduce the Medicare clinical laboratory fee schedule by 2% in 2013, which served as a base for 2014 and subsequent

149


Table of Contents

      years. In addition, effective January 1, 2014, CMS also began bundling the Medicare payments for certain laboratory tests ordered while a patient received services in a hospital outpatient setting.

        Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which have resulted in several recent Congressional inquiries and proposed bills designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products. In addition, the United States government, state legislatures, and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs, including price-controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs to limit the growth of government paid health care costs. For example, the United States government has passed legislation requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to provide rebates and discounts to certain entities and governmental payors to participate in federal healthcare programs. Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

Packaging and Distribution in the United States

        If our products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities also are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

        The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

        The failure to comply with any of these laws or regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, exclusion from federal healthcare programs, requests for recall, seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management's attention from the operation of our business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.

        Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

Other U.S. Environmental, Health and Safety Laws and Regulations

        We may be subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and waste

150


Table of Contents

products, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use or disposal of our hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

        We maintain workers' compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees, but this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

        In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

U.S. Patent-Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity

        Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of NEO-PV-01, NEO-PTC-01 and any future product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit restoration of the patent term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and FDA regulatory review process. Patent-term restoration, however, cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product's approval date. The patent-term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of a BLA plus the time between the submission date of a BLA and the approval of that application, except that the review period is reduced by any time during which the applicant failed to exercise due diligence. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The U.S. PTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we may apply for restoration of patent term for our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant BLA.

        An abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be similar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-licensed reference biological product was created by the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCI Act. This amendment to the PHSA, in part, attempts to minimize duplicative testing. Biosimilarity, which requires that the biological product be highly similar to the reference product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components and that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies and a clinical trial or trials. Interchangeability requires that a biological product be biosimilar to the reference product and that the product can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products administered multiple times to an individual, that the product and the reference product may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biological product without such alternation or switch.

        A reference biological product is granted 12 years of data exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the product, and the FDA will not accept an application for a biosimilar or interchangeable product based on the reference biological product until four years after the date of first licensure of the reference product. "First licensure" typically means the initial date the particular product at issue was licensed in the

151


Table of Contents

United States. Date of first licensure does not include the date of licensure of (and a new period of exclusivity is not available for) a biological product if the licensure is for a supplement for the biological product or for a subsequent application by the same sponsor or manufacturer of the biological product (or licensor, predecessor in interest, or other related entity) for a change (not including a modification to the structure of the biological product) that results in a new indication, route of administration, dosing schedule, dosage form, delivery system, delivery device or strength, or for a modification to the structure of the biological product that does not result in a change in safety, purity, or potency.

        Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing regulatory exclusivity periods. This six-month exclusivity may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued "Written Request" for such a trial.

European Union Drug Development

        In the European Union, or EU, our future products also may be subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the United States, medicinal products can be marketed only if a marketing authorization from the competent regulatory agencies has been obtained.

        Similar to the United States, the various phases of preclinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the EU Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the EU clinical trials regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical trials in the EU, the EU Member States have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the member state regimes. Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated it must be approved in each of the EU countries where the trial is to be conducted by two distinct bodies: the National Competent Authority, or NCA, and one or more Ethics Committees, or ECs. Under the current regime all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial must be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.

        The EU clinical trials legislation currently is undergoing a transition process mainly aimed at harmonizing and streamlining clinical trial authorization, simplifying adverse event reporting procedures, improving the supervision of clinical trials and increasing their transparency. Recently enacted Clinical Trials Regulation EU No 536/2014 ensures that the rules for conducting clinical trials in the EU will be identical.

European Union Drug Marketing

        Much like the Anti-Kickback Statue prohibition in the United States, the provision of benefits or advantages to physicians to induce or encourage the prescription, recommendation, endorsement, purchase, supply, order or use of medicinal products is also prohibited in the EU. The provision of benefits or advantages to physicians is governed by the national anti-bribery laws of European Union Member States, such as the U.K. Bribery Act 2010. Infringement of these laws could result in substantial fines and imprisonment.

        Payments made to physicians in certain EU Member States must be publicly disclosed. Moreover, agreements with physicians often must be the subject of prior notification and approval by the physician's employer, his or her competent professional organization and/or the regulatory authorities of the individual EU Member States. These requirements are provided in the national laws, industry codes or professional codes of conduct, applicable in the EU Member States. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in reputational risk, public reprimands, administrative penalties, fines or imprisonment.

152


Table of Contents

European Union Drug Review and Approval

        In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is comprised of the 27 Member States of the EU (including Norway and excluding Croatia), Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of marketing authorizations.

    The Community MA is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, advanced-therapy medicines such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of HIV, AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or that are in the interest of public health in the EU.

    National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure. Under the Decentralized Procedure, an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. The competent authority of the RMS prepares a draft assessment report, a draft summary of the product characteristics, or SPC, and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet, which are sent to the other Member States (referred to as the Member States Concerned) for their approval. If the Member States Concerned raise no objections, based on a potential serious risk to public health, to the assessment, SPC, labeling, or packaging proposed by the RMS, the product is subsequently granted a national MA in all the Member States (i.e., in the RMS and the Member States Concerned).

        Under these procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

European Union New Chemical Entity Exclusivity

        In the EU, new chemical entities, sometimes referred to as new active substances, qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. The data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the EU from referencing the innovator's data to assess a generic application for eight years, after which generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator's data may be referenced, but not approved for two years. The overall 10-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications that, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are determined to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with currently approved therapies.

153


Table of Contents

European Union Orphan Designation and Exclusivity

        In the EU, the EMA's Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than five in 10,000 persons in the EU community (or where it is unlikely that the development of the medicine would generate sufficient return to justify the investment) and for which no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment has been authorized (or, if a method exists, the product would be a significant benefit to those affected).

        In the EU, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and 10 years of market exclusivity is granted following medicinal product approval. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan drug designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an application for marketing approval. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

European Data Collection

        The collection and use of personal health data in the European Union is governed by the provisions of the Data Protection Directive, and, as of May 2018, the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR. This directive imposes several requirements relating to the consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, the information provided to the individuals, notification of data processing obligations to the competent national data protection authorities and the security and confidentiality of the personal data. The Data Protection Directive and GDPR also impose strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the EU to the United States. Failure to comply with the requirements of the Data Protection Directive, the GDPR, and the related national data protection laws of the EU Member States may result in fines and other administrative penalties. The GDPR introduces new data protection requirements in the EU and substantial fines for breaches of the data protection rules. The GDPR regulations may impose additional responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process, including in respect of clinical trials, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules. This may be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Rest of the World Regulation

        For other countries outside of the EU and the United States, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. Additionally, the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

        If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Additional Laws and Regulations Governing International Operations

        If we further expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business

154


Table of Contents

in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

        Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

        Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, we will need to dedicate additional resources to complying with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

        The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA's accounting provisions.

Reimbursement

        Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products, if approved, will be covered by third-party payors, such as government health programs, commercial insurers and managed healthcare organizations, as well as the level of reimbursement such that those third-party payors provide for our products. Patients and providers are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products in which our products are used. In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drugs or biological products exists, and one payor's determination to provide coverage and adequate reimbursement for a product does not assure that other payors will make a similar determination. Accordingly, decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided for any of our products candidates, if approved, will be made on a payor-by-payor basis. As a result, the coverage determination process may be a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained.

        The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services as a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer's outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. The ACA made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers' rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs from 15.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, to 23.1% of AMP and adding a new rebate calculation for "line extensions" (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, creating a new method by which rebates owed by are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP. The ACA also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical

155


Table of Contents

manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization and by enlarging the population potentially eligible for Medicaid drug benefits. Pricing and rebate programs must also comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the U.S. Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990.

        The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, established the Medicare Part D program to provide a voluntary prescription drug benefit to Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities that provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. While all Medicare drug plans must give at least a standard level of coverage set by Medicare, Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan likely will be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.

        For a drug product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicaid or Medicare Part B programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the AMP and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. As of 2010, the ACA expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although, under the current state of the law, with the exception of children's hospitals, these newly eligible entities will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs. In addition, as 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase.

        As noted above, the marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. An increasing emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

        These laws, and future state and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

        In addition, in most foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. For example, the EU provides options for its Member States to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. Reference pricing used by various EU Member States and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the

156


Table of Contents

medicinal product on the market. In some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical study or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of any of our product candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the EU do not follow price structures of the United States and, generally, prices tend to be significantly lower. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries.

Employees

        As of May 15, 2018, we had 84 full-time employees, 35 of our employees have Ph.D. or M.D. degrees and 68 of our employees are engaged in research and development activities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

        We lease a facility containing our research and development, laboratory and office space, which consists of approximately 26,806 square feet located at 40 Erie Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Our lease expires in September 2024, subject to one option to extend the lease for five years.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

157


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors, as of the date of this preliminary prospectus:

Name
  Age   Position
Executive Officers          
Hugh O'Dowd     53   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Robert Ang, M.B.B.S.      44   Chief Business Officer
Yasir B. Al-Wakeel, B.M.B.Ch.      36   Chief Financial Officer
Richard Gaynor, M.D.      68   President of Research and Development

Non-Employee Directors

 

 

 

 

 
Julian Adams, Ph.D. (2)     61   Director
Robert Kamen, Ph.D. (1)     73   Director
Eric S. Lander, Ph.D. (3)     60   Director
Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. (1)(2)(3)     55   Director
Stephen A. Sherwin, M.D. (2)     69   Director
Robert Tepper, M.D. (3)     62   Director
Meryl Zausner (1)     61   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.

(2)
Member of the compensation committee.

(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

         Hugh O'Dowd has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since September 2016. Prior to joining our company, Mr. O'Dowd spent more than 20 years in a variety of leadership roles at Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation, or Novartis. While at Novartis, he served as Country President and General Manager of the United Kingdom and Ireland from 2015 to 2016, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer of Novartis Oncology from 2011 to 2015, and he served as Vice President, Latin America Region Head for the Oncology business unit from 2009 to 2011. During his time as Chief Commercial Officer, Mr. O'Dowd was responsible for the global commercialization for Novartis' oncology portfolio of Novartis, including global brand leadership, health economics and pricing, early phase commercial development, strategic capabilities, business development and licensing and global sales excellence. Mr. O'Dowd received an M.B.A from the Kellstadt Graduate School of Business at DePaul University in Chicago and a B.A. from Loyola University Chicago. Our board of directors believes that Mr. O'Dowd is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his insight into our operations and strategy as a result of being our Chief Executive Officer and his experience in the life sciences industry.

         Robert Ang, M.B.B.S. has served as our Chief Business Officer since October 2015. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Ang served as Senior Vice President, Business Development at Bavarian Nordic, an immuno-oncology and infectious disease vaccine company, from 2013 to 2015. From 2009 to 2013, Dr. Ang held various roles at Cadence Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Cadence, which was acquired by Mallinckrodt plc in 2014, including Vice President, Medical Affairs and Head of Business Development. Prior to working at Cadence, Dr. Ang worked at Frazier Healthcare Ventures as a Senior Associate from 2008 to 2009. Dr. Ang received an M.B.B.S. medical degree from the University of Western Australia and an M.B.A. with honors from Columbia Business School.

         Yasir B. Al-Wakeel, B.M.B.Ch. has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2017. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Al-Wakeel served as the Chief Financial Officer and Head of Corporate

158


Table of Contents

Development at Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 2015 until 2017. Dr. Al-Wakeel previously served in various capacities at Credit Suisse, an investment banking firm, from 2008 to 2015. While at Credit Suisse, Dr. Al-Wakeel was Director of Healthcare Investment Banking, focused on biotechnology, and, prior to that role, he was an Equity Research Analyst covering the biotechnology and specialty pharmaceuticals sectors. Before joining Credit Suisse, Dr. Al-Wakeel was a practicing physician, holding both clinical and academic medical posts. Dr. Al-Wakeel holds a B.M.B.Ch. from Oxford University and an M.A. in theology from Cambridge University.

         Richard Gaynor, M.D. has served as our President of Research and Development since November 2016. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Gaynor spent 15 years in senior roles at Eli Lilly, most recently holding the position of Senior Vice President of Oncology Clinical Development and Medical Affairs from 2013 to 2016. Prior to that, he was Vice President of Global Product Development and Medical Affairs from 2010 to 2013 and Vice President of Cancer Research and Clinical Investigation from 2002 to 2009, which included co-leadership of Global Oncology Product Team from 2005 to 2009. From 2010 to 2016, Dr. Gaynor chaired the Lilly Oncology Research and Development Committee and helped oversee a variety of collaborations, including with Bristol-Myers Squibb, Merck, AstraZeneca and GE. He participates on numerous boards and committees, including several with the American Association for Cancer Research, the Stand Up To Cancer scientific advisory committee, the MD Anderson Moon Shots advisory board, the Damon Runyon Cancer Research Foundation and Accelerating Cancer Cures. Dr. Gaynor holds a B.S. degree in Biology from Texas Tech University and an M.D. from the University of Texas Southwestern Medical School.

Non-Employee Directors

         Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2015. Previously, Dr. Pfeffer served as our interim President and Chief Executive Officer from 2015 to 2016. Dr. Pfeffer is a partner at Third Rock Ventures, LLC, or Third Rock, which he joined in 2007. Dr. Pfeffer served at Biogen Inc. from 1992 to 2002 in a variety of domestic and international executive management roles. Dr. Pfeffer serves on the board of directors of Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. and the boards of directors of numerous private companies. Dr. Pfeffer received an M.B.A. from the Wharton School, an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine and a B.A. in biochemistry from Columbia University. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Pfeffer is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry, life sciences industry, membership on various other boards of directors, his prior service as our President and Chief Executive Officer, and his leadership and management experience.

         Julian Adams, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2017. Since late November 2017, Dr. Adams has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Gamida Cell Inc. Dr. Adams served as Chief Science Officer and President of Clal Biotechnology Industries from January 2017 to November 2017. Previously, he was the President of Research & Development of Infinity Pharmaceuticals Inc., or Infinity, from October 2007 until January 2017 and also served as its Chief Scientific Officer from September 2006 until May 2010. Prior to joining Infinity in 2003, Dr. Adams served as Senior Vice President, Drug Discovery and Development at Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 1999 to 2001, where he led the development of bortezomib, also known as Velcade. Dr. Adams also serves on the board of Pieris Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and of the boards of directors of various private companies. Dr. Adams received a B.S. from McGill University and a Ph.D. from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in the field of synthetic organic chemistry. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Adams is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his considerable experience in the pharmaceutical industry and his experience as an executive of successful companies, both public and private, in the life sciences industry.

         Robert Kamen, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2015. Dr. Kamen is a venture partner at Third Rock, which he joined in 2010. From 2005 to 2010, Dr. Kamen

159


Table of Contents

served as the Chairman of BioAssets Development Corporation. From 2002 to 2008, Dr. Kamen served as Executive-in-Residence at Oxford Bioscience Partners. From 2001 to 2002, he served as president of Abbott Laboratories' Abbott Bioresearch Center and as a member of the Abbott Pharma Executive Management Committee. From 1991 to 2001, Dr. Kamen served as president of BASF Bioresearch Corporation until it was acquired by Abbott Laboratories. Dr. Kamen serves on the board of Jounce Therapeutics, Inc., as well as on the boards of directors for numerous private companies. Dr. Kamen holds a Ph.D. in biochemistry and molecular biology from Harvard University and a B.S. in biophysics from Amherst College. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Kamen is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital and life sciences industries, membership of various other boards of directors and his leadership and management experience.

         Eric S. Lander, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2015. Dr. Lander has been a Professor and Associate Professor of Biology at Massachusetts Institute of Technology since 1990 and, since 2003, a Professor of Systems Biology at Harvard Medical School since 2004. Dr. Lander has served as the founding Director of The Eli and Edythe L. Broad Institute, a biomedical research institute formed by MIT and Harvard University. Dr. Lander currently serves as a director of the Innocence Project, and was co-chair of the United States President's Council of Advisers on Science and Technology from 2008 until 2016. During the past five years, Dr. Lander was a co-founder and a member of the board of directors of Infinity Discovery, Inc. Dr. Lander received an A.B. in Mathematics from Princeton University and a D.Phil. in Mathematics from Oxford University, which he attended as a Rhodes Scholar. Our board of directors believes Dr. Lander's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his scientific acumen and expertise in the fields of genomics and human genetic diseases.

         Stephen A. Sherwin, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2015. Dr. Sherwin is a Clinical Professor of Medicine at the University of California, San Francisco, and a volunteer Attending Physician in Hematology-Oncology at the Zuckerberg San Francisco General Hospital. Dr. Sherwin also currently serves as a venture partner with Third Rock and a member of the Scientific Steering Committee of the Parker Institute for Cancer Immunotherapy. Dr. Sherwin previously served as a Co-founder and the Chairman of Ceregene, Inc. from 2001 until its acquisition by Sangamo Biosciences, Inc. in 2013. Prior to that, Dr. Sherwin was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cell Genesys, Inc., a cancer immunotherapy company, from 1990 until its merger in 2009 with ANI Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (formerly known as BioSante Pharmaceuticals, Inc.). Dr. Sherwin was also a Co-founder and Chairman of Abgenix, an antibody company acquired by Amgen Inc. in 2006. Dr. Sherwin currently serves on the boards of directors of Aduro Biotech, Inc., Biogen, Inc. and Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. During the past five years, Dr. Sherwin also served as a director of BioSante Pharmaceuticals until its merger with ANI Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in 2013, Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Vical Inc. and Verastem Inc. Dr. Sherwin holds an M.D. from Harvard Medical School, and a B.A. in biology summa cum laude from Yale University. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Sherwin is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the life sciences industry and his membership of various other boards of directors of public companies.

         Robert Tepper, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2013. Previously, Dr. Tepper served as our President and interim Chief Executive Officer from 2013 until 2015. Dr. Tepper is a partner of Third Rock, which he co-founded in 2007. Dr. Tepper serves as an adjunct faculty member at Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts General Hospital and is an advisory board member of several healthcare institutions, including, Harvard Medical School and Tufts Medical School. Dr. Tepper is a board member of Allena Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. and Kala Pharmaceuticals, Inc., as well as various private life sciences companies. Dr. Tepper was previously a board member of the public company bluebird bio, Inc. Dr. Tepper also serves on the board of overseers at Tufts University. Dr. Tepper holds an A.B. in biochemistry from Princeton University and an M.D. from Harvard Medical School. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Tepper's experience in the venture capital industry, combined with his

160


Table of Contents

experience building and operating research and development operation, on the boards of public and private life sciences companies qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

         Meryl Zausner has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2017. Ms. Zausner worked at Novartis Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Novartis Corporation in various leadership positions from 1988 until her retirement at the end of June 2017. From 2015 until 2017, Ms. Zausner served as a certified Executive Coach to senior executives at Novartis. From 2012 through 2014, Ms. Zausner was Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of Novartis Pharmaceuticals Inc. and a member of the Pharmaceutical Executive Committee and Global Finance Leadership Team. From 2008 to 2012, Ms. Zausner was Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Novartis Corporation in the United States. Ms. Zausner is a member of the board of directors of the Multiple Myeloma Research Foundation and chairs their audit committee and is a member of the board of directors of Deirdre's House, an advocacy center for children who are victims of abuse or neglect. Ms. Zausner received a B.S. in Economics and Accounting from the University at Albany and her CPA in New York. Our board of directors believes that Ms. Zausner is qualified to serve on our board of directors given her vast experience in the pharmaceutical industry and her experience as a chief financial officer in the life sciences industry.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

        Our board of directors consists of eight members, each of whom are members pursuant to the board composition provisions of our certificate of incorporation and agreements with our stockholders. These board composition provisions will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may therefore consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees. Our nominating and corporate governance committee's and our board of directors' priority in selecting board members is the identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through their established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape, and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the completion of this offering and our amended and restated by-laws that will become effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds ( 2 / 3 ) of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Director Independence

        Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of the board of directors, except Mr. O'Dowd and Dr. Pfeffer, are independent directors, including for purposes of the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market and the SEC. In making this independence determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. In considering the independence of the directors listed above, our board of directors considered the association of our directors with the holders of more than 5% of our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market and the rules and regulations of the

161


Table of Contents

SEC. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. Mr. O'Dowd is not an independent director under these rules because he is an executive officer of our company. Similarly, Dr. Pfeffer is not an independent director under these rules because he was an executive officer of our company within the past three years.

Staggered Board

        In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the completion of this offering and our amended and restated by-laws that will become effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors and each will be assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2019 for Class I directors, 2020 for Class II directors and 2021 for Class III directors.

    Our Class I directors will be Eric S. Lander, Ph.D., Robert Kamen, Ph.D. and Julian Adams, Ph.D.;

    Our Class II directors will be Robert Tepper, M.D. and Stephen A. Sherwin, M.D.; and

    Our Class III directors will be Hugh O'Dowd, Meryl Zausner and Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the completion of this offering and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective on the date the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC will provide that the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors.

        The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

Board Leadership Structure and Board's Role in Risk Oversight

        Dr. Pfeffer is our chairman of our board of directors. We believe that separating the positions of Chief Executive Officer and chairman of the board of directors allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the chairman to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the Chief Executive Officer is required to devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our chairman, particularly as the board of directors' oversight responsibilities continue to grow. While our amended and restated by-laws and corporate governance guidelines do not require that our chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.

        Risk is inherent with every business and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our financial condition, development and commercialization activities, operations, strategic direction and intellectual property, as more fully discussed in the section titled "Risk Factors" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.

162


Table of Contents

        The role of the board of directors in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees below and in the charters of each of the committees. The full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on us and the steps we take to manage them. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk or risks, the chairman of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full board of directors during the committee reports portion of the next board meeting. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Nasdaq Stock Market, or Nasdaq, and SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Audit Committee

        Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D., Robert Kamen, Ph.D. and Meryl Zausner will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by Meryl Zausner. Our board of directors has determined that Robert Kamen, Ph.D. and Meryl Zausner are "independent" for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC and the current listing standards of Nasdaq, and each of our audit committee members has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated Meryl Zausner as an "audit committee financial expert," as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. The transition rules of the SEC require (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. Our board of directors intends to cause our audit committee to comply with the transition rules within the applicable time periods. The audit committee's responsibilities include:

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

    pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

    reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

    coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

    establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

    recommending based upon the audit committee's review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

163


Table of Contents

    monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

    reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

    reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

Compensation Committee

        Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D., Julian Adams, Ph.D. and Stephen A. Sherwin, M.D. will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Stephen A. Sherwin, M.D. Our board of directors has determined that Julian Adams, Ph.D. and Stephen A. Sherwin, M.D. are "independent" as defined under current listing standards of Nasdaq. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current SEC rules and regulations. The transition rules of the SEC require (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. Our board of directors intends to cause our compensation committee to comply with the transition rules within the applicable time periods. The compensation committee's responsibilities include:

    annually reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

    evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and based on such evaluation: (i) recommending to the board of directors the cash compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and (ii) reviewing and approving grants and awards to our Chief Executive Officer under equity-based plans;

    reviewing and approving or recommending to the board of directors the cash compensation of our other executive officers;

    reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

    overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

    evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable Nasdaq rules;

    reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

    reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our directors;

    preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules, if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

    reviewing and approving the retention, termination or compensation of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        Robert Tepper, M.D., Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. and Eric S. Lander, Ph.D. will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by Robert Tepper, M.D. Our board of directors has determined that Robert Tepper, M.D. and Eric S. Lander, Ph.D. are "independent" as defined under current listing standards of Nasdaq. The composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under current SEC rules and regulations.

164


Table of Contents

The transition rules of the SEC require (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. Our board of directors intends to cause our nominating and corporate governance committee to comply with the transition rules within the applicable time periods. The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include:

    developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

    establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

    reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

    recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board's committees;

    developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

    overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

        Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Corporate Governance

        We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that, effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a current copy of the code will be posted on the investor relations section of our website, which is located at www.neontherapeutics.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.

165


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation Overview

        Our executive compensation program has reflected our growth and development-oriented corporate culture. To date, the compensation of the individuals listed below, whom we refer to as our named executive officers, has primarily consisted of a combination of base salary, bonuses and long-term incentive compensation. Our named executive officers, like all full-time employees, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare benefit plans. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we will evaluate our compensation values and philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances require. At a minimum, we expect to review executive compensation annually with input from a compensation consultant. As part of this review process, we expect the board of directors and the compensation committee to apply our values and philosophy, while considering the compensation levels needed to ensure our executive compensation program remains competitive. We will also review whether we are meeting our retention objectives and the potential cost of replacing a key employee.

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table presents information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our named executive officer for services rendered to us in all capacities for the years indicated.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Stock
Awards
($) (1)
  Option
Awards
($) (1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($) (2)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

Hugh O'Dowd

    2017     425,000                 170,000         595,000  

President and Chief

    2016     116,058 (3)   350,000 (4)   1,110,200     796,602             2,372,860  

Executive Officer

                                                 

Yasir B. Al-Wakeel, B.M.B.Ch.

   
2017
   
184,385

(5)
 
230,000

(6)
 
   
984,060
   
70,313
   
   
1,468,758
 

Chief Financial Officer

                                                 

Richard Gaynor, M.D.

   
2017
   
360,000
   
   
   
   
113,400
   
   
473,400
 

President of Research

    2016     54,692 (7)   150,000 (8)   62,400     470,963         10,565     748,620  

and Development

                                                 

(1)
Amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock and option awards granted during the year calculated in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standard Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation . For information regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of option awards, see Note 10 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.

(2)
The amounts reported represent annual bonuses based upon the achievement of company and individual performance objectives for the year ended December 31, 2017.

(3)
Mr. O'Dowd's employment commenced with us on September 23, 2016. The 2016 salary reported reflects the pro rata portion of Mr. O'Dowd's annual salary of $425,000 from commencement of his employment through December 31, 2016. Mr. O'Dowd also serves as a member of our board of directors but does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director.

(4)
The amount reported represents a relocation sign-on bonus of $200,000, which was paid in 2016 pursuant to the terms of Mr. O'Dowd's employment agreement. The amount reported also includes a bonus of $150,000 based on the closing of an equity financing or strategic partnership pursuant to the terms of Mr. O'Dowd's employment agreement.

(5)
Dr. Al-Wakeel's employment commenced with us on July 5, 2017. The 2017 salary reported reflects the pro rata portion of Dr. Al-Wakeel's annual salary of $375,000 from commencement of his employment through December 31, 2017.

(6)
The amount reported represents a sign-on bonus of $230,000, which was paid in 2017 pursuant to the terms of Dr. Al-Wakeel's employment agreement.

(7)
Dr. Gaynor's employment commenced with us on November 7, 2016. The 2016 salary reported reflects the pro rata portion of Dr. Gaynor's annual salary of $360,000 from commencement of his employment through December 31, 2016.

(8)
The amount reported represents a relocation sign-on bonus, which was paid in 2016 pursuant to the terms of Dr. Gaynor's employment agreement.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

        Base Salary.     Each named executive officer's base salary is a fixed component of annual compensation for performing specific duties and functions, and has been established by our board of directors taking into account each individual's role, responsibilities, skills and experience.

166


Table of Contents

        Cash Bonus.     Our annual bonus program is intended to reward our named executive officers for meeting objective or subjective performance goals for a fiscal year.

        Long-Term Equity Incentives.     Our equity grant program is intended to align the interests of our named executive officers with those of our stockholders and to motivate them to make important contributions to our performance.

Employment Arrangements and Severance Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

Employment Arrangements in Place During the Fiscal Year Ended December, 31, 2017 for Named Executive Officers

    Hugh O'Dowd

        For the year ended December 31, 2017, the annual base salary for Mr. O'Dowd was $425,000. For 2017, Mr. O'Dowd was eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus targeted at 40% of his base salary. Mr. O'Dowd is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

        Pursuant to Mr. O'Dowd's offer letter dated July 28, 2016, Mr. O'Dowd was eligible to receive a relocation bonus of $200,000, which was paid in 2016.

        Pursuant to Mr. O'Dowd's offer letter, in the event that he is terminated by us without "cause" or he terminates his employment for "good reason", subject to his execution of a separation agreement and general release, he will be entitled to (i) continuation of his base salary for a period of 12 months following his termination of employment and (ii) payment of up to 12 months of health insurance premiums provided under COBRA following his termination of employment at the same rate as we pay for active employees. Additionally, in the event Mr. O'Dowd is terminated within 12 months following, or 30 days preceding, a "change in control" (as defined in his offer letter), he will be entitled to full acceleration of any unvested equity awards. In the event of a change in control in which Mr. O'Dowd's equity awards are not assumed or continued by the acquiror or substituted for a similar award of the acquiror, Mr. O'Dowd's equity awards will vest in full.

    Richard Gaynor, M.D.

        For the year ended December 31, 2017, the annual base salary for Dr. Gaynor was $360,000. For 2017, Dr. Gaynor was eligible to earn a discretionary annual cash performance bonus, determined by our board of directors based upon achievement of corporate and individual goals. Dr. Gaynor is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

        Pursuant to Dr. Gaynor's offer letter dated September 1, 2016, Dr. Gaynor also was eligible to receive three months of temporary housing and a relocation bonus of $150,000, which was paid in 2016.

        Pursuant to Dr. Gaynor's offer letter, in the event that he is terminated by us without "cause" (as defined in his offer letter) or he terminates his employment for "good reason" (as defined in his offer letter), subject to his execution of a separation agreement and general release, he will be entitled to (i) continuation of his base salary for a period of six months following his termination of employment and (ii) payment of up to six months of health insurance premiums provided under COBRA following his termination of employment at the same rate as we pay for active employees.

    Yasir B. Al-Wakeel, B.M.B.Ch.

        For the year ended December 31, 2017, the annual base salary for Dr. Al-Wakeel was $375,000. For 2017, Dr. Al-Wakeel was eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus targeted at 25% of his base salary in effect as of the last date of the calendar year to which the bonus pertains, determined by our board of directors based upon achievement of corporate and individual goals, and prorated for any partial years of

167


Table of Contents

service (including 2017). Dr. Al-Wakeel is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans. Pursuant to Dr. Al-Wakeel's offer letter dated May 12, 2017, Dr. Al-Wakeel also received a $230,000 signing bonus in connection with the commencement of his employment. If, prior to a "change in control" as defined in his offer letter, Dr. Al-Wakeel is terminated by us for "cause" (as defined in his offer letter) or he terminates his employment without "good reason" (as defined in his offer letter), then Dr. Al-Wakeel will be required to repay (i) 100% of the signing bonus (net of applicable withholdings) if the termination occurs before June 19, 2018 and (ii) 50% of the signing bonus (net of applicable withholdings) if the termination occurs on or after June 19, 2018 but before June 19, 2019.

        Pursuant to Dr. Al-Wakeel's offer letter, in the event that he is terminated by us without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason, subject to his execution of a separation agreement and general release, he will be entitled to (i) continuation of his base salary for a period of 12 months following his termination of employment and (ii) payment of up to 12 months of health insurance premiums provided under COBRA following his termination of employment at the same rate as we pay for active employees. In the event that situation occurs either within the 12-month period following or the 30-day period prior to a change in control and subject to his execution of a separation agreement and general release, 100% of Dr. Al-Wakeel's then-unvested equity and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock will accelerate and become fully vested.

Other Agreements

        We have also entered into employee confidentiality, inventions, non-solicitation and non-competition agreements with each of our named executive officers. Under such agreements, each named executive officer has agreed (1) not to compete with us during his or her employment and for a period of one year after the termination of such employment, (2) not to solicit our employees during his or her employment and for a period of one year after the termination of such employment, (3) to protect our confidential and proprietary information and (4) to assign to us related intellectual property developed during the course of his or her employment.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2017 Fiscal Year-End

        The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2017.

 
   
  Option Awards (1)   Stock Awards (1)  
Name
  Vesting
Commencement
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable (1)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
(#)
  Market
Value
of Shares
or Units
of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
($) (2)
 

Hugh O'Dowd

    9/23/2016     521,054     1,146,321         0.53     11/3/2026            

    9/23/2016             200,125 (3)   0.53     11/3/2026            

    9/23/2016                         1,467,813        

Yasir B. Al-Wakeel, B.M.B.Ch. 

   
7/05/2017
   
   
1,050,000
   
   
1.16
   
8/14/2027
             

Richard Gaynor, M.D. 

   
11/7/2016
   
298,857
   
804,618
   
   
0.53
   
11/7/2026
   
       

    11/7/2016                         87,500        

(1)
Unless otherwise specified, each award vests over four years, with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining shares vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to a continued service relationship with us.

(2)
The market price of our common stock is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

(3)
This option will commence vesting upon the closing of a strategic partnership that generates significant committed, non-dilutive capital, as determined by our board of directors. 25% of the shares will vest upon achievement of this milestone, and the remaining shares are scheduled to vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter.

168


Table of Contents

Compensation Risk Assessment

        We believe that although a portion of the compensation provided to our executive officers and other employees is performance-based, our executive compensation program does not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking. This is primarily due to the fact that our compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers and other employees to remain focused on both short-term and long-term strategic goals. As a result, we do not believe that our compensation programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Employee Benefit and Equity Compensation Plans

2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan

        Our 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or 2015 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders on August 17, 2015. Under the 2015 Plan, we reserved for issuance an aggregate of 23,325,878 shares of our common stock as of May 15, 2018, subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reclassification of shares, reorganization or other similar change in our capitalization.

        The shares of common stock underlying awards that are forfeited, cancelled, terminated, reacquired prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of shares of common stock or withheld to cover the exercise price or tax withholding are added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

        Our board of directors has acted as administrator of the 2015 Plan. The administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2015 Plan are those full or part-time employees, key persons, officers and directors of and consultants to, our company, as selected from time to time by the administrator in its discretion.

        The 2015 Plan permits the granting of (1) options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (2) options that do not so qualify, (3) restricted stock, (4) unrestricted stock or (5) restricted stock units. For stock options, the administrator will determine the per share option exercise price and at what time or times each option may be exercised.

        The 2015 Plan provides that upon the occurrence of a merger, reorganization, consolidation, liquidation, dissolution, sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, acquisition of a majority of our voting stock or any other transaction that our board determines to be an acquisition of the business, or a Sale Event, all outstanding stock options will terminate and all outstanding restricted stock and restricted stock units will be forfeited if not assumed, continued or substituted with comparable awards by the successor entity. In the event of such termination, holders will be permitted to exercise any vested options (including those that will become vested as a result of the Sale Event) or we may, in our sole discretion, cancel such options in exchange for a cash payment equal to the value payable per share of stock in the Sale Event multiplied by the number of shares subject to the vested portion of the option, less the aggregate exercise price. In the event that restricted stock is forfeited in connection with a Sale Event, the 2015 Plan provides that the holder will be paid the lower of the purchase price paid for the restricted stock or the fair market value of the stock at the time of the sale event. We may, but are not required to, cancel the restricted stock in exchange for a price per share equal to the value payable per share of stock in the Sale Event.

        Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2015 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where such approval is required by applicable law. Our board of directors may also amend or

169


Table of Contents

cancel any outstanding award, provided that no amendment to an award may adversely affect a participant's rights without his or her consent.

        The 2015 Plan will terminate automatically on August 17, 2025. However, awards previously granted may extend beyond that date. As of May 15, 2018, options to purchase 11,046,106 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2015 Plan. Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2015 Plan following the completion of this offering.

2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

        Our 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors on                        , and approved by our stockholders on                        , and will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2018 Plan will replace the 2015 Plan, as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under the 2015 Plan following the completion of our initial public offering. The 2018 Plan allows the compensation committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and other key persons, including consultants.

        We have initially reserved                        shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2018 Plan, or the Initial Limit. The 2018 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the 2018 Plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2019, by                % of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee, or the Annual Increase. These limits are subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

        The shares we issue under the 2018 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated, other than by exercise under the 2018 Plan or 2015 Plan.

        The maximum number of shares that may be issued as incentive stock options may not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2019 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase or                        shares. The value of all awards made under the 2018 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year shall not exceed $            .

        The 2018 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2018 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2018 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons, including consultants as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

        The 2018 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

        Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock,

170


Table of Contents

or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.

        Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2018 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

        The 2018 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a "sale event," as defined in the 2018 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under the 2018 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2018 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, upon the effective time of the sale event, such awards under the 2018 Plan shall terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2018 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights and we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding other vested awards.

        Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2018 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder's consent. Certain amendments to the 2018 Plan require the approval of our stockholders.

        No awards may be granted under the 2018 Plan after the date that is 10 years from the date of stockholder approval of the 2018 Plan. No awards under the 2018 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        On                    , our board of directors adopted the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, and on                        , our stockholders approved the ESPP. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of                    shares of common stock to participating employees. The ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2019, and ending on January 1, 2028 by the lesser of (i)                     shares of common stock, (ii)             % of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or (iii) such lesser number of shares as determined by the ESPP administrator. The number of shares reserved under the ESPP is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

        All employees whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours per week are eligible to participate in the ESPP. However, any participating employee who would own 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock after an option were granted under the ESPP would not be eligible to purchase shares under the ESPP.

171


Table of Contents

        We will make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP. Offerings will usually begin on each January 1 and July 1 and will continue for six-month periods, referred to as offering periods. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 business days before the relevant offering date.

        Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to            % of his or her base compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of common stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

        The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee's rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

        The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of shares of common stock authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders.

Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan

        In                    , our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan provides for cash bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, or Corporate Performance Goals, as well as individual performance objectives.

        Our compensation committee may select Corporate Performance Goals from among the following: cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); sales or revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our common stock; economic value-added; development, clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones; acquisitions or strategic transactions, partnerships or joint ventures; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of our common stock; sales or market shares; number of customers; operating income and/or other strategic, financial or operational objectives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, in terms of growth, as compared to results of a peer group, against the market as a whole, compared to applicable market indices and/or measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis.

        Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published or such other appropriate time as the compensation committee determines. If the Corporate Performance Goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period. The Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion.

172


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

        We maintain the Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 401(k) Plan, or the 401(k) plan, a tax-qualified retirement plan for our employees. Our 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code so that contributions to our 401(k) plan by employees or by us, and the investment earnings thereon, are not taxable to the employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan, and so that contributions by us, if any, will be deductible by us when made. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and to have the amount of such reduction contributed to our 401(k) plan.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL. Consequently, our directors are not personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Our amended and restated by-laws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the DGCL and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL. Subject to certain limitations, our amended and restated by-laws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

        We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts actually incurred by these individuals in any action or proceeding arising out of their service to us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which these individuals provide services at our request. Subject to certain limitations, our indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

        We believe that provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and amended and restated by-laws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors and officers. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

        At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

173


Table of Contents


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

        The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors and received compensation for such service during the year ended December 31, 2017. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any additional equity awards or non-equity awards to or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors in 2017. We reimburse non-employee members of our board of directors for reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses.

        Hugh O'Dowd, our President and Chief Executive Officer, did not receive any compensation for his service as a member of our board of directors during 2017. Mr. O'Dowd's compensation for service as an employee for fiscal year 2017 is presented above in the 2017 "Summary Compensation Table."

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
  Option Awards
($) (1)
  Total
($)
 

Robert Kamen, Ph.D. (2)

             

Eric S. Lander, Ph.D. (3)

    50,000         50,000  

Stephen A. Sherwin, M.D. (4)

             

Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. (5)

             

Robert Tepper, M.D. (5)

             

Meryl Zausner (6)

        308,620     308,620  

Julian Adams, Ph.D. 

             

(1)
Amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock and option awards granted during the year calculated in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standard Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation . For information regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of option awards, see Note 10 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.

(2)
Dr. Kamen transferred to two trusts an unexercised option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock, which was fully vested upon grant, and all of which was unexercised as of December 31, 2017. Dr. Kamen also transferred 300,000 shares of restricted stock to the two trusts and, as of December 31, 2017, 87,500 of these shares remained unvested.

(3)
Pursuant to a letter agreement with us, Dr. Lander is paid an annual cash retainer of $50,000 for being a founding member of the Company. As of December 31, 2017, Dr. Lander held 521,875 shares of unvested restricted stock.

(4)
As of December 31, 2017, Dr. Sherwin held 87,500 shares of unvested restricted stock. Dr. Sherwin also held an unexercised option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock, which was fully vested upon grant.

(5)
Dr. Pfeffer and Dr. Tepper are affiliates of Third Rock Ventures, LLC and receive no compensation for their services as directors.

(6)
As of December 31, 2017, Ms. Zausner held an unexercised option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

        Our board of directors intends to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy, to be effective upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that is designed to enable us to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, highly qualified non-employee directors. Under the

174


Table of Contents

policy, each director who is not an employee will be paid cash compensation from and after the completion of this offering, as set forth below:

 
  Member
Annual Fee
  Chairman
Additional
Annual Fee
 

Board of directors

  $                $               

Audit committee

             

Compensation committee

             

Nominating and corporate governance committee

             

        In addition, each non-employee director serving on our board of directors upon completion of this offering and each non-employee director elected or appointed to our board of directors following the completing of this offering will be granted a one-time equity award of            shares on the date of such director's election or appointment to the board of directors, which will vest annually over three years, subject to continued service through such vesting dates. On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders of our company, each non-employee director will be granted an annual equity award of            shares, which will vest in full of the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the next annual meeting, subject to continued service as a director through such vesting date.

175


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described under "Executive Compensation" and "Director Compensation" in this prospectus and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2014, there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were, or will be, a party in which the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of five percent or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

Sales of Securities

Common Stock

        In October 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.001 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.00 to Third Rock Ventures III, L.P., or TRV III. In May 2015, we effected a forward stock split where every one share of common stock became 200 shares of common stock, such that TRV III's shares were increased from 10,000 to 2,000,000 shares of common stock.

        From August 2015 to October 2017, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,677,625 shares of our restricted common stock at $0.01 per share and 1,400,000 shares of our restricted common stock at $0.001 per share, with an aggregate purchase price of $38,176 to three of our directors, each an accredited investor, and three executive officers in exchange for services to us. The following table summarizes purchases of our common stock by related persons.

Stockholder
  Affiliated Director(s) or Officer(s)   Shares of
Common Stock
  Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

5% Stockholders:

                 

TRV III (1)

  Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. and Robert Tepper, Ph.D.     10,000   $ 10  

Directors and Executive Officers:

                 

Hugh O'Dowd

        2,135,000   $ 21,350  

Robert Ang, M.B.B.S. 

        1,297,625   $ 12,976  

Richard Gaynor, M.D. 

        120,000   $ 1,200  

Robert Kamen, Ph.D. (2)

        300,000   $ 1,200  

Eric S. Lander, Ph.D. (3)

        1,000,000   $ 1,000  

Stephen A. Sherwin, M.D. 

        225,000   $ 450  

(1)
TRV III is an affiliate fund of Third Rock Ventures, LLC, or TRV, and is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. and Robert Tepper, M.D. are partners at TRV and members of our board of directors.

(2)
Shares originally issued to Dr. Kamen were transferred to trusts in December 2015 and January 2016.

(3)
330,000 of Dr. Lander's 1,000,000 shares were transferred to a trust in October 2017.

Series A Preferred Stock Financing

        In August 2015, with subsequent closings through November 2016, we issued and sold an aggregate of 55,500,000 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share. Certain investors holding convertible notes issued in 2014 and 2015 used such notes to purchase our Series A preferred stock. Each share of our Series A preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common

176


Table of Contents

stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series A preferred stock by related persons:

Stockholder
  Shares of
Series A
Preferred Stock
  Total
Purchase Price
 

TRV III (1)

    45,000,000   $ 45,000,000 (2)

Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd. (3)

    5,000,000   $ 5,000,000  

Access Industries Holdings LLC (4)

    5,000,000   $ 5,000,000  

(1)
TRV III is an affiliate fund of TRV and is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. and Robert Tepper, M.D. are partners at TRV and members of our board of directors.

(2)
$4,612,603 of TRV III's purchase price was funded by the cancellation or conversion of indebtedness (including principal and interest) under certain convertible promissory notes, issued by us to TRV III from September 2014 to July 2015.

(3)
Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd. is an affiliate of Access Industries Holdings LLC, which is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Julian Adams, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, was formerly the President and Chief Science Officer of Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd.

(4)
Access Industries Holdings LLC is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Julian Adams, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, was formerly the President and Chief Science Officer of Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd., an affiliate of Access Industries Holdings LLC.

Series B Preferred Stock Financing

        In December 2016, with a subsequent closing in December 2017, we issued and sold an aggregate of 37,722,418 shares of Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.81 per share. Each share of our Series B preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series B preferred stock by related persons:

Stockholder
  Shares of
Series B
Preferred Stock
  Total
Purchase Price
 

TRV III (1)

    1,708,185   $ 4,800,000  

Entities affiliated with Partner Fund Management L.P. (2)

    7,473,309   $ 20,999,998  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity (3)

    8,189,860   $ 23,013,507  

Access Industries Holdings LLC (4)

    3,914,590   $ 10,999,998  

(1)
TRV III is an affiliate fund of TRV and is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. and Robert Tepper, M.D. are partners at TRV and members of our board of directors.

(2)
Consists of: (i) 4,112,692 shares of Series B preferred stock purchased and received by Partner Investments, L.P., (ii) 777,525 shares of Series B preferred stock purchased and received by PFM Healthcare Emerging Growth Master Fund, L.P., (iii) 2,120,459 shares of Series B preferred stock purchased and received by PFM Healthcare Opportunities Master Fund, L.P., (iv) 425,942 shares of Series B preferred stock purchased and received by PFM Healthcare Master Fund, L.P. and (v) 36,691 shares of Series B preferred stock purchased and received by PFM Healthcare Principals Fund, L.P. All shares of Series B

177


Table of Contents

    preferred stock originally issued to PFM Healthcare Opportunities Master Fund, L.P. were transferred to PFM Healthcare Master Fund, L.P. in May 2018.

(3)
Consists of: (i) 4,449,273 shares of Series B preferred stock purchased and received by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, (ii) 2,396,816 shares of Series B preferred stock purchased and received by Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool and (iii) 1,343,771 shares of Series B preferred stock purchased and received by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund.

(4)
Access Industries Holdings LLC is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Julian Adams, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, was formerly the President and Chief Science Officer of Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd., an affiliate of Access Industries Holdings LLC.

License Relationship with the Broad Institute, Inc.

        In November 2015, we entered into a license agreement with the Broad Institute, Inc., or Broad, pursuant to which we have been granted an exclusive worldwide license to certain intellectual property rights owned or controlled by Broad, the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and The General Hospital Corporation d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital. For additional information regarding the license agreement with Broad, see "Business—License Agreement with the Broad Institute, Inc." As consideration for the license, we paid Broad a non-refundable license fee of $75,000. As additional consideration for the license, we granted 300,000 shares of restricted common stock to Broad, which were determined to have a fair value of $0.1 million. Under the terms of the agreement, we must pay Broad immaterial annual license maintenance fees. Additionally, we reimbursed Broad $0.6 million for a portion of past patent expenses and will reimburse Broad for future patent expenses. We could be obligated to make up to $12.6 million of developmental milestone payments to Broad if certain development milestones are achieved over the term of the license agreement. Additionally, under the terms of the license agreement, we could be obligated to make up to an aggregate of $97.5 million of payments upon the achievement of specified sales milestones and to pay tiered royalties of low to mid single-digit percentages on net sales of products licensed under the agreement. We are required to pay Broad between 10% to 30% of any consideration received by us from a sublicensee in consideration for a sublicense, which percentage is based on certain events set forth in the license agreement. No developmental or commercial milestones have been achieved to date. We made payments to Broad of $0.2 million and $0.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and $0.9 million and $0.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. One member of our board of directors, Eric S. Lander, Ph.D., is a founding director and the current president of Broad. None of the fees we pay to Broad will be paid directly or indirectly to Dr. Lander.

        See "Note 14 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" for additional related party transactions with Broad.

Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement

        We are a party to an amended and restated investors' rights agreement, or the investor rights agreement, dated as of December 28, 2016, with holders of our preferred stock, including some of our 5% stockholders and entities affiliated with our directors. The investor rights agreement provides these holders the right, following the completion of this offering, to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information regarding these registration rights.

178


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement

        We are a party to an amended and restated stockholders agreement, or the stockholders agreement, dated as of December 28, 2016, as amended, with holders of our preferred stock, including some of our 5% stockholders and entities affiliated with our directors. Such holders consisted of entities affiliated with TRV III, Fidelity, Partner Fund Management L.P. and Access Industries Holdings LLC, each of which is a 5% stockholder. Each of TRV III and Access Industries Holdings LLC have appointed representatives to our board of directors. The stockholders agreement provides the holders the right to elect certain directors to our board of directors. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, we agreed to appoint to our board of directors two representatives designated by TRV III, who are currently Drs. Pfeffer and Tepper, and one representative designated by Access Industries Holdings LLC and Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd., who is currently Dr. Adams. In addition, the stockholders agreement provides the holders of preferred stock a secondary right of refusal to participate in any proposed transfers of stock by key holders and a right of co-sale. The stockholders agreement shall terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Management and Consulting Services

        During the three months ended March 31, 2018, we did not incur any consulting fees to TRV. During the three months ended March 31, 2017, and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we incurred consulting fees to TRV in the amount of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively. TRV is a management company that provides services to us and TRV III is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting securities. Dr. Pfeffer was our President and Chief Executive Officer from May 2015 to September 2016 and is a partner at TRV. Dr. Tepper was our President and Interim Chief Executive Officer from October 2013 until May 2015 and is a partner at TRV. These consulting fees were paid to TRV in amounts mutually agreed upon in advance by us and TRV in consideration of certain strategic and ordinary course business operations and such services were provided to us on an as-needed basis, from time to time and at our request, by individuals related to TRV. Such fees were payable pursuant to invoices submitted to us by TRV from time to time. None of these consulting fees were paid directly or indirectly to Drs. Pfeffer or Tepper. The consulting fees paid to TRV did not exceed 5% of the consolidated gross revenue of TRV during any of these fiscal years.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

        See the section titled "Executive Compensation" for information regarding compensation of our executive officers and directors.

Indemnification Agreements

        In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person's status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

        Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of 5% or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the related party's relationship or interest in the transaction have been disclosed to our board of directors prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction has not been considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approved the transaction. Further, when stockholders have been entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party's relationship or interest in the transaction have been disclosed to the stockholders, who would approve the transaction in good faith.

        In connection with this offering, we expect to adopt a written related party transactions policy that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee. This policy will become effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. Pursuant to this policy, the audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving "related party transactions," which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members.

179


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of May 15, 2018, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

        To the extent that the underwriters sell more than            shares in this offering, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional            shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under those rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power, and includes securities that the individual or entity has the right to acquire, such as through the exercise of stock options, within 60 days of May 15, 2018. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe, based on the information provided to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

        The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering in the table below is based on            shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of May 15, 2018, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of            shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, and the percentage of beneficial ownership at this offering in the table below is based on            shares of common stock assumed to be outstanding after the completion of the offering. The information in the table below assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

180


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Neon Therapeutics, Inc., 40 Erie Street, Suite 110, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 02139.

 
   
  Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
  Before Offering   After Offering  

5% Stockholders:

                   

Third Rock Venture III, L.P. (1)

    48,708,185     44.38 %                %

Entities affiliated with Access Industries Holdings LLC (2)

    13,914,590     12.68 %                %

Entities affiliated with Fidelity (3)

    8,189,860     7.46 %                %

Entities affiliated with Partner Fund Management, L.P. (4)

    7,473,309     6.81 %                %

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Hugh O'Dowd (5)

    2,864,476     2.59 %                %

Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. 

                         %

Julian Adams, Ph.D. 

                         %

Yasir B. Al-Wakeel, B.M.B.Ch. (6)

    262,500     * %                %

Richard Gaynor, M.D. (7)

    579,781     * %                %

Robert Kamen, Ph.D. 

                         %

Eric S. Lander, Ph.D. (8)

    670,000     * %                %

Stephen A. Sherwin, M.D. (9)

    250,000     * %                %

Robert Tepper, M.D. (10)

                         %

Meryl Zausner (11)

    33,333     * %                %

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons) (12)

    5,957,715     5.35 %                %

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of: (i) 2,000,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 45,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock held by Third Rock Ventures III, L.P., or TRV III LP, and (iii) 1,708,185 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by TRV III LP. Each of Third Rock Ventures III GP, LP, or TRV III GP, the general partner of TRV III LP, Third Rock Ventures GP III, LLC, or TRV III LLC, the general partner of TRV III GP, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Dr. Tepper, the managers of TRV II LLC, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares held of record by TRV III LP. Each of Third Rock Ventures III GP, LP, or TRV III GP, the general partner of TRV III LP, and Third Rock Ventures GP III, LLC, TRV III LLC, the general partner of TRV III GP, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Dr. Tepper, the managers of TRV III LLC, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares held of record by TRV III LP. The address for each of TRV II LP and TRV III LP is 29 Newbury Street, Suite 401, Boston, MA 02116.

(2)
Consists of: (i) 5,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock held by Access Industries Holdings LLC, or Access, (ii) 5,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock held by Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd., or CBI, and (iii) 3,914,590 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Access. CBI is a public company traded on Tel Aviv stock exchange. CBI's direct controlling shareholder is Clal Industries Ltd., or CI. CI is a private company which is ultimately controlled by Mr. Len Blavatnik through Access. Each of CI and Access may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares held of record by CBI. Each of CI and Access disclaim beneficial ownership of all shares held by CBI, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for Access is c/o Access Industries, Inc., 730 Fifth Avenue, 20th Floor, New York, NY 10019 and the address for CBI is 3 Azrieli Center Triangle Tower, 45th Floor, 132 Menachem Begin Road, Tel Aviv 6702301, Israel.

(3)
Consists of: (i) 4,449,273 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, or Fidelity

181


Table of Contents

    Growth Fund, (ii) 2,396,816 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, or Fidelity Commingled Pool, and (iii) 1,343,771 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund, or Fidelity Series Fund. These accounts are managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. Edward C. Johnson 3d is a Director and the Chairman of FMR LLC and Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Vice Chairman and the President of FMR LLC. Members of the family of Edward C. Johnson 3d, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders' voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders' voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Edward C. Johnson 3d nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act, or Fidelity Funds, advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company, or FMR Co, a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds' Boards of Trustees. Fidelity Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds' Boards of Trustees. The address for Fidelity Select Portfolios is Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 525 Washington Blvd., Jersey City, NJ 07310, Attn: Michael Lerman, 15th Floor, Corporate Actions, the address for Fidelity Advisor Series VII is State Street Bank & Trust, PO Box 5756, Boston, Massachusetts 02206, Attn: Bangle & Co fbo Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund, and the address for Fidelity Securities Fund is The Northern Trust Company, Attn: Trade Securities Processing, C-1N, 801 South Canal Street, Chicago, IL 60607, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio, Reference account #26-68304.

(4)
Consists of: (i) 4,112,692 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Partner Investments, L.P., (ii) 777,525 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by PFM Healthcare Emerging Growth Master Fund, L.P., (iii) 2,546,401 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by PFM Healthcare Master Fund, L.P., and (iv) 36,691 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by PFM Healthcare Principals Fund, L.P. The address of the principal business office of such entities and persons is c/o Partner Fund Management, L.P., 4 Embarcadero Center, Suite 3500, San Francisco, CA 94111.

(5)
Consists of: (i) 2,135,000 shares of restricted common stock and (ii) 729,476 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of May 15, 2018.

(6)
Consists of 262,500 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of May 15, 2018.

(7)
Consists of: (i) 120,000 shares of restricted common stock and (ii) 459,781 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of May 15, 2018.

(8)
Consists of 670,000 shares of restricted common stock.

(9)
Consists of: (i) 225,000 shares of restricted common stock and (ii) 25,000 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of May 15, 2018.

(10)
Dr. Tepper is affiliated with TRV III LP. Each of TRV III GP, the general partner of TRV III LP, and TRV III LLC, the general partner of TRV III GP, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Dr. Tepper, the managers of TRV III LLC, may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held of record by TRV III LP. No stockholder, director, officer, manager, member or employee of TRV II GP, TRV III GP or TRV III LLC has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any shares held by TRV III LP.

(11)
Consists of 33,333 shares of common stock underlying options exercisable within 60 days of May 15, 2018.

(12)
See notes (5) through (11) above; also includes Robert Ang, who is an executive officer but not a named executive officer.

182


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering and amended and restated by-laws, which will be effective on the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated by-laws as our by-laws.

General

        Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of            shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and            shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

        As of May 15, 2018, 16,524,015 shares of our common stock and 93,222,418 shares of our preferred stock were outstanding and held by 82 stockholders of record. The number of shares of common stock outstanding does not take into account the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this offering.

Common Stock

        The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

        In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

        Upon the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to            shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that the holders of shares of common stock will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

183


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

        Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 95,222,418 shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors' rights agreement between us and holders of our preferred stock. The investors' rights agreement includes demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations under this agreement will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Demand Registration Rights

        Beginning 180 days after the effective date of this registration statement, the holders of 95,222,418 shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock upon completion of this offering, are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the investors' rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least 25% of these securities that would result in an aggregate offering price of at least $3.0 million, to file a registration statement and use best efforts to effect the registration of all or a portion of these shares for public resale. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the investors' rights agreement.

Short-Form Registration Rights

        Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, upon the written request of at least 10% of the holders of registrable securities to sell registrable securities at an aggregate price of at least $1.0 million, we will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect a registration of those shares. We are required to effect only two registrations in any 12-month period pursuant to this provision of the investors' rights agreement. The right to have those shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Piggyback Registration Rights

        Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, if we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of the registrable securities are entitled to include their shares in the registration. Subject to certain exceptions contained in the investors' rights agreement, we and the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in the underwritten offering to the number of shares which we and the underwriters determine in our sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering.

Indemnification

        Our investors' rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expiration of Registration Rights

        The demand registration rights and short form registration rights granted under the investors' rights agreement will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering or at such time after this offering when the holders' shares may be sold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 within a three-month period.

184


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and Delaware Law

        Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board Composition and Filling Vacancies

        Our certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office, even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

No Written Consent of Stockholders

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This requirement may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of Stockholders

        Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our by-laws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance Notice Requirements

        Our by-laws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our by-laws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders' notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

        Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our by-laws

185


Table of Contents

and certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our by-laws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the by-laws, and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

        Our certificate of incorporation provides for            authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Choice of Forum

        Our amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers and employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, employees or stockholders arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Our amended and restated bylaws further provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. We have chosen the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts as the exclusive forum for these causes of action because our principal executive offices are located in Cambridge, Massachusetts. Some companies that have adopted similar federal district court forum selection provisions are currently subject to a suit in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware by stockholders who assert that the federal district court forum selection provision is not enforceable. We recognize that the federal district court forum selection clause may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert the provision is not enforceable and may impose more general additional litigation costs in pursuing any these claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Additionally, the forum selection clauses in our amended and restated bylaws may limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. Alternatively, if the federal district court forum selection provision is found inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse

186


Table of Contents

effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. The United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

    before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

    at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

        Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

    any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

    subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

    subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

        In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

        We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol "NTGN."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar's address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 962-4284.

187


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Based on the number of shares outstanding as of May 15, 2018, upon the completion of this offering,            shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the completion of this offering will be "restricted securities" as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, summarized below.

Rule 144

        In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

        Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

        However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under "Underwriting" included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

188


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

        We, our directors and executive officers and holders of all of our common stock have signed a lock-up agreement that prevent us and them from selling any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock for a period of not less than 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, subject to certain exceptions. See the section entitled "Underwriters" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Registration Rights

        Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our securities will be entitled to various rights with respect to registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Equity Incentive Plans

        We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above. As of May 15, 2018, we estimate that such registration statement on Form S-8 will cover approximately            shares.

189


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

        The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

        This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons that hold their common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

        This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and, all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset, generally property held for investment.

        This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare tax on net investment income or any U.S. federal tax other than the income tax (including, for example, the estate tax). This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

190


Table of Contents

        This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

        Distributions, if any, on our common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder's investment, up to such holder's tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in "Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock." Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the sections titled "Backup Withholding and Information Reporting" and "Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements—FATCA."

        Subject to the discussion in the following two paragraphs in this section, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

        Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

        A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a

191


Table of Contents

reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing a U.S. tax return with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

        Subject to the discussions below under "Backup Withholding and Information Reporting" and "Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements—FATCA," a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder's sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable

192


Table of Contents

rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above in "Distributions on Our Common Stock," generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

        Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them. Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is filed with the IRS in a timely manner.

Withholding and Information Reporting Requirements—FATCA

        The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a "foreign financial institution," such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a "foreign financial institution," such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. Under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, withholding under FATCA currently applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, but will only apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock made after December 31, 2018. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of this withholding tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

193


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITERS

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

Name
  Number of Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                  Incorporated

   

Mizuho Securities USA LLC

   

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. 

   

Total

   

        The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the "underwriters" and the "representatives," respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below.

        The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

        We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                        additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

        The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional            shares of common stock.

 
  Total  
 
  Per Share   No
Exercise
  Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

194


Table of Contents

        The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $            .

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

        We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol "NTGN".

        We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding securities have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the "restricted period"):

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

        The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to our directors, officers and securityholders with respect to, among other things:

195


Table of Contents

        Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

        In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open

196


Table of Contents

market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

        We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging. financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

        In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following

197


Table of Contents

exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

        Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

Canada

        The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

        Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

198


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Russia

        Under Russian law, shares of common stock may be considered securities of a foreign issuer. Neither we, nor this prospectus, nor shares of our common stock have been, or are intended to be, registered with the Central Bank of the Russian Federation under the Federal Law No. 39-FZ "On Securities Market" dated April 22, 1996 (as amended, the "Russian Securities Law"), and none of the shares of our common stock are intended to be, or may be offered, sold or delivered, directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for reoffering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in the territory of the Russian Federation or to any resident of the Russian Federation, except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of the Russian Federation.

        The information provided in this prospectus does not constitute any representation with respect to the eligibility of any recipients of this prospectus to acquire shares of our common stock under the laws of the Russian Federation, including, without limitation, the Russian Securities Law and other applicable legislation.

        This prospectus is not to be distributed or reproduced (in whole or in part) in the Russian Federation by the recipients of this prospectus. Recipients of this prospectus undertake not to offer, sell or deliver, directly or indirectly, or offer or sell to any person for reoffering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, shares of our common stock in the territory of the Russian Federation or to any resident of the Russian Federation, except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of the Russian Federation.

        Recipients of this prospectus understand that respective receipt/acquisition of shares of our common stock is subject to restrictions and regulations applicable from the Russian law perspective.

Switzerland

        The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information

199


Table of Contents

set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia

        No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

        Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

        The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

        This prospectus contains general information only and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate for their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

New Zealand

        The shares of common stock offered hereby have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly in New Zealand and no offering materials or advertisements have been or will be distributed in relation to any offer of shares in New Zealand, in each case other than:

200


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

        The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (i) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issuance, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Japan

        No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEL, has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of common stock.

        Accordingly, the shares of common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

        Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a "QII only private placement" or a "QII only secondary distribution" (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.

        Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a "small number private placement" or a "small number private secondary distribution" (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an

201


Table of Contents

institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

202


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters related to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cooley LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the years then ended as included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company's ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-                ) under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

        Upon the completion of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. We also maintain a website at www.neontherapeutics.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus. Upon completion of the offering, you may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendment to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

        You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

203


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, Contingently Redeemable Restricted Common Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of redeemable convertible preferred stock, contingently redeemable restricted common stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt About the Company's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception, has an accumulated deficit, and will require additional financing to fund future operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

        These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

        Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 2, 2018

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2016.

F-2


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  December 31,    
   
 
 
  March 31,
2018
  Pro Forma
March 31,
2018
 
 
  2016   2017  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Current assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 88,493   $ 58,250   $ 44,432   $ 44,432  

Marketable securities

        21,475     17,660     17,660  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,038     1,581     1,659     1,659  

Total current assets

    89,531     81,306     63,751     63,751  

Property and equipment, net

    4,231     6,888     7,506     7,506  

Deferred offering costs

        1,567     2,118     2,118  

Other long-term assets

    1,499     732     607     607  

Total assets

  $ 95,261   $ 90,493   $ 73,982   $ 73,982  

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, Contingently Redeemable Restricted Common Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

                         

Current liabilities:

                         

Accounts payable

  $ 3,207   $ 2,166   $ 2,791   $ 2,791  

Accrued expenses

    1,503     6,601     4,331     4,331  

Total current liabilities

    4,710     8,767     7,122     7,122  

Other liabilities

    330     48     41     41  

Total liabilities

    5,040     8,815     7,163     7,163  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

                         

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A and B), $0.001 par value; 80,411,030 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 93,222,418 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $174,895 and $178,081 as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as of March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

   
128,618
   
174,895
   
178,081
   
 

Contingently redeemable restricted common stock

    95     355     454      

    128,713     175,250     178,535      

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                         

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 110,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and 130,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited); 16,483,625 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 16,514,640 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited); 109,737,058 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as of March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

    16     17     17     110  

Additional paid-in capital

                178,442  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss           

        (13 )   (8 )   (8 )

Accumulated deficit

    (38,508 )   (93,576 )   (111,725 )   (111,725 )

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (38,492 )   (93,572 )   (111,716 )   66,819  

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, contingently redeemable restricted common stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ 95,261   $ 90,493   $ 73,982   $ 73,982  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

  $ 19,673   $ 37,195   $ 7,412   $ 13,158  

General and administrative

    7,749     10,892     2,136     3,599  

Total operating expenses

    27,422     48,087     9,548     16,757  

Loss from operations

    (27,422 )   (48,087 )   (9,548 )   (16,757 )

Other income (expense), net

                         

Interest income

        569     79     247  

Other expense

    (11 )   (18 )       (10 )

Total other income (expense), net          

    (11 )   551     79     237  

Net loss

    (27,433 )   (47,536 )   (9,469 )   (16,520 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (2,989 )   (10,396 )   (2,476 )   (3,186 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (30,422 ) $ (57,932 ) $ (11,945 )   (19,706 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (6.14 ) $ (6.86 ) $ (1.62 ) $ (1.89 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    4,950,872     8,439,436     7,376,816     10,405,224  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

                       $ (0.53 )       $ (0.16 )

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

                         89,938,556           103,627,642  

Comprehensive loss:

                         

Net loss

  $ (27,433 ) $ (47,536 ) $ (9,469 ) $ (16,520 )

Other comprehensive loss:

                         

Unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities, net of tax of $0

        (13 )       5  

Total other comprehensive loss

        (13 )       5  

Comprehensive loss

  $ (27,433 ) $ (47,549 ) $ (9,469 ) $ (16,515 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, CONTINGENTLY REDEEMABLE RESTRICTED COMMON STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 
  Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Contingently
Redeemable
Restricted
Common Stock
   
  Common Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)
 
 
   
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount    
  Shares   Amount  
 
   
 

Balance at December 31, 2015

    14,109,185   $ 14,509   $ 14         12,427,625   $ 12   $   $   $ (9,387 ) $ (9,375 )

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $10

    41,390,815     41,381                                  

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $261

    24,911,030     69,739                                  

Stock-based compensation expense

            81                 1,288             1,288  

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

        2,989                     (1,301 )       (1,688 )   (2,989 )

Issuance of restricted common stock

                    4,131,000     4     (4 )            

Cancellation of restricted common stock

                    (75,000 )                    

Vesting of restricted common stock

                            17             17  

Net loss

                                      (27,433 )   (27,433 )

Balance at December 31, 2016

    80,411,030     128,618     95         16,483,625     16             (38,508 )   (38,492 )

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $119

    12,811,388     35,881                                  

Stock-based compensation expense

            260                 2,782             2,782  

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

        10,396                     (2,864 )       (7,532 )   (10,396 )

Exercise of stock options

                    118,672     1     55             56  

Cancellation of restricted common stock

                    (87,657 )                    

Vesting of restricted common stock

                            27             27  

Unrealized losses on marketable securities, net of tax of $0

                                (13 )       (13 )

Net loss

                                    (47,536 )   (47,536 )

Balance at December 31, 2017

    93,222,418     174,895     355         16,514,640     17         (13 )   (93,576 )   (93,572 )

Stock-based compensation expense

            99                 1,551             1,551  

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

        3,186                     (1,557 )       (1,629 )   (3,186 )

Vesting of restricted common stock

                            6             6  

Unrealized gains on marketable securities, net of tax of $0

                                5         5  

Net loss

                                    (16,520 )   (16,520 )

Balance at March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

    93,222,418   $ 178,081   $ 454         16,514,640   $ 17   $   $ (8 ) $ (111,725 ) $ (111,716 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                         

Net loss

  $ (27,433 ) $ (47,536 ) $ (9,469 ) $ (16,520 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                         

Depreciation and amortization expense

    411     920     179     330  

Net amortization of premiums and discounts on marketable securities

        190         159  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,370     3,042     802     1,650  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    38     19         9  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                         

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    15     (543 )   129     (78 )

Other long-term assets

    (793 )   717     (51 )   125  

Accounts payable

    1,029     (942 )   (1,678 )   (92 )

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    1,206     2,852     541     (512 )

Net cash used in operating activities

    (24,157 )   (41,281 )   (9,547 )   (14,929 )

Cash flows from investing activities:

                         

Purchases of marketable securities

        (33,979 )       (11,990 )

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

        12,300         15,650  

Purchases of property and equipment

    (2,396 )   (3,242 )   (822 )   (1,458 )

Cash proceeds from sales of property and equipment

    39              

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (2,357 )   (24,921 )   (822 )   2,202  

Cash flows from financing activities:

                         

Proceeds from issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    41,381              

Proceeds from issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    69,739     35,881          

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

        55          

Repurchase of unvested restricted common stock

        (4 )        

Payment of initial public offering costs

        (23 )       (1,091 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    111,120     35,909         (1,091 )

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

    84,606     (30,293 )   (10,369 )   (13,818 )

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

    4,544     89,150     89,150     58,857  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

  $ 89,150   $ 58,857   $ 78,781     45,039  

Supplemental disclosure of noncash items:

                         

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

  $ 2,989   $ 10,396   $ 2,476   $ 3,186  

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 363   $ 919   $ 424   $ 419  

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $   $ 1,544   $   $ 1,003  

         The following table provides a reconciliation of the cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balances as of each of the periods shown above:

 
  December 31,   March 31,  
 
  2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 88,493   $ 58,250   $ 78,174   $ 44,432  

Restricted cash included in other long-term assets

    657     607     607     607  

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

  $ 89,150   $ 58,857   $ 78,781   $ 45,039  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Nature of the Business and Basis of Presentation

        Neon Therapeutics, Inc. (the "Company") is a clinical-stage immuno-oncology company and a leader in the field of neoantigen-targeted therapies, dedicated to transforming the treatment of cancer by directing the immune system towards neoantigens.

        The Company is subject to risks common to early-stage companies in the biotechnology industry including, but not limited to, development by competitors of new technological innovations, protection of proprietary technology, dependence on key personnel, compliance with government regulations and the ability to obtain additional financing to fund operations. Product candidates currently under development will require significant additional research and development efforts, including extensive preclinical and clinical testing and regulatory approval, prior to commercialization. These efforts require significant amounts of additional capital, adequate personnel infrastructure and extensive compliance-reporting capabilities. Even if the Company's development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will realize significant revenue from product sales.

        The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").

Going Concern

        In accordance with Accounting Standards Update 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40) , the Company has evaluated whether there are conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

        Since inception, the Company has primarily funded its operations with proceeds from the sales of convertible debt and redeemable convertible preferred stock. The Company has incurred recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the Company had an accumulated deficit of $93.6 and $111.7 million, respectively. The Company expects its operating losses and negative operating cash flows to continue into the foreseeable future as it continues to develop, manufacture and commercialize its products. As of March 2, 2018, the issuance date of the annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, and as of May 18, 2018, the issuance date of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company expected its cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities would be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the first quarter of 2019. The future viability of the Company beyond that point is dependent on its ability to raise additional capital to finance its operations.

        The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering ("IPO") of its common stock. Upon the closing of a qualified public offering on specified terms, the Company's outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. In the event the Company does not complete an IPO, the Company expects to seek additional funding through private equity financings, debt financings, or other capital sources, including collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. The Company may not be able to obtain funding on acceptable terms, or at all. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of the Company's stockholders.

        If the Company is unable to obtain funding, the Company could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some or all of its research and development programs, product portfolio expansion or

F-7


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Nature of the Business and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects, or the Company may be unable to continue operations. Although management continues to pursue these plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company to fund continuing operations, if at all.

        Based on its recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception, expectation of continuing operating losses and negative cash flows from operations for the foreseeable future and the need to raise additional capital to finance its future operations, the Company concluded that there was substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the interim consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 (unaudited) were issued.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Neon Securities Corporation. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. The Company consolidates entities in which it has a controlling financial interest.

        The Company uses a qualitative approach in assessing the consolidation requirement for variable interest entities ("VIEs"). The approach focuses on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and which enterprise has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE. In the event that the Company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the VIE would be included in the Company's consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited) and during the periods then ended, the Company was not the primary beneficiary of a VIE.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates of accounting reflected in these consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, estimates related to accrued expenses, the valuation of common stock and stock-based awards and income taxes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and other market specific or other relevant assumptions it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, as there are changes in circumstances, facts and experience. Actual results could differ from those estimates or assumptions.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

        The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018, the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and the consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock, contingently redeemable restricted common stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis

F-8


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

as the audited annual consolidated financial statements, and in the opinion of management reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company's financial position as of March 31, 2018 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 are also unaudited. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2018, any other interim periods, or any future year or period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

        The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 has been prepared to give effect, upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering, to (i) the automatic conversion of all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2018 into 93,222,418 shares of common stock and (ii) the expiry of the contingent redemption right on the contingently redeemable restricted common stock upon an IPO, as if the Company's proposed IPO had occurred on March 31, 2018.

        In the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 have been prepared to give effect, upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering (see Note 13), to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as if the proposed IPO had occurred on the later of January 1, 2017 or the issuance date of the redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value under GAAP. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

    Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2—Observable inputs (other than Level 1 quoted prices), such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

        The Company's cash equivalents and marketable securities are carried at fair value, determined according to the fair value hierarchy described above (see Note 3). The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values, due to their short-term nature.

F-9


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. Cash equivalents consisted of money market funds as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and consisted of money market funds and U.S. Treasury securities as of March 31, 2018 (unaudited).

Restricted Cash

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the Company had restricted cash of $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively, which was primarily related to a security deposit associated with the Company's facility lease. Restricted cash accounts are classified within other long-term assets.

Marketable Securities

        The Company classifies all of its investments as available-for-sale securities. The Company's investments are measured and reported at fair value using quoted prices in active markets for similar securities or using other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities are reported as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is a separate component of stockholders' equity (deficit). Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale equity securities are reported as other income (expense) in the Company's consolidated statement of operations. The cost of securities sold is determined on a specific identification basis, and realized gains and losses are included in other income (expense) within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

        The Company evaluates its investments with unrealized losses for other-than-temporary impairment. When assessing investments for other-than-temporary declines in value, the Company considers such factors as, among other things, how significant the decline in value is as a percentage of the original cost, how long the market value of the investment has been less than its original cost, the Company's ability and intent to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value and market conditions in general. If any adjustment to fair value reflects a decline in the value of the investment that the Company considers to be "other than temporary," the Company reduces the investment to fair value through a charge to the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. No such adjustments were necessary during the periods presented. The Company classifies its available-for-sale investments as current assets on the balance sheet if they mature within one year from the balance sheet date.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company capitalizes equipment that is acquired for research and

F-10


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

development activities and that has alternative future use. Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each asset as follows:

Asset Classification
  Estimated Useful Life
Laboratory equipment   7 years
Furniture and fixtures   7 years
Software   5 years
Computer equipment   3 years
Leasehold improvement   Lesser of useful life or remaining lease term

        Upon retirement or sale of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment. Long-lived assets to be held and used are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Factors that the Company considers in deciding when to perform an impairment review include significant underperformance of the business in relation to expectations, significant negative industry or economic trends and significant changes or planned changes in the use of the assets. If an impairment review is performed to evaluate a long-lived asset group for recoverability, the Company compares forecasts of undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the long-lived asset group to its carrying value. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset group are less than its carrying amount. The impairment loss would be based on the excess of the carrying value of the impaired asset group over its fair value, determined based on discounted cash flows. The Company did not record any impairment losses on long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2017 or during the three months ended March 31, 2017 or 2018 (unaudited).

Deferred Offering Costs

        The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded in stockholders' equity (deficit) as a reduction of additional paid-in capital generated as a result of the offering. Should the planned equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. Deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited) were $1.6 million and $2.1 million, respectively. No deferred offering costs were capitalized as of December 31, 2016.

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development expenses include costs directly attributable to the conduct of research and development programs, including personnel-related expenses such as salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense; materials; supplies; depreciation on and maintenance of research equipment;

F-11


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

manufacturing and external costs related to outside vendors engaged to conduct both preclinical studies and clinical trials; and the allocable portions of facility costs, such as rent, utilities, repairs and maintenance, depreciation, and general support services. All costs associated with research and development activities are expensed as incurred.

Research Contract Costs and Accruals

        The Company has entered into various research and development contracts with research institutions and other companies. The Company records accruals for estimated ongoing research costs. When evaluating the adequacy of the accrued liabilities, the Company analyzes progress of the studies or trials, including invoices received and contracted costs. Significant judgments and estimates are made in determining the accrued balances at the end of any reporting period. Actual results could differ from the Company's estimates.

Patent Costs

        All patent-related costs incurred in connection with filing and prosecuting patent applications are expensed as incurred due to the uncertainty about the recovery of the expenditure. Amounts incurred are classified as general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company measures all stock-based awards granted to employees and directors based on the fair value on the date of grant. Compensation expense of those awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, the Company issues awards with only service-based vesting conditions and records the expense for these awards using the straight-line method. The Company records the expense for stock-based awards with performance-based vesting conditions over the remaining service period when management determines that achievement of the performance condition is probable. Management evaluates when the achievement of a performance condition is probable based on the expected satisfaction of the performance conditions as of the reporting date.

        For share-based awards granted to non-employee consultants, compensation expense is recognized over the period during which services are rendered by such consultants until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these awards is remeasured using the then-current fair value of the Company's common shares and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, as applicable.

        The fair value of each restricted common stock award is based on the fair value of the Company's common stock, less any applicable purchase price. The fair value of each stock option is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of the award, the risk-free interest rate, and expected dividends. Expected volatility is calculated based on reported volatility data for a representative group of publicly traded companies for which historical information was available. The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with the assumption used for the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant commensurate with the expected term assumption. The Company uses the simplified method, under which the expected

F-12


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

term is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company utilizes this method due to the lack of historical exercise data and the plain nature of its stock-based awards. The Company uses the remaining contractual term for the expected life of non-employee awards. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid dividends and has no current plans to pay any dividends on common stock.

        During the year ended December 31, 2016, the amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period was based on the value of the portion of the awards that were ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures were estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods and were insignificant. During the year ended December 31, 2017, upon adoption of ASU 2016-09 (see Note 2—Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements), the Company no longer estimates forfeitures at the time of grant but accounts for forfeitures as they occur.

        The Company classifies stock-based compensation expense in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the same manner in which the award recipient's payroll or service costs are classified.

Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements or in the Company's tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision for income taxes. The Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent it believes, based upon the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established through a charge to income tax expense. Potential for recovery of deferred tax assets is evaluated by estimating the future taxable profits expected and considering prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

        The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the consolidated financial statements by applying a two-step process to determine the amount of tax benefit to be recognized. First, the tax position must be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the consolidated financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any resulting tax reserves, or unrecognized tax benefits, that are considered appropriate as well as the related net interest and penalties.

Comprehensive Loss

        Comprehensive loss includes net loss, as well as other changes in stockholders' equity (deficit) that result from transactions and economic events other than those with stockholders. There was no difference between net loss and comprehensive loss presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 or the three months ended March 31, 2017 (unaudited). For the

F-13


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 (unaudited), other comprehensive loss included unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities.

Net Income (Loss) per Share

        The Company follows the two-class method when computing net income (loss) per share as the Company has issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income (losses) available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income (losses) for the period had been distributed.

        Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, which excludes shares of restricted common stock that are not vested. Diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is computed by adjusting net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders to reallocate undistributed earnings based on the potential impact of dilutive securities. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, including potential dilutive common shares. For purpose of this calculation, outstanding options to purchase common stock, unvested restricted common stock and shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock are considered potential dilutive common shares.

        The Company's redeemable convertible preferred stock contractually entitles the holders of those shares to participate in dividends, but contractually does not require the holders of those shares to participate in losses of the Company. Accordingly, in periods in which the Company reports a net loss attributable to common stockholders, diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Suppliers

        Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. The Company maintains all cash and cash equivalents at accredited financial institutions. The Company does not believe that it is subject to unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships.

        The Company is dependent on third-party manufacturers to supply products for research and development activities of its programs, including preclinical and clinical testing. In particular, the Company relies, and expects to continue to rely, on a small number of third-party manufacturers to produce and process its product candidates and to manufacture supply of its product candidates for clinical trials. These programs could be adversely affected by a significant interruption in the supply of these products.

F-14


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Segment Information

        The Company manages its operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. All of the Company's tangible assets are held in the United States.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ("ASU 2014-09"). The standard replaces existing revenue recognition standards and significantly expands the disclosure requirements for revenue arrangements. It may be adopted either retrospectively or on a modified retrospective basis to new contracts and existing contracts with remaining performance obligations as of the effective date. The standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted the standard as of January 1, 2018 under the full retrospective method. The Company does not have and has never had any contracts that are within the scope of ASU 2014-09 or its predecessor guidance, Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC") 605, Revenue Recognition . Adoption of the standard did not have an impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows as the Company does not currently have any revenue-generating arrangements; however, the adoption of this standard will impact the accounting for any future revenue transactions.

        In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40) ("ASU 2014-15"). The amendments in this update explicitly require a company's management to assess an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. The Company adopted ASU 2014-15 as of the required effective date of December 31, 2016. This guidance relates to footnote disclosure only, and its adoption had no impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes ("ASU 2015-17"). ASU 2015-17 requires deferred tax liabilities and assets to be classified as non-current in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company adopted ASU 2015-17 as of December 31, 2016 retrospectively to all periods presented. Its adoption had no impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In January 2016 the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities ("ASU 2016-01"). This new standard amends certain aspects of accounting and disclosure requirements for financial instruments, including the requirement that equity investments with readily determinable fair values are to be measured at fair value with any changes in fair value recognized in a company's results of operations. This new standard does not apply to investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those investments that result in consolidation of the investee. Equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values may be measured at fair value or at cost minus impairment adjusted for changes in observable prices. A financial liability that is measured at fair value in accordance with the fair value option is required to be presented separately in other comprehensive income for the portion of the total change in the fair value resulting from change in the instrument-specific credit risk. In addition, a valuation allowance should be evaluated on deferred tax assets related to available-for-sale debt securities in combination with other deferred tax assets. The Company adopted the standard as of January 1, 2018. The adoption of the standard had no impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-15


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ("ASU 2016-09"). ASU 2016-09 includes multiple provisions intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for share-based payments, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, an option to recognize gross share compensation expense with actual forfeitures recognized as they occur, as well as certain classifications on the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted ASU 2016-09 as of the required effective date of December 31, 2016. The Company elected to account prospectively for forfeitures as they occur rather than apply an estimated forfeiture rate to stock-based compensation expense. The adoption of ASU 2016-09 had no material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments ("ASU 2016-15"), to address diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted the standard as of January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's condensed consolidated statements of cash flows upon adoption.

        In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash ("ASU 2016-18"). The amendments in this update require that amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents be included within cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted ASU 2016-18 as of January 1, 2018 and applied this guidance retrospectively to all periods presented in its consolidated financial statements. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-18, the Company no longer presents the changes within restricted cash in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

        In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting ("ASU 2017-09"). The new standard is intended to reduce the diversity in practice and cost and complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718 to a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. The Company adopted ASU 2017-09 as of January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations upon adoption or for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) ("ASU 2016-02"). ASU 2016-02 will require lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. Leases will be classified as either operating or finance, and classification will be based on criteria similar to current lease accounting, but without explicit bright lines. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

        In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable

F-16


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception ("ASU 2017-11"). Part I of this standard applies to entities that issue financial instruments such as warrants, convertible debt or convertible preferred stock that contain down-round features. Part II of this standard replaces the indefinite deferral for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests and mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities contained within ASC Topic 480 with a scope exception and does not impact the accounting for these mandatorily redeemable instruments. ASU 2017-11 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2017-11 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Fair Value Measurement

        The following tables present information about the Company's assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the level of the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine such fair values (in thousands):

 
  Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016 Using:  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Cash equivalents:

                         

Money market funds

  $ 74,000   $ 74,000   $   $  

  $ 74,000   $ 74,000   $   $  

 

 
  Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017 Using:  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Cash equivalents:

                         

Money market funds

  $ 57,750   $ 57,750   $   $  

Marketable securities:

                         

Corporate debt securities

    21,475         21,475      

  $ 79,225   $ 57,750   $ 21,475   $  

 

 
  Fair Value Measurements at March 31,
2018 Using:
 
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Cash equivalents:

                         

Money market funds

  $ 39,950   $ 39,950   $   $  

U.S. Treasury securities

    6,048     6,048          

Marketable securities:

                         

Corporate debt securities

    5,661         5,661      

Commercial paper

    2,983         2,983      

U.S. Treasury securities

    9,016     9,016          

  $ 63,658   $ 55,014   $ 8,644   $  

F-17


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

        There have been no transfers between levels during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2017 or during the three months ended March 31, 2018 (unaudited).

4. Marketable Securities

        Marketable securities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31, 2017  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

Short-term investments:

                         

Corporate debt securities

  $ 21,488   $   $ (13 ) $ 21,475  

  $ 21,488   $   $ (13 ) $ 21,475  

 

 
  March 31, 2018  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Short-term investments:

                         

Corporate debt securities

  $ 5,667   $   $ (6 ) $ 5,661  

Commercial paper

    2,983             2,983  

U.S. Treasury securities

    9,018         (2 )   9,016  

  $ 17,668   $   $ (8 ) $ 17,660  

        As of December 31, 2016, the Company did not have any marketable securities.

5. Property and Equipment, Net

        Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2018
 
 
  2016   2017  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Software

  $ 527   $ 1,012   $ 1,140  

Laboratory equipment

    3,538     6,088     7,107  

Computer equipment

    91     102     102  

Furniture and fixtures

    300     325     325  

Leasehold improvements

    54     335     365  

Assets under construction

    142     361     126  

    4,652     8,223     9,165  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

   
(421

)
 
(1,335

)
 
(1,659

)

  $ 4,231   $ 6,888   $ 7,506  

F-18


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Property and Equipment, Net (Continued)

        Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited) was $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

6. Accrued Expenses

        Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2018
 
 
  2016   2017  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Accrued compensation costs

  $ 910   $ 1,468   $ 1,237  

Accrued professional services

    269     2,490     815  

Accrued external research and manufacturing costs

    108     1,097     1,350  

Accrued additions of property and equipment

        815     244  

Other accrued expenses

    216     731     685  

  $ 1,503   $ 6,601   $ 4,331  

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

        On January 21, 2016, the Company entered into a new lease for office and laboratory space at its current headquarters in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The lease commenced on September 28, 2016 and expires on September 27, 2024. The Company has the right to extend the lease for one additional five-year period at a market rental rate as determined by the landlord and agreed to by the Company.

        The Company also enters into short-term operating lease arrangements for certain laboratory equipment.

        The Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Rent expense during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $1.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and was $0.5 million during each of the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited).

        Future minimum lease payments for the Company's operating leases as of December 31, 2017 were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
   
 

2018

    2,059  

2019

    1,891  

2020

    1,948  

2021

    2,006  

2022

    2,066  

Thereafter

    3,761  

  $ 13,731  

F-19


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Significant Agreements

    Manufacturing Agreement

        In December 2015, the Company entered into a manufacturing agreement (the "Manufacturing Agreement") with an independent third party (the "vendor") whereby the vendor would perform manufacturing, analytical testing and quality assurance services related to the manufacture of drug product for use in the preclinical and clinical activities for the Company. The Manufacturing Agreement included the development and establishment of a manufacturing suite (a "Cell") at the vendor's facility that would be used in the manufacturing process to fill orders of peptides ordered by the Company. All amounts incurred under the Manufacturing Agreement and subsequent amendments are recognized as research and development expense as incurred.

        In October 2016, the Company and the vendor amended the Manufacturing Agreement (hereinafter the "2016 Manufacturing Agreement") to modify the payment due for the establishment of a second Cell and amend the fixed pricing for drug product produced by the vendor. The 2016 Manufacturing Agreement had a three-year term and was able to be terminated by the Company for convenience with six-months' notice.

        In July 2017, the Company and the vendor further amended the 2016 Manufacturing Agreement (hereinafter the "2017 Manufacturing Agreement"). Under the 2017 Manufacturing Agreement, the Company will reimburse the vendor for specified manufacturing costs incurred in the manufacture of the peptides, plus a fixed profit margin. The 2017 Manufacturing Agreement has a five-year term and can be terminated by the Company for convenience with three-months' notice.

        As part of the 2017 Manufacturing Agreement, the vendor created a wholly owned limited liability company (the "LLC") and the vendor agreed to confer legal right, title and interest in the Cell's assets to the LLC. The vendor granted the Company an exclusive option to purchase the LLC at a variable cost that is contractually defined.

        The Company has determined that the option to purchase the LLC represents a variable interest and that the LLC is a VIE. As the Company does not have the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE and as such does not consolidate the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the VIE.

Other Agreements

        On November 13, 2015, the Company entered into a license agreement with the Broad Institute, Inc. ("Broad"), a related party (see Note 14), pursuant to which the Company has been granted an exclusive worldwide license to certain intellectual property rights owned or controlled by Broad, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute ("DFCI") and The General Hospital Corporation d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital ("MGH"), (the "2015 Broad Agreement") for technology to be utilized in the Company's research and development. As consideration for the license, the Company paid Broad a non-refundable license fee of $0.1 million. As additional consideration for the license, the Company must pay Broad immaterial annual license maintenance fees. Additionally, the Company granted 300,000 shares of restricted common stock to each of Broad, DFCI and MGH, which were determined to have an aggregate fair value of $0.2 million, and reimbursed Broad $0.6 million for a portion of its past patent expenses related to the in-licensed patent rights. Under the 2015 Broad Agreement, the Company will reimburse Broad for future patent expenses related to the patents covered by the Agreement. The Company could be obligated to make up to

F-20


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

$12.6 million of developmental milestone payments to Broad if certain development milestones are achieved over the term of the license agreement. Additionally, under the terms of the license agreement, the Company could be obligated to make up to an aggregate of $97.5 million of payments upon the achievement of specified sales milestones and to pay tiered royalties of low to mid single-digit percentages on net sales of products licensed under the agreement. The Company is required to pay Broad a low double-digit percentage of any consideration received by the Company from a sublicensee in consideration for a sublicense. No developmental or commercial milestones have been achieved to date. The Company has the right to terminate the agreement for any reason, with or without cause.

        On August 5, 2016, the Company entered into a license agreement with DFCI to grant the Company an exclusive, royalty-free license to provide certain licensed know-how. The know-how in this agreement has particular utility in connection with the development of the licensed products referred to in the 2015 Broad Agreement. The agreement also grants a non-exclusive, royalty free, right to certain clinical data being generated by DFCI. In consideration for the licenses, the Company granted 600,000 shares of common stock to each of Broad and DFCI. The shares issued to Broad were unrestricted and fully vested. The 600,000 shares issued to DFCI contained a contingent repurchase option whereby, if DFCI failed to achieve three specific milestones, the Company could repurchase the shares (one third for each milestone) at the original purchase price, which is at zero cost. The Company has accounted for these awards consistent with equity awards with performance-based vesting conditions and, upon it being probable that the Company would not repurchase the award associated with a milestone, the expense associated with the equity grant would be recognized. During the year ended December 31, 2016, no expense was recognized as it was not probable that DFCI would achieve the milestones. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the repurchase option associated with one-third of the shares expired due to the achievement of the specified criteria and the Company recognized $0.2 million of incremental stock-based compensation expense, which is reflected within research and development expenses in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. During the three months ended March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the repurchase option associated with an additional one-third of the shares expired due to the achievement of additional specified criteria and the Company recognized $0.4 million of incremental stock-based compensation expense, which is also reflected within research and development expenses in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company has the right to terminate the license agreement with DFCI for any reason, with or without cause.

Indemnification Agreements

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters arising out of the relationship. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with members of its board of directors that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is, in many cases, unlimited. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any existing claims under indemnification arrangements will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows, and it had not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 or 2017 or March 31, 2018 (unaudited).

F-21


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Legal Proceedings

        The Company is not currently party to any material legal proceedings. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether or not a potential loss amount or a potential range of loss is probable and reasonably estimable under the provisions of the authoritative guidance that addresses accounting for contingencies. The Company expenses as incurred the costs related to its legal proceedings.

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the Company's certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue 80,411,030, 93,222,418 and 93,222,418 shares of $0.001 par value preferred stock, respectively.

        The Company has issued Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (together, the "Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock"). The Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is classified outside of stockholders' equity (deficit) because the shares contain redemption features that are not solely within the control of the Company.

        In August 2015, the Company entered into a Series A preferred stock purchase agreement, which, as amended, provided for the issuance and sale of up to 55,000,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series A preferred stock") at a price of $1.00 per share in up to three closings. In August 2015, the Company issued 13,999,999 shares of Series A preferred stock at a price of $1.00 per share in exchange for cash proceeds of $9.4 million and the conversion of then-outstanding convertible notes and accrued interest of $4.6 million in an initial closing under the Series A preferred stock purchase agreement. The Series A preferred stock purchase agreement provided for the issuance of the remaining shares of Series A preferred stock in two additional closings upon the achievement of specified milestones, which were able to be waived upon the receipt of a majority vote of the Series A preferred stockholders.

        In December 2015, the Company entered into a subscription agreement, which provided for the issuance and sale of up to 500,000 shares of Series A preferred stock at a price of $1.00 per share in up to three closings. In December 2015, the Company issued and sold 109,186 shares of Series A preferred stock at a price of $1.00 per share for proceeds of $0.1 million in the initial closing under the subscription agreement. The subscription agreement provided for the issuance of the remaining shares of Series A preferred stock in two additional closings, consistent with the Series A preferred stock purchase agreement.

        During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company sold the remaining 41,000,001 shares of Series A preferred stock related to the August 2015 stock purchase agreement in two additional closings for aggregate proceeds of $41.0 million and sold the remaining 390,814 shares of Series A preferred stock related to the December 2015 subscription agreement in two additional closings for aggregate proceeds of $0.4 million.

        The Company determined that the future tranche rights under both the Series A preferred stock purchase agreement and the subscription agreement did not meet the definition of a freestanding financial instrument because, while separately exercisable, they were not legally detachable. Further, the Company determined that the embedded future tranche obligations did not require bifurcation for accounting purposes as they were clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the initial preferred stock and would not meet the definition of a derivative on a standalone basis. The Company also assessed the Series A preferred stock for any beneficial conversion features or embedded derivatives,

F-22


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

including the conversion option, that could require bifurcation from the Series A preferred stock and receive separate accounting treatment. Based on the Company's determination that the Series A preferred stock is an "equity host," all features of the Series A preferred stock are either clearly and closely related to the equity host or did not meet the definition of a derivative, and do not require bifurcation as a derivative liability. On the date of issuance, the fair value of common stock into which the Series A preferred stock was convertible was less than the effective conversion price of the Series A preferred stock, and as such, there was no beneficial conversion feature at the commitment date.

        In December 2016, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement and issued and sold 24,911,030 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series B preferred stock") at a price of $2.81 per share for proceeds of $69.7 million, net of issuance costs of $0.3 million. In December 2017, the Company entered into a subsequent stock purchase agreement and issued and sold an additional 12,811,388 shares of Series B preferred stock at a price of $2.81 per share for proceeds of $35.9 million, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million.

        As of each balance sheet date, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share amounts):

 
  As of December 31, 2016  
 
  Preferred
Shares
Authorized
  Preferred
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Carrying
Value
  Liquidation
Preference
  Common Stock
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A preferred stock

    55,500,000     55,500,000   $ 58,572   $ 58,572     55,500,000  

Series B preferred stock

    24,911,030     24,911,030     70,046     70,046     24,911,030  

    80,411,030     80,411,030   $ 128,618   $ 128,618     80,411,030  

 

 
  As of December 31, 2017  
 
  Preferred
Shares
Authorized
  Preferred
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Carrying
Value
  Liquidation
Preference
  Common Stock
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A preferred stock

    55,500,000     55,500,000   $ 63,012   $ 63,012     55,500,000  

Series B preferred stock

    37,722,418     37,722,418     111,883     111,883     37,722,418  

    93,222,418     93,222,418   $ 174,895   $ 174,895     93,222,418  

 

 
  As of March 31, 2018 (unaudited)  
 
  Preferred
Shares
Authorized
  Preferred
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Carrying
Value
  Liquidation
Preference
  Common
Stock
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A preferred stock

    55,500,000     55,500,000   $ 64,107   $ 64,107     55,500,000  

Series B preferred stock

    37,722,418     37,722,418     113,974     113,974     37,722,418  

    93,222,418     93,222,418   $ 178,081   $ 178,081     93,222,418  

F-23


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

        The holders of the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock have the following rights and preferences:

Voting Rights

        The holders of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common stock, on all matters submitted to stockholders for a vote and have the right to vote the number of shares equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock could convert on the record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote. The holders of Series A preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect two directors of the Company.

Conversion

        Each share of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration, or will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the applicable conversion ratio then in effect (i) upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering with proceeds of at least $50.0 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions to the Company and the Company listing its common stock on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market or (ii) upon the vote or written consent of the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and, as to the conversion of the shares of Series B preferred stock, the vote of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock.

        The conversion ratio of each series of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price (as defined below) of each series of preferred stock by the Conversion Price (as defined below). The Original Issue Price per share is $1.00 for Series A preferred stock and $2.81 per share for Series B preferred stock, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. The Conversion Price is $1.00 for Series A preferred stock and $2.81 for Series B preferred stock, each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization and other adjustments as set forth in the Company's certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated.

Dividends

        Holders of the Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock are entitled to receive cumulative accruing dividends at an annual rate of $0.08 per share and $0.2248 per share, respectively (each subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, combination or other similar recapitalization). Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and are payable only when declared by the Company's board of directors. The Company may not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company unless the holders of the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the aggregate accrued but unpaid dividends on each share of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock or (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on common stock or any class or series of stock that is convertible into common stock, that dividend per share of

F-24


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into common stock and (2) the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of each share of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into common stock, at a rate per share of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the Original Issue Price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Original Issue Price of each series of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. If the Company declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Company, the dividend payable to the holders of the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock dividend. No dividends have been declared or paid during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2017 or the three months ended March 31, 2017 or 2018 (unaudited).

Liquidation

        In the event of any liquidation event, voluntary or involuntary, dissolution or winding up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of the then-outstanding Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distributions to the holders of the common stock an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the applicable Original Issue Price for each of series of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends, or (ii) the amount that would be payable if all shares of each series had been converted into common stock.

        After payments have been made in full to the holders of the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, then, to the extent available, the remaining amounts will be distributed among the holders of the shares of common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each holder.

        Unless 60% of the holders of the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, elect otherwise, a Deemed Liquidation Event shall include a merger or consolidation (other than one in which stockholders of the Company own a majority by voting power of the outstanding shares of the surviving or acquiring corporation) or a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Redemption

        At the written election of at least 60% of the holders of the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, the shares of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding are redeemable, at any time on or after December 28, 2023, in three equal annual installments commencing no more than 60 days after receipt of the required vote, in an amount equal to the Original Issue Price per share of each series of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock plus all accrued but unpaid dividends thereon whether or not declared.

F-25


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Common Stock

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the Company's certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue 110,000,000, 130,000,000 and 130,000,000 shares, respectively, of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share.

        Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, as may be declared by the Company's board of directors, if any, subject to the preferential dividend rights of the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. When dividends are declared on shares of common stock, the Company must declare at the same time a dividend payable to the holders of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock equivalent to the dividend amount they would receive if each preferred share were converted into common stock. The Company may not pay dividends to common stockholders until all dividends accrued or declared but unpaid on the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock have been paid in full. No dividends have been declared or paid during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2017 or the three months ended March 31, 2017 or 2018 (unaudited).

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the Company had reserved 88,477,405 shares, 109,583,656 and 109,583,656 shares, respectively, for the conversion of outstanding shares of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (see Note 8), the exercise of outstanding stock options and the number of shares remaining available for future grant under the Company's 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (see Note 10), as follows:

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of March 31,
2018
 
 
  2016   2017  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Shares reserved for conversion of Series A preferred stock outstanding

    55,500,000     55,500,000     55,500,000  

Shares reserved for conversion of Series B preferred stock outstanding

    24,911,030     37,722,418     37,722,418  

Shares reserved for exercise of outstanding stock options under the 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan

    4,930,573     7,936,477     10,896,606  

Shares reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan

    3,135,802     8,424,761     5,464,632  

    88,477,405     109,583,656     109,583,656  

10. Stock-Based Compensation

2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan

        The Company's 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended (the "2015 Plan"), provides for the Company to grant incentive or nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards or restricted stock units to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. The 2015 Plan is administered by the board of directors, or at the discretion of the board of directors, by a committee of the board of directors. The exercise prices, vesting and other restrictions are determined at the discretion of the board of directors, or their committee if so delegated, except that the exercise price per share of the stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of the Company's common stock on the date of grant and the term of the stock options may not be greater than ten years. Stock options granted under the 2015 Plan to employees generally vest over four years and expire after 10 years.

F-26


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The total number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2015 Plan was 15,000,000 shares as of December 31, 2016. In November 2017, the Company's board of directors increased the number of shares issuable under the 2015 plan by 8,325,878 shares. The total number of shares of common stock that were authorized for issuance under the 2015 Plan was 23,325,878 shares as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited). As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited), there were 3,135,802, 8,424,761 and 5,464,632 shares, respectively, available for future issuance under the 2015 Plan.

        The Company's board of directors values the Company's common stock, taking into consideration its most recently available valuation of common stock performed by third parties as well as additional factors, which may have changed since the date of the most recent contemporaneous valuation through the date of grant.

Stock Options

        The following table summarizes the Company's stock option activity under the 2015 Plan since December 31, 2016:

 
  Number
of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average
Contractual
Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
  (in years)
  (in thousands)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016

    4,930,573   $ 0.52     9.82   $ 3,155  

Granted

    3,310,579     1.23          

Exercised

    (118,672 )   0.46          

Forfeited

    (186,003 )   0.52          

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

    7,936,477   $ 0.82     9.17   $ 8,790  

Granted

    2,960,129     2.04          

Exercised

                 

Forfeited

                 

Outstanding as of March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

    10,896,606   $ 1.15     9.17   $ 13,368  

Options vested or expected to vest as of December 31, 2017

    7,936,477   $ 0.82     9.17   $ 8,790  

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2017

    1,503,926   $ 0.53     8.84   $ 2,100  

Options vested or expected to vest as of March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

    10,896,606   $ 1.15     9.17   $ 13,368  

Options exercisable as of March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

    1,837,027   $ 0.56     8.62   $ 3,340  

        The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 (unaudited) was $0.42, $1.00 and $1.65, respectively.

        The aggregate fair value of stock options that vested during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $0.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited) was $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

        The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair value of the Company's common stock for those stock options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company's common stock. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0.1 million. There were no options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2016 or during the three months ended March 31, 2017 or 2018 (unaudited).

F-27


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Stock Option Valuation

        The assumptions that the Company used to determine the fair value of the stock options granted to employees and directors were as follows, presented on a weighted average basis:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2018
 
 
  2016   2017  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Expected volatility

    103.52 %   103.28 %   102.42 %

Risk-free interest rate

    1.48 %   1.92 %   2.55 %

Expected dividend yield

    0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %

Expected life (in years)

    6.04     6.04     6.07  

        The Company did not grant any stock options to employees and directors during the three months ended March 31, 2017 (unaudited).

        Stock option awards granted to non-employees during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 were not significant. There were no stock option awards granted to non-employees during the three months ended March 31, 2017 or 2018 (unaudited).

Restricted Common Stock

        The following table summarizes the Company's restricted common stock activity under the 2015 Plan since December 31, 2016:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
per Share
 

Unvested restricted common stock as of December 31, 2016

    5,342,066   $ 0.38  

Cancelled

    (87,657 ) $ 0.28  

Vested

    (1,738,591 ) $ 0.37  

Unvested restricted common stock as of December 31, 2017

    3,515,818   $ 0.39  

Cancelled

         

Vested

    (387,987 ) $ 0.36  

Unvested restricted common stock as of March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

    3,127,831   $ 0.39  

        The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted common stock awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $1.6 million and $3.3 million, respectively, and during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited) was $0.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

Founder and Collaborator Awards

        From May 2015 through July 2016, the Company issued 7,550,000 shares of restricted common stock outside of the Company's 2015 Plan to non-employee founders and collaborators. The shares were issued under the terms of the respective restricted common stock agreements and unvested shares are subject to repurchase by the Company upon the holder's termination of their relationship with the Company. The

F-28


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

unvested shares of restricted common stock are subject to the Company's right to repurchase at the original purchase price per share.

        Of the total shares of restricted common stock awarded to the founders and collaborators, 1,500,000 shares vested immediately upon grant; 4,550,000 shares vest quarterly over a four-year period based on each grantee's continued service relationship with the Company in varying capacity as advisors; and 900,000 shares vest upon the achievement of specified performance milestones. Additionally, 600,000 shares have been issued as fully vested awards, but are subject to a repurchase option, which expires upon the achievement of specified milestones. As of March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the repurchase option on 400,000 of these shares expired.

        Of these awards, the underlying restricted common stock agreement for 900,000 shares of restricted common stock provides for a put option whereby the recipient may sell its vested shares back to the Company at a price per share equal to the fair value of the Company's common stock upon both (i) the termination of the consulting agreement between the recipient and the Company for any reason and (ii) the determination by the recipient's employer that the ownership of the restricted common stock is in violation of the employer's conflict of interest policy. These awards have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets as contingently redeemable common stock and have been presented outside of permanent equity. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited), $0.1 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million was recorded in temporary equity related to these awards, respectively.

        A summary of the changes in the Company's unvested restricted common stock awards granted to founders and collaborators since December 31, 2016 is as follows:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
 

Unvested restricted common stock as of December 31, 2016

    4,028,127   $ 0.26  

Vested

    (1,137,501 ) $ 0.26  

Unvested restricted common stock as of December 31, 2017

    2,890,626   $ 0.26  

Vested

    (284,374 ) $ 0.26  

Unvested restricted common stock as of March 31, 2018 (unaudited)

    2,606,252   $ 0.26  

        The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted common stock awards issued outside of the 2015 Plan that vested during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $2.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively, and during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited) was $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

F-29


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

        The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to all stock-based awards in the following expense categories of its statements of operations and comprehensive loss (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Research and development expenses

  $ 1,024   $ 2,191   $ 631   $ 1,229  

General and administrative expenses

    346     851     171     421  

  $ 1,370   $ 3,042   $ 802   $ 1,650  

        During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company did not recognize any stock-based compensation expense for the awards granted with performance-based vesting conditions because the performance conditions under outstanding awards were not probable of being achieved. During the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 (unaudited), the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million for awards with performance-based vesting conditions related to the expiration of a repurchase option on a portion of the unvested restricted common shares issued to DFCI upon the achievement of a specified development milestone by DFCI. During the three months ended March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million for awards with performance-based vesting conditions related to the expiration of an additional repurchase option on a portion of the unvested restricted common shares issued to DFCI (see Note 7).

        As of December 31, 2016, excluding awards with performance-based vesting conditions, the Company had an aggregate of $8.6 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years. As of December 31, 2017, excluding awards with performance-based vesting conditions, the Company had an aggregate of $9.3 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.33 years. As of March 31, 2018 (unaudited), excluding awards with performance-based vesting conditions, the Company had an aggregate of $13.5 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.37 years.

11. 401(k) Savings Plan

        The Company has a defined-contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "401(k) Plan"). The 401(k) Plan covers all employees who meet defined minimum age and service requirements, and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pretax basis. As currently established, the Company is not required to make and has not made any contributions to the 401(k) Plan to date.

F-30


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Income Taxes

2017 U.S. Tax Reform

        On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Reform Act") was enacted, which significantly reforms the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Tax Reform Act, among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from the existing top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, effective as of January 1, 2018; limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense; limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of annual taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, in each case, for losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 (though any such tax losses may be carried forward indefinitely); and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits, including reducing the business tax credit for certain clinical testing expenses incurred in the testing of certain drugs for rare diseases or conditions generally referred to as "orphan drugs".

        The staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB 118") to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Reform Act. In connection with the initial analysis of the impact of the Tax Reform Act, the Company remeasured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally 21%. The remeasurement of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities was offset by a corresponding change in the Company's valuation allowance.

        The Company is still in the process of analyzing the impact to the Company of the Tax Reform Act. Where the Company has been able to make reasonable estimates of the effects for which its analysis is not yet complete, the Company has recorded provisional amounts. The ultimate impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements of the Tax Reform Act may differ from the provisional amounts due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Company has made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions the Company may take as a result of the Tax Reform Act. The accounting is expected to be complete when the Company's 2017 U.S. corporate income tax return is filed in 2018. During the three months ended March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the Company did not make any adjustments to the provisional amounts recorded related to the Tax Reform Act.

Income Taxes

        During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company recorded no income tax benefits for the net operating losses incurred and research and development tax credits earned in each year or interim period due to its uncertainty of realizing a benefit from those items.

F-31


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Income Taxes (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2016   2017  

Federal statutory income tax rate

    34.0 %   34.0 %

State taxes, net of federal benefit

    5.3     5.0  

Federal and state research and development tax credits

    3.6     2.9  

Other

    2.5     (0.6 )

Nondeductible items

    (4.7 )   (1.9 )

Change in rate on deferred taxes as a result of Tax Reform Act

        (19.9 )

Change in valuation allowance

    (40.7 )   (19.5 )

Effective income tax rate

    %   %

        Net deferred taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2016   2017  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 14,436   $ 22,082  

Research and development tax credit carryforwards

    951     2,127  

Stock-based compensation

    50      

Deferred rent

        217  

Accruals and reserves

    65     363  

Total deferred tax assets

    15,502     24,789  

Valuation allowance

    (14,706 )   (23,964 )

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Stock-based compensation

        (175 )

Depreciation

    (796 )   (650 )

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  

        As of December 31, 2017, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $81.2 million, which resulted in deferred tax assets of $17.1 million which begin to expire in 2034. As of December 31, 2017, the Company also had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $79.8 million, which resulted in deferred tax assets of $5.0 million, which begin to expire in 2034.

        As of December 31, 2017, the Company had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.5 million, which resulted in a deferred tax asset of $1.5 million, which begin to expire in 2034. As of December 31, 2017, the Company also had state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million, which resulted in a deferred tax asset of $0.6 million, which begin to expire in 2029.

        Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code

F-32


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Income Taxes (Continued)

of 1986, and corresponding provisions of state law, due to ownership changes that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. In general, an ownership change, as defined by Section 382, results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain shareholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50% over a three-year period. The Company has not conducted a study to assess whether a change of control has occurred or whether there have been multiple changes of control since inception due to the significant complexity and cost associated with such a study. If the Company has experienced a change of control, as defined by Section 382, at any time since inception, utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards or research and development tax credit carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382, which is determined by first multiplying the value of the Company's stock at the time of the ownership change by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate, and then could be subject to additional adjustments, as required. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the net operating loss carryforwards or research and development tax credit carryforwards before utilization. Further, until a study is completed and any limitation is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position.

        The Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon its ability to realize the deferred tax assets. Management has considered the Company's cumulative net losses and its lack of commercialization of any products or generation of any revenue from product sales since inception and has concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been established against the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2017. Management reevaluates the positive and negative evidence at each reporting period.

        Changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets during the year ended December 31, 2017 were primarily due to the increase in net operating loss carryforwards, and were as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2016   2017  

Valuation allowance as of beginning of year

  $ 3,537   $ 14,706  

Increases recorded to income tax provision

    11,760     9,832  

Decreases recorded as a benefit to income tax provision

    (591 )   (574 )

Valuation allowance as of end of year

  $ 14,706   $ 23,964  

        During the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited), the Company recorded no income tax benefits for the net operating losses incurred and research and development tax credits earned due to its uncertainty of realizing a benefit from those items. As of March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the amount of the Company's deferred tax assets did not change materially from the amount as of December 31, 2017.

        The Company has not recorded any amounts for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2016 or 2017 or March 31, 2018 (unaudited).

        The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and state jurisdictions, where applicable. There are currently no pending tax examinations. As of December 31, 2017 and

F-33


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Income Taxes (Continued)

March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the Company's tax years are still open under statute from 2014 to the present. Earlier years may be examined to the extent that tax credit or net operating loss carryforwards are used in future periods. It is the Company's policy to include penalties and interest expense related to income taxes as a component of other income (expense) and interest expense, respectively, as necessary. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions and no amounts have been recognized in the Company's consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

13. Net Loss per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

Net Loss per Share

        The Company excluded 9,370,193 and 6,406,444 shares of restricted common stock for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and 8,774,459 and 5,734,083 shares of restricted common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited), respectively from the calculation of basic net loss per share because these shares had not vested.

        The Company's potential dilutive securities, which include stock options, unvested restricted common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders whenever the effect of including them would be to reduce the net loss per share. In periods where there is a net loss, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Series A preferred stock

    55,500,000     55,500,000     55,500,000     55,500,000  

Series B preferred stock

    24,911,030     37,722,418     24,911,030     37,722,418  

Outstanding stock options

    4,930,573     7,936,477     4,771,320     10,896,606  

Unvested restricted common stock

    9,370,193     6,406,444     8,774,459     5,734,083  

    94,711,796     107,565,339     93,956,809     109,853,107  

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

        The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 give effect to adjustments arising upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders used in the calculation of unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the effects of the accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value because the calculation assumes that the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock had occurred on the later of January 1, 2017 or the issuance date of the redeemable convertible preferred stock.

F-34


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Net Loss per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share (Continued)

        The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 give effect to the automatic conversion upon a qualified initial public offering of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2018 into shares of common stock as if the conversion had occurred on the later of January 1, 2017 or the issuance date of the redeemable convertible preferred stock.

        The following table summarizes the Company's unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2018
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

             

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (57,932 ) $ (19,706 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value              

    10,396     3,186  

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (47,536 ) $ (16,520 )

Denominator:

             

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    8,439,436     10,405,224  

Pro forma adjustments to reflect the automatic conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock upon the completion of the proposed initial public offering

    81,499,120     93,222,418  

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    89,938,556     103,627,642  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (0.53 ) $ (0.16 )

14. Related Parties

        During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited), the Company paid fees to Third Rock Ventures, LLC ("TRV"), an affiliate of one of the Company's principal stockholders, in exchange for consulting services, including for services as the Company's interim Chief Executive Officer and interim Chief Scientific Officer. The Company recorded expenses related to such fees of $1.0 million and $0.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, an insignificant amount during the three months ended March 31, 2017 (unaudited) and no such expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2018 (unaudited). At December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company had $0.2 million and an insignificant amount, respectively, in accounts payable and accrued expenses due to TRV. At March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the Company had no accounts payable or accrued expenses due to TRV.

        A member of the Company's board of directors is a founding director and the current president of Broad. In November 2015, the Company entered into the 2015 Broad Agreement with Broad (see Note 7)

F-35


Table of Contents


NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. Related Parties (Continued)

and, as consideration, the Company granted 300,000 shares of restricted common stock to Broad, which were determined to have a fair value of $0.1 million. Additionally, the Company must pay Broad annual license maintenance fees. The Company reimbursed Broad $0.6 million for a portion of past patent expenses and will reimburse Broad for future patent expenses. The Company could be obligated to make up to $12.6 million of developmental milestone payments to Broad if certain development milestones are achieved over the term of the license agreement. Additionally, under the terms of the license agreement, the Company could be obligated to make up to an aggregate of $97.5 million of payments upon the achievement of specified sales milestones and to pay tiered royalties of low to mid single-digit percentages on net sales of products licensed under the agreement. The Company is required to pay Broad a low double-digit percentage of any consideration received by the Company from a sublicensee in consideration for a sublicense. No developmental or commercial milestones have been achieved to date. In August 2016, the Company entered into a license agreement with DFCI in connection with the development of licensed products referred to in the 2015 Broad Agreement. As consideration, the Company granted 600,000 shares of restricted common stock to Broad, which were determined to have a fair value of $0.2 million. The Company recorded expenses related to payments to Broad of $0.7 million and $0.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and $0.3 million and $0.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 (unaudited), respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company had $0.3 million and $0.2 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses due to Broad, respectively. At March 31, 2018 (unaudited), the Company had $0.2 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses due to Broad.

15. Subsequent Events

        For its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and for the year then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through March 2, 2018, the date on which those financial statements were issued.

16. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

        For its interim consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2018 and for the three months then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through May 18, 2018, the date on which those financial statements were issued.

F-36


Table of Contents

                   Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

Joint Book-Running Managers

MORGAN STANLEY   BofA MERRILL LYNCH   MIZUHO SECURITIES

Lead Manager

OPPENHEIMER & Co.

Until                           , 2018, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                           , 2018


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the registration of the common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee and Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.

 
  Amount
to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 14,318  

FINRA filing fee

  $ 17,750  

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

           *

Printing and mailing

           *

Legal fees and expenses

           *

Accountants' fees and expenses

           *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

           *

Miscellaneous

           *

Total

  $        *

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys' fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

        We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering and by-laws to be in effect upon the effectiveness of this registration statement that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

II-1


Table of Contents

        These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

        In addition, our by-laws provide that:

    we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and

    we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and intend to enter into such agreements with our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys' fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director, executive officer or affiliate in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person's services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, certain of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by their affiliates or other third parties, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director's or officer's services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we have agreed in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors or officers are primary and any obligation of such affiliates or other third parties to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.

        We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

        The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

    (a)
    Issuances of Capital Stock

        In October 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.001 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.00 to Third Rock Ventures III, L.P., or TRV III. In May 2015, we effected a forward stock split where every one share of common stock became 200 shares of common stock, such that TRV III's shares were increased from 10,000 to 2,000,000 shares of common stock.

        From August 2015 to October 2017, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,677,625 shares of our restricted common stock at $0.01 per share and 1,400,000 shares of our restricted common stock at $0.001 per share, with an aggregate purchase price of $38,176 to three of our directors, each an accredited investor, and three executive officers in exchange for services to us.

        From May 2015 to July 2016, we issued 7,550,000 shares of restricted common stock outside of our 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan to non-employee founders and collaborators.

II-2


Table of Contents

        In November 2015 and August 2016 we issued (i) 300,000 shares of our restricted common stock at $0.001 per share and 600,000 shares of our restricted common stock at $0.001 per share, respectively, to the Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard and (ii) 300,000 shares of our restricted common stock at $0.001 per share and 600,000 shares of our restricted common stock at $0.001 per share, respectively, to the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. In November 2015, we also issued 300,000 shares of our restricted common stock at $0.001 per share to The General Hospital Corporation d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital.

        In August 2015, with subsequent closings through November 2016, we issued and sold an aggregate of 55,500,000 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share.

        In December 2016 and December 2017, we issued and sold an aggregate of 37,722,418 shares of Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.81 per share.

        No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. Unless otherwise stated, the sales of securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, including Regulation D and Rule 506 or Rule 701 promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All of the purchasers in these transactions represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were acquiring the securities for investment and not distribution, that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. Such purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration or an available exemption from such registration. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

    (b)
    Grants and Exercises of Stock Options

        We have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 11,373,281 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.40 to $2.38 per share, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the 2015 Plan. Since September 30, 2014, 141,172 shares of common stock have been issued upon the exercise of stock options pursuant to the 2015 Plan.

        The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans. The shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options are deemed to be restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits
Exhibit
No.
  Exhibit Index
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
        
  3.1   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended, as currently in effect
        
  3.2 * Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the completion of this offering)
        
  3.3   By-laws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
        
  3.4 * Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant (to be effective on the date on which the registration statement is declared effective)
        
  4.1   Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated December 28, 2016

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
  Exhibit Index
  4.2 * Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing shares of common stock
        
  5.1 * Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
        
  10.1 # 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, and forms of award agreements thereunder
        
  10.2 #* 2018 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
        
  10.3 #* 2018 Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
        
  10.4 #* 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
        
  10.5 #* Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
        
  10.6 #* Form of Indemnification Agreement
        
  10.7 License Agreement by and between the Broad Institute, Inc. and the Registrant, dated as of November 13, 2015
        
  10.8 # Offer Letter by and between Hugh O'Dowd and the Registrant, dated as of July 28, 2016
        
  10.9 # Offer Letter by and between Yasir B. Al-Wakeel and the Registrant, dated as of May 22, 2017
        
  10.10 # Offer Letter by and between Robert Ang and the Registrant, dated as of May 18, 2015
        
  10.11 # Offer Letter by and between Richard Gaynor and the Registrant, dated as of September 1, 2016
        
  10.12 #* Form of Employment Agreement with Executive Officers
        
  10.13   Lease by and between BMR-Sidney Research Campus LLC and the Registrant, dated as of January 21, 2016, as amended
        
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
        
  23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
        
  23.2 * Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
        
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)

*
To be filed by amendment.

Application has been made to the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment of certain provisions. Omitted material for which confidential treatment has been requested has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

#
Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
(b)
Financial Statements Schedules:

        Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S.

II-4


Table of Contents

Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

            (a)   The Registrant will provide to the underwriter at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

            (b)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            (c)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cambridge, Massachusetts, on the 31st day of May, 2018.

    NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ HUGH O'DOWD

Hugh O'Dowd
President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES

        Each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of Hugh O'Dowd and Yasir B. Al-Wakeel as such person's true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person in such person's name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement (or any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and Power of Attorney has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ HUGH O'DOWD

Hugh O'Dowd
  Director, President and Chief Executive Officer ( Principal Executive Officer )   May 31, 2018

/s/ YASIR B. AL-WAKEEL

Yasir B. Al-Wakeel, B.M.B.Ch.

 

Chief Financial Officer ( Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer )

 

May 31, 2018

/s/ JULIAN ADAMS

Julian Adams, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

May 31, 2018

/s/ ROBERT KAMEN

Robert Kamen, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

May 31, 2018

II-6


Table of Contents

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ERIC S. LANDER

Eric S. Lander, Ph.D.
  Director   May 31, 2018

/s/ CARY G. PFEFFER

Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D.

 

Director

 

May 31, 2018

/s/ STEPHEN A. SHERWIN

Stephen A. Sherwin, M.D.

 

Director

 

May 31, 2018

/s/ ROBERT TEPPER

Robert Tepper, M.D.

 

Director

 

May 31, 2018

/s/ MERYL ZAUSNER

Meryl Zausner

 

Director

 

May 31, 2018

II-7




Exhibit 3.1

 

Execution Version

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Neon Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1.                                       That the name of this corporation is Neon Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on October 21, 2013 under the name Onco3, Inc.  The name of this corporation was changed on September 3, 2014 to Neoantigen Therapeutics, Inc. and was changed again on May 12, 2015 to Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

 

2.                                       That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

 

RESOLVED , that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, as amended, be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST : The name of this corporation is Neon Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”)

 

SECOND:   The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD :  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH : (i) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”) and 80,411,030 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

 



 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A.                                     COMMON STOCK

 

1.                                       General .  The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

 

2.                                       Voting .  The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law.  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

B.                                     PREFERRED STOCK

 

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such terms, rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications and limitations with respect thereto, as stated or expressed herein.

 

55,500,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and 24,911,030 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” and “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

 

1.                                       Dividends .

 

1.1                                From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Preferred Stock, dividends shall accrue on such shares at the rate per annum of (a) in the case of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.08 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) and (b) in the case of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, $0.2248 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or

 

2



 

other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) (the “ Accruing Dividends ”).  Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided however , that except as set forth in the following sentence of this Section 1 or in Subsection 2.1 or Subsection 2.3.2(c) , such Accruing Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Accruing Dividends.  Any Accruing Dividends or other dividends declared, paid or set aside on any shares of Preferred Stock shall be declared paid or set aside, as applicable, on a pari passu basis as between shares of Series A Preferred Stock and shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

1.2                                The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation other than the Preferred Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) (a) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Preferred Stock and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, the product of (1) the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such share of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, the amount determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by the Applicable Preferred Stock Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this clause (a) shall be calculated (separately for holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock) based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest dividend to such holders of Preferred Stock, and (b) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding participate in such dividend on a pari passu basis with the holders of Common Stock then outstanding (based on the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock), calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend.

 

1.3                                For purposes hereof, the “ Applicable Preferred Stock Original Issue Price ” shall initially be equal to (a) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock and (b) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, $2.81 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

3



 

2.                                       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

2.1                                Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled, on a pari passu basis, to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Applicable Preferred Stock Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount as would have been payable in respect of such share had all shares of Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event.  If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1 , the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. The amount which a holder of a share of any series of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under the first sentence of this Subsection 2.1 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Applicable Preferred Stock Liquidation Amount ” with respect to such share.

 

2.2                                Distribution of Remaining Assets .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

 

2.3                                Deemed Liquidation Events .

 

2.3.1                      Definition .  Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, on an as-converted basis (the “ Required Vote ”), elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

(a)                                  a merger or consolidation in which

 

(i)                                      the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

(ii)                                   a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

 

4



 

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

 

(b)                                  the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the sale or disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

2.3.2                      Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event; Redemption

 

(a)                                  The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i)  above unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 above.

 

(b)                                  In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii) , or 2.3.1(b)  above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the holders representing the Required Vote so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (the “ Net Proceeds ”)), all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders, on the one hundred fiftieth (150 th ) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Applicable Preferred Stock Liquidation Amount.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock ratably (based on the respective amounts that each holder would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock were redeemed as provided in clause (ii) above) to the fullest extent of such Net Proceeds

 

5



 

or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, and shall redeem the remaining shares ratably (in the same manner) as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. The provisions of Subsections 2.3.2(c)(ii)  through 2.3.2(c)(iv)  below shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2.3.2(b) .  Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

(c)                                   The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have redemption rights as follows:

 

(i)                                      Shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation at a price equal to the Applicable Preferred Stock Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, plus any other dividend declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Redemption Price ”) in three (3) annual installments commencing not more than sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after December 28, 2023, from the holders representing the Required Vote, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Preferred Stock (the “ Redemption Request ”).  Upon receipt of a Redemption Request, the Corporation shall apply all of its assets to any such redemption, and to no other corporate purpose, except to the extent prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. The date of each such installment shall be referred to as a “ Redemption Date ”.  On each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock ratably (based on the respective amounts that each holder would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock were redeemed on such Redemption Date) to the extent of an aggregate Redemption Price determined by dividing (i) the aggregate Redemption Price of all shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies).  If on any Redemption Date Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders prevents the Corporation from redeeming all shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the Corporation shall redeem the maximum number of shares that it may redeem consistent with such law ratably (based on the respective amounts that each holder would have received if all shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date were redeemed), and shall redeem the remaining shares ratably (in the same manner) as soon as it may lawfully do so under such law.

 

(ii)                                   On or before any Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 , shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof.

 

6



 

(iii)                                If on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

 

(iv)                               Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.  Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

 

2.3.3                      Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed .  If the amount deemed paid or distributed under this Subsection 2.3 is made in property other than in cash, the value of such payment or distribution shall be the fair market value of such property, determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  For securities not subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability,

 

(i)                                      if traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the 30-period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such transaction;

 

(ii)                                   if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such transaction; or

 

(iii)                                if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                  The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall take into account an appropriate discount (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) from the market value as determined pursuant to clause (a) above so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

 

2.3.4                      Allocation of Escrow or Contingent Payments .  In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event, if any portion of the consideration payable or distributable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable by the acquiring party only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “ Additional Consideration ”), the Merger Agreement or other definitive agreement for such Deemed Liquidation Event shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable or

 

7



 

distributable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable or distributable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.  For the purposes of this Subsection 2.3.4 , consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations or otherwise subject to contingencies in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

 

3.                                       Voting .

 

3.1                                General .  On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter.  Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class, on an as-converted basis.

 

3.2                                Election of Directors .  The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “ Series A Directors ”).  Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose (or by a written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting).  The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation.  At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.  A vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 .

 

3.3                                Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  At any time when any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders representing at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class (the “ Series B

 

8



 

Preferred Vote ”), and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

 

(a)                                  amend, alter, change or waive any of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect the Series B Preferred Stock, provided that for the avoidance of doubt the authorization or issuance of any other series or class of capital stock ranking junior, pari passu or senior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to one or more rights, preferences or privileges shall not, in and of itself, be deemed to constitute an amendment, alteration, change or waiver of any of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock that adversely affects the Series B Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 3.3(a) ;

 

(b)                                  purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on any shares of capital stock other than in accordance with the rights, preferences and privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, but excluding repurchases of shares of Common Stock from former employees or consultants, in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of the fair market value of such shares or the original purchase price of such shares;

 

(c)                                   reclassify, alter or amend any existing security that is junior to or on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to rights on liquidation, redemption and dividends;

 

(d)                                  liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing, if the consideration to be received by the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in connection therewith is (i) less than the Applicable Preferred Stock Liquidation Amount for such shares or (ii) in any form other than cash or publicly traded securities listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ (or a combination of cash and such securities); or

 

(e)                                   increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

3.4                                Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  At any time when any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders representing the Required Vote, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

 

(a)                                  liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

9



 

(b)                                  amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

 

(c)                                   create or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any equity security, or any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with those of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or of any additional class or series of capital stock unless it ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock;

 

(d)                                  reclassify, alter or amend any existing security that is junior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock;

 

(e)                                   purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on any shares of capital stock other than in accordance with the rights, preferences and privileges of the Preferred Stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, but excluding repurchases of shares of Common Stock from former employees or consultants, in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of the fair market value of such shares or the original purchase price of such shares;

 

(f)                                    create or authorize the creation of any debt security other than equipment leases or bank lines of credit unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board of Directors, including the approval of all Series A Directors then in office;

 

(g)                                   increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors; or

 

(h)                                  create or hold capital stock in any subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned subsidiary or dispose of any subsidiary stock or all or substantially all of any subsidiary assets.

 

3.5                                Notwithstanding the protective provisions set forth in Sections 3.3 and 3.4 , the Corporation may, with the approval of holders representing at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, on an as-converted basis, issue additional shares of its capital stock in connection with entering into a collaboration or partnership agreement that has been approved by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that the shares issued pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall not (a) exceed, in the aggregate, fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation as of the Series B Original Issue Date (after giving effect to the issuance of all shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be issued on the Series B Original Issue Date and assuming the full exercise and conversion of all exercisable and convertible securities of the Company outstanding as of the Series B Original Issue Date) or (b) have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

10


 

4.                                       Optional Conversion .

 

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

4.1                                Right to Convert .

 

4.1.1                      Conversion Ratio .  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Applicable Preferred Stock Original Issue Price by the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion.  For purposes hereof, the “ Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price ” shall initially (as of the Series B Original Issue Date) be equal to (a) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00 and (b) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, $2.81. Such initial Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

4.1.2                      Termination of Conversion Rights .  In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.3.2(c) , the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the Redemption Price is not fully paid on such Redemption Date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full.  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

 

4.2                                Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.  Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

4.3                                Mechanics of Conversion.

 

4.3.1                      Notice of Conversion .  In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the

 

11



 

principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent.  Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued.  If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and, a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

4.3.2                      Reservation of Shares .  The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.  Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price.

 

4.3.3                      Effect of Conversion .  All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may

 

12



 

thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

4.3.4                      No Further Adjustment .  Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

4.3.5                      Taxes .  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 .  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

4.4                                Adjustments to Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

 

4.4.1                      Special Definitions .  For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(b)                                  Series B Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

 

(c)                                   Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

 

(d)                                  Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series B Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(i)                                      shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on, or upon the conversion of, Preferred Stock, and shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise of such Options, or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

13



 

(ii)                                   shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsections 4.5, 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 below, and shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise of such Options, or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

(iii)                                shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors, including all Series A Directors then in office, and shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise or conversion of such Options, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option;

 

(iv)                               shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors, including all Series A Directors in office, and shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise of such Options, or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

(v)                                  shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; and

 

(vi)                               shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors, including all Series A Directors then in office, and shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options, or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security.

 

4.4.2                      No Adjustment of Conversion Price .  No adjustment in the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price for shares of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

14



 

4.4.3                      Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

(a)                                  If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)                                  If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or if any other adjustment is made pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b)  shall have the effect of increasing the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(c)                                   If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series B Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series B Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the

 

15



 

number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a)  above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(d)                                  Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

(e)                                   If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3) .  If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

4.4.4                      Adjustment of Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP 1  *  (A + B) ¸ (A + C).

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

16



 

(a)                                  “CP 2 ” shall mean the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

(b)                                  “CP 1 ” shall mean the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

(c)                                   “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

(d)                                  “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1  (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

(e)                                   “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

4.4.5                      Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)                                  Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(i)                                      insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(ii)                                   insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including all Series A Directors then in office; and

 

(iii)                                in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including all Series A Directors then in office.

 

(b)                                  Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

17



 

(i)                                      the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(ii)                                   the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.6                      Multiple Closing Dates .  In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 above then, upon the final such issuance, the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

4.5                                Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations .  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

4.6                                Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

18



 

(1)                                  the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(2)                                  the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.7                                Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.8                                Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc .  Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsection 4.4 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including all Series A Directors then in office) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this

 

19



 

Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.  For avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Subsection 4.8 shall be construed as a waiver of any appraisal rights that any holder of shares of Preferred Stock may have under applicable law in connection with any such transaction, nor shall this Subsection 4.8 be deemed conclusive evidence of the fair value of any shares of Preferred Stock in any appraisal proceeding.

 

4.9                                Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than fifteen (15) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than fifteen (15) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Applicable Preferred Stock Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

 

4.10                         Notice of Record Date .  In the event:

 

(a)                                  the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(b)                                  of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(c)                                   of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or a Deemed Liquidation Event is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification,

 

20


 

consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or a Deemed Liquidation Event, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock.  Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

5.                                       Mandatory Conversion .

 

5.1                                Trigger Events .  Upon either (a) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders representing the Required Vote or (b) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), provided that such offering results in at least $50 million of gross proceeds, after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Corporation and the Common Stock is listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ (such an event a “ QIPO ”) (the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent, or the time of such closing, respectively, is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate thereof, and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation;  provided, however, that the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be automatically converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 5.1(a) without the Series B Preferred Vote.

 

5.2                                Procedural Requirements .  All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 .  Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time.  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice.  At the Mandatory Conversion Time, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such time, and all rights with respect to the Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the last sentence of this Subsection 5.2 , and to receive payment of any dividends accrued and declared but unpaid thereon.  If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on

 

21



 

such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

5.3                                Effect of Mandatory Conversion . Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

6.                                       Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares .  Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.  Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

 

7.                                       Waiver .  Except as specified in Sections 3.3 , 4.4.2 , and 5 .1(a), (i) any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock as a single class set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders representing the Required Vote and (ii) any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of  a series of Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of such series of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of such series of Preferred Stock that are then outstanding.

 

8.                                       Notices .  Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

FIFTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SEVENTH :  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

EIGHTH :  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

22



 

NINTH :  To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

TENTH :  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

ELEVENTH :  The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity (as defined below).  An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

*     *     *

 

3:   That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

4 :  That this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Amended and

 

23



 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

24



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 28th day of December, 2016.

 

 

By:

/s/ Hugh O’Dowd

 

Name: Hugh O’Dowd

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CHARTER]

 


 

Execution Version

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Neon Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1.                                       That the name of this corporation is Neon Therapeutics, Inc. and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on October 21, 2013 under the name Onco3, Inc.  The name of this corporation was changed on September 3, 2014 to Neoantigen Therapeutics, Inc. and was changed again on May 12, 2015 to Neon Therapeutics, Inc.  A Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on December 28, 2016.

 

2.                                       That the Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, declaring said amendments to be advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of the Corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolutions setting forth the proposed amendments are as follows:

 

RESOLVED , that the first sentence of Article FOURTH of the Corporation’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 130,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”) and 93,222,418 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).”

 

RESOLVED , that the second sentence of Part B of Article FOURTH of the Corporation’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

“55,500,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and 37,722,418 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ”, with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.”

 



 

3.                                       That the foregoing amendments were approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

4.                                       That said amendments have been duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law.

 

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Amendment has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 1 st  day of December, 2017.

 

 

/s/ Hugh O’Dowd

 

Name:

Hugh O’Dowd

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 




Exhibit 3.3

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(the “Corporation”)

 

1.                                       Stockholders

 

(a)                                  Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors each year at such place, date and time as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.  If no date for the annual meeting is established or said meeting is not held on the date established as provided above, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held or there may be action by written consent of the stockholders on matters to be voted on at the annual meeting, and such special meeting or written consent shall have for the purposes of these By-laws or otherwise all the force and effect of an annual meeting.

 

(b)                                  Special Meetings .  Special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, a President, or by the Board of Directors, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.  The call for the meeting shall state the place, date, hour and purposes of the meeting.  Only the purposes specified in the notice of special meeting shall be considered or dealt with at such special meeting.

 

(c)                                   Notice of Meetings .  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the Secretary (or other person authorized by these By-laws or by law) not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat and to each stockholder who, under the Certificate of Incorporation or under these By-laws is entitled to such notice.  If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the Corporation.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be effectively given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

 

If a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, except that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each

 



 

stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

(d)                                  Quorum .  The holders of a majority in interest of all stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum.  Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present.  The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to reduce the voting shares below a quorum.

 

(e)                                   Voting and Proxies .  Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by either written proxy or by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period or is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.  Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting, or of any adjournment thereof.  Except as otherwise limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting.

 

(f)                                    Action at Meeting .  When a quorum is present, any matter before the meeting shall be decided by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock voting on such matter except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws.  Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws.  The Corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its own stock; provided, however, that the Corporation may vote shares which it holds in a fiduciary capacity to the extent permitted by law.

 

(g)                                   Presiding Officer .  Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or in his or her absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or if neither is elected or in their absence, a President.  The Board of Directors shall have the authority to appoint a temporary presiding officer to serve at any meeting of the stockholders if the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board or a President is unable to do so for any reason.

 

(h)                                  Conduct of Meetings .  The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the presiding officer of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding officer of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for

 

2



 

maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the presiding officer of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

(i)                                      Action without a Meeting .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office, by hand or by certified mail, return receipt requested, or to the Corporation’s principal place of business or to the officer of the Corporation having custody of the minute book.  Every written consent shall bear the date of signature and no written consent shall be effective unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered pursuant to these By-laws, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders entitled to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner set forth in these By-laws.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

(j)                                     Stockholder Lists .  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Nothing contained in this Section 1(j)  shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law.  The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.

 

2.                                       Directors

 

(a)                                  Powers .  The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws.  In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

 

(b)                                  Number and Qualification .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or in these By-laws, the number of directors which shall constitute the whole board

 

3



 

shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

(c)                                   Vacancies; Reduction of Board .  A majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or a sole remaining Director, may fill vacancies in the Board of Directors occurring for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors.  In lieu of filling any vacancy, the Board of Directors may reduce the number of directors.

 

(d)                                  Tenure .  Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, directors shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.  Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation.  Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

 

(e)                                   Removal .  To the extent permitted by law, a director may be removed from office with or without cause by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

(f)                                    Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time, date and place as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by two or more Directors, designating the time, date and place thereof.  Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

(g)                                   Notice of Meetings .  Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary, or Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the officer or one (1) of the directors calling the meeting.  Notice shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communications, sent to such director’s business or home address at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to such director’s business or home address at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting.

 

(h)                                  Quorum .  At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  Less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

 

(i)                                      Action at Meeting .  At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, unless otherwise provided in the following sentence, a majority of the directors present may take any action on behalf of the Board of Directors, unless a larger number

 

4



 

is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws.  So long as there are two (2) or fewer Directors, any action to be taken by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of all Directors.

 

(j)                                     Action by Consent .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

(k)                                  Committees .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, establish one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors.  The Board of Directors may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these By-laws.

 

Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but in the absence of such rules its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-laws for the Board of Directors.  All members of such committees shall hold their committee offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and the Board may abolish any committee at any time.

 

3.                                       Officers

 

(a)                                  Enumeration .  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of one (1) or more Presidents (who, if there is more than one (1), shall be referred to as Co-Presidents), a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer and one (1) or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine.  The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Election .  The Presidents, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders.  Other officers may be chosen by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

 

(c)                                   Qualification .  No officer need be a stockholder or Director.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.  Any officer may be required by the Board of Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

(d)                                  Tenure .  Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation or removal.  Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the Corporation, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

 

(e)                                   Removal .  The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

 

(f)                                    Vacancies .  Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

 

(g)                                   Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman .  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.  The Vice Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

(h)                                  Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

(i)                                      Presidents .  The Presidents shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, each have general supervision and control of the Corporation’s business and any action that would typically be taken by a President may be taken by any Co-President.  If there is no Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman of the Board, a President shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors.  The Presidents shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

6



 

(j)                                     Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents .  Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

(k)                                  Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers .  The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account.  The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation, except as the Board of Directors may otherwise provide.  The Treasurer shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

(l)                                      Secretary and Assistant Secretaries .  The Secretary shall record the proceedings of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board) in books kept for that purpose.  In the absence of the Secretary from any such meeting an Assistant Secretary, or if such person is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof.  The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation) and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

(m)                              Other Powers and Duties .  Subject to these By-laws, each officer of the Corporation shall have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these By-laws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to such officer’s office, and such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

4.                                       Capital Stock

 

(a)                                  Certificates of Stock .  Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.  Such certificate shall be signed by a President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  Such signatures may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue.  Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one (1) class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law.  The Corporation shall be permitted to issue fractional shares.

 

7



 

(b)                                  Transfers .  Subject to any restrictions on transfer, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

 

(c)                                   Record Holders .  Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

 

It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of such stockholder’s post office address.

 

(d)                                  Record Date .  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date on which it is established, and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, more than ten (10) days after the date on which the record date for stockholder consent without a meeting is established, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.  In such case only stockholders of record on such record date shall be so entitled notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date.

 

If no record date is fixed, (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, (ii) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this state, to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, and (iii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

(e)                                   Lost Certificates .  The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that

 

8



 

may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

5.                                       Indemnification

 

(a)                                  Definitions .  For purposes of this Section 5 :

 

(i)                                      “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (A) as a Director of the Corporation, (B) as an Officer of the Corporation, (C) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation, or (D) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity for which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 5(a)(i) , a Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;

 

(ii)                                   “Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

 

(iii)                                “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;

 

(iv)                               “Expenses” means all reasonable attorneys fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;

 

(v)                                  “Liabilities” means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;

 

(vi)                               “Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;

 

9


 

(vii)                            “Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

 

(viii)                         “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and

 

(ix)                               “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.

 

(b)                                  Indemnification of Directors and Officers .  Subject to the operation of Section 5(d)  of these By-laws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and to the extent authorized in subsections (i)  through (iv)  of this Section 5(b) .

 

(i)                                      Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation .  Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(ii)                                   Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation .  Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Corporation, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be

 

10



 

made under this Section 5(b)(ii) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deems proper.

 

(iii)                                Survival of Rights .  The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 5(b)  shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

 

(iv)                               Actions by Directors or Officers .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director or Officer) was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce such Officer’s or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these By-laws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

 

(c)                                   Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees .  Subject to the operation of Section 5(d)  of these By-laws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 5(c) shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(d)                                  Determination .  Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Section 5 to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  Such determination shall be made by (i) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (ii) a

 

11



 

committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (iii) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(e)                                   Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition .

 

(i)                                      The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director) was (A) authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (B) brought to enforce such Director’s rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these By-laws.

 

(ii)                                   If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim.  The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Section 5 shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director for recovery of the unpaid amount of an advancement claim and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.

 

(iii)                                In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

 

(f)                                    Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition.

 

(i)                                      The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such person is

 

12



 

involved by reason of his or her Corporate Status as an Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer or Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

 

(ii)                                   In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

 

(g)                                   Contractual Nature of Rights .

 

(i)                                      The provisions of this Section 5 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Section 5 is in effect, in consideration of such person’s past or current and any future performance of services for the Corporation.  Neither amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Section 5 nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section 5 shall eliminate or reduce any right conferred by this Section 5 in respect of any act or omission occurring, or any cause of action or claim that accrues or arises or any state of facts existing, at the time of or before such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision (even in the case of a proceeding based on such a state of facts that is commenced after such time), and all rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses granted herein or arising out of any act or omission shall vest at the time of the act or omission in question, regardless of when or if any proceeding with respect to such act or omission is commenced.  The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 5 shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.

 

(ii)                                   If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim.  The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Section 5 shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director or Officer for recovery of the unpaid amount of an indemnification claim and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible.  The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.

 

13



 

(iii)                                In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

 

(h)                                  Non-Exclusivity of Rights .  The rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Section 5 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

 

(i)                                      Insurance .  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Section 5 .

 

(j)                                     Other Indemnification .  The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or provide advancement of Expenses to any person under this Section 5 as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise (the “Primary Indemnitor”).  Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Section 5 owed by the Corporation as a result of a person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall only be in excess of, and shall be secondary to, the indemnification or advancement of Expenses available from the applicable Primary Indemnitor(s) and any applicable insurance policies.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous Provisions

 

(a)                                  Fiscal Year .  Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

 

(b)                                  Seal .  The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

 

(c)                                   Execution of Instruments .  Subject to any limitations which may be set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by, a President, or by any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may authorize.

 

(d)                                  Voting of Securities .  Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, a President, any Vice President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of this Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for this

 

14



 

Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by this Corporation.

 

(e)                                   Resident Agent .  The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

 

(f)                                    Corporate Records .  The original or attested copies of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock and transfer records, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at the office of its counsel, or at an office of its transfer agent.

 

(g)                                   Certificate of Incorporation .  All references in these By-laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

(h)                                  Amendments .  These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new By-laws may be adopted, by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, that (a) the Board of Directors may not alter, amend or repeal any provision of these By-laws which by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws requires action by the stockholders and (b) any alteration, amendment or repeal of these By-laws by the Board of Directors and any new By-law adopted by the Board of Directors may be altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders.

 

(i)                                      Waiver of Notice .  Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of these By-laws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting needs to be specified in any written waiver or any waiver by electronic transmission.

 

Adopted: October 21, 2013

 

15




Exhibit 4.1

 

Execution Version

 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

DECEMBER 28, 2016

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

 

2.

Registration Rights

5

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

Demand Registration

5

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

Company Registration

6

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

Underwriting Requirements

7

 

 

 

 

 

2.4

Obligations of the Company

8

 

 

 

 

 

2.5

Furnish Information

9

 

 

 

 

 

2.6

Expenses of Registration

10

 

 

 

 

 

2.7

Delay of Registration

10

 

 

 

 

 

2.8

Indemnification

10

 

 

 

 

 

2.9

Reports Under Exchange Act

12

 

 

 

 

 

2.10

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

13

 

 

 

 

 

2.11

“Market Stand-off” Agreement

13

 

 

 

 

 

2.12

Restrictions on Transfer

14

 

 

 

 

 

2.13

Termination of Registration Rights

15

 

 

 

 

3.

Information and Observer Rights

16

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

Delivery of Financial Statements

16

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

Inspection

17

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

Observer Rights

17

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

Termination of Information Rights

18

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

Confidentiality

18

 

 

 

 

4.

Rights to Future Stock Issuances

19

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

Right of First Offer

19

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

Termination

20

 

 

 

 

5.

Additional Covenants

20

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

Insurance

20

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

Employee Agreements

20

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

Employee Vesting

20

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

Matters Requiring Investor Director Approval

21

 

 

 

 

 

5.5

Meetings of the Board of Directors; Committees

22

 

 

 

 

 

5.6

Successor Indemnification

22

 

 

 

 

 

5.7

Board Expenses

22

 

 

 

 

 

5.8

Directors’ Liability and Indemnification

22

 

 

 

 

 

5.9

Termination of Covenants

23

 

i



 

6.

Miscellaneous

23

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

Successors and Assigns

23

 

 

 

 

 

6.2

Governing Law

23

 

 

 

 

 

6.3

Counterparts; Facsimile

23

 

 

 

 

 

6.4

Titles and Subtitles

24

 

 

 

 

 

6.5

Notices

24

 

 

 

 

 

6.6

Amendments and Waivers

24

 

 

 

 

 

6.7

Severability

25

 

 

 

 

 

6.8

Aggregation of Stock

25

 

 

 

 

 

6.9

Additional Investors

25

 

 

 

 

 

6.10

Entire Agreement

25

 

 

 

 

 

6.11

Delays or Omissions

25

 

 

 

 

 

6.12

Submission to Jurisdiction

26

 

 

 

 

 

6.13

Rights to Conduct Activities

26

 

 

 

 

 

6.12

Third Rock Ventures Convertible Note

26

 

 

 

 

Schedule A

-

Schedule of Investors

 

 

ii



 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of December 28, 2016, by and among Neon Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each investor listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor .”

 

RECITALS :

 

WHEREAS , certain of the Investors (the “ Existing Investors ”) hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer, and other rights pursuant to an Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of August 17, 2015 between the Company and such Investors (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Existing Investors are holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities of the Company (as defined in the Prior Agreement), and desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith between the Company and such Investors (as the same may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), under which certain of the Company’s and such Investors’ obligations are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Investors, Existing Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities, and the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

 

1.1                                Advised Investors ” means each of the Fidelity Investors and the Wellington Investors.

 

1.2          “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Investor, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Investor, including without limitation any general partner, officer, director or manager of such Investor, and any venture capital or other investment fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company or investment advisor with, such Investor.

 

1.3          “Board of Directors” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

1.4          “ Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

1



 

1.5          “ Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

1.6          “ Damages ” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

 

1.7          “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

1.8          “ Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

 

1.9          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.10        “ Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; or (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities.

 

1.11        “ Fidelity ” means Fidelity Management & Research Company and any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to the Fidelity Investors.

 

1.12        “ Fidelity Investors ” means each Investor advised or subadvised by Fidelity or one of its Affiliates.

 

1.13        “ Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

 

1.14        “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

2



 

1.15        “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

1.16        “ Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

 

1.17        “ Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

1.18        “ Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

 

1.19        “ IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

 

1.20        “ Key Employee ” means any executive-level employee (including division director and vice president-level positions), as well as any employee or consultant who either alone or in concert with others develops, invents, programs or designs any Company Intellectual Property (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

1.21        “ Major Investor ” means (i) any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization occurring after the date of this Agreement), and (ii) each Advised Investor.

 

1.22        “ New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities, other than Exempted Securities (as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation).

 

1.23        “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

1.24        “ Preferred Stock ” means, collectively, the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

1.25        “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, held by the Investors or acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable

 

3



 

rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 6.1 , and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.13 of this Agreement.

 

1.26        “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares at a point in time determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities at such time and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) at such time pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

 

1.27        “ Required Holders ” means holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities (as defined in clause (i) of Section 1.25) then outstanding.

 

1.28        “ Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.12(b)  hereof.

 

1.29        “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.30        “ SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, or any successor provisions.

 

1.31        “ SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, or any successor provisions.

 

1.32        “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.33        “ Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6.

 

1.34        “ Selling Holder Counsel ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.6 .

 

1.35        “ Series A Directors ” means the directors of the Company that have been solely designated by the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Stockholders Agreement, or otherwise.

 

1.36        “ Series A Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

1.37        “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

1.38        “ Stockholders Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Investors,

 

4



 

and Key Holders (as defined therein), as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

1.39        “ Wellington ” means Wellington Management Company LLP and any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to the Wellington Investors.

 

1.40        “ Wellington Investors ” means the Investors that are advisory or subadvisory clients of Wellington.

 

2.             Registration Rights .  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1     Demand Registration .

 

(a)           Form S-1 Demand .  Beginning upon the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, if the Company receives a request from Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, having the anticipated aggregate offering amount of at least $3.0 million, then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days after the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c)  and Section 2.3.

 

(b)           Form S-3 Demand .  If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering amount, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $1.0 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c)  and Section 2.3 .

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer or other most senior executive officer then in office stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become

 

5



 

effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period, nor shall the Company invoke this right more than twice in all periods; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during either one hundred twenty (120) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

(d)           The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to a request made under Section 2.1(a)  (i) if it delivers notice to the Holders within thirty (30) days after such request of its reasonable intent to file a registration statement for a public offering within ninety (90) days and thereafter uses commercially reasonable efforts to promptly file such registration statement and cause it to become effective; (ii) during the period that is one hundred eighty (180) days after commencing a Company-initiated registration;  (iii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a) ; or (iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b)  if the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b)  within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request.  A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d)  until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration (other than as a result of a material adverse change to the Company), elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6 , in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) .

 

2.2          Company Registration .  If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration.  Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.  The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6 .

 

6


 

2.3                Underwriting Requirements .

 

(a)                                  If, pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice.  The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority-in-interest of the Initiating Holders.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.4(e) ) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder, or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting; provided further that the obligation of any Holder to indemnify, if any, pursuant to such underwriting agreement, shall be several, and not joint and several, among such Holders selling Registrable Securities and the liability of each such Holder shall be in proportion thereto, provided further that, such liability shall be limited to the net amount received by such Holder from the sale of its Registrable Securities in such registration, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company.  If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering.  If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling

 

7



 

Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering.  For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.3(b)  concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of Section 2.1 , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a ) and (b) , less than the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

 

2.4                Obligations of the Company .

 

Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to one hundred eighty (180) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

8



 

(c)                                   furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

 

(d)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(e)                                   in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

(f)                                    use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                   provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(h)                                  promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

 

(i)                                      notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

 

(j)                                     after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

 

2.5                                Furnish Information .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of

 

9



 

such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

2.6                                Expenses of Registration .  All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2 , including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”) selected by the Holders of at least a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities to be included in the applicable registration, shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of at least a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Required Holders agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  or Section 2.1(b) , as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  or Section 2.1(b)  , as the case may be.  All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

 

2.7                                Delay of Registration .  No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

 

2.8                                Indemnification . If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel, accountants, and investment advisors for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of

 

10



 

any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall any indemnity or contribution under this Section 2.8(b)  or under Section 2.8(d)  exceed, in the aggregate, the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof.  The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 , to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8 .

 

(d)                                  To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent

 

11



 

jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however , that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)                                    Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.9                                Reports Under Exchange Act .  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                  make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

 

(b)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act

 

12



 

and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

(c)                                   furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

2.10         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Required Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) to demand registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.9 .

 

2.11         “Market Stand-off” Agreement .

 

Each Holder hereby agrees that, if required by the managing underwriter, it will not, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO and ending on the earliest possible date as required by the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, which period may be extended upon the request of the managing underwriter for such longer period of time as is necessary to enable such underwriter to issue a research report or to make a public appearance that relates to an earnings release or announcement by the Company within fifteen (15) days prior to or after the day that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to the IPO, but in any event not to exceed two hundred ten (210) days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common

 

13



 

Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 (A) shall apply only to the IPO, (B) shall not apply to shares of Common Stock acquired in the IPO or in the open market following the IPO, (C) shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, (D) shall not apply to transfers by a Holder to any of its Affiliates permitted by law, and (E) shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors, and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock) are subject to the same restrictions.  The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. The Company agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain the agreement of the managing underwriter to periodic early releases of portions of the securities subject to such lock-up agreements upon the request of a Holder to such early release, provided that in the event of any early release, all Holders will be released on a pro rata basis from such agreements. If any of the obligations described in this Subsection 2.11 are waived or terminated with respect to any of the securities of any such Holder, officer, director or greater than one-percent stockholder (in any such case, the “ Released Securities ”), the foregoing provisions shall be waived or terminated, as applicable, to the same extent and with respect to the same percentage of securities of each Holder as the percentage of Released Securities represent with respect to the securities held by the applicable Holder, officer, director or greater than one-percent stockholder.

 

2.12         Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.  A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not require any transferee of shares pursuant to an effective registration statement or, following the IPO, SEC Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.12(c) ) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH

 

14



 

REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.12.

 

(c)                                   The holder of each certificate or instrument representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2 .  Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, or, following the IPO, the transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company.  The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that, with respect to transfers under the foregoing clause (y), each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.12 .  Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144 or pursuant to an effective registration statement, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) , except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

 

2.13         Termination of Registration Rights .  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)                                  the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event;

 

15



 

(b)                                  following the IPO, such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration (and without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144(c)(1)); and

 

(c)                                   the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the IPO.

 

3.                                       Information and Observer Rights .

 

3.1                Delivery of Financial Statements .  The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor the required items listed below.

 

(a)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal year, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

 

(b)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally or regionally recognized standing selected by the Company and approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(c)                                   as soon as practicable but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

 

(d)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit each Major Investor to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct;

 

(e)                                   as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the

 

16


 

Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company; and

 

(f)                                    such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.1 to provide information the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel; provided further that all such information provided to a Major Investor pursuant hereto shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 3.5 of this Agreement.

 

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

The Company shall promptly and accurately respond, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its transfer agent to promptly respond, to requests for information made on behalf of any Investor relating to (i) accounting or securities law matters required in connection with its audit or (ii) the actual holdings of such Investor, including in relation to the total outstanding shares; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to provide any such information that could reasonably result in a violation of applicable law or conflict with a confidentiality obligation of the Company.

 

3.2                                Inspection .  The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

3.3                                Observer Rights .  Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd. and Access Industries Holdings LLC, and their respective Affiliates (together, “ CBI/Access ”) have the right to designate one representative (the “ CBI/Access Representative ”) to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, the Company shall give

 

17



 

such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided that (i) the identity of the CBI/Access Representative shall be reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors and (ii) the CBI/Access Representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided, and the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude the CBI/Access Representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets  (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a form acceptable to the Company) or a conflict of interest.

 

3.4                                Termination of Information Rights .  The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 and 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) immediately before, but subject to, the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event; provided, that, with respect to clause (iii), the covenants set forth in Section 3.1 shall only terminate if the consideration received by the Investors in such Deemed Liquidation Event is in the form of cash and/or publicly traded securities unless the Investors receive financial information from the acquiring company or other successor to the Company comparable to those set forth in Section 3.1.

 

3.5                                Confidentiality .  Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.5 ; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner (and partners of such partner), member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law or securities exchange regulations or at the request of a regulatory authority, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Investor, such Investor may identify the Company and the value of such Investor’s security holdings in the Company in accordance with applicable investment reporting and disclosure regulations or internal policies and respond to examinations, demands, requests or reporting requirements of a regulatory authority without prior notice to or consent from the Company.

 

18



 

4.                                       Rights to Future Stock Issuances .

 

4.1                                Right of First Offer .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section  4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

 

(b)                                  By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Major Investor) bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities). At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise.  During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors, which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the number of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1(b)  shall occur within the later of one hundred twenty (120 ) days after the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(c) .

 

(c)                                   If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 4.1(b) , the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4.1(b) , offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice.  If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 4.1 .

 

19



 

(d)                                  In the event that the rights of a Major Investor to purchase New Securities under this Section 4.1 are waived with respect to a particular offering of New Securities without such Major Investor’s prior written consent (a “ Waived Investor ”) and any Major Investor that participated in waiving such rights actually purchases New Securities in such offering, then the Company shall grant, and hereby grants, each Waived Investor the right to purchase, in a subsequent closing of such issuance on substantially the same terms and conditions, the same percentage of its full (or less, if so elected by such Waived Investor) pro rata share of the aggregate of all New Securities issued in such offering and in all subsequent closings with Waived Investors as the highest percentage of any such purchasing Major Investor.

 

(e)                                   The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO.

 

4.2                                Termination .  The covenants set forth in Section 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) immediately before, but subject to, the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

5.                                       Additional Covenants .

 

5.1                                Insurance .  Within a reasonable period of time after requested by the Board of Directors, the Company shall obtain from financially sound and reputable insurers Directors and Officers Errors and Omissions insurance in an amount satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

 

5.2                                Employee Agreements .  The Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement and (ii) each Key Employee to enter into a one (1) year noncompetition and nonsolicitation agreement, substantially in the form approved by the Board of Directors, including all Series A Directors then in office.  In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the approval by the Board of Directors, including all Series A Directors then in office.

 

5.3                                Employee Vesting .  Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, which approval shall include all Series A Directors then in office, all current and future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares, not faster than, over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the

 

20



 

remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following three (3) years, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 2.11 .  In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including both Series A Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

 

5.4                                Matters Requiring Investor Director Approval .  So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without first obtaining the approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote of all the Series A Directors then in office:

 

(a)                                  make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

 

(b)                                  make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(c)                                   guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                  make any investment inconsistent with any investment policy approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(e)                                   incur indebtedness in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate that is not covered by the Budget, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                    otherwise enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such Person;

 

(g)                                   hire, terminate, or change the compensation of the executive officers, including approving any option grants or stock awards to executive officers;

 

(h)                                  change the principal business of the Company, or enter into a new line of business, or exit the existing line of business of the Company;

 

(i)                                      sell, assign, license, pledge or encumber material technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business; or

 

(j)                                     enter into any corporate strategic relationship involving the payment contribution or assignment by the Company or to the Company of money or assets greater than $100,000.

 

21



 

5.5                                Meetings of the Board of Directors; Committees .  Unless otherwise determined by the vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least four (4) times per year, and at least once per quarter, in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule.  Each non-employee director shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to be a member of any committee of the Board of Directors.

 

5.6                                Successor Indemnification .  If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s By-laws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

5.7                                Board Expenses .  The Company shall reimburse the non-employee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s policies) in connection with their role as a director of the Company.

 

5.8                                Directors’ Liability and Indemnification .

 

(a)                The Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws (as such By-laws of the Company may be amended from time to time) shall provide (i) for limitation of the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, and (ii) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.  In the event any suit is filed or claim is asserted against a director or former director of the Company as a result of such director’s or former director’s service on the Board of Directors, the Company will provide such director or former director access to all records and files of the Company as he or she may reasonably request in defending against or preparing to defend against any such suit or claim.

 

(b)                The Company hereby acknowledges that one or more of the directors nominated by holders of Series A Preferred Stock may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”) for alleged acts or omissions in their capacities as directors of the Company.  The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such director are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such director), without regard to any rights such director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such director with respect to any claim for which such director has

 

22



 

sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such director against the Company.

 

5.9                                Termination of Covenants .  The covenants set forth in this Section 5 , except for Sections 5.6 and 5.8 , shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) immediately before but subject to the consummation of an IPO or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Successors and Assigns .  The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate, partner, member, limited partner, retired partner, retired member, or stockholder of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations), or, if less, all of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder; provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11 .  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member, or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member, shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder and its Affiliates; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties, including without limitation, the Investor’s Affiliates.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

6.2                                Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

 

6.3                                Counterparts; Facsimile .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute

 

23



 

one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature, email signature, or other form of electronic transmission.

 

6.4                                Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

6.5                                Notices .  All notices, requests, and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given, delivered and received (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the respective parties only at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.5 .  If notice is given to the Company, a copy, which shall not constitute notice, shall also be sent to Mitchell S. Bloom, Esq. at Goodwin Procter LLP, 100 Northern Ave, Boston, MA 02210.  If notice is given to Partner Fund Management L.P. or its Affiliate, a copy, which shall not constitute notice, shall also be sent to Stephen Osborn, Osborn McDerby LLP, 333 Bush Street, 21 st  Floor, San Francisco, CA 94104.

 

6.6                                Amendments and Waivers .  Any term of this Agreement, including without limitation Section 4.1 , may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders; provided that (i)  so long as an Investor is still entitled to the rights, or subject to the obligations, specified in Sections 2.11 , 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.4 and 6.13 , such Sections 2.11 , 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.4 and 6.13 and this clause of Section 6.6 shall not be modified, supplemented, amended or waived, in whole or in part, in a manner that adversely affects such Investor without the prior written consent of such Investor, (ii) so long as Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd. and Access Industries Holdings LLC are entitled to the rights specified in Section 3.3 , this clause of Section 6.6 and such Section 3.3 may not be amended, terminated or waived with respect to Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd. or Access Industries Holdings LLC, without the written consent of Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd. and Access Industries Holdings, LLC, and (iii) the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.12(c)  (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Section 2.12(c)  shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 6.6, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived (a) with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that subject to Section 4.1(d)  a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with

 

24



 

the Company, purchase securities in such transaction), and (b) with respect to any holder of Series B Preferred Stock without the written consent of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, unless such amendment, termination or waiver does not adversely affect the holders of Series B Preferred Stock in a different and disproportionate manner than the holders of Series A Preferred Stock. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver.  Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

6.7                                Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

6.8                                Aggregation of Stock .  All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated Person may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

 

6.9                                Additional Investors .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page or joinder agreement to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder.  No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

 

6.10                         Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

 

6.11                         Delays or Omissions .  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

25



 

6.12                         Submission to Jurisdiction . The parties hereto submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court located within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or the Northern District of California over any dispute arising out of or relating to the Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby and each party hereby agree that all claims in respect of such dispute or any suit, action or proceeding related thereto may be heard and determined in such courts.  The parties waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they may not or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such dispute brought in such courts or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

6.13                         Right to Conduct Activities .  The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that certain of the Investors and certain of their respective Affiliates are venture capital funds or professional investment funds (collectively, the “ Funds ”), and as such invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as may be conducted in the future). The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, none of the Funds shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by any such Fund in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of any such Fund to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company. Furthermore, the Company acknowledges that the execution of this Agreement and the access to the Company’s confidential information hereunder shall in no way be construed to prohibit or restrict a Fund or its investment advisor or such investment advisor’s other investment advisory clients from maintaining, making or considering investments in public or private companies, including, without limitation, companies that may compete either directly or indirectly with the Company, or from otherwise operating in the ordinary course of business;  provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

 

6.14                         Third Rock Ventures Convertible Note .  TRV acknowledges and agrees that the Company did not issue a convertible promissory note in favor of TRV in the principal amount of $500,000.00, which was purported to be issued on or about October 21, 2013.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

26


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Hugh O’Dowd

 

Name: Hugh O’Dowd

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

THIRD ROCK VENTURES III, L.P.

 

 

 

By:  Third Rock Ventures GP III, L.P., its general partner

 

By:  TRV GP III, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Gillis

 

Name: Kevin Gillis

 

Title: CFO

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

Nextech IV GP S.à.r.l. on behalf of

 

Nextech IV Oncology S.C.S. SICAV-SIF

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Kriegsmann

 

Name: Marc Kriegsmann

 

Title: Manager of Nextech IV GP S.à.r.l.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christoph Kraiker

 

Name: Christoph Kraiker

 

Title: Manager of Nextech IV GP S.à.r.l.

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

PHARMSTANDARD INTERNATIONAL S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eriks Martinovskis

 

Name: Eriks Martinovskis

 

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:

FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Davis

 

Name: Jonathan Davis

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY COMMINGLED PPOL

 

 

 

By: Fidelity Management & Trust Co.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Davis

 

Name: Jonathan Davis

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:

FIDELITY SERIES GROWTH COMPANY FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Davis

 

Name: Jonathan Davis

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

HADLEY HARBOR MASTER INVESTORS (CAYMAN) L.P.

 

 

 

By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

 

Name: Steven M. Hoffman

 

Title: Managing Director & Counsel

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 


 

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

CASDIN PARTNERS GP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eli Casdin

 

Name: Eli Casdin

 

Title: Managing Member

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

PARTNER INVESTMENTS, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Partner Investment Management, L.P., its investment adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Yuan DuBord

 

Name: Yuan DuBord

 

Title: CFO

 

 

 

 

 

PFM HEALTHCARE OPPORTUNITIES MASTER FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Partner Fund Management, L.P., its investment adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Yuan DuBord

 

Name: Yuan DuBord

 

Title: CFO

 

 

 

 

 

PFM HEALTHCARE EMERGING GROWTH MASTER FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Partner Fund Management, L.P., its investment adviser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Yuan DuBord

 

Name: Yuan DuBord

 

Title: CFO

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

CLAL BIOTECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIES LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ofer Green

 

Name: Ofer Green

 

Title: CEO

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Assaf Segal

 

Name: Assaf Segal

 

Title: CFO

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

ACCESS INDUSTRIES HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

By:           Access Industries, Inc.,

 

                 Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alejandro Moreno

 

Name: Alejandro Moreno

 

Title: Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter L. Thorén

 

Name: Peter L. Thorén

 

Title: Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

HH RSV-XIV HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Colm John O’Connell

 

Name: Colm John O’Connell

 

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

 

IMcK HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Elena Cimador

 

Name: Elena Cimador

 

Title: CFO

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 


 

SCHEDULE A

 

Name and Contact of Investors

 

Partner Investments, L.P.

 

Address:

c/o Partner Fund Management, L.P.

4 Embarcadero Center Suite 3500

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

PFM Healthcare Emerging Growth Master Fund, L.P.

 

Address:

c/o Partner Fund Management, L.P.

4 Embarcadero Center Suite 3500

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

PFM Healthcare Opportunities Master Fund, L.P.

 

Address:

c/o Partner Fund Management, L.P.

4 Embarcadero Center Suite 3500

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

Access Industries Holdings LLC

 

Address:

c/o Access Industries Management, LLC

730 Fifth Avenue; 20th Floor
New York, New York 10019

Attention: Legal Department

Phone: (212) 247-6400

Fax: (212) 977-8112

Email: legalnotices@accind.com

http://www.accessindustries.com/

 

Clal Biotechnology Industries Ltd.

 

Address:

3 Azrieli Center; 132 Menachem Begin Rd.
 Tel Aviv, Israel 6701101

 

Attn: Ofer Gonen and Assaf Segal

Phone: +972-3-612-1616

 



 

Fax: +972-3-612-4545

email: gonen@cbi.co.il; assaf@cbi.co.il

http://www.cbi.co.il/Home

 

with Copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Haim Gueta, Advocate

Meitar Liquornik Geva Leshem Tal, Law Office

16 Abba Hillel Silver Rd., Ramat Gan, Israel, 5250608.

Phone: +972-3-610-3199

Fax: +972-3-610-3731

email: haimg@meitar.com

http://www.meitar.com

 

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund

 

Address:

BNY Mellon

Attn: Stacey Wolfe

525 William Penn Place Rm 0400

Pittsburgh, PA 15259

fidelitycorporateevents@bnymellon.com

Fax number: 412-236-1912

 

Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool

 

Address:

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

Harborside Financial Center

1150 Plaza Five

Jersey City, NJ 07311

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

michael.lerman@bbh.com

Fax number: 617-772-2418

 

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund

 

Address:

State Street Bank & Trust

PO Box 5756

Boston, Massachusetts 02206

Attn: WAVELENGTH + CO Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund

SSBCORPACTIONS@StateStreet.com

Fax number: 617-988-9110

 



 

HH RSV-XIV HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

Address:

Attention: Adam Hornung

Suite 1608, One Exchange Square,

8 Connaught Place, Central, Hong

Kong

Phone: 852-21791927

Fax: 852-21791900

Email: legal@hillhousecap.com

 

Pharmstandard International S.A.

 

Address:

10A rue Henri Schnadt

L-2530 Luxembourg

Attention: Eriks Martinovskis

 

With a copy to:

Inbio Ventures JSC

“Northern Tower” Business Centre

10 Testovskaya str.

Moscow 123112 Russia

Attention: Alexey Vinogradov, Anton Lavrentev

 

Nextech IV GP S.à r.l. on behalf of

Nextech IV Oncology S.C.S. SICAV-SIF

 

Address:

Nextech IV GP S.à r.l.

1c, rue Gabriel Lippmann

L-5365 Munsbach

Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg

 

IMcK Holdings LLC

 

Address:

55 Railroad Avenue

Greenwich, CT 06831

Phone: 203-295-7703

 

Casdin Partners GP, LLC

 

Address:

1350 Avenue of the Americas, 24 th  Floor

New York, NY 10019

 



 

www.casdincapital.com

 

Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.

 

Address:

Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

Email: seclaw@wellington.com

 

Third Rock Ventures III, L.P.

 

Address:

29 Newbury Street; 3 rd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Kevin Gillis

Phone:  (617) 585-2000

Fax: (617) 859-2891

http://www.thirdrockventures.com

 




Exhibit 10.1

 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

2015 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

SECTION 1.  GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

 

The name of the plan is the Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “ Plan ”).  The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, directors, Consultants and other key persons of Neon Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor entity, the “ Company ”) and its Subsidiaries, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.

 

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

Affiliate of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Award ” or “ Awards, ” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units or any combination of the foregoing.

 

“Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan.  Each Award Agreement may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan; provided, however, in the event of any conflict in the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern .

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cause ” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s).  In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Cause,” it shall mean (i) the grantee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the grantee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the grantee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the grantee by the Company; (iv) the grantee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (v) the grantee’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the grantee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.

 



 

“Chief Executive Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, then the President of the Company.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

 

Committee ” means the Committee of the Board referred to in Section 2.

 

“Consultant” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company (including a Subsidiary), and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

 

Disability ” means “disability” as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code.

 

Effective Date ” means the date on which the Plan is adopted as set forth on the final page of the Plan.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Fair Market Value ” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code.  If the Stock is admitted to trade on a national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price reported on such exchange.  If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price.  If the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

 

“Good Reason” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s).  In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Good Reason,” it shall mean (i) a material diminution in the grantee’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or (ii) a change of more than 50 miles in the geographic location at which the grantee provides services to the Company, so long as the grantee provides at least ninety (90) days notice to the Company following the initial occurrence of any such event and the Company fails to cure such event within thirty (30) days thereafter.

 

Grant Date” means the date that the Committee designates in its approval of an Award in accordance with applicable law as the date on which the Award is granted, which date may not precede the date of such Committee approval.

 

“Holder” means, with respect to an Award or any Shares, the Person holding such Award or Shares, including the initial recipient of the Award or any Permitted Transferee.

 

2



 

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

Option ” or “ Stock Option ” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

 

Permitted Transferees ” shall mean any of the following to whom a Holder may transfer Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 9(a)(ii)(A)): the Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons own more than fifty percent of the voting interests ; provided, however, that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Shares during the term of the Award Agreement unless subject to its terms.  Upon the death of the Holder, the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

 

“Restricted Stock Award” means Awards granted pursuant to Section 6 and “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.

 

Restricted Stock Unit means an Award of phantom stock units to a grantee, which may be settled in cash or Shares as determined by the Committee, pursuant to Section 8.

 

Sale Event” means the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable), (iv) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a Person or group of Persons, (v) a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time)), or (vi) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided, however, that the Company’s Initial Public Offering, any subsequent public offering or

 

3



 

another capital raising event, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”

 

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

“Service Relationship” means any relationship as a full-time employee, part-time employee, director or other key person (including Consultants) of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor entity (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an individual’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or Consultant).

 

“Shares” means shares of Stock.

 

Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has more than a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

 

“Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

“Termination Event” means the termination of the Award recipient’s Service Relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including, without limitation, upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.  The following shall not constitute a Termination Event:  (i) a transfer to the service of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or (ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Committee, if the individual’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

 

Unrestricted Stock Award means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7 and “Unrestricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.

 

SECTION 2.  ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

 

(a)                                  Administration of Plan .  The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by a committee of the Board, comprised of not less than two (2) directors.  All references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the group then responsible for administration of the Plan at the relevant time (i.e., either the Board of Directors or a committee or committees of the Board, as applicable).

 

4



 

(b)                                  Powers of Committee .  The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

 

(i)                                      to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

 

(ii)                                   to determine the time or times of grant, and the amount, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number of Shares to be covered by any Award and, subject to the provisions of the Plan, the price, exercise price, conversion ratio or other price relating thereto;

 

(iv)                               to determine and, subject to Section 12, to modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of Award Agreements;

 

(v)                                  to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

 

(vi)                               to impose any limitations on Awards, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like, and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;

 

(vii)                            subject to Section 5(a)(ii) and any restrictions imposed by Section 409A, to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

 

(viii)                         at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including Award Agreements); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

 

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and all Holders.

 

(c)                                   Delegation of Authority to Grant Options .  Subject to applicable law, the Committee, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company the power to designate non-officer employees to be recipients of Options, and to determine the number of such Options to be received by such employees; provided, however, that the resolution so authorizing the Chief Executive Officer shall specify the total number of Options the Chief Executive Officer may so award and may not delegate to the Chief Executive Officer the authority to set the exercise price or the vesting terms of such Options.  Any such delegation by the Committee shall also provide that the Chief Executive Officer may not grant Awards to himself or herself (or other officers) without the approval of the Committee.  The Committee

 

5



 

may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Committee’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Award Agreement .  Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award.

 

(e)                                   Indemnification .  Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s governing documents, including its certificate of incorporation or bylaws (each, as may be amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time), or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

 

(f)                                    Foreign Award Recipients .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and any Subsidiary operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries, if any, shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals, if any, outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals.

 

SECTION 3.  STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS; SUBSTITUTION

 

(a)                                  Stock Issuable .  The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 10,000,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 10,000,000 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options.  The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.  Beginning on the date that the Company becomes subject to Section 162(m) of

 

6



 

the Code, Options with respect to no more than 10,000,000 Shares shall be granted to any one individual in any calendar year period.

 

(b)                                  Changes in Stock .  Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional Shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, in each case, without the receipt of consideration by the Company, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for other securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an appropriate and proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per Share subject to each outstanding Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each Share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the per share exercise price multiplied by the number of shares underlying such Stock Options) as to which such Stock Options remain exercisable. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive.  No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

 

(c)                                   Sale Events .

 

(i)                                      Options .

 

(A)                                In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or new stock options or other awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

 

(B)                                In the event of the termination of the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder pursuant to Section 3(c), each Holder of Options shall be permitted, within a period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as specified by the Committee, to exercise all such Options which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event; provided, however , that the exercise of Options not exercisable prior to the Sale Event shall be subject to the consummation of the Sale Event.

 

(C)                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(i)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to

 

7



 

make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Options, without any consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the value as determined by the Committee of the consideration payable per share of Stock pursuant to the Sale Event (the “ Sale Price ”) times the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options being cancelled (to the extent then vested and exercisable, including by reason of acceleration in connection with such Sale Event, at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding vested and exercisable Options.

 

(ii)                                   Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards .

 

(A)                                In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, all Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Unit Awards (other than those becoming vested as a result of the Sale Event) issued hereunder shall be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares subject to such awards as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

 

(B)                                In the event of the forfeiture of Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 3(c)(ii)(A), such Restricted Stock shall be repurchased from the Holder thereof at a price per share equal to the lower of the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b)) or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares, determined immediately prior to the effective time of the Sale Event.

 

(C)                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(ii)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards, without consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the Sale Price times the number of Shares subject to such Awards, to be paid at the time of such Sale Event or upon the later vesting of such Awards.

 

SECTION 4.  ELIGIBILITY

 

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, directors, Consultants and key persons of the Company and any Subsidiary who are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided , however , that Awards shall be granted only to those individuals described in Rule 701(c) of the Securities Act.

 

SECTION 5.  STOCK OPTIONS

 

Upon the grant of a Stock Option, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement.  The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

 

8



 

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.  To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

(a)                                  Terms of Stock Options .  The Committee in its discretion may grant Stock Options to those individuals who meet the eligibility requirements of Section 4.  Stock Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable.

 

(i)                                      Exercise Price .  The exercise price per share for the Shares covered by a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the exercise price per share for the Shares covered by such Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

 

(ii)                                   Option Term .  The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years from the Grant Date.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five (5) years from the Grant Date.

 

(iii)                                Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder .  Stock Options shall become exercisable and/or vested at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee at or after the Grant Date.  The Award Agreement may permit a grantee to exercise all or a portion of a Stock Option immediately at grant; provided that the Shares issued upon such exercise shall be subject to restrictions and a vesting schedule identical to the vesting schedule of the related Stock Option, such Shares shall be deemed to be Restricted Stock for purposes of the Plan, and the optionee may be required to enter into an additional or new Award Agreement as a condition to exercise of such Stock Option.  An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.  An optionee shall not be deemed to have acquired any Shares unless and until a Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement and this Plan and the optionee’s name has been entered on the books of the Company as a stockholder.

 

(iv)                               Method of Exercise .  Stock Options may be exercised by an optionee in whole or in part, by the optionee giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased.  Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods (or any combination thereof) to the extent provided in the Award Agreement:

 

(A)                                In cash, by certified or bank check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee;

 

9



 

(B)                                If permitted by the Committee, by the optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note, if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided , that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid in cash if required by state law;

 

(C)                                If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the optionee and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. To the extent required to avoid variable accounting treatment under ASC 718 or other applicable accounting rules, such surrendered Shares if originally purchased from the Company shall have been owned by the optionee for at least six (6) months.  Such surrendered Shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

 

(D)                                If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), by the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

 

(E)                                 If permitted by the Committee, and only with respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

 

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.  No certificates for Shares so purchased will be issued to the optionee or, with respect to uncertificated Stock, no transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company will take place, until the Company has completed all steps it has deemed necessary to satisfy legal requirements relating to the issuance and sale of the Shares, which steps may include, without limitation, (i) receipt of a representation from the optionee at the time of exercise of the Option that the optionee is purchasing the Shares for the optionee’s own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution of the Shares or other representations relating to compliance with applicable law governing the issuance of securities, (ii) the legending of the certificate (or notation on any book entry) representing the Shares to evidence the foregoing restrictions, (iii) obtaining from optionee payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Option, and (iv) if required by the Company, the optionee’s execution and delivery of any stockholders’ agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other stockholders of the Company relating to shares of the Stock.  The delivery of certificates representing the shares of Stock (or the transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated Stock) to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon (A) receipt from

 

10


 

the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his or her stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such Shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Award Agreement or applicable provisions of laws and (B) if required by the Company, the optionee shall have entered into any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Stock.  In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of Shares attested to.

 

(b)                                  Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options .  To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and any Subsidiary that become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000 or such other limit as may be in effect from time to time under Section 422 of the Code.  To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

(c)                                   Termination .  Any portion of a Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of an optionee’s Service Relationship shall immediately expire and be null and void.  Once any portion of the Stock Option becomes vested and exercisable, the optionee’s right to exercise such portion of the Stock Option (or the optionee’s representatives and legatees as applicable) in the event of a termination of the optionee’s Service Relationship shall continue until the earliest of: (i) the date which is: (A) twelve (12) months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates due to death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (B) three (3) months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates if the termination is due to any reason other than death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (ii) the Expiration Date set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award Agreement may provide that if the optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, the Stock Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the optionee’s termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable.

 

SECTION 6.  RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

 

(a)                                  Nature of Restricted Stock Awards .  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible individual under Section 4 hereof a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan.  The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Award at the time of grant.  Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or such other criteria as the Committee may determine.  Upon the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement.  The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

 

11



 

(b)                                  Rights as a Stockholder .  Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee of Restricted Stock shall be considered the record owner of and shall be entitled to vote the Restricted Stock if, and to the extent, such Shares are entitled to voting rights, subject to such conditions contained in the Award Agreement.  The grantee shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided , however , that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.  Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in subsection (d) below of this Section, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank and such other instruments of transfer as the Committee may prescribe.

 

(c)                                   Restrictions .  Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Award Agreement.  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 12 below, in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, if a grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary terminates, the Company or its assigns shall have the right, as may be specified in the relevant instrument, to repurchase some or all of the Shares subject to the Award at such purchase price as is set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Vesting of Restricted Stock . The Committee at the time of grant shall specify in the Award Agreement the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the substantial risk of forfeiture imposed shall lapse and the Restricted Stock shall become vested, subject to such further rights of the Company or its assigns as may be specified in the Award Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.  UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

 

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan.  Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

 

SECTION 8.  RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

(a)                                  Nature of Restricted Stock Units .  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof Restricted Stock Units under the Plan.  The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Unit at the time of grant.  Vesting conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or other such criteria as the Committee may determine.  Upon the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the grantee and the Company shall enter into an Award Agreement.  The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee and may differ among individual Awards and grantees.  On or promptly following the vesting date or dates applicable to any Restricted Stock Unit, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year

 

12



 

in which such vesting occurs, such Restricted Stock Unit(s) shall be settled in the form of cash or shares of Stock, as specified in the Award Agreement.  Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of.

 

(b)                                  Rights as a Stockholder .  A grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares, if any, acquired upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units. A grantee shall not be deemed to have acquired any such Shares unless and until the Restricted Stock Units shall have been settled in Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the Company shall have issued and delivered a certificate representing the Shares to the grantee (or transferred on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated stock), and the grantee’s name has been entered in the books of the Company as a stockholder.

 

(c)                                   Termination .  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s cessation of Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary for any reason.

 

SECTION 9.  TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; COMPANY RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; COMPANY REPURCHASE RIGHTS

 

(a)                                  Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(i)                                      Non-Transferability of Stock Options .  Stock Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Option, shall not be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the optionee’s lifetime, only by the optionee, or by the optionee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the optionee’s incapacity.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement regarding a given Stock Option that the optionee may transfer by gift, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her family members (as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act), to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners (to the extent such trusts or partnerships are considered “family members” for purposes of Rule 701 of the Securities Act), provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, including the execution of a stock power upon the issuance of Shares.  Stock Options, and the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Options, shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) prior to exercise.

 

(ii)                                   Shares .  No Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless (i) the transfer is in compliance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act), and with the terms and conditions of this Section 9, (ii) the transfer does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the transferee consents in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan and the Award

 

13



 

Agreement, including this Section 9.  In connection with any proposed transfer, the Committee may require the transferor to provide at the transferor’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Committee, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act).  Any attempted transfer of Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 9 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Shares as a result of any such transfer, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such transfer and shall not in any way give effect to any such transfer of Shares.  The Company shall be entitled to seek protective orders, injunctive relief and other remedies available at law or in equity including, without limitation, seeking specific performance or the rescission of any transfer not made in strict compliance with the provisions of this Section 9.  Subject to the foregoing general provisions, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions (provided that with respect to any transfer of Restricted Stock, all vesting and forfeiture provisions shall continue to apply with respect to the original recipient):

 

(A)                                Transfers to Permitted Transferees .  The Holder may transfer any or all of the Shares to one or more Permitted Transferees; provided, however , that following such transfer, such Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (including this Section 9) and such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company and shall deliver a stock power to the Company with respect to the Shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may not transfer any of the Shares to a Person whom the Company reasonably determines is a direct competitor or a potential competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(B)                                Transfers Upon Death .  Upon the death of the Holder, any Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Shares acquired after the Holder’s death by the Holder’s legal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated by the Plan and the Award Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Right of First Refusal .  In the event that a Holder desires at any time to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of his or her Shares (other than shares of Restricted Stock which by their terms are not transferrable), the Holder first shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such transfer.  Such notice shall state the number of Shares that the Holder proposes to sell (the “ Offered Shares ”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee.  At any time within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice.  The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Holder within the foregoing thirty (30) day period.  If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 9(b), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within forty-five (45) days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Holder.  In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the

 

14



 

Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such forty-five (45) day period, the Holder may, within sixty (60) days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Holder’s notice.  Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to the Plan.  If the Holder is a party to any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Shares, (i) the transferring Holder shall comply with the requirements of such stockholders agreements or other agreements relating to any proposed transfer of the Offered Shares, and (ii) any proposed transferee that purchases Offered Shares shall enter into such stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Offered Shares on the same terms and in the same capacity as the transferring Holder.

 

(c)                                   Company’s Right of Repurchase .

 

(i)                                      Right of Repurchase for Unvested Shares Issued Upon the Exercise of an Option .  Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares acquired upon exercise of a Stock Option which are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event.  Such repurchase rights may be exercised by the Company within the later of (A) six (6) months following the date of such Termination Event or (B) seven (7) months after the acquisition of Shares upon exercise of a Stock Option.  The repurchase price shall be equal to the lower of the original per share price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

 

(ii)                                   Right of Repurchase With Respect to Restricted Stock .  Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award any Shares that are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event.  Such repurchase right may be exercised by the Company within six (6) months following the date of such Termination Event.  The repurchase price shall be the lower of the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

 

(iii)                                Procedure .  Any repurchase right of the Company shall be exercised by the Company or its assigns by giving the Holder written notice on or before the last day of the repurchase period of its intention to exercise such repurchase right.  Upon such notification, the Holder shall promptly surrender to the Company, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, any certificates representing the Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees.  Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Holder, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the applicable repurchase price; provided, however , that the Company may pay the repurchase price by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Holder to the Company.

 

(d)                                  Drag Along Right .  In the event the holders of a majority of the Company’s equity securities then outstanding (the “ Majority Shareholders ”) determine to enter into a Sale Event in

 

15



 

a bona fide negotiated transaction (a “ Sale ”), with any non-Affiliate of the Company or any majority shareholder (in each case, the “ Buyer ”), a Holder of Shares, including any Permitted Transferee, shall be obligated to and shall upon the written request of the Majority Shareholders:  (a) sell, transfer and deliver, or cause to be sold, transferred and delivered, to the Buyer, his or her Shares (including for this purpose all of such Holder’s Shares that presently or as a result of any such transaction may be acquired upon the exercise of an Option (following the payment of the exercise price therefor)) on substantially the same terms applicable to the Majority Shareholders (with appropriate adjustments to reflect the conversion of convertible securities, the redemption of redeemable securities and the exercise of exercisable securities as well as the relative preferences and priorities of preferred stock); and (b) execute and deliver such instruments of conveyance and transfer and take such other action, including voting such Shares in favor of any Sale proposed by the Majority Shareholders and executing any purchase agreements, merger agreements, indemnity agreements, escrow agreements or related documents as the Majority Shareholders or the Buyer may reasonably require in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 9(d).

 

(e)                                   Escrow Arrangement .

 

(i)                                      Escrow .  In order to carry out the provisions of this Section 9 of this Plan more effectively, the Company shall hold any Shares issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Holder in blank for transfer.  The Company shall not dispose of the Shares except as otherwise provided in this Plan.  In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Holder, as the Holder’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Shares being purchased and to transfer such Shares in accordance with the terms hereof.  At such time as any Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase and first refusal rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder, deliver to the Holder a certificate representing such Shares with the balance of the Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section.

 

(ii)                                   Remedy .  Without limitation of any other provision of this Plan or other rights, in the event that a Holder or any other Person is required to sell a Holder’s Shares pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c) hereof and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for such Holder or other Person, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by such Holder as provided above.  Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the Person who was required to sell the Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c), such Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, such Holder shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

 

16



 

(f)                                    Lockup Provision .  If requested by the Company, a Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Shares (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of a public offering by the Company of Shares as the Company shall specify reasonably and in good faith.  If requested by the underwriter engaged by the Company, each Holder shall execute a separate letter confirming his or her agreement to comply with this Section.

 

(g)                                   Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure .  If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Section 9 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by Holder in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Shares.

 

(h)                                  Termination .  The terms and provisions of Section 9(b) and Section 9(c) (except for the Company’s right to repurchase Shares still subject to a risk of forfeiture upon a Termination Event) shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly-traded on any national security exchange.

 

SECTION 10.  TAX WITHHOLDING

 

(a)                                  Payment by Grantee .  Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Shares or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income.  The Company and any Subsidiary shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee.  The Company’s obligation to deliver stock certificates (or evidence of book entry) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on any such tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

 

(b)                                  Payment in Stock .  The Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from Shares to be issued pursuant to an Award a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

SECTION 11.  SECTION 409A AWARDS.

 

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “ 409A Award ”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as may be specified by the Committee from time to time.  In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after the grantee’s separation from

 

17



 

service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A.  The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to any grantee under the Plan or any other Person with respect to any penalties or taxes under Section 409A that are, or may be, imposed with respect to any Award.

 

SECTION 12.  AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the consent of the holder of the Award.  The Committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or effect repricing through cancellation of outstanding Stock Options and by granting such holders new Awards in replacement of the cancelled Stock Options.  To the extent determined by the Committee to be required either by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code or otherwise, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders.  Nothing in this Section 12 shall limit the Board’s or Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c).  The Board reserves the right to amend the Plan and/or the terms of any outstanding Stock Options to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with the requirements of the exemption pursuant to paragraph (f)(4) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act.

 

SECTION 13.  STATUS OF PLAN

 

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly so determine in connection with any Award.

 

SECTION 14.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

(a)                                  No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements . The Committee may require each person acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof.  No Shares shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal and stock exchange or similar requirements have been satisfied.  The Committee may require the placing of such stop-orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Awards as it deems appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Delivery of Stock Certificates .  Stock certificates to grantees under the Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company; provided that stock certificates to be held in escrow pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan shall be deemed delivered when the Company shall have recorded the issuance in its records.  Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall

 

18



 

have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records).

 

(c)                                   No Employment Rights The adoption of the Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any Person any right to continued employment or Service Relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(d)                                  Trading Policy Restrictions .  Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, or in accordance with policies set by the Committee, from time to time.

 

(e)                                   Designation of Beneficiary .  Each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award on or after the grantee’s death or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death.  Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee.  If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

 

(f)                                    Legend .  Any certificate(s) representing the Shares shall carry substantially the following legend (and with respect to uncertificated Stock, the book entries evidencing such shares shall contain the following notation):

 

The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including repurchase and restrictions against transfers) contained in the Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan and any agreements entered into thereunder by and between the company and the holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the company for examination).

 

(g)                                   Information to Holders of Options .  In the event the Company is relying on the exemption from the registration requirements of Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act contained in paragraph (f)(1) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the information described in Rule 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) of the Securities Act to all holders of Options in accordance with the requirements thereunder.  The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to provide such information unless the optionholder has agreed in writing, on a form prescribed by the Company, to keep such information confidential.

 

SECTION 15.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

 

The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board and shall be approved by stockholders in accordance with applicable state law and the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws within twelve (12) months thereafter.  If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within twelve (12) months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any

 

19



 

Awards granted or sold under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan.  Subject to such approval by stockholders and to the requirement that no Shares may be issued hereunder prior to such approval, Stock Options and other Awards may be granted hereunder on and after adoption of the Plan by the Board.  No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders, whichever is earlier.

 

SECTION 16.  GOVERNING LAW

 

This Plan, all Awards and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan and all Awards shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of Massachusetts, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Massachusetts.

 

DATE ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

August 17, 2015

 

 

DATE APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS:

August 17, 2015

 

20


 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

2015 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

The Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended by the Board of Directors as follows:

 

Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to increase the total number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be increased by 5,000,000 shares from 10,000,000 shares to 15,000,000 shares such that Section 3(a) of the Plan, as so amended, shall read in its entirety as follows:

 

SECTION 3.     STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS; SUBSTITUTION

 

(a)           Stock Issuable .  The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 15,000,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 15,000,000 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options.  The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.  Beginning on the date that the Company becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, Options with respect to no more than 15,000,000 Shares shall be granted to any one individual in any calendar year period.

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

 

June 2, 2016

 

 

 

ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:

 

June 2, 2016

 



 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

2015 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

The Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended by the Board of Directors as follows:

 

Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to increase the total number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be increased by 8,325,878 shares from 15,000,000 shares to 23,325,878 shares such that Section 3(a) of the Plan, as so amended, shall read in its entirety as follows:

 

SECTION 3.     STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS; SUBSTITUTION

 

(a)           Stock Issuable .  The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 23,325,878 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 23,325,878 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options.  The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.  Beginning on the date that the Company becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, Options with respect to no more than 23,325,878 Shares shall be granted to any one individual in any calendar year period.

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

 

November 30, 2017

 

 

 

ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:

 

December 1, 2017

 



 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2015 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

Pursuant to the Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Neon Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan.  This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).  To the extent that any portion of the Stock Option does not so qualify, it shall be deemed a non-qualified stock option.

 

Name of Optionee:

 

                              (the “Optionee”)

 

 

 

No. of Shares:

 

                Shares of Common Stock

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

                            (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

                            (the “Expiration Date”)

 

 

 

Option Exercise Price/Share:

 

$                          (the “Option Exercise Price”)

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

[25] percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time.  Thereafter, the remaining [75] percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable in [12] equal quarterly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company on each vesting date. [Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan] [provided; however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE] .

 

Attachments :  Incentive Stock Option Agreement, 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan

 



 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2015 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

 

1.                                       Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

 

(a)                                  No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

 

(b)                                  Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable on the respective dates indicated below:

 

(i)                                      This Stock Option shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.

 

(ii)                                   This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

(c)                                   Termination .  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

 

(i)                                      Termination Due to Death or Disability .  If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

 

(ii)                                   Other Termination .  If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however , if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

 

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.  Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2



 

(d)                                  It is understood and intended that this Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law.  Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one-year period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Shares to him or her, nor within the two-year period beginning on the day after Grant Date of this Stock Option and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment as an employee (or 12 months in the case of death or disability) to qualify as an incentive stock option.  If the Optionee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition.  The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes.  Further, to the extent this Stock Option and any other incentive stock options of the Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) first become exercisable in any year, such options will not qualify as incentive stock options.

 

2.                                       Exercise of Stock Option .

 

(a)                                  The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner:  Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is then exercisable.  Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased.  Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

 

3.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

4.                                       Transferability of Stock Option .  This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity).  The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein.  If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

 

3



 

5.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of Shares .  The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Equitable Relief .  The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure .  If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

 

(c)                                   Change and Modifications .  This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective.  This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

(e)                                   Headings .  The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Saving Clause .  If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

(g)                                   Notices .  All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid.  Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

 

(h)                                  Benefit and Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal

 

4



 

representatives.  The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

(i)                                      Counterparts .  For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

 

(j)                                     Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

7.                                       Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)                                  Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”).  The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The place of arbitration shall be                           .

 

(b)                                  The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto.  In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses.  In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party.  However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission.  In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert.  The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator.  The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability.  The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

(c)                                   The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith.  This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

(d)                                  Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision

 

5



 

in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court.  Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given.  Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party.  Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement.  This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

 

OPTIONEE:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

7



 

[SPOUSE’S CONSENT(1)

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Incentive Stock Option Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

 

]

 


(1)  A spouse’s consent is recommended only if the Optionee’s state of residence is one of the following community property states:  Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Washington and Wisconsin.

 

8



 

 

DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

9



 

Appendix A

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Attention: [                    ]

 

 

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Neon Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) dated            (the “Agreement”) under the Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name]                 , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $       representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares]         Shares.  I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

o                                     1.                                       Cash

 

o                                     2.                                       Certified or bank check payable to Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

 

o                                     3.                                       Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))                                                      .

 

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

 

(i)                                      I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

 

(ii)                                   I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

 

(iii)                                I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

 

(iv)                               I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

 

(v)                                  I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the

 

10



 

registration requirement thereof).  I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

 

(vi)                               I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

 

(vii)                            I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

 

(viii)                         I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

 

(ix)                               I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

 

 

Sincerely yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

11


 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2015 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

Pursuant to the Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Neon Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan.  This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).

 

Name of Optionee:

 

                   (the “Optionee”)

 

 

 

No. of Shares:

 

           Shares of Common Stock

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

                   (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

                   (the “Expiration Date”)

 

 

 

Option Exercise Price/Share:

 

$                 (the “Option Exercise Price”)

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

[25] percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining [75] percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable in [12] equal quarterly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company on each vesting date. [Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan] [provided; however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE] .

 

Attachments :  Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan

 



 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
NEON THERAPEUTICS
2015 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

 

1.                                       Vesting, Exercisability and Termination .

 

(a)                                  No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

 

(b)                                  Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable on the respective dates indicated below:

 

(i)                                      This Stock Option shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.

 

(ii)                                   This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

(c)                                   Termination .  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

 

(i)                                      Termination Due to Death or Disability .  If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

 

(ii)                                   Other Termination .  If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however , if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

 

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee.  Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2



 

2.                                       Exercise of Stock Option .

 

(a)                                  The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner:  Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is then exercisable.  Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased.  Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

 

3.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

4.                                       Transferability of Stock Option .  This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity).  The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein.  If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

 

5.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of Shares .  The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Equitable Relief .  The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure .  If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

 

3



 

(c)                                   Change and Modifications .  This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective.  This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

(e)                                   Headings .  The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Saving Clause .  If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

(g)                                   Notices .  All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid.  Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

 

(h)                                  Benefit and Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives.  The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

(i)                                      Counterparts .  For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

 

(j)                                     Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

7.                                       Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)                                  Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”).  The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9

 

4



 

U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The place of arbitration shall be                   .

 

(b)                                  The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto.  In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses.  In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party.  However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission.  In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert.  The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator.  The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability.  The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

(c)                                   The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith.  This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

(d)                                  Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court.  Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given.  Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party.  Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5


 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof, and understands that this Stock Option is subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement.  This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

 

OPTIONEE:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

6



 

[SPOUSE’S CONSENT(1)

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

 

                                                            ]

 


(1)  A spouse’s consent is recommended only if the Optionee’s state of residence is one of the following community property states:  Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, Washington and Wisconsin.

 

7



 

 

DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary’s Address:

 

 

 

8



 

Appendix A

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

Attention: [                    ]

 

 

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and Neon Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) dated            (the “Agreement”) under the Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name]                 , hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $       representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares]         Shares.  I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

o                                     1.                                       Cash

o                                     2.                                       Certified or bank check payable to Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

o                                     3.                                       Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))                                                      .

 

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

 

(i)                                      I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

 

(ii)                                   I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

 

(iii)                                I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

 

(iv)                               I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

 

(v)                                  I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the

 

9



 

registration requirement thereof).  I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

 

(vi)                               I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

 

(vii)                            I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

 

(viii)                         I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

 

(ix)                               I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

 

 

Sincerely yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

10


 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD NOTICE
UNDER THE NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2015 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

Pursuant to the Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), Neon Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), hereby grants, sells and issues to the individual named below, the Shares at the Per Share Purchase Price, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Restricted Stock Award Notice (the “Award Notice”), the attached Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan.  The Grantee agrees to the provisions set forth herein and acknowledges that each such provision is a material condition of the Company’s agreement to issue and sell the Shares to him or her.  The Company hereby acknowledges receipt of $          in full payment for the Shares.  All references to share prices and amounts herein shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, mergers, reorganizations and similar changes affecting the capital stock of the Company, and any shares of capital stock of the Company received on or in respect of Shares in connection with any such event (including any shares of capital stock or any right, option or warrant to receive the same or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares or received upon conversion of any such shares) shall be subject to this Agreement on the same basis and extent at the relevant time as the Shares in respect of which they were issued, and shall be deemed Shares as if and to the same extent they were issued at the date hereof.

 

Name of Grantee:

 

               (the “Grantee”)

 

 

 

No. of Shares:

 

            Shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”)

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

               ,

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

              ,      (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)

 

 

 

Per Share Purchase Price:

 

$0.001 (the “Per Share Purchase Price”)

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

[[          ] of the shares vest immediately as of the Grant Date.] The [remaining] [      ] Shares shall vest in 16 equal quarterly installments at the end of each quarter following the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary in the case of a Sale Event, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan.

 

Attachments:  Restricted Stock Agreement, 2015 Stock Option and Grant Plan

 



 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
UNDER THE NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC., INC.
2015 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Award Notice and the Plan.

 

1.                                       Purchase and Sale of Shares; Vesting; Investment Representations .

 

(a)                                  Purchase and Sale .  The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, the number of Shares set forth in the Award Notice for the Per Share Purchase Price.

 

(b)                                  Vesting .  Initially, all of the Shares are non-transferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and are Shares of Restricted Stock.  The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Award Notice.

 

(c)                                   Investment Representations .  In connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares contemplated by Section 1(a) above, the Grantee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(i)                                      The Grantee is purchasing the Shares for the Grantee’s own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

 

(ii)                                   The Grantee has had such an opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of the Grantee’s investment in the Company and has consulted with the Grantee’s own advisers with respect to the Grantee’s investment in the Company.

 

(iii)                                The Grantee has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

 

(iv)                               The Grantee can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

 

(v)                                  The Grantee understands that the Shares are not registered under the Act (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirements thereof).  The Grantee further acknowledges that certificates representing the Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

 

2



 

(vi)                               The Grantee has read and understands the Plan and acknowledges and agrees that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

 

(vii)                            The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

 

(viii)                         The Grantee understands and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

 

(ix)                               The Grantee understands and agrees that the Grantee may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

 

2.                                       Repurchase Right .  Upon a Termination Event or other Repurchase Event, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Shares as set forth in Section 9(c) of the Plan; provided, however, that in the case of a Termination Event, the Company shall only have the right to repurchase Shares of Restricted Stock that are unvested as of the date of such Termination Event.

 

3.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of Shares .  The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan

 

4.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

5.                                       Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Record Owner; Dividends .  The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights.  The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided , however , that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.

 

(b)                                  Section 83(b) Election .  The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to this Award.  Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days of the date of this Award.  If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company (and provide a copy of such election to the Company).

 

(c)                                   Equitable Relief .  The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Change and Modifications .  This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This

 

3



 

Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

 

(e)                                   Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

(f)                                    Headings .  The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Saving Clause .  If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

(h)                                  Notices .  All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid.  Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

 

(i)                                      Benefit and Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives.  The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

(j)                                     Counterparts .  For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

 

(k)                                  Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

6.                                       Dispute Resolution .

 

(a)                                  Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Shares, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Shares or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”).  The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 - 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The place of arbitration shall be Boston, Massachusetts.

 

(b)                                  The arbitration shall commence within sixty (60) days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto.  In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents

 

4



 

by each party and any third-party witnesses.  In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party.  However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission.  In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert.  The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator.  The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability.  The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

(c)                                   The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith.  This Section 6 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

(d)                                  Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court.  Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given.  Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party.  Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5


 

The foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof are hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC., INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Cary Pfeffer

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

215 First Street

 

 

Cambridge, MA 02142

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof and understands that the Shares granted hereby are subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement.  This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Award Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 6 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

 

GRANTEE:

 

 

 

 

 

Name: [            ]

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 



 

Election to Include in Gross Income

in Year of Transfer of Property

Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code

 

The undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

 

1.

 

The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SSN:

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Description of property with respect to which the election is being made:

 

 

 

 

 

shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

 

 

 

3.

 

Date on which property was transferred is on:         , 2015. The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year 2015.

 

 

 

4.

 

Nature of restrictions to which the shares of Common Stock are subject:

 

 

 

 

 

The shares of Common Stock will be subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture upon termination of service relationship and in certain other events.

 

 

 

5.

 

The aggregate fair market value at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which this election is being made is: $      .

 

 

 

6.

 

The aggregate amount paid for such property at the time of transfer is: $

 

 

 

7.

 

A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company and to all other persons entitled to receive a copy of this statement as provided in Treasury Regulations § 1.83-2(d).

 

 

 

 

[Name of Grantee]

 

 

 

                                                      , 2015

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

License Agreement

 

by and between

 

The Broad Institute, Inc. and

 

Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

 

November 13, 2015

 



 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

1. DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

2. LICENSE

13

 

2.1 License Grants

13

 

2.2 Reservation of Rights

14

 

2.3 Affiliates

14

 

2.4 Right to Subcontract

14

 

2.5 Sublicenses

15

 

2.6 [***]

16

 

2.7 Notice and Good Faith Negotiation

16

 

2.8 Software License

17

 

2.9 No Other Grant of Rights

17

 

 

 

3. DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION

17

 

3.1 Diligence; Development Milestones

17

 

3.2 Development Plan; Adjustments

17

 

3.3 Diligence Reporting

17

 

3.4 Adjustment of Development Milestones; Diligence Breach

18

 

 

 

4. CONSIDERATION FOR GRANT OF LICENSE

19

 

4.1 License Issue Fee

19

 

4.2 Annual License Fees

19

 

4.3 Milestone Payments

19

 

4.4 Royalties

22

 

4.5 Sublicense Income

25

 

4.6 Issuance of Equity

25

 

 

 

5. REPORTS; PAYMENTS; RECORDS

25

 

5.1 Reports and Payments

25

 

5.2 Payment Currency

26

 

5.3 Records

26

 

5.4 Late Payments

27

 

5.5 Payment Method

27

 

5.6 Withholding and Similar Taxes

27

 

 

 

6. PATENT FILING, PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE

28

 

6.1 Control

28

 

6.2 Common Interest

29

 

6.3 Expenses

30

 

6.4 Abandonment

31

 

6.5 Marking

31

 

6.6 CREATE Act

31

 

 

 

7. ENFORCEMENT OF PATENT RIGHTS

31

 

7.1 Notice

31

 

7.2 Suit by Company

31

 

7.3 Suit by Broad

33

 

7.4 Own Counsel

33

 

7.5 Cooperation

33

 

7.6 Patent Validity Challenge

34

 

 

 

8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; WARRANTIES; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

34

 

8.1 Compliance with Laws

34

 

8.2 Export Control

34

 

8.3 Representations and Warranties

35

 

8.4 Disclaimer

35

 

8.5 Limitation of Liability

36

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

9. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

36

 

9.1 Indemnification

36

 

9.2 Insurance

37

 

 

 

10. TERM AND TERMINATION

38

 

10.1 Term

38

 

10.2 Termination

38

 

10.3 Effect of Termination

39

 

10.4 Survival

41

 

 

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS

42

 

11.1 Confidentiality

42

 

11.2 Use of Name

44

 

11.3 Press Release

44

 

11.4 No Security Interest

44

 

11.5 Entire Agreement

44

 

11.6 Notices

44

 

11.7 Dispute Resolution; Special Arbitration

45

 

11.8 Governing Law and Jurisdiction

46

 

11.9 Binding Effect

46

 

11.10 Headings

47

 

11.11 Counterparts

47

 

11.12 Amendment; Waiver

47

 

11.13 No Agency or Partnership

47

 

11.14 Assignment and Successors

47

 

11.15 Force Majeure

47

 

11.16 Interpretation

47

 

11.17 Severability

47

 

ii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Schedules and Exhibits

 

Exhibit A

 

Licensed Patent Rights

Exhibit B

 

Software License

Exhibit C

 

Development Plan

Exhibit D

 

Restricted Stock Agreement

 

Schedule 1.85

 

Neoantigen Vaccine Product

Schedule 1.86

 

NeoVax Product

 

iii



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This License Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of this 13 th  day of November, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between the Broad Institute, Inc., a non-profit Massachusetts corporation, with a principal office at 415 Main Street, Cambridge, MA 02142 (“ Broad ”), and Neon Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation with a principal office at 215 First Street, Cambridge, MA 02142 (“ Company ”). Company and Broad are each referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

 

WHEREAS , the technology taught in the Licensed Patent Rights (as defined below) was discovered by researchers at Broad, individually or collectively with researchers at Dana Farber Cancer Institute, a not-for-profit Massachusetts corporation with a principal office at 44 Binney Street, Boston, MA 02115 (“ DFCI ”) or The General Hospital Corporation d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital, a not-for-profit Massachusetts corporation with a principal office at 55 Fruit Street, Boston, MA 02114 (“ MGH, ” together with Broad and DFCI, the “ Institutions ” and individually, an “ Institution ”);

 

WHEREAS , Broad, DFCI or MGH is either the sole owner or a co-owner of each of the Licensed Patent Rights;

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Operating Agreement (as defined below), Broad has the right to control the licensing of DFCI’s and MGH’s respective interest in the Licensed Patent Rights, Broad has negotiated this Agreement on behalf of each of Broad, DCFI and MGH, and DFCI and MGH have authorized Broad to enter into this Agreement on their behalf with respect to such Licensed Patent Rights;

 

WHEREAS , Company is interested in developing and commercializing one or more oncology therapeutics that are covered by the Licensed Patent Rights;

 

WHEREAS , Company wishes to obtain certain licenses under the Licensed Patent Rights to develop and commercialize Licensed Products;

 

WHEREAS , Institutions desire to have Licensed Products developed and commercialized to benefit the public and are willing to grant licenses hereunder; and

 

WHEREAS , Company has represented to Broad, in order to induce Broad to enter into this Agreement, that Company shall commit itself to the development and commercialization of Licensed Products, as set forth herein, so that public utilization shall result therefrom;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS.

 

Whenever used in this Agreement with an initial capital letter, the terms defined in this Article 1 , whether used in the singular or the plural, shall have the meanings specified below.

 

1.1                                Abandoned Patent Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.1 .

 

1.2                                Achieved Milestone ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.1.1 .

 

1.3                                Additional Family 3 Licensee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 .

 

1.4                                Additional National Stage Filings ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.4 .

 

1.5                                Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition only, “control” and, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management or policies of an organization or entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract relating to voting rights or corporate governance, or otherwise.  Without limiting the foregoing, control shall be presumed to exist when a Person (a) owns or directly controls more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities or other ownership interest of another Person or (b) possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to elect or appoint more than fifty percent (50%) of the members of the governing body of the other Person.

 

1.6                                Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

1.7                                “Arbitration Dispute” means a dispute by the Broad under Section 4.4.2 regarding Company’s credit of amounts actually paid by Company to a Third Party against the Royalties due to Broad for Licensed Products or under Section 4.5 of the relative value to be attributed to a Sublicense of the Licensed Patent Rights as part of an overall sublicense agreement.

 

1.8                                “Arbitrators” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7.2 .

 

1.9                                Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, any of the following:

 

(a)                                  such Person shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing;

 

(b)                                  an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against such Person seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of

 

2



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of ninety (90) days; or

 

(c)                                   an order for relief shall be entered against such Person under the federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect; or a receiver or trustee shall be appointed with respect to such Person or all or substantially all of the assets of such Person.

 

1.10                         Broad ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

1.11                         Broad Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.1 .

 

1.12                         Broad Response Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 .

 

1.13                         Calendar Quarter ” means each of the periods of three (3) consecutive calendar months ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 during the Term; provided that, the first Calendar Quarter of the Term shall begin on the Effective Date and end on the first to occur of March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 thereafter and the last Calendar Quarter of the Term shall end on the last day of the Term.

 

1.14                         Calendar Year ” means each successive period of twelve (12) months commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31; provided that, the first Calendar Year of the Term shall begin on the Effective Date and end on the first December 31 thereafter and the last Calendar Year of the Term shall end on the last day of the Term.

 

1.15                         Challenging Party ” means any Person that brings, assumes or participates in, or that knowingly or willfully assists in bringing, a Patent Challenge.

 

1.16                         Change of Control ” means, with respect to Company, (a) a merger or consolidation of Company with a third party which results in the voting securities of Company outstanding immediately prior thereto ceasing to represent at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the surviving entity immediately after such merger or consolidation, (b) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a third party, together with its Affiliates, becomes the owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of Company’s outstanding securities other than through issuances by Company of securities of Company in a bona fide financing transaction or series of related bona fide financing transactions, or (c) the sale or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of Company’s assets or business to which this Agreement relates.

 

1.17                         Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.1 .

 

1.18                         Combination Product ” means (a) a product containing a Licensed Product together with one or more active ingredients not Covered by the Licensed Patent Rights, whether co-formulated or co-packaged, or (b) a Licensed Product sold in combination with one or more other products or services not Covered by the Licensed Patent Rights for a single invoice price (such other active ingredients described in clause (a) and such other products or services described in this clause (b), “ Other Components ”).

 

1.19                         Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

3



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

1.20                         Company Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.1 .

 

1.21                         Company Exclusive License ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1 .

 

1.22                         Company Non-Exclusive License ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.3 .

 

1.23                         Company Patent Rights ” mean any Patent Rights that are Controlled by Company or any of its Affiliates (such that Company or its Affiliate may grant access, a license or sublicense thereto) other than the Licensed Patent Rights.

 

1.24                         Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.1 .

 

1.25                         Control ” means, as to any Know-How, Patent Right or other intellectual property right, the possession (whether by ownership or license, other than by a license granted pursuant to this Agreement) by a Party or its Affiliates of the ability to grant to the other Party access, ownership, a license or a sublicense as required herein to such Know-How or Patent Right, without (a) violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party in existence as of the time such Party or its Affiliates would be required hereunder to grant the other Party such access, ownership, license or sublicense, and (b) violating any law or regulation. Cognates of the word “Control” have their correlative meanings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Broad shall not be deemed to Control any Know-How, Patent Right or other intellectual property right that Broad licenses from a Third Party if (a) Broad would be required to make any payment in connection with the grant of, or Company’s exercise of rights under, such Know-How, Patent Right or other intellectual property right hereunder and (b) Company does not agree in writing to make any such payment to such Third Party on behalf of Broad.

 

1.26                         Covered ” means, with respect to a given product, process, method or service, that a Valid Claim would (absent a license thereunder or ownership thereof) be infringed by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, importation or other exploitation of such product, process, method or service.  With respect to a claim of a pending patent application, “infringed” refers to activity that would infringe or be covered by such Valid Claim if it were contained in an issued patent.  Cognates of the word “Covered” shall have correlative meanings.

 

1.27                         Deprioritization ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 .

 

1.28                         Developing Country ” means any country identified as a Low-income or Lower-middle-income economy in the World Bank “Country and Lending Groups” classification, excluding China, India and Brazil.

 

1.29                         Development Milestones ” means, with respect to a given Licensed Product, the diligence milestones for the development and commercialization of such Licensed Product, as set forth in the Development Plan.

 

1.30                         Development Plan ” means the plan for the development and commercialization of Licensed Products attached hereto as Exhibit C , as such plan may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 3.2 .

 

4



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

1.31                         DFCI ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

1.32                         Direct License ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.1.2 .

 

1.33                         Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7.1 .

 

1.34                         Distinct ” means, with respect to a product, that such product (a) requires its own IND and Pivotal Trial when compared to another product and (b) differs from such other product on a basis other than (i) the method for producing or manufacturing such product, (ii) the adjuvant used in or with such product, (iii) the method or technology for delivery of such product or its components, or (iv) a reduction in the number of active components in such product compared to the number of active components in such other product if all active components in such product are selected from the set of active components in such other product.

 

1.35                         Distinct IP Asset Family 1 Products ” means two (2) IP Asset Family 1 Products, each of which are Distinct from one another.

 

1.36                         Distinct IP Asset Family 2 Products ” means two (2) IP Asset Family 2 Products, each of which are Distinct from one another.

 

1.37                         Distinct IP Asset Family Product ” means either a Distinct IP Asset Family 1 Product or a Distinct IP Asset Family 2 Product, as the context requires.

 

1.38                         Documentation and Approvals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.3.2 .

 

1.39                         Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

1.40                         EOS ” means, with respect to a clinical study, the end of such study, as marked by the last dosing of the last subject for the purposes of final collection of data for a primary endpoint under the protocol for such study.  For clarity, “dosing” shall not include any dosing related to extensions for compassionate use, expanded access or similar extensions.

 

1.41                         Executive Officers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7.1 .

 

1.42                         Exploit ” or “ Exploitation ” means to research, develop, make, have made, use, have used, sell, offer for sale, have sold, modify, enhance, improve, import, export or commercialize.

 

1.43                         Extension Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 .

 

1.44                         FDA ” means the United States Food and Drug Administration and any successor agency(ies) or authority having substantially the same function.

 

1.45                         Field ” means the diagnosis, prognosis, prevention or treatment of human disease.

 

1.46                         First Commercial Sale ” means the date of the first sale by Company, its Affiliate or a Sublicensee of a Licensed Product to a Third Party following receipt of Regulatory

 

5



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Approval (including pricing or reimbursement approvals where legally required for commercial sale) in the country in which such Licensed Product is sold; provided , however , that any exclusion from the definition of “Net Sales” under Section 1.87.1 (including any sale or other distribution for use in a clinical study, charitable purposes or compassionate use or similar limited purposes) shall not qualify as a “sale” hereunder.

 

1.47                         [***]

 

1.48                         FPD ” means, with respect to a clinical study, the first patient dosed in such clinical study.

 

1.49                         FTE ” means [***] hours of work devoted to or in direct support of marketing and sales of Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory that is carried out by one or more qualified Sublicensees of Company or its Affiliates.

 

1.50                         FTE Cost ” means, for any period, the FTE Rate multiplied by the number of FTEs in such period.

 

1.51                         FTE Rate ” means a rate of $[***] per FTE per Calendar Year, as increased as of January 1 of each Calendar Year to account for any increase, but not decrease, in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) since January 1 of the prior Calendar Year.

 

1.52                         IND ” means an FDA Investigational New Drug application, or equivalent application or submission for approval to conduct human clinical investigations filed with or submitted to a Regulatory Authority in conformance with the requirements of such Regulatory Authority.

 

1.53                         Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.1 .

 

1.54                         Indemnitor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.1 .

 

1.55                         Ineligible Sublicensees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.1.2 .

 

1.56                         Infringement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 .

 

1.57                         Initiation ” means, with respect to a clinical study, the FPD for such clinical study. Cognates of the word “Initiation” shall have correlative meanings.

 

1.58                         Institution ” or “ Institutions ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

1.59                         Institution Equity ” shall mean 900,000 shares of common stock of Company.

 

1.60                         Institution Names ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2 .

 

1.61                         Invoicing Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.87 .

 

1.62                         IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights ” means the Licensed Patent Rights listed in Section 1 of the attached Exhibit A .

 

6



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

1.63                         IP Asset Family 1 Product ” means [***].

 

1.64                         [***]

 

1.65                         IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights ” means the Licensed Patent Rights listed in Section 2 of the attached Exhibit A .

 

1.66                         IP Asset Family 2 Product ” means, [***].

 

1.67                         IP Asset Family 3 License ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2 .

 

1.68                         IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights ” means the Licensed Patent Rights listed in Section 3 of the attached Exhibit A .

 

1.69                         IP Asset Family 3 Product ” means [***].

 

1.70                         Know-How ” means any and all commercial, technical, scientific and other know-how and information, knowledge, technology, methods, processes, practices, formulae, instructions, skills, techniques, procedures, experiences, ideas, technical assistance, designs, drawings, assembly procedures, specifications, data and results (including biological, chemical, pharmacological, toxicological, pharmaceutical, physical and analytical, pre-clinical, clinical, safety, manufacturing and quality control data and know-how, including study designs and protocols), in all cases, whether or not confidential, proprietary, patentable, in written, electronic or any other form. Know-How shall exclude Patent Rights.

 

1.71                         Lack of Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 .

 

1.72                         License Fees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.1 .

 

1.73                         Licensed Know-How ” means all Know-How Controlled by Broad regarding the research and development of Neoantigen Vaccine Products which has been disclosed by [***] pursuant to confidential communications prior to the Effective Date under the NDA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensed Know-How excludes [***].

 

1.74                         Licensed Neoantigen Vaccine Product ” means a Neoantigen Vaccine Product that is an IP Asset Family 1 Product or IP Asset Family 2 Product.

 

1.75                         Licensed NeoVax Product ” means a NeoVax Product that is an IP Asset Family 1 Product or IP Asset Family 2 Product.

 

1.76                         Licensed Patent Rights ” means the patents and patent applications set forth on Exhibit A and any and all (a) substitutions, divisionals, renewals, continuations or continuations-in-part (only to the extent of claims that are entitled to the priority date of and directed specifically to the subject matter claimed in the parent application); (b) patents of addition, restorations, extensions, supplementary protection certificates, registration or confirmation patents, patents resulting from post-grant proceedings, re-issues and re-examinations; (c) other patents or patent applications claiming and entitled to claim priority to (i) any patent or patent application set forth on Exhibit A or specified in (a) or (b), or (ii) any patent or patent application

 

7


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

from which a patent or patent application set forth on Exhibit A or specified in (a) or (b) claims and is entitled to claim priority; (d) all rights of priority attendant to any of the patents and patent applications listed in (a) through (c); and (e) in each case of (a) through (c), including all counterparts and foreign equivalents thereof filed in any country in the world.

 

1.77                         Licensed Products ” means any diagnostic, prognostic, preventative or therapeutic product, including any Neoantigen Vaccine Product, the manufacture, use, sale, practice, performance, importation, exportation, commercialization or other exploitation of which, in a given country in the Territory, is Covered by at least one Valid Claim of the Licensed Patent Rights in such country.

 

1.78                         List of Countries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.4 .

 

1.79                         Litigation Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.3 .

 

1.80                         MGH ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

1.81                         Milestone Event ” means any milestone event indicated in Section 4.3.1 or Section 4.3.2 .

 

1.82                         Milestone Payment ” means any milestone payment indicated in Section 4.3.1 or Section 4.3.2 corresponding to any Milestone Event.

 

1.83                         NDA ” means that certain Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement dated October 25, 2013, entered into by and between Broad and Third Rock Ventures, LLC.

 

1.84                         Negotiation Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7 .

 

1.85                         Neoantigen Vaccine Product ” means a therapeutic vaccine product as more fully described on Schedule 1.85 .

 

1.86                         NeoVax Product ” means the Neoantigen Vaccine Product more fully described on Schedule 1.86 .

 

1.87                         Net Sales ” means the gross amount billed or invoiced by or on behalf of Company, its Affiliates and their Sublicensees and the Sublicensees’ Affiliates (in each case, the “ Invoicing Entity ”) or if not billed or invoiced the gross amount received by the Invoicing Entity, on sales, leases, uses or other transfers of Licensed Products, less the following to the extent applicable with respect to such sales, leases, uses or other transfers and not previously deducted from the gross invoice price:  (a) customary trade, quantity or cash discounts to the extent actually allowed and taken; (b) amounts actually repaid or credited by reason of rejection, return or recall of any previously sold, leased, used or otherwise transferred Licensed Products; (c) rebates, chargebacks and retroactive price adjustments granted or given; (d) allowances for non-collectible receivables; (e) customer freight charges that are paid by or on behalf of the Invoicing Entity; (f) to the extent separately stated on purchase orders, invoices or other documents of sale, any sales, value added or similar taxes, custom duties or other similar governmental charges levied directly on the production, sale, transportation, delivery or use of a Licensed Product that are paid by or on behalf of the Invoicing Entity, but not including any tax

 

8



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

levied with respect to income and (g) fees that are imposed pursuant to the Affordable Care Act that are payable on net sales of products; provided that:

 

1.87.1               Net Sales shall not include (a) sales or other transfers of any Licensed Product used for clinical studies or other research, or (b) donations for charity or compassionate use for which an Invoicing Entity does not receive consideration;

 

1.87.2               in any transfers of Licensed Products between an Invoicing Entity and an Affiliate or Sublicensee of such Invoicing Entity not for the purpose of resale by such Affiliate or Sublicensee, Net Sales shall be equal to the fair market value of the Licensed Products so transferred, assuming an arm’s length transaction made in the ordinary course of business;

 

1.87.3               in the event that (a) an Invoicing Entity receives non-cash consideration for any Licensed Products, (b) an Invoicing Entity sells Licensed Products in a transaction not at arm’s length with a non-Affiliate of an Invoicing Entity, or (c) any Licensed Product is sold by an Invoicing Entity at a discounted price that is substantially lower than the customary prices charged by such Invoicing Entity, Net Sales shall be calculated based on the fair market value of such consideration or transaction, assuming an arm’s length transaction made in the ordinary course of business, provided that, if a Licensed Product is sold under circumstances in which the discounted price is the result of market forces and not a quid pro quo for value other than the monetary consideration charged in such sale of Licensed Product, such discounted price shall be deemed to be a customary price;

 

1.87.4               with respect to any provision hereof requiring a calculation of fair market value, assuming an arm’s length transaction made in the ordinary course of business, Invoicing Entity may use the average price of the relevant Licensed Product sold for cash during the relevant period in the relevant country; and

 

1.87.5               sales of Licensed Products by an Invoicing Entity to its Affiliate or Sublicensee or to an Affiliate of a Sublicensee for resale by such Affiliate, Sublicensee or Affiliate of a Sublicensee shall not be deemed Net Sales.  Instead, Net Sales shall be determined based on the gross amount billed or invoiced by such Affiliate, Sublicensee or Affiliate of a Sublicensee upon resale of such Licensed Products to any third party that is not an Affiliate, Sublicensee or Affiliate of a Sublicensee of the Invoicing Entity.

 

1.87.6               With respect to sales of any Combination Product in a country, the Parties shall determine Net Sales for such Combination Product in such country by mutual agreement based on the relative contribution of the Licensed Product and the Other Components in the Combination Product.

 

1.88                         Notice of Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7 .

 

1.89                         Notice Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7 .

 

1.90                         Operating Agreement ” means that certain Operating Agreement by and among Broad, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and President and Fellows of Harvard College, dated July 1, 2009, as amended.

 

9



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

1.91                         Other Components ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.18 .

 

1.92                         Party ” and “ Parties ” have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

1.93                         Past Patent Costs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 .

 

1.94                         Patent Challenge ” means any direct or indirect dispute or challenge, or any knowing or willful assistance in the dispute or challenge, of the validity, patentability, scope, priority, construction, non-infringement, inventorship, ownership or enforceability of any Licensed Patent Right or any claim thereof, or opposition or assistance in the opposition of the grant of any letters patent within the Licensed Patent Rights, in any legal or administrative proceedings, including in a court of law, before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or other agency or tribunal in any jurisdiction, or in arbitration including, without limitation, by reexamination, inter partes review, opposition, interference, post-grant review, nullity proceeding, preissuance submission, third party submission, derivation proceeding or declaratory judgment action; provided , however , that the term Patent Challenge shall not include Company or its Affiliates being named as an essential party or real party in interest in any patent interference proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, so long as Company either abstains from participation in, or acts in good faith to settle, the interference. For clarity, a Patent Challenge shall not include arguments made by Company that (a) distinguish the inventions claimed in Company Patent Rights from those claimed in the Licensed Patent Rights and (b) do not disparage the Licensed Patent Rights or raise any issue of Licensed Patent Rights’ compliance with or sufficiency under applicable patent laws, regulations or administrative rules, in each case, (i) in the ordinary course of ex parte prosecution of the Company Patent Rights or (ii) in inter partes proceedings before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or other agency or tribunal in any jurisdiction (excluding interferences or derivation proceedings), or in arbitration, wherein the Company Patent Rights have been challenged.  For further clarity, satisfaction of any requirement to submit information or materials to the United States Patent Office under 37 CFR 1.56, or similar requirement in a foreign jurisdiction, shall not constitute a Patent Challenge under this section.

 

1.95                         Patent Costs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 .

 

1.96                         Patent Rights ” means patents and patent applications and any and all (a) substitutions, divisionals, renewals, continuations or continuations-in-part (only to the extent of claims that are entitled to the priority date of and directed specifically to the subject matter claimed in the parent application); (b) patents of addition, restorations, extensions, supplementary protection certificates, registration or confirmation patents, patents resulting from post-grant proceedings, re-issues and re-examinations; (c) other patents or patent applications claiming and entitled to claim priority to (i) any patent or patent application specified in (a) or (b), or (ii) any patent or patent application from which a patent or patent application specified in (a) or (b) claims and is entitled to claim priority; (d) all rights of priority attendant to any of the patents and patent applications listed in (a) through (c); and (e) in each case of (a) through (c), including all counterparts and foreign equivalents thereof filed in any country in the world.

 

1.97                         PCT ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7 .

 

10



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

1.98                         Person ” means an individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other similar entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision, department or agency of a government.

 

1.99                         Phase I Clinical Study ” means, as to a specific Licensed Product, a study of such product in humans designed to satisfy the requirements of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(a), as amended from time to time, or the corresponding regulation in jurisdictions other than the United States.

 

1.100                  Phase II Clinical Study ” means, as to a specific Licensed Product, (a) a preliminary efficacy and safety human clinical study in any country conducted to evaluate such product for a particular indication or indications in patients with the disease or condition under study, where at least one of the primary endpoints of such study is an efficacy endpoint, or (b) any human clinical study that satisfies the requirements of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(b), as amended from time to time, or the corresponding regulation in jurisdictions other than the United States.

 

1.101                  Phase III Clinical Study ” means, as to a specific Licensed Product, (a) a human clinical study in any country, whether controlled or uncontrolled, that is performed to obtain Regulatory Approval of such Licensed Product after preliminary evidence suggesting its effectiveness under evaluation has been obtained, and intended to confirm with statistical significance the efficacy and safety of such Licensed Product, to evaluate its overall benefit-risk relationship and to provide an adequate basis for physician labeling, or (b) a human clinical study that satisfies the requirements of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(c), as amended from time to time, or the corresponding regulation in jurisdictions other than the United States.

 

1.102                  Pivotal Trial ” means, as to a specific Licensed Product, the first of either a Phase II Clinical Study or Phase III Clinical Study that is intended to be sufficient for obtaining Regulatory Approval for such Licensed Product in any jurisdiction.

 

1.103                  Proprietary Software ” means the software programs licensed by Broad to Company pursuant to the Software License.

 

1.104                  Prosecution ” or “ Prosecute ” means the preparation, filing, prosecution, issuance and maintenance of Patent Rights, including continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, extensions, reexaminations, inter partes review, reissues, supplemental examinations, appeals, interferences, derivation proceedings, oppositions, all other proceedings before the United States Patent and Trademark Office (including the Patent Trial and Appeal Board) and foreign patent offices, and any judicial or other appeals of the foregoing.  Cognates of the word “Prosecution” have their correlative meanings.

 

1.105                  Record Retention Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 .

 

1.106                  Regulatory Approval ” means those clearances or approvals (including pricing or reimbursement approvals, as applicable) of a Regulatory Authority, with respect to any jurisdiction, that are legally required for the sale of Licensed Products in such jurisdiction.

 

11



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

1.107                  Regulatory Authority ” means any applicable government regulatory authority involved in granting clearances or approvals for the manufacturing or marketing of a Licensed Product, including, in the United States, the FDA.

 

1.108                  Replacement Product ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.6 .

 

1.109                  Restricted Stock Agreement ” means a Restricted Stock Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , entered into by and between Company and an Institution in connection with the issuance of equity securities by Company under Section 4.6 , and “ Restricted Stock Agreements ” means all of the Restricted Stock Agreements entered into by and between Company and Institutions in connection with the issuance of equity securities by Company under Section 4.6 .

 

1.110                  Royalties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.1 .

 

1.111                  Royalty Term ” means, on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis, the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the later of:  (a) the expiration of the last Valid Claim within the Licensed Patent Rights Covering the Licensed Product or (b) the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the date of the First Commercial Sale of the Licensed Product.

 

1.112                  Skipped Milestone ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.1.1 .

 

1.113                  Software License ” means that the software license attached hereto as Exhibit B , entered into by and between Company and Broad in accordance with Section 2.8 .

 

1.114                  Sublicense ” means an agreement in which Company (a) grants or otherwise transfers any of the rights licensed to Company hereunder or rights that are relevant to Exploiting Licensed Products, (b) agrees not to assert such rights or to sue, prevent or seek a legal remedy for the practice of same, or (c) is under an obligation to grant, assign or transfer any such rights or non-assertion, or to forebear from granting or transferring such rights to any other entity, including by means of an option.  Agreements expressly considered Sublicenses include licenses, option agreements, “lock up” agreements, right of first refusal agreements, non-assertion agreements, covenants not to sue, distribution agreements that grant or otherwise transfer any rights licensed to Company hereunder, or similar agreements.  Excluded from this definition of “Sublicense” are (a) a sublicense to an Affiliate of Company under Section 2.3 and (b) an assignment of this Agreement in compliance with Section 11.14 . For the avoidance of doubt, if a Sublicense is entered into pursuant to an option or similar agreement that is also a Sublicense, then the date of execution of the Sublicense shall be the execution date of the Sublicense that is an option or similar agreement, not the date of the exercise of the option or similar agreement.

 

1.115                  Sublicense Income ” means all consideration received by Company or its Affiliates from a Sublicensee in consideration of the grant of a Sublicense of the rights granted to Company under Section 2.1 hereunder.  Sublicense Income shall include any license fees, milestone or option payments, license maintenance fees and other payments.  Sublicense Income shall specifically exclude: (i) royalties on net sales of Licensed Products, (ii) future research support payments, (iii) the fair market value of amounts received as payment of equity or debt securities of Company, (iv) reimbursement for patent expenses at their out-of-pocket costs, (v) manufacturing costs, and (vi) FTE Costs.  In the event that non-cash consideration is received as

 

12



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Sublicense Income, Sublicense Income shall be calculated based on the fair market value of such non-cash consideration at the time of the transaction.

 

1.116                  Sublicensee ” means any Third Party to whom Company has granted a Sublicense.

 

1.117                  Suit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.8 .

 

1.118                  Temporary Extension ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.1.2 .

 

1.119                  Term ” means the term of this Agreement as set forth in Section 10.1 .

 

1.120                  Territory ” means worldwide.

 

1.121                  Third Party ” means any Person that is not (a) Broad, (b) Company or (c) an Affiliate of Company.

 

1.122                  Valid Claim ” means: (a) a claim of an issued and unexpired patent within the Licensed Patent Rights that has not been (i) held permanently revoked, unenforceable, unpatentable or invalid by a decision of a court or governmental body of competent jurisdiction, unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, (ii) disclaimed or rendered unenforceable through disclaimer or otherwise, or (iii) abandoned, or (b) a pending claim of a pending patent application within the Licensed Patent Rights, which claim has not been pending for more than [***] years from the first substantive office action with respect to the pending claim and has not been abandoned or finally rejected without the possibility of appeal or refiling or without such appeal having been taken or refiling having been made within the applicable time periods. The invalidity of a particular claim in one or more countries shall not invalidate such claim in any remaining countries.  For the avoidance of doubt, a pending claim of a patent application filed pursuant to the Patent Cooperation Treaty shall be considered pending in all designated jurisdictions.

 

2.                                       LICENSE.

 

2.1                                License Grants

 

2.1.1                      Exclusive Patent License Grant .  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Broad hereby grants, on behalf of itself and each Institution, to Company an exclusive, royalty-bearing license, with the right to grant sublicenses in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 2.5 , under each Institution’s respective interest in the IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights and the IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights, to Exploit Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory during the Term (the “ Company Exclusive License ”).

 

2.1.2                      Non-Exclusive Patent License Grant .  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Broad hereby grants, on behalf of itself and each Institution, to Company a non-exclusive, royalty-bearing license, with the right to grant sublicenses in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 2.5 , under each Institution’s respective interest in the IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights, to Exploit Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory during the Term (the “ IP Asset Family 3 License ”).

 

13



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

2.1.3                      Non-Exclusive Know-How License Grant .  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Broad hereby grants, on behalf of itself and each Institution, to Company a non- exclusive, fully paid up, royalty-free license, with the right to grant sublicenses in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 2.5 , under each Institution’s respective interest in the Licensed Know-How, to Exploit any diagnostic, prognostic, preventative or therapeutic product in the Field in the Territory during the Term (the “ Company Non-Exclusive License ”).

 

2.2                                Reservation of Rights . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary:

 

2.2.1                      Government Rights .  Any and all licenses and other rights granted under this Agreement are limited by and subject to any rights of the United States government and any obligations of the Institutions under 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212 and 37 CFR Part 401 et seq.; any right granted in this Agreement greater than that permitted under 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212 and 37 CFR Part 401 et seq. shall be subject to modification as may be required to conform to the provisions of those statutes and regulations.

 

2.2.2                      Research Reservation .  In addition to the reservation of rights under Section 2.2.1 , the Company Exclusive License is subject to Broad’s reservation of the right, for itself and other academic, government and non-profit research institutions, to make, use and practice the Licensed Patent Rights for research, teaching, or educational purposes, both in the laboratory and clinical setting.

 

2.3                                Affiliates. The licenses granted to Company under Section 2.1 include the right to have some or all of Company’s rights or obligations under this Agreement exercised or performed by one or more of Company’s Affiliates through a written sublicense between Company and such Affiliate(s) pursuant to this Section 2.3 ; provided , however , that (a) Company shall notify Broad in writing in advance of any Affiliate exercising or performing any of Company’s rights or obligations under this Agreement; (b) prior to any Affiliate exercising or performing any of Company’s rights or obligations under this Agreement, such Affiliate shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if it were Company hereunder, including specific acknowledgment that Broad is an intended third party beneficiary of the provisions of such agreement and the sublicense to the extent such provisions relate to the sublicensing of rights under this Agreement, and such written agreement shall include the requirements and limitations described in clauses (c) and (d) of this Section 2.3 ; (c) Company shall require such Affiliate to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Indemnitees and to carry insurance under the same terms as are set forth in Article 9 of this Agreement; (d) no such Affiliate shall be entitled to grant, directly or indirectly, to any Person any right of whatever nature under, or with respect to, or permitting any use or exploitation of Licensed Patent Rights or Licensed Know-How; (e) any act or omission by an Affiliate of Company shall be deemed an act or omission by Company hereunder, and Company shall be responsible for each of its Affiliates complying with all obligations of Company under this Agreement (including without limitation all restrictions placed on Company herein); and (f) any assumption of rights or obligations by Affiliates of Company under this Agreement shall not relieve Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

2.4                                Right to Subcontract . If Company desires to exercise any of the rights or obligations that Company may have under this Agreement by subcontracting the exercise or

 

14



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

performance of all or any portion of such rights and obligations on Company’s behalf, Company shall be entitled to do so, provided that (a) such contract service providers obtain no rights in or to Licensed Patent Rights or Licensed Know-How; (b) any subcontract granted or entered into by Company as contemplated by this Section 2.4 of the exercise or performance of all or any portion of the rights or obligations that Company may have under this Agreement shall not relieve Company from any of its obligations under this Agreement; (c) any act or omission by a subcontractor of Company shall be deemed an act or omission of Company hereunder; and (d) Company shall be responsible for each of its subcontractors complying with all obligations of Company under this Agreement (including without limitation all restrictions placed on Company herein).

 

2.5                                Sublicenses

 

2.5.1                      Sublicense Rights .  Company shall be entitled to sublicense through multiple tiers the rights granted to it under Section 2.1 [***].

 

2.5.2                      Sublicense Agreements .  Company shall ensure that any Sublicense shall be on terms and conditions in compliance with and not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.  Company shall furnish Broad with a fully-executed copy of any Sublicense promptly after execution of such Sublicense; provided that, Company may redact from such copy confidential terms of such Sublicense that relate to the technical characteristics of any product or service or otherwise are not necessary for Broad to monitor compliance by Company or such Sublicense with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  For clarity, Broad shall use any such copies of Sublicenses solely for the purpose of monitoring Company’s and Sublicensees’ compliance with their obligations and enforcing Broad’s rights under this Agreement in relation thereto.  Any Sublicense shall require a written agreement, which shall be subject and subordinate to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and shall contain terms sufficient to enable Company to comply with this Agreement, including the following:

 

2.5.2.1                        a requirement that Sublicensee indemnify, defend and hold harmless Indemnitees, and carry insurance, under the same terms as are set forth in Article 9 of this Agreement;

 

2.5.2.2                        a statement that Broad is an intended third party beneficiary of such Sublicense for the purpose of enforcing all patent challenge, indemnification and insurance provisions of such Sublicense and enforcing the right to terminate such Sublicense for breach of such provisions;

 

2.5.2.3                        a provision stating that in the event Sublicensee directly or indirectly brings, assumes, or participates in, or knowingly, willfully or recklessly assists in bringing, a Patent Challenge then Company shall be entitled to terminate the Sublicense;

 

2.5.2.4                        a provision specifying that, in the event of termination of the licenses set forth in Section 2.1 in whole or in part (e.g., as to one license or the other, or as to termination in a particular country), any existing Sublicense agreement shall terminate to the same extent of such terminated license, subject to Sublicensee’s right to receive a Direct License from Broad in accordance with Section 10.3.1.2 hereof;

 

15



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

2.5.2.5                        a provision specifying that Sublicensee may only sublicense its rights under such Sublicense agreement through [***] (other than to Affiliates of the Sublicensee and other than may be agreed in writing by Broad) and that such sub-sublicenses are subject to all restrictions on the granting of Sublicenses herein;

 

2.5.2.6                        a provision requiring Sublicensee to comply with Section 8.1 and Section 11.2 of this Agreement; and

 

2.5.2.7                        a provision prohibiting the Sublicensee from assigning the Sublicense agreement without the prior written consent of Broad, except that Sublicensee may assign the Sublicense agreement without such prior written consent to the same extent Company may assign this Agreement under Section 11.14 .

 

2.5.3                      Company Liability .  Notwithstanding any Sublicense, Company shall remain primarily liable to Broad for all of Company’s duties and obligations contained in this Agreement, and any act or omission of a Sublicensee which would be a breach of this Agreement if performed by Company shall be deemed to be a breach by Company of this Agreement.

 

2.5.4                      Termination .  Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Broad or provided in Section 10.3.1.2 , all Sublicenses shall automatically terminate effective upon termination of this Agreement.

 

2.6                                [***].

 

2.7                                Notice and Good Faith Negotiation . Broad agrees that it will promptly notify Company in writing after filing any provisional, utility or Patent Cooperation Treaty (“ PCT ”) patent application for a [***].  Where such filing is a utility or PCT filing, Broad agrees to provide a copy of such filing with the notice.  With respect to any [***], Company shall have [***] days after receipt of such notice (the “ Notice Period ”) to notify Broad in writing of its interest in receiving an exclusive license to such [***] (the “ Notice of Interest ”).  If Company delivers to Broad a Notice of Interest within the Notice Period, then Broad shall not grant any rights to a Third Party with respect to such [***] for the period ending [***] days after the date of the Notice of Interest (which period may be extended by mutual agreement of Company and Broad) in order to provide Company with an opportunity to negotiate a mutually acceptable exclusive license agreement with respect to such [***] (the “ Negotiation Period ”).  If (a) Company does not deliver to Broad a Notice of Interest within the Notice Period for any [***], or (b) the Parties fail to reach agreement on and execute a definitive agreement within the Negotiation Period for such [***], then Broad may grant rights to a Third Party with respect to such [***] (i) after expiration of the Notice Period, in the case of clause (a) or (ii) after expiration of the Negotiation Period, in the case of clause (b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any rights granted under this Section 2.7 shall be subject to the conflict of interest rules of Broad, as such rules exist as of the date of delivery of the Notice of Interest.  For clarity, Broad shall have no obligations under this Section 2.7 with respect to any [***] that is not [***], other than to notify Company of such [***] in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 2.7 .

 

16



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

2.8                                Software License . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Parties have entered into the Software License attached hereto as Exhibit B , which Software License shall govern the license by Broad to Company of the Proprietary Software.

 

2.9                                No Other Grant of Rights. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to confer any ownership interest, license or other rights upon Company or its Affiliates or Sublicensees by implication, estoppel or otherwise as to any technology, intellectual property, products or biological materials of Broad or any other entity, regardless of whether such technology, intellectual property, products or biological materials are dominant, subordinate or otherwise related to any Licensed Patent Rights.

 

3.                                       DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION.

 

3.1                                Diligence; Development Milestones. Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts and shall cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees to use commercially reasonable efforts: (a) to research and develop at least one IP Asset Family 1 Product or IP Asset Family 2 Product within the Field; (b) to introduce at least one IP Asset Family 1 Product or IP Asset Family 2 Product within the Field into the commercial market; and (c) to market at least one IP Asset Family 1 Product or IP Asset Family 2 Product within the Field following such introduction into the market and to make such IP Asset Family 1 Product or IP Asset Family 2 Product reasonably available to the public.  In addition, Company, by itself or through its Affiliates or Sublicensees, shall achieve each of the Development Milestones within the time periods specified in the Development Plan attached hereto as Exhibit C , subject to the adjustment mechanism set forth in Section 3.4 .

 

3.2                                Development Plan; Adjustments. The initial Development Plan for the development and commercialization of Licensed Products, including the Development Milestones and the time periods for their achievement, is attached hereto as Exhibit C .  Company shall be entitled, from time to time, to make such commercially reasonable adjustments to the Development Plan as Company believes, in its good faith judgment, are necessary in order to meet the Development Milestones, provided that Company shall not be entitled to make any adjustments to the Development Milestones except as expressly set forth in Section 3.4 .

 

3.3                                Diligence Reporting. Within [***] days after the end of each Calendar Year, Company shall furnish Broad with a written report summarizing its, its Affiliates’ and its Sublicensees’ efforts during the prior Calendar Year to Exploit Licensed Products within the Field, including a summary of: (a) research and development activities, including information regarding specific Licensed Products in development and their therapeutic applications; (b) status of applications for Regulatory Approvals; and (c) commercialization efforts.  The report shall also include a summary of intended efforts for the then current Calendar Year.  The report shall be written in sufficient detail for Broad to assess whether Company is in compliance with its obligations under Section 3.1 .  Together with each report provided under this Section 3.3 Company shall provide Broad with a copy of the then-current Development Plan which shall include sufficient detail to enable Broad to assess which Licensed Products, if any, are in development and the status of any such development.

 

17


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

3.4                                Adjustment of Development Milestones; Diligence Breach . Broad acknowledges and agrees that the technical and regulatory paths for Exploiting Neoantigen Vaccine Products are high risk and unknown and therefore it is in the best interests of the Parties to provide for adjustment to the Development Milestones on account of circumstances generally outside the direct control of Company.  If Company is making commercially reasonable efforts in accordance with Section 3.1 and believes that, despite such commercially reasonable efforts, it will not achieve a Development Milestone by the applicable deadline, it may notify Broad in writing at least [***] days in advance of such deadline of Company’s request to extend or amend such Development Milestone (each, an “ Extension Request ”).  Company shall include in such Extension Request (a) a reasonably detailed written summary of its research and development efforts with respect to IP Asset Family 1 Products and IP Asset Family 2 Products within the Field through the date of such Extension Request, (b) a reasonable explanation for the anticipated delay in achieving or failure to achieve a Development Milestone and (c) a reasonably detailed written plan for achieving a reasonably extended or amended Development Milestone (and all subsequent Development Milestones).  If Company’s reasons for such delay or failure are not (i) Company’s inability to obtain for a continuous period lasting at least [***] months sufficient financing to achieve such Development Milestone (“ Lack of Financing ”) nor (ii) Company’s prioritization of programs that do not involve Licensed Neoantigen Vaccine Products ahead of programs that involve Licensed Neoantigen Vaccine Products (as evidenced by Company’s material diminution of resources devoted to Licensed Neoantigen Vaccine Product programs in preference to the devotion of such resources to programs that do not involve Licensed Neoantigen Vaccine Products) (“ Deprioritization ”), and if the proposed extended Development Milestones are commercially reasonable, Exhibit C shall be deemed amended effective [***] days after the date of the Extension Request to reflect the extended or amended Development Milestones as set forth in such Extension Request.  For clarity, Company shall not be entitled to an extension of any Development Milestone and Exhibit C shall not be deemed amended as a result of any Extension Request if Lack of Financing or Deprioritization have caused the delay or failure in connection with which such Extension Request is made or if the proposed extended Development Milestones are not commercially reasonable. Upon the request of Broad within [***] days following receipt of any Extension Request, Company shall (A) meet with Broad to discuss the content of such Extension Request and (B) provide Broad with such additional information as Broad may reasonably request relating to Company’s research and development efforts with respect to IP Asset Family 1 Products and IP Asset Family 2 Products within the Field and/or to substantiate that Lack of Financing and Deprioritization have not occurred and/or to demonstrate that the proposed extended Development Milestones are commercially reasonable.  If Lack of Financing or Deprioritization have caused the delay or failure in connection with which an Extension Request is made, or if the proposed extended Development Milestones are not commercially reasonable, Broad may grant or deny such Extension Request in Broad’s sole discretion, and Broad shall provide written notice of a grant or denial of any Extension Request to Company within [***] days after receipt of such Extension Request, provided that such period may be reasonably extended by Broad in writing for an additional [***] days if Broad has requested a meeting to discuss the content of such Extension Request or to accommodate any delays in Company’s provision of any additional information requested by Broad, each as provided in the immediately preceding sentence (such [***] period, as it may be extended in accordance with the preceding proviso, the “ Broad Response Period ”).  Unless Broad denies such Extension Request within the Broad Response Period, Exhibit C shall

 

18



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

be deemed amended to reflect the extended or amended Development Milestones as set forth in such Extension Request.  If Broad provides notice to Company within the Broad Response Period that Broad is denying an Extension Request, and Company fails to achieve a Development Milestone, Broad may treat such failure as a material breach and terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 10.2.2 .  For clarity and in addition to the foregoing, if the FDA requires that an additional Phase I Clinical Study be conducted prior to Initiation of a Phase II Clinical Study or Phase III Clinical Study for the Licensed NeoVax Product, then the timing of the Development Milestone for Initiation of the Phase II Clinical Study or Phase III Clinical Study shall be automatically adjusted as set forth on Exhibit C , and, in such case, such adjustment shall not require, and shall not be deemed, an Extension Request by the Company, provided that, in such case, Company notifies Broad in writing promptly upon receiving notice that the FDA is requiring such additional Phase I Study.

 

4.                                       CONSIDERATION FOR GRANT OF LICENSE.

 

4.1                                License Issue Fee. Company shall pay Broad a non-refundable license fee of seventy-five thousand U.S. Dollars ($75,000), due and payable within [***] days after the Effective Date.

 

4.2                                Annual License Fees

 

4.2.1                      Company agrees to pay Broad annual license maintenance fees (“ License Fees ”) as follows:

 

Calendar Years

 

Maintenance Fee

 

2016 – 2020

 

$

[***]

 

2021 and each subsequent Calendar Year during the Term

 

$

[***]

 

 

4.2.2                      Each License Fee shall be due and payable on January 1 st  of the Calendar Year to which such fee applies and shall be creditable against any Royalties due and payable under Section 4.4 below with respect to Licensed Products sold in the same Calendar Year that such License Fee was due.

 

4.2.3                      The License Fees include all consideration due or payable with respect to the Software License.

 

4.3                                Milestone Payments

 

4.3.1                      IP Asset Family 1 Products .

 

4.3.1.1                        Milestone Payments for IP Asset Family 1 Products .  Company shall pay Broad the respective Milestone Payments set forth in this Section 4.3.1.1 for the first achievement of the specified Milestone Event for each of the first [***] Distinct IP Asset Family 1 Products, regardless of whether such Milestone Event is achieved by Company, an Affiliate of Company, a Sublicensee, or a combination thereof:

 

19



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Milestone Event

 

Milestone Payment for 
[***] Distinct IP Asset 
Family 1 Product

 

Milestone Payment for 
[***] Distinct IP Asset 
Family 1 Product

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

 

Company shall make the appropriate Milestone Payment within [***] days after the achievement of such Milestone Event.  The Milestone Events set forth in this Section 4.3.1.1 are intended to be successive; if a Distinct IP Asset Family 1 Product is not required to undergo the event associated with a particular Milestone Event for a Distinct IP Asset Family 1 Product (“ Skipped Milestone ”), such Skipped Milestone shall be deemed to have been achieved upon the achievement by such Distinct IP Asset Family 1 Product of the next successive Milestone Event (“ Achieved Milestone ”); provided that, the Milestone Events for [***] shall not be deemed to be successive with each other (i.e., [***]).  Payment for any Skipped Milestone that is owed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.3.1.1 shall be due within [***] days after the achievement of the Achieved Milestone.

 

4.3.1.2                        Annual Net Sales Milestones for IP Asset Family 1 Products .  Company shall pay Broad the respective sales Milestone Payments set forth in this Section 4.3.1.2 within [***] days after the end of the Calendar Year in which the following sales Milestone Events are first achieved for each of [***] Distinct IP Asset Family 1 Products, in the Territory, regardless of whether such sales Milestone Event is achieved by Company, an Affiliate of Company or a Sublicensee, or a combination thereof:

 

Milestone Event

 

Milestone Payment for 
[***] Distinct IP Asset 
Family 1 Product

 

Milestone Payment for 
[***] Distinct IP Asset 
Family 1 Product

 

Upon the first occasion that aggregate annual Net Sales exceed $[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

Upon the first occasion that aggregate annual Net Sales exceed $[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

Upon the first occasion that aggregate annual Net Sales exceed $[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

 

20



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

4.3.2                      IP Asset Family 2 Products .

 

4.3.2.1                        Milestone Payments for IP Asset Family 2 Products .  Company shall pay Broad the Milestone Payments set forth in this Section 4.3.2.1 for the first achievement of the specified Milestone Event for each of the [***] Distinct IP Asset Family 2 Products, regardless of whether such Milestone Event is achieved by Company, an Affiliate of Company or a Sublicensee, or a combination thereof:

 

Milestone Event

 

Milestone Payment 
for[***] Distinct IP Asset 
Family 2 Product

 

Milestone Payment for 
[***] Distinct IP Asset 
Family 2 Product

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

 

Company shall make the appropriate Milestone Payment within [***] days after the achievement of such Milestone Event.  The Milestone Events set forth in this Section 4.3.2.1 are intended to be successive; if a Skipped Milestone occurs with a particular Milestone Event for a Distinct IP Asset Family 2 Product, such Skipped Milestone shall be deemed to have been achieved upon the achievement by such Distinct IP Asset Family 2 Product of the next successive Milestone Event; provided that, the Milestone Events for [***] shall not be deemed to be successive with each other (i.e., [***]).  Payment for any Skipped Milestone that is owed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.3.2.1 shall be due within [***] days after the achievement of the Achieved Milestone.

 

4.3.2.2                        Annual Net Sales Milestones for IP Asset Family 2 Products .  Company shall pay Broad the respective sales Milestone Payments set forth in this Section 4.3.2.2 , within [***] days after the end of the Calendar Year in which the following sales Milestone Events are first achieved for each of [***] Distinct IP Asset Family 2 Products, in the Territory, regardless of whether such Milestone Event is achieved by Company, an Affiliate of Company or a Sublicensee, or a combination thereof:

 

Milestone Event

 

Milestone Payment for 
[***] Distinct IP Asset 
Family 2 Product

 

Milestone Payment for 
[***] Distinct IP Asset 
Family 2 Product

 

Upon the first occasion that aggregate annual Net Sales exceed $[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

Upon the first occasion that aggregate annual Net Sales exceed $[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

Upon the first occasion that aggregate annual Net Sales exceed $[***]

 

$

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

 

21



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

4.3.3                      Milestone Payments for IP Asset Family 1 Products and IP Asset Family 2 Products .  In the event that a Milestone Event is achieved by a single Licensed Product that is covered under both IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights and IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights, (a) with respect to a Milestone Payment described in Section 4.3.1.1 or Section 4.3.2.1 , such product will be characterized such that the highest applicable Milestone Payment is payable by Company with respect to such achievement and (b) with respect to a sales Milestone Event described in Section 4.3.1.2 or Section 4.3.2.2 , such product will be deemed to be an IP Asset Family 1 Product.

 

4.3.4                      Multiple Milestone Payments .  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Company shall pay Broad the respective Milestone Payments set forth in this Section 4.3 for the first achievement of the specified Milestone Event for each of the first [***] Distinct IP Asset Family Products only and not for the achievement of the specified Milestone Event for any subsequent Distinct IP Asset Family Products, regardless of whether such Milestone Event is achieved by Company, an Affiliate of Company, a Sublicensee, or a combination thereof.   For clarity and by way of example, [***].

 

4.3.5                      Milestone Reporting .  Company shall report to Broad the dates on which it achieves the Milestone Events set forth in Section 4.3.1 and Section 4.3.2 within [***] days after the occurrence of each such Milestone Event.

 

4.3.6                      Replacement Products .  If (A) development of a Licensed Product is terminated after any Milestone Payment set forth in Section 4.3.1.1 or Section 4.3.2.1 as applicable, has been made with respect to such Licensed Product and (B) another Licensed Product is selected to replace the terminated Licensed Product and the selected Licensed Product is for the same, substantially similar or closely related indication (“ Replacement Product ”), then there shall be no payment due upon achievement of the same milestone by such Replacement Product for which Broad already received a Milestone Payment for the original Licensed Product.

 

4.4                                Royalties .

 

4.4.1                      Royalty Rates .  Company shall pay to Broad running royalties (“ Royalties ”) on the aggregate annual Net Sales of Licensed Products during the applicable Royalty Term at the applicable royalty rates set forth below within [***] days following the last day of the Calendar Quarter in which such Royalty accrues.  If the Exploitation of any Licensed Product is Covered by more than one Valid Claim of the Licensed Patent Rights, multiple Royalties shall not be due as a result of being so Covered.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that a single Licensed Product is covered under both IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights and

 

22



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights, multiple Royalties shall not be due as a result; rather, the sale of such Licensed Product shall count as only one (1) sale of an IP Asset Family 1 Product and the applicable royalty rate set forth in Section 4.4.1.1 shall apply.

 

4.4.1.1                        Royalty Rates for IP Asset Family 1 Products

 

Annual Net Sales of IP Asset Family 1 Products

 

Royalty Rate

 

On the portion of worldwide annual Net Sales less than or equal to $[***]

 

[***]

%

On the portion of worldwide annual Net Sales greater than $[***] but less than or equal to $[***]

 

[***]

%

On the portion of worldwide annual Net Sales greater than $[***]

 

[***]

%

 

4.4.1.2                        Royalty Rates for IP Asset Family 2 Products

 

Annual Net Sales of IP Asset Family 2 Products

 

Royalty Rate

 

On the portion of worldwide annual Net Sales less than or equal to $[***]

 

[***]

%

On the portion of worldwide annual Net Sales greater than $[***] but less than or equal to $[***]

 

[***]

%

On the portion of worldwide annual Net Sales greater than $[***]

 

[***]

%

 

4.4.1.3                        Royalty Rates for IP Asset Family 3 Products

 

Annual Net Sales of IP Asset Family 3 Products

 

Royalty Rate

 

All worldwide annual Net Sales

 

[***]

%

 

4.4.2                      Third Party Royalty Offset .  If Company or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees is legally required by a future court order, settlement agreement, contract, or other legally binding written commitment to make payments to a Third Party of running royalties on net sales of Licensed Products for a license under, or the use of, Patent Rights held by such Third Party that Cover the Exploitation of such Licensed Product and are reasonably necessary for the commercialization of such Licensed Product, then Company shall be entitled to credit [***] of the amounts actually paid by Company to such Third Party against the Royalties due to Broad for

 

23



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

such Licensed Products under Section 4.4.1 of this Agreement.  In the event that Company is entitled to take a credit under this Section 4.4.2 , and takes a credit against Royalties due to Broad under this Agreement, then in the royalty report due to Broad under Section 5.1.1 at the time such credit is taken, Company shall include a calculation of the credit taken and, with the first such royalty report on which such credit is taken, the basis for Company’s determination of reasonable commercial necessity.  In no event shall payments to Broad be reduced pursuant to this Section 4.4.2 such that Broad receives less than [***] of the rates set forth in Section 4.4.1 .  Any amounts that are not offset during a reporting period shall not be creditable against payments arising in subsequent reporting periods.  In the event that Broad disagrees with Company’s credit of amounts actually paid by Company to a Third Party against the Royalties due to Broad for Licensed Products, then such Arbitration Dispute will be resolved in accordance with the procedures set forth in Sections 11.7.1 and 11.7.2 .

 

4.4.3                      Patent Challenge Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.4.3 , in the event that Company or any of its agents, Affiliates or Sublicensees is or becomes a Challenging Party, then (a) Company shall provide Broad with at least [***] days’ notice prior to Company’s taking any such action and with notice no later than [***] days after Company becomes aware of a Patent Challenge by its Affiliate or a Sublicensee; (b) Company shall pay all reasonable costs, fees and expenses associated with such Patent Challenge that are incurred by Broad (or DFCI or MGH, as applicable) and their trustees, managers, officers, agents, employees, faculty, affiliated investigators, personnel and staff, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and all reasonable costs associated with administrative, judicial or other proceedings, within [***] days after receiving an invoice from Broad for same; (c) the exclusive licenses granted in this Agreement may, as of the date of initiation of said challenge or opposition, upon notice by Broad to Company, be converted by Broad at its option into a non-exclusive license for the remainder of the Term, and in such event Broad shall have the right to grant other non-exclusive licenses under the Licensed Patent Rights to Third Parties; (d) any fees, royalties, milestones or revenues payable to Broad under Sections 4.2 - 4.5 shall double in amount if and when any Licensed Patent Right survives the Patent Challenge such that it remains valid in whole or in part; and (e) at any time after the Patent Challenge is brought, Broad may, at its option, terminate this Agreement according to Section 10.2.3 ; provided that if any of subsections (a) through (e) are held invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any of the other said subsections.  If the Challenging Party is an Affiliate of Company or a Sublicensee, the Party that receives notice of the Patent Challenge shall notify the other Party within [***] days of receipt of such notice, and, if requested by Broad within [***] days after such notice by one Party to the other, the Parties shall meet and discuss Company’s proposed course of action to be taken with respect to such Patent Challenge by such Affiliate or Sublicensee.  If Company takes all necessary action as provided in the Sublicense to such Affiliate or Sublicensee to terminate such Sublicense, or, in the case of an Affiliate, if the Affiliate is exercising or performing Company’s rights or obligations as provided in accordance with Section 2.3 and not under a Sublicense, Company takes all necessary action to terminate the right of such Affiliate to exercise or perform Company’s rights or obligations, within [***] days after Company first received notice of such Patent Challenge, subsections (c) through (e) of the first sentence of this Section 4.4.3 shall not apply.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Company shall not have the right to assume or participate in the defense, settlement or other disposition of such Patent Challenge through its status as licensee under this Agreement, but shall pay associated costs, fees and expenses as provided in this Section 4.4.3 .  The Parties agree

 

24



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

that any challenge or opposition to a Licensed Patent Right by Company may be detrimental to Broad (or DFCI or MGH, as applicable), and that the above provisions shall constitute reasonable liquidated damages to reasonably compensate Broad (or DFCI or MGH, as applicable) for any loss it may incur as a result of Company taking such action.

 

4.5                                Sublicense Income. Company shall pay Broad a percentage of Sublicense Income within [***] days following the last day of the Calendar Quarter in which such Sublicense Income is received by Company, in accordance with the rates set forth in Section 4.5.1 .  [***].  Company agrees that all rights relevant to making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing particular Licensed Products shall be included in or deemed to be included in the same Sublicense under which the rights granted or otherwise transferred to Company hereunder are granted with respect to such Licensed Products for the purpose of calculating Sublicense Income.

 

4.5.1                      Sublicense Income Rates .

 

Rate Adjustment Event

 

Percentage of 
Sublicense Income

 

[***]

 

[***]

%

[***]

 

[***]

%

[***]

 

[***]

%

 

4.6                                Issuance of Equity. In accordance with the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreements, Company shall, on the Effective Date and concurrent with the execution of this Agreement, as partial consideration for the licenses granted hereunder under [***] with respect to the Neoantigen Vaccine Products, issue to Broad the Institution Equity, which Broad has directed be split among the Institutions, with [***] of the Institution Equity issued to [***].

 

5.                                       REPORTS; PAYMENTS; RECORDS.

 

5.1                                Reports and Payments

 

5.1.1                      Reports .  Within [***] days after the conclusion of each Calendar Quarter commencing with the first Calendar Quarter in which Net Sales are generated or Sublicense Income is received, Company shall deliver to Broad a report containing, as applicable, the following information, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis (and, in the case of the requirement under Section 5.1.1(c) , to the extent such itemized listing of allowable deductions is available from Sublicensees under the terms of the relevant Sublicenses):

 

(a)                                  quantity of Licensed Products sold or otherwise transferred by Invoicing Entities for the applicable Calendar Quarter;

 

(b)                                  the gross amount billed or invoiced for Licensed Products sold or otherwise transferred by Invoicing Entities during the applicable Calendar Quarter;

 

25



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

(c)                                   a calculation of Net Sales for the applicable Calendar Quarter, including an itemized listing of allowable deductions;

 

(d)                                  a reasonably detailed accounting of all Sublicense Income received during the applicable Calendar Quarter; and

 

(e)                                   the total amount payable to Broad in U.S. Dollars on Net Sales and Sublicense Income for the applicable Calendar Quarter, together with the exchange rates used for conversion.

 

Company shall use reasonable efforts to include in each Sublicense a provision requiring the Sublicensee to provide the information required under this Section 5.1.1 .  Each such report shall be certified on behalf of Company as true, correct and complete in all material respects with respect to the information required under Sections 5.1.1(a)  through 5.1.1(e) .  If no amounts are due to Broad for a particular Calendar Quarter, the report shall so state.

 

5.2                                Payment Currency. All payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in U.S. Dollars.  Conversion of foreign currency to U.S. Dollars shall be made as of the last working day of the applicable Calendar Quarter at the applicable conversion rate existing in the United States (as reported in the Wall Street Journal ) or, solely with respect to Sublicenses, at another commercially reasonable, publicly available, applicable conversion rate as may be provided in a Sublicense.

 

5.3                                Records. Company shall maintain, and shall cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees to maintain, customary records relating to the use, research, development and commercialization of the Licensed Products, including records of activities conducted to meet Company’s diligence obligations under this Agreement, and complete and accurate records of the Licensed Products sold or otherwise transferred and any amounts payable to Broad in relation thereto, and records relating to all sublicense arrangements under this Agreement, which records shall contain sufficient information to permit Broad to confirm the accuracy of any reports delivered to Broad under Section 4.3.5 , Section 4.5 or Section 5.1 , as applicable.  Company, its Affiliates or its Sublicensees, as applicable, shall retain such records relating to a given Calendar Year for at least [***] years after the conclusion of that Calendar Year (the “ Record Retention Period ”).

 

5.3.1                      Audit of Company and Affiliates .  During the Record Retention Period, Broad shall have the right, at its sole expense, during normal business hours, to cause an independent, certified public accountant (or, in the case of a non-financial audit, other appropriate auditor) chosen by Broad and reasonably acceptable to Company to inspect such records of Company or its Affiliates for the purposes of verifying the accuracy of any reports and payments delivered under this Agreement (which, for clarity, shall include any reports and payments from Sublicensees) and Company’s compliance with the terms hereof; provided that, Broad shall give Company or its Affiliates reasonable prior written notice (which shall be at least [***] days) prior to conducting any such audit.  Company may require the auditor to sign a customary nondisclosure agreement prior to undertaking any such inspection, and any and all books, records, reports and other documents inspected by such accountant shall be deemed Company’s Confidential Information.  The accountant shall not disclose to Broad any information other than information relating to the accuracy of reports and payments delivered

 

26



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

under this Agreement, and any such information delivered to Broad, including in the form of an audit report, shall be deemed Company’s Confidential Information.  Broad may exercise the rights under this Section 5.3.1 only [***] and may audit any given period only once.

 

5.3.2                      Audit of Sublicensees .  During the Record Retention Period, Company shall, to the extent practicable under any Sublicense, cause each Sublicensee to provide Broad with a right of audit comparable to that set forth in Section 5.3.1 ; provided that, in any such audit event, the same protections afforded to Company and its Affiliates shall apply to any Sublicensee, mutatis mutandis .  If Company does not have the right to allow Broad to conduct an audit of such Sublicensee for a relevant Calendar Year, Company and Broad shall meet and use reasonable efforts to agree on an appropriate course of action.

 

5.3.3                      Audit Payment Terms .  With respect to any audit performed under Section 5.3.1 or Section 5.3.2 , the Parties shall reconcile any underpayment or overpayment within [***] days after the accountant delivers the results of the audit.  If such audit reveals an underpayment in excess of [***] in any Calendar Year, Company shall reimburse Broad for its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such audit.

 

5.4                                Late Payments. Any payments by Company that are not paid on or before the date such payments are due under this Agreement and which have not been disputed by Company in good faith shall bear interest at the lower of (a) [***]  and (b) the maximum rate allowed by law.  Interest shall accrue beginning on the first day following the due date for payment and shall be compounded [***]. Any such overdue payment when made shall be accompanied by all interest so accrued.

 

5.5                                Payment Method. Each payment due to Broad under this Agreement shall be paid by check or wire transfer of funds to Broad’s account in accordance with written instructions provided by Broad.  If made by wire transfer, such payments shall be marked so as to refer to this Agreement.

 

5.6                                Withholding and Similar Taxes. All amounts to be paid to Broad pursuant to this Agreement shall be without deduction of exchange, collection, or other charges, and, specifically, without deduction of withholding or similar taxes imposed on Company or other government imposed fees or taxes imposed on Company, except as permitted in the definition of Net Sales.

 

27


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

6.                                       PATENT FILING, PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE.

 

6.1                                Control

 

6.1.1                      Broad shall be responsible for the Prosecution of the Licensed Patent Rights during the Term.  Subject to Section 6.1.4 and Section 6.1.5 , Broad shall, with respect to such Licensed Patent Rights: (a) choose patent counsel; (b) instruct such patent counsel to furnish Company with copies of all correspondence relating to the Licensed Patent Rights received from or sent to the United States Patent and Trademark Office and any other patent office, as well as copies of all proposed responses to such correspondence received from any patent office in time for Company to review and comment on such response; (c) supply Company with a copy of any application as filed, together with notice of its filing date and serial number; (d) supply Company with a draft copy of any proposed preliminary amendment to be filed subsequent to the filing of a non-provisional application within the Licensed Patent Right; and (e) keep Company advised of the status of actual patent filings related to the Licensed Patent Rights.  Subject to Section 6.1.2 and Section 6.1.3 , Broad shall give Company the opportunity to provide comments on and make requests of Broad concerning the Prosecution of the Licensed Patent Rights, and shall consider such comments and requests in good faith; [***].

 

6.1.2                      Broad shall provide notice to Company in the event Prosecution of the Licensed Patent Rights involves an interference or derivation proceeding.  If Company has an interest, such as by ownership, license or option to acquire ownership or a license, in opposing patents or applications involved in the interference or derivation proceeding, then upon declaration of any such interference or initiation of any such derivation proceeding, Company’s rights under Section 6.1.1 , including the right to receive correspondence to or from a patent office and the right to review draft responses, shall be suspended with respect to the Patent Rights involved in the interference or derivation proceeding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such interference or derivation proceeding is considered Prosecution of the Licensed Patent Rights and Company remains responsible for Broad’s expenses in connection with such Prosecution, including costs and expenses associated with settlement or attempts to settle the interference.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Company does not have an interest, such as by ownership, license or option to acquire ownership or a license, in opposing patents or applications involved in the interference or derivation proceeding, Broad shall enter into a common interest agreement to facilitate the sharing of the materials set forth in Section 6.1.1(b)  with Company.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.1.2 , if Company has a non-exclusive license or option to acquire a non-exclusive license in opposing patents or applications involved in an interference or derivation proceeding, Company and Broad shall discuss in good faith whether there is sufficient commonality of interest between Company and Broad for Broad to enter into a common interest agreement to facilitate the sharing of the materials set forth in Section 6.1.1(b)  with Company and to permit Company to continue exercising the rights set forth in Section 6.1.1 .

 

6.1.3                      Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Company or any of its agents, Affiliates or Sublicensees is or becomes a Challenging Party, then Company’s rights to participate in Prosecution under Section 6.1.1 , including the right to receive correspondence to or from a patent office and the right to review draft responses, shall be suspended during the pendency of

 

28



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

the relevant Patent Challenge with respect both to the Licensed Patent Rights that are the subject of the Patent Challenge and to any related Licensed Patent Rights.

 

6.1.4                      No later than [***] days prior to the deadline for entering into the national/regional phase with respect to any PCT application included in the Licensed Patent Rights, Company shall provide Broad with a list of countries in which Company would like Broad to file the patent application (each, a “ List of Countries ”).  Broad shall consider each List of Countries in good faith and, except as provided below in this Section 6.1.4 , shall file national/regional phase applications in all countries on each List of Countries.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Broad reserves the right: (i) to decline to initiate Prosecution of any of the Licensed Patent Rights in a Developing Country(ies) included in a List of Countries or (ii) to initiate, at its sole expense and in its discretion, Prosecution of any of the Licensed Patent Rights in a Developing Country(ies), whether or not included on a List of Countries; provided that, in each case of (i) and (ii), Broad provides Company with [***] days’ advance notice of its intention to take such action, provides Company an opportunity to meet with Broad to discuss and reasonably considers Company’s comments regarding its intention.  Broad shall thereafter notify Company of the taking of any action described in the foregoing clause (i) or (ii) at least [***] days before the taking of such action.  If Broad takes the action described in clause (ii) of this Section 6.1.4 , then Broad expressly reserves the right, upon notice to Company, either (A) to remove the applicable Licensed Patent Right in such Developing Country(ies) from the scope of the Company Exclusive License, effective upon such notice, and to include such Licensed Patent Right within the scope of the Company Non-Exclusive License, or (B) treat the applicable Licensed Patent Right as an Abandoned Patent Right, in which case under this clause (B) all licenses granted to Company under such Licensed Patent Right in such Developing Country(ies) shall terminate upon such notice.  Thereafter, Broad shall be free, without further notice or obligation to Company, to grant a non-exclusive (in the event Broad proceeds under the preceding clause (A)) or non-exclusive or exclusive (in the event Broad proceeds under the preceding clause (B)) rights in and to such Licensed Patent Right to Third Parties for all purposes within such Developing Country(ies). Further, Broad may, in its sole discretion, file additional national/regional phase applications (the “ Additional National Stage Filings ”) in countries not included on a List of Countries provided by Company, and all expenses, including translation fees associated with Prosecution of such Additional National Stage Filings shall be expenses associated with Prosecution under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 6.3 .  If Company does not wish to reimburse Broad for all expenses associated with Prosecution of such Additional National Stage Filings, such Additional National Stage Filings shall be deemed Abandoned Patent Rights and treated in accordance with Section 6.4 .

 

6.1.5                      Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Company shall have the right, at Company’s sole expense and discretion, to Prosecute all Company Patent Rights and (b) in the event that any invention is created or reduced to practice by any Institutions’ or their Affiliates’ employees, agents or faculty together with one or more employees or agents of Company, solely to the extent that Broad has an ownership interest in, or otherwise controls, such Patent Rights, the Parties shall discuss in good faith on a case-by-case basis which Party shall control Prosecution of any Patent Rights that describe such invention.

 

6.2                                Common Interest . All non-public information disclosed by Broad or Broad’s outside patent counsel to Company regarding Prosecution of the Licensed Patent Rights,

 

29



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

including information regarding [***], shall be deemed Confidential Information of Broad.  In addition, the Parties acknowledge and agree that, with regard to such Prosecution of the Licensed Patent Rights, the interests of the Parties as licensors and licensee are aligned in desiring the [***] and are legal in nature.  The Parties agree and acknowledge that they have not waived, and nothing in this Agreement constitutes a waiver of, any legal privilege concerning the Licensed Patent Rights or their Confidential Information, including privilege under the common interest doctrine and similar or related doctrines.

 

6.3                                Expenses . Company shall reimburse Broad for its unreimbursed, documented, out-of-pocket expenses, including attorneys’ fees, translation costs and official fees, incurred in the Prosecution of the Licensed Patent Rights (“ Patent Costs ”) prior to execution of the Agreement; as of the Effective Date, the past costs for Prosecution of such Licensed Patent Rights are approximately [***] U.S. Dollars and [***] cents ($[***]) (“ Past Patent Costs ”).  Company shall reimburse Broad for [***] of the Past Patent Costs within [***] days after the Effective Date, and shall reimburse Broad for the remainder amount by no later than the first anniversary of the Effective Date, provided that, solely with respect to the IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights, if Broad enters into a license agreement with any Third Party for such IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights (each such Third Party, an “ Additional Family 3 Licensee ”), Broad shall use good faith efforts to seek payment by such Additional Family 3 Licensee of [***] portion of the Past Patent Costs and any additional Patent Costs reimbursed or reimbursable by Company between the Effective Date and the effective date of such license agreement under this Section 6.3 with respect to the Prosecution of the IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights, and Broad shall credit any amounts that Broad receives pursuant to the foregoing against future payments owed by Company to Broad with respect to the Patent Costs for the Licensed Patent Rights.  In addition, subject to Section 6.4 hereof, Company shall reimburse Broad for all Patent Costs incurred by Broad in the Prosecution of the Licensed Patent Rights, including Prosecution of the Licensed Patent Rights pursuant to any of Sections 6.1.1 - 6.1.5 , incurred after the Effective Date within [***] days after the date of each invoice from Broad for such expenses; provided that, solely with respect to the IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights, Company shall only be responsible for [***] of such Patent Costs incurred after the Effective Date, taking into account the number of Additional Family 3 Licensees at the time such Patent Costs are incurred (e.g., if after the Effective Date, Broad enters into a license agreement with one Additional Family 3 Licensee, effective upon execution of such license agreement, Company shall only be responsible for [***] percent ([***]%) of such Patent Costs for the duration of the license agreement with such Additional Family 3 Licensee; if after the Effective Date, Broad enters into a license agreement with a second Additional Family 3 Licensee, effective upon execution of such license agreement, Company shall only be responsible for [***] percent ([***]%) of such Patent Costs while both license agreements with the Additional Family 3 Licensees are in effect; and so on).  Broad shall provide to Company invoices for all Patent Costs for which Company is responsible for reimbursing Broad, which invoices shall (a) identify the Licensed Patent Rights to which the invoice relates, (b) include Company reference numbers (to be provided by Company) and (c) be accompanied by copies of invoices received by outside patent counsel(s), providing the associated detailed time and expense entries from patent counsel(s).

 

30



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

6.4                                Abandonment .

 

6.4.1                      Abandonment by Company .  If Company decides that it does not wish to pay for the Prosecution of any Licensed Patent Rights in a particular country (“ Abandoned Patent Rights ”), Company shall provide Broad with prompt written notice of such election.  [***] days after receipt of such notice by Broad, Company shall be released from its obligation to reimburse Broad for the expenses incurred thereafter as to such Abandoned Patent Rights; provided , however , that expenses authorized prior to the receipt by Broad of such notice shall be deemed incurred prior to the notice period.  In the event of Company’s abandonment of any Licensed Patent Rights, any license granted to Company hereunder with respect to such Abandoned Patent Rights shall terminate, and Company shall have no rights whatsoever to exploit such Abandoned Patent Rights.  Broad shall then be free, without further notice or obligation to Company, to grant rights in and to such Abandoned Patent Rights to Third Parties without limitation.

 

6.4.2                      Abandonment by Broad . Broad agrees to maintain all applications and patents within the Licensed Patent Rights for as long as (a) Company continues to meet its obligation to reimburse expenses associated with such application or patent in accordance with Section 6.3 and (b) there is a good faith basis for doing so.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.4.2 shall not apply and shall not limit Broad’s right to cease Prosecution of a given application within the Licensed Patent Rights in lieu of a continuation or continuation-in-part application, whether by filing a new continuing application or request for continued examination, that is also within the Licensed Patent Rights.

 

6.5                                Marking. To the extent commercially feasible and consistent with prevailing business practices, Company shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees to, mark all Licensed Products manufactured or sold under this Agreement with the number of each issued patent under the Licensed Patent Rights that applies to such Licensed Product.

 

6.6                                CREATE Act . No Party shall have the right to use this Agreement as a joint research agreement to make an election under the Cooperative Research and Technology Enhancement Act of 2004, 35 U.S.C. § 103(c)(2)-(c)(3), as amended by the America Invents Act and set forth in 35 U.S.C. § 102(b)(2)(C) and § 102(c), without the prior written consent of each other Party having an ownership interest in a patent or patent application involved in such election, such consent to be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of each such other Party.

 

7.                                       ENFORCEMENT OF PATENT RIGHTS.

 

7.1                                Notice. In the event either Party becomes aware of any possible or actual infringement of any Licensed Patent Rights with respect to Licensed Products, that Party shall promptly notify the other Party and provide it with details regarding such infringement.

 

7.2                                Suit by Company. So long as Company remains the exclusive licensee of the IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights and IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights with respect to Licensed Products in the Field in the Territory, Company shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to prosecute, at its sole expense, any infringement of the IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights or IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights by a Third Party with respect to Licensed Products in the Field

 

31



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

(“ Infringement ”); provided that, prior to initiating action against such Third Party with respect to such Infringement, Company shall provide Broad with the underlying facts demonstrating that there is a good faith basis for so doing.  By way of example and not limitation, such evidence may consist of Company’s determination that a Third Party is marketing or has specific plans and is preparing to market an infringing product that competes with a Licensed Product in the Field in the Territory. [***].  Company shall use the same degree of diligence in prosecuting such Infringement as it uses or would use in prosecuting infringement of its own patent rights.  For clarity, Company shall not have the right, unless given in writing by Broad, nor shall it have any obligation to prosecute any infringement of IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights.  With respect to any Infringement relating to an IP Asset Family 3 Patent Right, Broad shall consider in good faith prosecuting such infringement at the request of Company.

 

7.2.1                      Developing Countries. Before Company commences an action with respect to any Infringement in a Developing Country, Company shall consult with Broad with respect to the proposed course of action and shall consider in good faith Broad’s views.  Company shall also consider potential effects on the public interest and the locally-affordable availability of Licensed Products or equivalents thereof, e.g., generic products, in Developing Countries, in deciding whether to take such action.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Company agrees that, consistent with Section 6.1.4 and solely with respect to any Developing Country, Broad shall hold final decision-making authority, to be exercised in good faith, on a case-by-case basis, as to whether Company shall be permitted to enforce the Licensed Patent Rights in such Developing Country.

 

7.2.2                      Consultation .  Before Company commences an action with respect to any Infringement in the Territory, Company shall notify Broad with respect to its proposed course of action to address the Infringement and shall consider in good faith the views of Broad and potential effects on the public interest in making its decision whether to take such action.  Should Company elect (or, with respect to prosecution in a Developing Country pursuant to Section 7.2.1 , be permitted) to take action against an actual or potential infringer, Company shall select counsel reasonably acceptable to Broad, shall keep Broad reasonably informed of the progress of the action and shall give Broad a reasonable opportunity in advance to consult with Company and offer their views about major decisions affecting the action.  Company shall give careful consideration to those views, but shall have the right to control the Infringement action, subject to Broad’s rights set forth in Section 7.3 .

 

7.2.3                      Joinder .  If required under applicable law to establish standing for the initiation or maintenance of an infringement action by Company, the relevant Institution(s) shall, upon request of Company or as required by a court or procedural rules, or may voluntarily, join or be joined as a party to such action, provided that, none of the Institutions shall be the first named party in such action unless required in order for Company to bring, maintain or prove damages in any such action.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Institution shall have any obligation to cause any other Institution to join or be joined as a party to any such action.  Company shall (a) hold Institutions harmless from, and indemnify Institutions against, any costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with such action and any related appeals, remands or other related proceedings (“ Litigation Expenses ”) and (b) reimburse any and all Litigation Expenses incurred by Institutions within [***] days after receiving an invoice (including a copy of detailed time and expense entries from applicable attorneys) from

 

32



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Institutions for same.  Company shall not compromise or settle such litigation without the prior written consent of Institutions, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

7.2.4                      Expenses .  The expenses of Company with respect to any suit or suits that Company elects to bring in accordance with this Section 7.2 shall be paid for entirely by Company. Any recovery obtained in an action brought by Company pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall be distributed as follows: (a) Broad shall first be reimbursed for any unreimbursed Litigation Expenses; (b) Company shall recover for itself all of its litigation expenses incurred in the prosecution of any such suit; and (c) any remainder shall be divided as follows:  (i) Company shall receive an amount equal to its lost profits or a reasonable royalty on the infringing sales, whichever measure of damages the court shall have applied; (ii) Broad shall receive an amount equal to the royalties and other amounts that Company would have paid to Broad if Company, rather than the infringer, had sold the infringing products, provided that (A) amounts payable under clause (ii) shall in no event exceed the amounts payable under clause (i) above and (B) in the event that the remainder of any sums recovered is insufficient to fully satisfy both of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) then Company and Broad shall receive a pro rata share of such remainder in relative proportion to the amounts that would have been payable to Company and Broad under clauses (i) and (ii); and (iii) the balance, if any, remaining after Company and Broad have been compensated under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) shall be shared by the Parties as follows:  [***] percent ([***]%) to Company and [***] percent ([***]%) to Broad.

 

7.3                                Suit by Broad. If Company does not take action in the prosecution, prevention, or termination of any Infringement of IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights or IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights pursuant to Section 7.2 above, and has not commenced negotiations with the suspected infringer for the discontinuance of said Infringement, within [***] days after receipt of notice of the existence of an Infringement Broad may elect to do so; provided that, Broad shall consider in good faith Company’s reasons for not initiating a lawsuit or otherwise making or prosecuting a claim.  Subject to Section 7.4 , any and all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Broad with respect to the prosecution, adjudication or settlement of a suit in accordance with this Section 7.3 , including any related appeals, shall be paid for entirely by the Broad.  In the event Broad exercises its right to sue pursuant to this Section 7.3 , it shall retain all sums recovered in such suit or in settlement thereof.

 

7.4                                Own Counsel. The Party initiating the suit shall have the sole and exclusive right to elect counsel for any suit that it initiates pursuant to Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 ; provided that, such counsel is reasonably acceptable to the other Party.  The non-initiating Party shall have the right to participate in and be represented by counsel of its own selection in any suit instituted under this Article 7 by the other Party for Infringement and shall bear its own Litigation Expenses in connection with such participation, provided that, if Broad is the non-initiating Party, Company shall be solely responsible for all Litigation Expenses incurred by Broad in connection with Broad’s participation in such suit at the request of Company [***].

 

7.5                                Cooperation. To the extent legally practicable, each Party agrees to cooperate fully in any action under this Article 7 that is controlled by the other Party, including executing legal papers and cooperating in the prosecution as may be reasonably requested by the controlling Party; provided that the controlling Party reimburses the cooperating Party promptly for any costs and expenses incurred by the cooperating Party in connection with providing such

 

33



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

requested cooperation within [***] days after receiving an invoice from the cooperating Party for same.

 

7.6                                Patent Validity Challenge. Each Party shall promptly notify the other Parties in the event it receives notice of any legal or administrative action by any Third Party against a Licensed Patent Right, including any opposition, nullity action, revocation, inter partes review, post-grant review, compulsory license proceeding, or declaratory judgment action. Except as provided in the following sentence, oppositions, nullity actions, revocations, post-grant review and inter partes review shall be addressed as provided in Section 6.1 .  Company shall have the first right, at its expense, to defend (a) all compulsory license proceedings, (b) all declaratory judgment actions, and (c) any post-grant proceedings before the USPTO (including the Patent Trial and Appeal Board) and foreign patent offices that arise in response to any action by Company pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.  If Company elects not to participate in a compulsory license proceeding or to defend the invalidity or unenforceability of the Licensed Patent Rights included in such declaratory judgment action or related post-grant proceeding, it shall promptly and in writing notify Broad of its election, including in its notice the reasons for its decision, and Broad may then elect, upon written notice to Company, to do so at its own expense.

 

7.6.1                      For the avoidance of doubt, oppositions, post-grant reviews, inter partes reviews and other proceedings before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or a foreign patent office, whether controlled by Broad pursuant to Section 6.1 or defended by Company pursuant to this Section 7.6 , are Prosecution of the Licensed Patent Rights and Company shall be responsible for Broad’s expenses as set forth in Section 6.3 .

 

7.6.2                      If Company exercises its right to defend a Licensed Patent Right under this Section 7.6 , then, with respect to the defense of such Licensed Patent Right: (i) the rights granted to Company under Section 6.1.1 shall apply to Broad and (ii) the obligations of Broad under Section 6.1.1 shall apply to Company, mutatis mutandis .

 

8.                                       COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; WARRANTIES; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

 

8.1                                Compliance with Laws. Company shall comply, and ensure that its Affiliates and Sublicensees comply, with all local, state, federal and international laws and regulations applicable to the Exploitation of Licensed Products.

 

8.2                                Export Control . Company shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees to, comply with all applicable United States laws and regulations controlling the export of certain commodities and technical data, including all Export Administration Regulations of the United States Department of Commerce.  Among other things, these laws and regulations prohibit or require a license for the export of certain types of commodities and technical data to specified countries.  Company hereby agrees that it bears sole responsibility for any violation of such laws and regulations by itself or its Affiliates or Sublicensees, and that it shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Indemnitees (in accordance with Section 9.1 ) for the consequences of any such violation.

 

34



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

8.3                                Representations and Warranties

 

8.3.1                      By Broad .  Broad represents and warrants that (a) it has the authority and right to enter into this Agreement, to grant the licenses granted to Company herein, and to perform its obligations under Section 2.7 , Section 6.1 , Section 6.3 , Section 6.4.2 , Section 7.1 , Section 7.2.3 , Section 7.3 , Section 7.5 , Section 7.6 and Section 11.1.2 , (b) it has not granted a license under any Licensed Patent Rights that would conflict with the rights granted to Company hereunder, (c) as of the Effective Date, to the best of the knowledge of Broad’s Office of Strategic Alliances and Partnering, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Broad does not conflict with, or constitute a breach of, any order, judgment, agreement or instrument to which it is a party or is otherwise bound, and (d)  as of the Effective Date, to the best of the knowledge of Broad’s Office of Strategic Alliances and Partnering, no consent of MGH, DFCI or any Third Party, including without limitation any governmental authority, is required for Broad to execute, deliver and perform under this Agreement, including to grant the licenses granted to Company herein, except for such consents as may have been obtained prior to the Effective Date.

 

8.3.2                      By Company .  Company represents and warrants that (a) Company has the authority and right to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, (b) as of the Effective Date, to the best of Company’s knowledge, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Company does not conflict with, or constitute a breach of, any order, judgment, agreement or instrument to which it is a party or, to its knowledge, is otherwise bound, and (c) as of the Effective Date, to the best of Company’s knowledge, no consent of any Third Party, including without limitation any governmental authority, is required for Company to execute, deliver and perform under this Agreement, except for such consents as may have been obtained prior to the Effective Date.

 

8.4                                Disclaimer

 

8.4.1                      NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A WARRANTY BY BROAD THAT IT CAN OR WILL BE ABLE TO OBTAIN PATENTS ON PATENT APPLICATIONS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSED PATENT RIGHTS, OR THAT ANY OF THE LICENSED PATENT RIGHTS WILL AFFORD ADEQUATE OR COMMERCIALLY WORTHWHILE PROTECTION.  BROAD MAKES NO WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER AS TO THE COMMERCIAL OR SCIENTIFIC VALUE OF THE LICENSED PATENT RIGHTS.

 

8.4.2                      BROAD MAKES NO REPRESENTATION THAT THE PRACTICE OF THE LICENSED PATENT RIGHTS OR THE DEVELOPMENT, MANUFACTURE, USE, SALE OR IMPORTATION OF ANY LICENSED PRODUCT, OR ANY ELEMENT THEREOF, WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT OR PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF A THIRD PARTY.

 

8.4.3                      EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER COMPANY NOR BROAD MAKES ANY WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO ANY TECHNOLOGY, PATENTS, GOODS, SERVICES, RIGHTS OR OTHER SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OF COMPANY AND BROAD HEREBY DISCLAIMS WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A

 

35



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL OF THE FOREGOING.

 

8.5                                Limitation of Liability

 

8.5.1                      EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO MATTERS FOR WHICH COMPANY IS OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY INDEMNITEES UNDER ARTICLE 9 , IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT UNDER ANY CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE KNOWN OF THE POSSIBILITY OF THE FOREGOING.

 

8.5.2                      Broad’s aggregate liability for all damages of any kind arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its subject matter under any contract, negligence, strict liability or other legal or equitable theory shall not exceed the amounts paid to Broad under this Agreement.

 

9.                                       INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.

 

9.1                                Indemnification

 

9.1.1                      Indemnity .  Company shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Institution and each of its and their respective current and former directors, governing board members, trustees, officers, faculty, affiliated investigators, medical and professional staff, employees, students and agents and their respective successors, heirs and assigns (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any claim, suit, investigation, action, demand, judgment and related liabilities, costs, expenses, damages, deficiencies, losses or obligations of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of litigation or defense), brought by a Third Party (other than an Indemnitee) to the extent arising out of, or otherwise relating to (a) the exercise of any rights granted to Company under this Agreement or any breach of this Agreement by Company or its Affiliates or Sublicensees or (b) any cause of action relating to product liability concerning any product or process made, used, sold or performed pursuant to any right or license granted under this Agreement (collectively, “ Claims ”) except to the extent any such Claim results from or arises out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an Indemnitee or material breach of this Agreement by an Institution.  Each of Company, its Affiliates and its Sublicensees are referred to as “ Indemnitor ” below.

 

9.1.2                      Procedures .  The Indemnitees agree to provide Company with prompt written notice of any Claim for which indemnification is sought under this Agreement.  Indemnitor agrees, at its own expense, to provide attorneys reasonably acceptable to Institutions to defend against any such Claim.  The Indemnitees shall cooperate with Indemnitor, at Indemnitor’s expense, in such defense and shall permit Indemnitor to conduct and control such defense and the disposition of such Claim (including without limitation all decisions relative to litigation, appeal, and settlement); provided , however , that any Indemnitee shall have the right to

 

36



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

retain its own counsel, at the expense of Indemnitor, if representation of such Indemnitee by the counsel retained by Indemnitor would be inappropriate because of actual or potential differences in the interests of such Indemnitee and any other party represented by such counsel; and provided , further that, in such event, Institutions agree to use diligent efforts to select counsel, and to cause any other Indemnitees affiliated with their respective institutions to select counsel, that minimizes the number of counsel retained by all Indemnitees.  Indemnitor agrees to keep counsel(s) for Indemnitees informed of the progress in the defense and disposition of such Claim and to consult with Institutions with regard to any proposed settlement.  Company shall not settle any Claim that has an adverse effect on the rights of any Indemnitee hereunder that is not immaterial or that admits any liability by or imposes any obligation on any Indemnitee without the prior written consent of such Indemnitee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  An Indemnitee may not settle any Claim without the prior written consent of Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

9.2                                Insurance.

 

9.2.1                      Beginning at the time any Licensed Product is being commercially distributed or sold (other than for the purpose of obtaining Regulatory Approval) by Company, its Affiliate or its Sublicensee, Company shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance in amounts not less than $[***] per incident and $[***] annual aggregate and naming the Indemnitees as additional insureds.  During clinical studies of any such Licensed Product, Company shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance in such equal or lesser amount as Broad shall require, naming the Indemnitees as additional insureds.  Such commercial general liability insurance shall provide: (a) product liability coverage and (b) broad form contractual liability coverage for Company’s indemnification obligations under Section 9.1 of this Agreement.

 

9.2.2                      If Company elects to self-insure all or part of the limits described above in Section 9.2.1 (including deductibles or retentions that are in excess of $[***] annual aggregate) such self-insurance program must be acceptable to Broad and its insurer in its sole discretion.  The minimum amounts of insurance coverage required shall not be construed to create a limit of Company’s liability with respect to its indemnification obligations under Section 9.1 of this Agreement.

 

9.2.3                      Company shall provide Broad with written evidence of such insurance upon request.  Company shall provide Broad with written notice at least [***] days prior to the cancellation, non-renewal or material change in such insurance.  If Company does not obtain replacement insurance providing comparable coverage within such [***] day period, Broad shall have the right to terminate this Agreement effective at the end of such [***] day period without notice or any additional waiting periods.

 

9.2.4                      Company shall maintain such commercial general liability insurance beyond the expiration or termination of this Agreement during:  (a) the period that any Licensed Product is being commercially distributed or sold (other than for the purpose of obtaining Regulatory Approval) by Company, its Affiliate or Sublicensee; and (b) a reasonable period after the period referred to in (a) above which in no event shall be less than [***] years.

 

37


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

10.           TERM AND TERMINATION.

 

10.1         Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Article 10 , shall continue in full force and effect until the expiration of the last to expire Valid Claim (the “ Term ”).  Upon such expiration, Company shall have a worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable, fully paid up, sublicensable license under the rights and licenses granted to Company under Section 2.1 , subject to Section 10.3.4 .

 

10.2         Termination

 

10.2.1     Termination Without Cause .  Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement for any reason, with or without cause (i) in its entirety or with respect to the IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights together with the IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights, upon one hundred twenty (120) days’ prior written notice to Broad or (ii) with respect to the IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights, upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Broad.

 

10.2.2     Termination for Default .

 

10.2.2.1     Except as set forth in Section 10.2.2.2 , in the event that either Party commits a material breach of its material obligations under this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within one hundred five (105) days (or forty-five (45) days in the case of failure to make any payment or in the case of a breach of Company’s diligence obligations as set forth in Section 3.1 ) after receiving written notice thereof from the other Party, the other Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the Party in breach; provided that, if any portion of a Royalty or Milestone Payment is the subject of a good faith dispute between the Parties regarding an underpayment by Company to Broad, such disputed portion may be withheld by Company pending resolution of the dispute and Broad may not terminate this Agreement solely due to such underpayment, until such dispute is resolved, following which Company shall pay the relevant underpayment to Broad within forty-five (45) days to the extent such resolution is that such underpayment is due and payable.

 

10.2.2.2     If Company defaults in its material obligations under Section 9.2 to procure and maintain insurance, or if Company has in any event failed to comply with the notice requirements contained therein, and fails to cure such default within [***] days after receiving written notice thereof from Broad, then Broad may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to Company.  If such default of Company’s material obligations under Section 9.2 arises as a result of a breach by a Sublicensee of the terms of a Sublicense, Company may cure such breach by purchasing additional insurance that covers the gaps in coverage created by virtue of such Sublicensee’s breach.

 

10.2.3     Termination for Patent Challenge . If Company or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees directly or indirectly brings, assumes or participates in, or knowingly or willfully assists in bringing a Patent Challenge (except as required under a court order or subpoena), then the following shall apply: (a) if Company or any of its Affiliates is the party so bringing, assuming, participating in or assisting in such Patent Challenge, then Broad shall be entitled to (i) immediately terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Company in the event such Patent Challenge relates to IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights or IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights or

 

38



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

(ii) immediately terminate the IP Asset Family 3 License if such Patent Challenge relates to IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights, and (b) if a Sublicensee is the party so bringing, assuming, participating in or assisting in such Patent Challenge, then (i) Broad shall be entitled to immediately terminate the rights hereunder as and to the extent sublicensed to a Sublicensee upon written notice to Company and (ii) Broad shall grant Company a period not to exceed [***] days from the date of notice by Broad to Company of its intention to terminate the Agreement due to such Sublicensee bringing, assuming, participating in or assisting in a Patent Challenge that relates to IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights or IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights or terminate the IP Asset Family 3 License if such Patent Challenge relates to IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights, during which period Company may terminate any and all Sublicenses with such Sublicensee.  If, pursuant to the foregoing clause (b)(ii), during such [***] day period, Company terminates such agreement(s) if such Patent Challenge that relates to IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights or IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights or terminates the sublicense under the IP Asset Family 3 License if such Patent Challenge relates to IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights, then Broad shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement in its entirety by virtue of such Sublicensee bringing, assuming, participating in or assisting in such Patent Challenge that relates to IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights or IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights or terminate the IP Asset Family 3 License if such Patent Challenge relates to IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights.  However, if Company does not terminate such Sublicenses or such sublicense of the IP Asset Family 3 License, as applicable, during such [***] day period, then Broad shall be entitled to immediately terminate this Agreement in its entirety upon written notice to Company thereof in the event such Patent Challenge relates to IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights or IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights or terminate the IP Asset Family 3 License if such Patent Challenge relates to IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights.

 

10.2.4     Bankruptcy .  Broad may terminate this Agreement upon notice to Company if Company becomes subject to a Bankruptcy Event or in the event of dissolution or cessation of operations of the Company, provided that Broad shall have no right to terminate this Agreement in the event of any cessation of operations of the Company where (a) Company is continuing to fulfill its diligence obligations as set forth in Section 3.1 through its Affiliates or Sublicensees or (b) Company has ceased its operations and is actively seeking financing or a sale of its assets or business (whether by merger, sale of assets or otherwise), provided , in the case of this clause (b), that such cessation does not continue for more than [***] days.

 

10.2.5     Termination without Prejudice .  Either Party’s right of termination in this Section 10.2 shall be in addition and without prejudice to, and shall not constitute a waiver of, any other right or remedy such Party may have at law, in equity or under this Agreement.

 

10.3         Effect of Termination

 

10.3.1     Termination of Rights . Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement by either Party pursuant to any of the provisions of Section 10.2 :

 

10.3.1.1     the rights and licenses granted to Company under Article 2 shall terminate, all rights in and to and under the Licensed Patent Rights shall revert to Broad (or DFCI or MGH, as applicable) and neither Company nor its Affiliates may make any further use or exploitation of the Licensed Patent Rights; and

 

39



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

10.3.1.2     all existing Sublicenses shall automatically terminate [***] days following the effective date of termination of this Agreement; provided that, if any Sublicensee is (i) an Affiliate of Company or (ii) in material default of any material provision of the applicable Sublicense such that Company would have the right to terminate the Sublicense ((i) and (ii) together, “ Ineligible Sublicensees ”) then the applicable Sublicense to which such Sublicensee is a party shall terminate effective immediately upon termination of this Agreement.  Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to any of the provisions of Section 10.2 , (A) Company shall promptly provide notice of such termination to any Sublicensee, (B) each Sublicensee that is not an Ineligible Sublicensee shall have the right to enter into a separate license agreement directly with Broad (a “ Direct License ”) on substantially the same non-economic terms and conditions set forth in the Sublicense and on economic terms providing for the payment by such Sublicensee to Broad of the consideration that otherwise would have been payable to Broad if the applicable Sublicense and this Agreement were still simultaneously in effect, and (C) Broad shall automatically grant each such Sublicensee a temporary continuation (to expire upon the earlier of (x) execution of the Direct License or (y) the date that is [***] days following termination of this Agreement) of the rights and obligations such Sublicensee had as a Sublicensee under this Agreement (a “ Temporary Extension ”); provided that, under both the Direct License and the Temporary Extension, (a) Broad shall not have (i) any obligations that are greater than or inconsistent with the obligations of Broad under this Agreement or the nature of Broad as an academic or non-profit entity; or (ii) any fewer rights than Broad has under this Agreement; (b) there shall be no representations, warranties, expenses or liabilities of or on Broad that are not included in this Agreement; (c) all obligations arising prior to execution of the Direct License and grant of the Temporary Extension shall remain the responsibility of Company and Broad shall be released from any and all liability relating to such obligations; (d) the terms of such Direct License and Temporary Extension shall provide for payment to Broad of the same consideration that would have been payable to Broad if the applicable Sublicense and this Agreement were still simultaneously in effect; and (e) such modifications shall be included as are reasonably necessary to accommodate the functional and structural differences between Company and Broad.  By way of example and not limitation of the foregoing clause (d), if the Sublicense required payment to Company of a license fee and Broad would have been entitled to receive a percentage of such payment under Section 4.5 of the Agreement, then Broad shall continue to be entitled, under the Temporary Extension or Direct License, to the same share of that same license fee payment under the Sublicense that Broad would have received had this Agreement and the Sublicense been simultaneously in effect.  If any Sublicensee desires to enter into a Direct License, it shall wholly be the responsibility of that Sublicensee to notify Broad of such desire no later than [***] days after the effective date of termination of this Agreement.  If Broad and the applicable Sublicensee, for any reason, do not enter into a Direct License within [***] days after the effective date of termination of the Agreement, the applicable Sublicense and Temporary Extension, and all rights granted thereunder, shall automatically terminate.

 

10.3.2     Accruing Obligations . Termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not relieve the Parties of obligations accruing prior to such termination or expiration, including obligations to pay amounts accruing hereunder up to the effective date of termination or expiration.  After the effective date of termination or expiration (except in the case of termination by Broad pursuant to Section 10.2 ), Company, its Affiliates and Sublicensees may sell Licensed Products then in stock; provided that Company shall pay the applicable Royalties and other

 

40



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

payments to Broad in accordance with Article 4 , provide reports and audit rights to Broad pursuant to Article 5 and maintain insurance in accordance with Section 9.2 .

 

10.3.3     Disposition of Company Developments .  In the event this Agreement is terminated prior to expiration of the Term, Company shall:

 

10.3.3.1     at Broad’s request, negotiate in good faith with Broad during the [***] day period after such termination the terms on which Company will grant Broad a sublicensable license to any Company Patent Rights that improve or are otherwise related to the Licensed Patent Rights or that cover a Licensed Product that Broad is interested in pursuing either themselves or through a licensee; provided that, the terms of any such license shall not conflict with Company’s obligations under its then existing contracts and applicable law and its officers’ and directors’ fiduciary obligations;

 

10.3.3.2     provide Broad with access to and, at Broad’s request, deliver to Broad all documents, filings, data and other information in Company’s or its Affiliates’ possession or control (other than documents, filings, data and other information owned by Sublicensees or Third Parties) relating to any of the Licensed Patent Rights or Licensed Products, including all records required by Regulatory Authorities to be maintained with respect to Licensed Products, all regulatory filings, approvals, reports, records, correspondence and other regulatory materials (including any related to reimbursement or pricing approvals), and all documents, data and other information related to clinical studies and other studies of Licensed Products (collectively, “ Documentation and Approvals ”) if and to the extent that the provision of, access to and delivery of such Documentation and Approvals shall not conflict with Company’s obligations under its then existing contracts and applicable law; and

 

10.3.3.3     permit Broad and its licensees and sublicensees to utilize, reference, cross reference, have access to, incorporate in applications and filings (including with any Regulatory Authority in furtherance of applications for regulatory approval), and otherwise have the benefit of all Documentation and Approvals if and to the extent that the foregoing right to utilize, reference, cross reference, have access to, incorporate such Documentation and Approvals shall not conflict with Company’s obligations under its then existing contracts and applicable law; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the right to utilize, reference, cross reference, have access to, incorporate such Documentation and Approvals shall not be deemed or construed as a grant of any license or other right under any patent or patent application Controlled by Company, its Affiliates or any Third Party.

 

10.3.4     Effects of Termination of IP Asset Family 1 and IP Asset Family 2 License .  If this Agreement is terminated by Company pursuant to Section 10.2.1 solely with respect to the IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights and IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights, then the IP Asset Family 3 License as set forth in Section 2.1.2 shall automatically be amended, with no further action by the Parties, as follows: the term “Licensed Products” shall be replaced with the term “IP Asset Family 3 Products”.

 

10.4         Survival. The Parties’ respective rights, obligations and duties under Articles 5 , 10 and 11 , Sections 8.3,   8.4 , 8.5 , 9.1 , the first sentence of 9.2.3, and 9.2.4 , as well as any rights,

 

41



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

obligations and duties which by their nature extend beyond the expiration or termination of this Agreement, shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement. In addition, Company’s obligations under Section 4.3 and Section 4.4 , with respect to any sale, performance or other transfer of Licensed Products occurring under Section 10.3.2 after the Term, shall survive such expiration or termination.

 

11.           MISCELLANEOUS.

 

11.1         Confidentiality

 

11.1.1     “ Broad Confidential Information ” means (a) any information related to Prosecution of Licensed Patent Rights provided to Company by Broad; (b) any information or material in tangible form provided to Company by Broad in accordance with the terms of and in connection with the exercise by Broad of its rights or fulfillment by Broad of its obligations under this Agreement that is marked as “confidential” or proprietary by an Broad at the time it is disclosed to Company or is of such a nature as would be understood by a reasonable person to be confidential or proprietary; and (c) information that is furnished orally by Broad to Company in accordance with the terms of and in connection with the exercise by Broad of its rights or fulfillment by Broad of its obligations under this Agreement if Broad identifies such information as “confidential” or proprietary in writing by a memorandum delivered to Company within  [***] days after the date of disclosure.  “ Company Confidential Information ” means (i) the Development Plan; (ii) any reports or notices prepared by Company and provided to Broad pursuant to Section 3.3 , Section 3.4, Section 4.3.5 , Section 4.5 or Section 5.1.1 , (iii) any information disclosed to Broad pursuant to Section 5.3 , Section 6.1.2 or Section 6.1.4 and (iv)  any copies of Sublicenses, or information extracted therefrom, provided by Company to Broad under Section 2.5.2 .  The terms of this Agreement constitute the Confidential Information of both Parties.  “ Confidential Information ” means the Broad Confidential Information and the Company Confidential Information, as applicable.  For clarity, Company shall have no obligation to disclose to Broad any confidential information of Company that does not constitute Company Confidential Information hereunder.

 

11.1.2     During the Term and for a period of [***] after the termination or expiration of this Agreement, (a) Company shall maintain in confidence and shall not disclose to any Third Party any Broad Confidential Information, and (b) Broad shall maintain in confidence and shall not disclose to any Third Party any Company Confidential Information; provided that Broad may disclose to DFCI and MGH (i) this Agreement including any Exhibits, and (ii) such Confidential Information of Company as DFCI or MGH, as the case may be, reasonably requests, provided that any disclosure under the foregoing clause (i) shall be made in confidence to DFCI or MGH, as the case may be, and that any disclosure under the foregoing clause (ii) shall be under terms of a written confidentiality agreement prohibiting the use and further disclosure by DFCI or MGH, as the case may be, of such Confidential Information on terms as least as restrictive as those contained herein..  Each Party shall take all reasonable steps to protect the Confidential Information of the other Party with the same degree of care used to protect its own confidential or proprietary information.  Neither Party shall use the Confidential Information of the other Party for any purpose other than those contemplated by this Agreement.

 

The foregoing obligations under this Section 11.1.2 shall not apply to:

 

42



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

(i)                                      information that is known to the receiving Party or independently developed by the receiving Party prior to the time of disclosure without use of or reference to the other Party’s Confidential Information, in each case, to the extent evidenced by contemporaneous written records;

 

(ii)                                   information that is independently developed by the receiving Party at or after the time of disclosure without use of or reference to the other Party’s Confidential Information, to the extent evidenced by contemporaneous written records;

 

(iii)                                information disclosed to the receiving Party by a Third Party that is not legally prohibited from making such disclosure; or

 

(iv)                               information that is publicly disclosed at or prior to the time of disclosure hereunder or becomes patented, published or otherwise known to the general public, except through breach of this Agreement by the receiving Party, its employees, agents, successors or assigns.

 

11.1.3     Permitted Disclosures .  Notwithstanding Section 11.1.2 , either Party may disclose Confidential Information of the other Party to such Party’s Affiliates and (a) [***]; (b) its and their employees, consultants, agents, and advisors, on a need to know basis, each of whom prior to disclosure must be bound by written obligations of confidentiality and non-use of substantially equivalent or greater scope and duration than those set forth in this Article 11 ; and (c) its and their accountants and lawyers, on a need to know basis, each of whom prior to disclosure must be bound by written or legally enforceable professional ethical obligations of confidentiality and non-use of substantially equivalent or greater scope and duration than those set forth in this Article 11 ; provided that, the scope of Confidential Information that may be disclosed to any Person under this Section 11.1.3 is limited to the terms of this Agreement and any notices given hereunder and not any other Confidential Information of such other Party unless otherwise agreed to in writing by such other Party.  In addition, notwithstanding Section 11.1.2 , either Party may disclose Confidential Information of the other Party to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary in the following instances set forth below.  In any such event, to the extent legally practicable, the receiving Party shall (i) give reasonable advance notice to the other Party of such disclosure; and (ii) take reasonable steps to avoid or minimize the scope of such disclosure by securing confidential treatment of such Confidential Information prior to its disclosure (whether through protective orders or otherwise):

 

11.1.3.1     in the case of Broad or Company as the receiving Party, prosecuting or defending litigation in accordance with Article 7 of this Agreement;

 

11.1.3.2     in the case of Company as the receiving Party, making filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission or foreign equivalent, any stock exchange or market, or any Regulatory Authorities, which shall include publicly disclosing or filing this Agreement as a “material agreement” in accordance with applicable law or applicable stock exchange regulations; and

 

11.1.3.3     in the case of Broad or Company as the receiving Party, complying with applicable laws, rules, regulations or orders requiring submission of such

 

43



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

information to governmental authorities, including disclosures ordered by the FDA or similar authorities, courts of competent jurisdiction or other government authorities or agencies.

 

11.2         Use of Name . Except as provided below, Company shall not, and shall ensure that its Affiliates and Sublicensees shall not, use or register the name “The Broad Institute, Inc.,” “Dana Farber Cancer Institute,” “The Massachusetts General Hospital,” or any variation, adaptation, or abbreviation thereof (alone or as part of another name) or any logos, seals, insignia or other words, names, symbols or devices that identify any Institution or any Institution’s affiliated school, unit, division or affiliate (“ Institution Names ”) for any purpose except with the prior written approval of, and in accordance with restrictions required by, the applicable Institution; provided that, Company may use Institution Names in accordance with Section 11.1 as required to convey that this Agreement, and the licenses granted hereunder, exist and have been entered into, between Company and Broad.  Without limiting the foregoing, Company shall, and shall ensure that its Affiliates and Sublicensees shall, cease all use of Institution Names as permitted under or in connection with this Agreement on the termination or expiration of this Agreement except as otherwise approved in writing by Broad.  This restriction shall not apply to any information required by law to be disclosed to any governmental entity.

 

11.3         Press Release . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.2 , in addition to (and not in limitation of) the disclosure permitted under Section 11.1.3 , the Parties may issue a press release in a mutually agreeable form acceptable to the Parties.  Each Party agrees that it will not issue a press release or other public statement without obtaining the prior written approval of the other Parties.

 

11.4         No Security Interest . Company shall not enter into any agreement under which Company grants to or otherwise creates in any Third Party a security interest in this Agreement or any of the rights granted to Company herein.  Any grant or creation of a security interest purported or attempted to be made in violation of the terms of this Section 11.4 shall be null and void and of no legal effect.

 

11.5         Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any exhibits and schedules attached hereto) is the sole agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and except as expressly set forth herein, supersedes all other agreements and understandings between the Parties with respect to the same.

 

11.6         Notices . Unless otherwise specifically provided, all notices required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, by confirmed facsimile transmission, electronic mail if an email address is provided below or subsequently provided by a Party pursuant to a notice in accordance with this Section 11.6 , expedited delivery or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the following addresses, unless the Parties are subsequently notified of any change of address in accordance with this Section 11.6 :

 

If to Company:

Neon Therapeutics, Inc.
215 First Street
Cambridge, MA 02142
Facsimile: (866) 548-5990

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

44



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

 

With a copy to:

 

WilmerHale
60 State Street
Boston, MA 02019
Facsimile: 617-526-5000
Attn: Richard Hoffman

 

 

If to Broad :

The Broad Institute, Inc.
Senior Director of Strategic Alliances
415 Main Street
Cambridge, MA  02142
Email: [***]
Attn: [***]

 

Any notice shall be deemed to have been received as follows:  (a) by personal delivery or expedited delivery, upon receipt; (b) by facsimile, one business day after transmission or dispatch; (c) by certified mail, as evidenced by the return receipt.  If notice is sent by facsimile, a confirming copy of the same shall be sent by mail to the same address.

 

11.7         Dispute Resolution; Special Arbitration

 

11.7.1     Dispute Resolution .  Except as otherwise specified, the Parties agree that in the event of any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement (each, a “ Dispute ”), either Party by written notice to the other Party may have such Dispute referred for resolution to the Chief Executive Officer of Company and the Chief Operating Officer of Broad (together, the “ Executive Officers ”).  The Executive Officers shall meet promptly to discuss the matter submitted and to determine a resolution.  If the Executive Officers are unable to resolve the Dispute within [***] days after it is referred to them, then either Party may seek to resolve such Dispute through mediation conducted in the English language under the then current Center for Public Resources (CPR) Model Procedure for Mediation of Business Disputes.  If mediation is pursued under the foregoing sentence but fails to lead to a mutual resolution of the Dispute within [***] days after the commencement of mediation proceedings, or if mediation is not pursued under the foregoing sentence, the Parties shall thereafter refer an Arbitration Dispute to arbitration in accordance with Section 11.7.2 and, with respect to any other Dispute, may thereafter pursue all other rights and remedies available to them under this Agreement, including the right to terminate the Agreement, and the matter may be brought by a Party as a Suit in a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with Section 11.8 hereof.

 

11.7.2     Special Arbitration .  Any Arbitration Dispute will be finally settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11.7.2 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA then in effect, by three (3) arbitrators, one of whom will be designated by each Party (and will be required to have commercial experience in the licensing of biopharmaceutical technologies) and the third of whom will be designated by the two so designated (such panel, the “ Arbitrators ”).  The arbitration shall be conducted in English

 

45



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

and held in Boston, Massachusetts.  Each Party will prepare and submit a written summary of such Party’s position and any relevant evidence in support thereof to the Arbitrators within [***]  days of selection of the Arbitrators.  Upon receipt of such summaries from both Parties, the Arbitrators will provide copies of the same to the other Party.  The Arbitrators will be authorized to solicit briefing or other submissions on particular questions.  Within [***] days of the delivery of such summaries by the Arbitrators, each Party will submit a written rebuttal of the other Party’s summary and may also amend and re-submit its original summary.  Oral presentations will not be permitted unless otherwise requested by the Arbitrators.  The Arbitrators will make a final decision with respect to the Arbitration Dispute within [***] days following receipt of the last of such rebuttal statements submitted by the Parties.  In the case of an Arbitration Dispute arising under Section 4.5 , the Arbitrators will make a determination of the relative value to be attributed to a Sublicense of the Licensed Patent Rights as part of an overall sublicense agreement, which determination shall be fair and reasonable to the Parties in light of the totality of the circumstances (without taking into account the sublicense income rates set forth in Section 4.5.1) and shall comply with the terms of this Agreement.  In the case of an Arbitration Dispute arising under Section 4.4.2 , the Arbitrators will make a determination of the credit against the Royalties due to Broad for Licensed Products under Section 4.4.1 of this Agreement that Company may take on account of the amounts actually paid by Company to a Third Party, which determination shall be fair and reasonable to the Parties in light of the totality of the circumstances (without altering the percentage of such Third Party payments for which Company may take a credit as set forth in Section 4.4.1) and shall comply with the terms of this Agreement.  The Arbitrators will provide the Parties with a written statement setting forth the basis of the determination in connection therewith.  Each Party shall bear its own attorneys’ fees, costs, and disbursements arising out of the arbitration, and shall pay an equal share of the fees and costs of the Arbitrators. The decision of the Arbitrators shall be final and may be entered in and enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, a Party may seek a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction from any court of competent jurisdiction in order to prevent immediate and irreparable injury, loss, or damage on a provisional basis, pending the award of the Arbitrators on the ultimate merits of any Arbitration Dispute. All proceedings and decisions of the Arbitrators shall be deemed Confidential Information of each of the Parties, and shall be subject to Section 11.1 .

 

11.8         Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision, except that questions affecting the construction and effect of any patent shall be determined by the law of the country in which the patent shall have been granted.  Any action, suit or other proceeding arising under or relating to this Agreement (a “ Suit ”) shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the Parties hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Each Party agrees not to raise any objection at any time to the laying or maintaining of the venue of any Suit in any of the specified courts, irrevocably waives any claim that Suit has been brought in any inconvenient forum and further irrevocably waives the right to object, with respect to any Suit, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such Party.

 

11.9         Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

46



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

11.10       Headings . Section and subsection headings are inserted for convenience of reference only, do not form a part of this Agreement and shall not be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

11.11       Counterparts . The Parties may execute this Agreement in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11.12       Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded or canceled, and any of the terms may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by each Party or, in the case of waiver, by the Party waiving compliance.  The delay or failure of either Party at any time or times to require performance of any provisions hereof shall in no manner affect the rights at a later time to enforce the same.  No waiver by either Party of any condition or of the breach of any term contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct, or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or considered as, a further or continuing waiver of any such condition or of the breach of such term or any other term of this Agreement.

 

11.13       No Agency or Partnership . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall give either Party the right to bind the other, or be deemed to constitute either Party as agent, partner or joint venturer of the other or any third party.

 

11.14       Assignment and Successors . This Agreement may not be assigned by Company, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the consent of Broad, except that Company may assign or transfer the Agreement without the consent of Broad, to a successor in interest of all or substantially all of Company’s assets or business related to the Licensed Products or the Agreement, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or Change of Control or other transaction, provided that (a) Company shall provide Broad with a written notice of such assignment or Change of Control including the identity of the assignee, transferee or controlling party, and a copy of the assignment and assumption agreement or other documentary evidence sufficient to demonstrate Company’s compliance with this Section 11.14 within [***] days after such assignment or Change of Control, and (b) such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to assume the obligations to Broad that are being assigned or transferred.  Failure of an assignee to agree to be bound by the terms hereof or failure of Company to notify Broad and provide copies of assignment documentation as specified above shall be grounds for termination of this Agreement for default.  Any attempted assignment in contravention of this Section 11.14 shall be null and void.

 

11.15       Force Majeure . Neither Party shall be responsible for delays resulting from causes beyond the reasonable control of such Party, including fire, explosion, flood, war, strike, or riot, provided that the nonperforming Party uses commercially reasonable efforts to avoid or remove such causes of nonperformance and continues performance under this Agreement with reasonable dispatch whenever such causes are removed.

 

11.16       Interpretation . Each Party hereto acknowledges and agrees that:  (a) it or its counsel reviewed and negotiated the terms and provisions of this Agreement and has contributed to its revision; (b) the rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are resolved against the drafting Party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement; and (c) the terms

 

47



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

and provisions of this Agreement shall be construed fairly as to both Parties hereto and not in favor of or against either Party, regardless of which Party was generally responsible for the preparation of this Agreement.  Except as otherwise explicitly specified to the contrary, (i) words in the singular or plural form include the plural and singular form, respectively; (ii) the word “or” has the inclusive meaning that is typically associated with the phrase “and/or”; (iii) the terms “including”, “include(s)”, “such as”, “e.g.” and “for example” will be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”; (iv) the term “will” means “shall”; and (v) words of any gender will be applicable to all genders.

 

11.17       Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid or is ruled invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction or is deemed unenforceable, it is the intention of the Parties that the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected.

 

[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank; signature page follows ]

 

48


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE BROAD INSTITUTE, INC .:

 

By:

/s/ Issi Rozen

 

 

 

 

Name:

Issi Rozen

 

 

 

 

Title:

Sr. Div, Strategic Alliances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.:

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cary Pfeffer

 

 

 

 

Name:

Cary Pfeffer

 

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

[ Signature Page to License Agreement ]

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Exhibit A
Licensed Patent Rights

 

This Exhibit A shall be updated from time to time by mutual written agreement of the Parties. Any Licensed Patent Rights that come into existence after the Effective Date shall be categorized into the appropriate IP asset family and included in this Exhibit A accordingly. [***].

 

50



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

1.              IP Asset Family 1 Patent Rights

 

Broad Ref#

 

Cntry

 

AppNumber

 

FilDate

 

PubDate

 

PubNumber

 

AppTitle

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

51



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

52



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

53



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

54



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

2.              IP Asset Family 2 Patent Rights

 

Broad Ref#

 

Cntry

 

AppNumber

 

FilDate

 

PubDate

 

PubNumber

 

AppTitle

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

55



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

3.              IP Asset Family 3 Patent Rights

 

Broad Ref#

 

Cntry

 

AppNumber

 

FilDate

 

PubDate

 

PubNumber

 

AppTitle

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

56


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Exhibit B

 

Software License

 

[ Attached. ]

 

57



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This End User License Agreement (“Agreement”) is made between The Broad Institute, Inc. with a principal address at 415 Main Street, Cambridge, MA 02142 (“Broad”) and Neon Therapeutics, Inc., with a principal place of business at 215 First Street, Cambridge, MA 02142 (“Licensee”) and is effective November 13, 2015 (“Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, Licensee desires to license the Programs (as defined below) and Broad wishes to have the Programs utilized in the public interest, subject only to the royalty-free, nonexclusive, nontransferable license rights of the United States Government pursuant to 48 CFR 52.227-14; and

 

WHEREAS, Broad desires to grant a license on the following terms and conditions.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and covenants made herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1  “Control” shall mean, with respect to a Program, the ability to grant a commercial license or sublicense for such Program without (a) violating the terms of any third party agreement, (b) violating any applicable law or (c) being required to make any payment to any third party in connection with such grant. Cognates of the word “Control” shall have correlative meanings.

 

1.2  “Licensed Product” shall mean any diagnostic, prognostic, preventative or therapeutic product or service for humans, in each case that is owned or controlled by Neon.

 

1.3  “Licensed Use” shall mean performance in the field(s) of (a) in the case of a not-for-profit licensee, research and/or services that apply the Programs in analyses of nucleic acid sequences as a contract service or in patient care for which Licensee intends to seek payment from third parties, or (b) in the case of a for-profit licensee, research and/or services, which services may include diagnostic and/or companion diagnostic services, that apply the Programs in [***]  in connection with the development, manufacture, use, sale, practice, performance, importation, exportation, commercialization or other exploitation of any Licensed Product.

 

1.4  “Patent License” shall mean the License Agreement entered into by the parties on even date herewith.

 

1.5  “Programs” shall mean the object and source code for the following software programs: [***]  if any, as they exist on the Effective Date and can be downloaded from [***] on the Effective Date as well as any updated releases of such Programs that Broad, in its sole discretion,

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

makes generally available to end users while Broad is Controlling such Programs and such updated releases.

 

1.6  “Term” shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect for a period of one (1) year from the Effective Date.  The Term shall be automatically extended for additional (1) year period(s) for so long as Licensee maintains the Company Exclusive License (as defined in the Patent License), unless Licensee notifies Broad at least [***] days prior to the end of a Term that it does not want to renew the Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term shall terminate automatically upon termination or expiration of the Company Exclusive License under the Patent License.

 

2. LICENSE

 

2.1  Grant. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Broad hereby grants to Licensee, solely to conduct a Licensed Use, a non-exclusive, sublicensable (solely in accordance with Section 2.2 below) license to download, reproduce, display, execute, prepare derivative works of and distribute (solely in accordance with Section 2.2 below) the Programs.

 

2.2  No Sublicensing or Additional Rights. Licensee shall not sublicense or distribute the Programs or any derivative works thereof, in whole or in part, without prior written permission from Broad, except that Licensee shall have the right to sublicense the rights granted to Licensee under Section 2.1 (a) to an entity performing outsourced services for Licensee or its sublicensees, (b)  to an entity that is a licensee of, or is collaborating with, Licensee to develop and/or commercialize one or more Licensed Product(s), or (c) to an entity developing or enhancing the Programs for Licensee; provided that, (i) in the case of the foregoing clauses (a) and (c), Licensee shall only be entitled to sublicense and distribute the rights granted to Licensee under Section 2.1 to one tier of sublicensees (i.e., such entity performing outsourced services or developing or enhancing the Programs shall not have the right to further sublicense or distribute the Programs) and (ii) in the case of the foregoing clause (b), [***].  Licensee shall ensure that all of its users are bound by the terms of this Agreement and that all of its sublicensees agree in a written agreement to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Licensee. Each such permitted sublicensee shall agree in such written agreement not to assign, sublicense, distribute or otherwise transfer the Programs in any manner, except with respect to any permitted sublicensee covered by clause (b) above, [***].  Any such written agreement shall contain a statement that Broad is an intended third party beneficiary of such agreement for the purpose of enforcing such agreement against such sublicensee.  Notwithstanding any such sublicense agreement, Licensee shall remain primarily liable to Broad for all of Licensee’s duties and obligations contained in this Agreement, and any act or omission of a direct or indirect sublicensee which would be a breach of this Agreement if performed by Licensee shall be deemed to be a breach by Licensee of this Agreement.  Licensee further agrees that it shall not put any Program or derivative work thereof on a network, server, or other similar technology that may be accessed by anyone other than the Licensee, its employees and its permitted sublicensees who are bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.3  License Limitations. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to confer any rights upon Licensee by implication, estoppel, or otherwise to any computer software, trademark, intellectual property, or patent rights of Broad, or of any other entity, except as expressly granted herein. Licensee agrees that the Programs, in whole or part, shall not be used as the basis of a commercial software or hardware product. For clarity, the foregoing sentence shall not be

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

interpreted to limit Licensee’s right to use the software in connection with the commercialization of any Licensed Product in accordance with the Licensed Use.  Licensee further agrees not to: (a) assign, sublicense, distribute or otherwise transfer (except as expressly set forth in Section 2.2) to any third party the Programs or any derivative works thereof; (b) use or reproduce the Programs in violation of the license grant in Section 2.1; (c) remove any proprietary notices on or in the Programs; (d) use the Programs in an illegal or fraudulent manner;  (e) take an action or fail to take an action that would make any Program subject to an open source or similar license; or (f) disclose the source code of the Programs to any person or entity, other than a permitted sublicensee.

 

2.4  Technical Support for [***].  During the Term, Broad shall endeavor to provide technical support for [***] through [***], solely to the extent and for so long as Broad, in its sole discretion, generally provides such support to end-users of [***], in a manner that is reasonable and standard for routine Program technical support operations at Broad.

 

2.5  Components. The Programs may include components that may be accompanied by separate license terms.  Some of the components may be open source packages, developed independently, and accompanied by separate license terms.  Licensee’s license rights with respect to individual components accompanied by separate license terms are defined by those terms; nothing in this Agreement shall restrict, limit, or otherwise affect any rights or obligations Licensee may have, or conditions to which Licensee may be subject, under such license terms.

 

3. OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

Licensee acknowledges that title to the Programs shall remain with Broad or its licensors, as applicable. The Programs are marked with the following Broad copyright notice and notice of attribution to contributors. Licensee shall retain such notices on all copies of the Programs. Licensee agrees to include appropriate attribution if any results obtained from use of the Programs are included in any publication.

 

Copyright Notice:

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

Notice of attribution:

 

The [ Program name ] program was made available by The Broad Institute, Inc.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Except as stated above for notice and attribution purposes, Licensee shall not use the name of “The Broad Institute, Inc.” or any variation, adaptation, or abbreviation thereof, or of any of its directors, officers, faculty, employees, agents, or affiliated investigators or any trademark owned by Broad, or any terms of this Agreement in any promotional material or other public announcement or disclosure without the prior written consent of Broad. The foregoing notwithstanding, Licensee may make factual statements during the term of this Agreement that a license has been granted by Broad as provided in this Agreement.

 

Licensee acknowledges that the Programs may require the use of third party databases or software, and it is Licensee’s responsibility to obtain such licenses directly from such third parties for such databases and software.

 

4. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

 

4.1  Licensee shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Broad, and its respective directors, officers, faculty, students, employees, affiliated investigators, and agents, and their respective successors, heirs and assigns (“Indemnitees”), against any liability, damage, loss, or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or imposed upon any of the Indemnitees in connection with any claims, suits, actions, demands or judgments arising out of any theory of liability (including, without limitation, actions in the form of tort, warranty, or strict liability and regardless of whether such action has any factual basis) (“Claim”) pursuant to (a) any right, license or sublicense granted under this Agreement or (b) Licensee’s performance or exercise of rights under this Agreement.

 

4.2  The Indemnitees agree to provide Licensee with prompt written notice of any Claim for which indemnification is sought under this Agreement.  Licensee agrees, at its own expense, to provide attorneys reasonably acceptable to Broad to defend against any such Claim.  The Indemnitees shall cooperate with Licensee, at Licensee’s expense, in such defense and shall permit Licensee to conduct and control such defense and the disposition of such Claim (including without limitation all decisions relative to litigation, appeal, and settlement); provided , however , that any Indemnitee shall have the right to retain its own counsel, at the expense of Licensee, if representation of such Indemnitee by the counsel retained by Licensee would be inappropriate because of actual or potential differences in the interests of such Indemnitee and any other party represented by such counsel; and provided , further that, in such event, Broad agrees to use diligent efforts to select counsel, and to cause any other Indemnitees to select counsel, that minimizes the number of counsel retained by all Indemnitees.  Licensee agrees to keep counsel(s) for Indemnitees informed of the progress in the defense and disposition of such Claim and to consult with Broad with regard to any proposed settlement.  Licensee shall not settle any Claim that has an adverse effect on the rights of any Indemnitee hereunder that is not immaterial or that admits any liability by or imposes any obligation on any Indemnitee without the prior written consent of such Indemnitee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  An Indemnitee may not settle any Claim without the prior written consent of Licensee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

4.3  Licensee shall obtain and carry in full force and effect commercial general liability insurance, including product liability and errors and omissions insurance which shall protect Licensee and Indemnitees.  At such time as any process or service relating to, or developed

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

pursuant to, this Agreement is being sold, offered for sale, developed, practiced, or performed by Licensee, Licensee shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain policies of commercial general liability insurance naming Indemnitees as additional insureds.  The limits of the commercial general liability insurance shall not be less than [***]  per occurrence with an aggregate of [***] for bodily injury including death, property damage, and products/completed operations coverage. Such general liability insurance must provide (a) liability coverage and (b) broad form contractual liability coverage for Licensee indemnification under Section 4.1 of this Agreement.  The minimum amounts of insurance coverage required under these provisions may not be construed to create a limit of Licensee’s liability with respect to its indemnification obligation under Section 4.1 this Agreement.  Licensee shall provide Broad with written evidence of such insurance upon request.  Licensee shall provide Broad with written notice at least [***] days prior to the cancellation, non-renewal or material change in such insurance; if Licensee does not obtain replacement insurance providing comparable coverage within such [***] day period, Broad has the right to terminate this Agreement effective at the end of such [***] day period without any notice or additional waiting periods. Licensee shall maintain such comprehensive general liability insurance beyond the expiration or termination of this Agreement during:  (i) the period that any service, relating to, or developed pursuant to, this Agreement is being sold, offered for sale, developed, practiced, or performed by Licensee and (ii) a reasonable period after the period referred to in Section 4.3(i) above, which in no event shall be less than [***] years.

 

5. NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

 

THE PROGRAMS AND TOOLS ARE DELIVERED “AS IS”.  BROAD MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE PROGRAMS, TOOLS OR THE COPYRIGHT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR THE ABSENCE OF LATENT OR OTHER DEFECTS, WHETHER OR NOT DISCOVERABLE. BROAD EXTENDS NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND AS TO CONFORMITY OF PROGRAMS OR TOOLS WITH WHATEVER USER MANUALS OR OTHER LITERATURE MAY BE ISSUED FROM TIME TO TIME. IN NO EVENT SHALL BROAD OR ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AFFILIATED INVESTIGATORS AND AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ECONOMIC DAMAGES OR INJURY TO PROPERTY AND LOST PROFITS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER BROAD SHALL BE ADVISED, SHALL HAVE OTHER REASON TO KNOW, OR IN FACT SHALL KNOW OF THE POSSIBILITY OF THE FOREGOING.  EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO MATTERS FOR WHICH LICENSEE IS OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY INDEMNITEES UNDER SECTION 4, IN NO EVENT SHALL LICENSEE, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE TO BROAD WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT UNDER ANY CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE KNOWN OF THE POSSIBILITY OF THE FOREGOING.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

6. ASSIGNMENT

 

This Agreement is personal to Licensee and any rights or obligations assigned by Licensee without the prior written consent of Broad shall be null and void, provided that Licensee shall have the right to assign this Agreement without the consent of Broad in connection with a permitted assignment of the Patent License to the same entity to which the Patent License is assigned.  Licensee shall notify Broad in writing within [***] days of any such assignment.

 

7. MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1  General Compliance with Laws. Licensee shall comply with all government statues and regulations that relate to the Licensed Use.  These include but are not limited to FDA statutes and regulations, the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, 50 App. U.S.C. 2041 et. seq., and the regulations promulgated thereunder or other applicable export statutes or regulations. Licensee bears sole responsibility for any violation of such laws and regulations and shall indemnify, defend and hold Broad harmless for the consequences of any such violation.  Licensee gives assurance that it will comply with all United States export control laws and regulations controlling the export of the Programs, including, without limitation, all Export Administration Regulations of the United States Department of Commerce. Among other things, these laws and regulations prohibit, or require a license for, the export of certain types of software to specified countries.

 

7.2  Termination. Licensee shall have the right to terminate this Agreement for any reason upon prior written notice to Broad. If Licensee breaches any provision hereunder, and fails to cure such breach within [***] days, Broad may terminate this Agreement immediately. Upon termination, Licensee shall provide Broad with written assurance that the original and all copies of the Programs have been destroyed.

 

7.3  Survival. The following provisions shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement: Articles 1, 3, 4, 5, and Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.8.  All existing sublicenses under this Agreement shall survive to the same extent as the corresponding sublicense under the Patent License survives, and if a Direct License (as defined in the Patent License) is granted under the Patent License to any sublicensee under this Agreement, then a license on substantially the same non-economic terms and conditions set forth in the applicable sublicense granted by Licensee shall be granted by Broad to such sublicensee.

 

7.4  Notice. Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing, shall specifically refer to this Agreement, and shall be sent by hand, recognized national overnight courier, confirmed facsimile transmission, confirmed electronic mail, or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested.  All notices under this Agreement shall be deemed effective upon receipt.

 

7.5  Amendment and Waiver; Entire Agreement. This Agreement may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified only by means of a written instrument signed by all parties. Any waiver of any rights or failure to act in a specific instance shall relate only to such instance and shall not be construed as an agreement to waive any rights or fail to act in any other instance, whether or not similar. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

respect to its subject matter and supersedes prior agreements or understandings between the parties relating to its subject matter.

 

7.6  Binding Effect; Headings. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. All headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of this Agreement.

 

7.7  Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment hereto may be executed in counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  If this Agreement is executed in counterparts, no signatory hereto will be bound until all the parties named below have duly executed a counterpart of this Agreement.

 

7.8  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, governed, interpreted and applied in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, U.S.A., without regard to conflict of laws principles.

 

 

Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

The Broad Institute, Inc.

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

Cary Pfeffer

 

Name:

Issi Rozen

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Cary Pfeffer

 

Signature:

/s/ Issi Rozen

 

 

 

Date:

11-13-15

 

Date:

11/13/15

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Exhibit C
Development Plan

 

Latest date of achievement

 

Description(s)

December 31, 2016

 

·     Prepare and file Neon-sponsored IND for the Licensed NeoVax Product.

 

·     Complete Neon-sponsored study protocol design.

 

·     Prepare for Neon-sponsored Phase I Clinical Study initiation.

 

·              Establish supply agreements with vendors or develop Company capabilities to enable Licensed NeoVax Product supply for Neon-sponsored Phase I Clinical Study.

 

 

 

June 30, 2017

 

·     Initiate Neon-sponsored Phase I Clinical Study for the Licensed NeoVax Product.

 

·     Evaluate production improvements for Licensed NeoVax Product supply.

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

·     Continue to execute and evaluate patient data for Neon-sponsored Phase I Clinical Study.

 

·     Evaluate production improvements for Licensed NeoVax Product supply.

 

 

 

[***]

 

·     [***]

 

·     [***]

 

 

 

[***]

 

·     [***]

 

The following table lists the Development Milestones.

 

Latest date of achievement

 

Description(s)

December 31, 2016

 

·       Prepare and file Neon-sponsored IND for the Licensed NeoVax Product.

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

June 30, 2017

 

·       Initiate Neon-sponsored Phase I Clinical Study for the Licensed NeoVax Product.

 

 

 

[***]

 

·       [***]

 

 

 

[***]

 

·       [***]

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Exhibit D

Restricted Stock Agreement

 

[ Attached. ]

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of November 13, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made by and between Neon Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and The Broad Institute, Inc., a not-for-profit corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“ Purchaser ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Purchaser are parties to that certain License Agreement, dated as of even date herewith (the “ License Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to issue to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to receive from the Company, an aggregate of 300,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”) in consideration for licenses granted to the Company under the License Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the promises set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, accepted and agreed to, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

Act :  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Initial Public Offering : the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Common Stock shall be publicly held.

 

Shares :  The shares of Common Stock issued to Purchaser hereunder and any other securities of the Company which may be issued in exchange for or in respect of such shares of Common Stock, whether by way of stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization or any other means.

 

2.             Issuance of Shares .  Pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby issues to Purchaser, and Purchaser hereby accepts from the Company, 300,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, in consideration for licenses granted to the Company under the License Agreement.

 

3.             Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties of Purchaser .  Purchaser represents to the

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Company as of the Effective Date, and agrees that the Company is entitled to rely on such representations, as follows:

 

(i)            Purchaser is acquiring the Shares for investment for Purchaser’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Act.

 

(ii)           Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Act, or registered or qualified under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of any jurisdiction, and are being sold pursuant to exemptions contained in the Act and exemptions contained in other applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws.  Purchaser understands further that the Company’s reliance on these exemptions is based in part on the representations made by Purchaser in this Agreement.

 

(iii)          Purchaser understands the term “accredited investor” as used in Regulation D promulgated under the Act and represents and warrants to the Company that Purchaser is an “accredited investor” for purposes of acquiring the Shares.  Purchaser understands that the Shares are an illiquid investment, which may not become freely transferable by reason of any “change of circumstances” whatever.  Purchaser has no need for liquidity in Purchaser’s investment.

 

(iv)          Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Shares must be held indefinitely unless the Shares are subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares.  Purchaser understands that the certificate evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Shares unless the Shares are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

(v)           The Shares may be resold by Purchaser in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144 of the Act (“ Rule 144 ”), which may require, among other things: (i) the availability of certain public information about the Company and (ii) the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 after the Purchaser has purchased, and made full payment for (within the meaning of Rule 144), the securities to be sold.

 

(vi)          Purchaser further understands that at the time Purchaser wishes to sell the Shares there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirements of Rule 144, and that, in such event, Purchaser may be precluded from selling the Shares under Rule 144 even if the minimum holding period requirement had been satisfied.

 

(vii)         In connection with Purchaser’s acquisition of the Shares, Purchaser accepts the condition that the Company may maintain “stop transfer” orders with respect to the Shares and that each certificate or other document evidencing the Shares will bear conspicuous legends in substantially the form set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement.

 

(viii)        Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has granted Purchaser

 

2



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

and Purchaser’s attorney or accountant access to all information about the Company which they have requested and has offered each of them access to all further information which they deemed relevant to an investment decision with respect to the Shares.  Purchaser and Purchaser’s attorney or accountant have had the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, representatives of the Company concerning such information and the Company’s financial condition and prospects.

 

(b)           Representations and Warranties of Company .  Company represents to the Purchaser as of the Effective Date, and agrees that the Purchaser is entitled to rely on such representations, as follows:

 

(i)            The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.  The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, property or results of operations of the Company.

 

(ii)           Exhibit A hereto sets forth the true and complete fully diluted capitalization of the Company immediately following issuance of the Shares to Purchaser, including, without limitation, issued and outstanding Common Stock, granted stock options, shares of Common Stock reserved for future award grants under the Company’s stock option plan, each series of Preferred Stock, and convertible securities, warrants and any other stock purchase rights.  All outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock and all shares of the Company’s Common Stock underlying outstanding options are subject to (i) a right of first refusal in favor of the Company upon any proposed transfer (other than transfers for estate planning purposes); and (ii) a lock-up or market standoff agreement of not less than one hundred eighty (180) days following the Company’s initial public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Act.

 

(iii)          All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into the License Agreement or this Agreement, and to issue the Shares to the Purchaser, has been taken.  All action on the part of the officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of the License Agreement and this Agreement and the issuance and delivery of the Shares has been taken.  The License Agreement and this Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

(iv)          The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement and the License Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than as set forth in Section 4 hereof, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by Purchaser.  Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the

 

3



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Purchasers in Section 3(a)  of this Agreement, the Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(c)           Covenants of Company .  Company shall not subject Purchaser or its affiliates to, or permit or cause Purchaser or its affiliates to be subjected to, any limitations on their activities (such as exclusivity, non-competition, non-solicit, or other limitations) under any agreements, instruments or documents in connection with the Purchaser’s interest in the Shares (whether pursuant to investment agreements, stockholder agreements, provisions in organizational documents, provisions imposed in connection with any merger, consolidation, sale of shares of the Company or otherwise), other than as may be consented to in advance in a writing solely between the Purchaser and the Company specifically referencing this Section 3(c)  of this Agreement.  In addition, Company acknowledges and agrees that Purchaser shall not be required to enter into any agreement, instrument or document in connection with the Shares other than this Agreement.  In the event Purchaser nonetheless agrees, in its sole discretion, to enter into any such agreement, instrument or document, Company shall ensure that such agreement, instrument or document shall provide that it may not be amended in a manner that affects Purchaser differently and adversely as compared to other holders of equity of the Company that are a party or subject thereto without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

 

4.             Restrictions on Transfer .  The following restrictions on transfer of the Shares will apply:

 

(a)           Securities Laws .  No Shares, nor any interest therein, may be sold, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred at any time or under any circumstances unless: (i) the Shares proposed to be transferred have been registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or (ii) the Company has received, or agreed to waive, an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer may be effected without registration under the Act or qualification under the securities laws of relevant states and the proposed transferee has made such representations and agreements as the Company will require to assure compliance with the Act and such laws.

 

(b)           Right of First Refusal .

 

(i)            Offer of Sale; Notice of Proposed Sale or Transfer .  In the event that at any time prior to the Company’s Initial Public Offering, Purchaser desires to sell, assign or otherwise transfer any Shares or any interest therein, it will first deliver written notice of its desire to do so (the “ Notice ”) to the Company.  The Notice must specify the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the name of the person or persons to whom he proposes to transfer such Shares (to the extent disclosure of such name is not prohibited by any confidentiality obligation of Purchaser to the proposed transferee), the price at which such Shares are intended to be transferred and any other material terms of the transaction, which must be bona fide.

 

(ii)           Company’s Option to Purchase .  The Company will have an option to purchase all of the Shares offered in the Notice for the price and on the terms specified in such Notice.  The Company must exercise such option in full and by giving written notice to Purchaser no later than [***] days after receipt of such Notice.

 

4



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

(iii)          Closing of Purchase by Company .  In the event the Company duly exercises its option to purchase all of the Shares, the closing of such purchase will take place within five (5) days after the expiration of the aforesaid ten (10) day period, and all payments from the Company shall have been delivered to the Purchaser by this time.

 

(iv)          Failure to Exercise Options to Purchase .  If within the [***] day time period specified in Section 4(b)(iii)  the Company does not exercise its option to purchase all of the offered Shares, the Company shall be deemed to have forfeited any right to purchase such Shares, and the Purchaser shall be free to complete the proposed transfer, but such transfer will be made only to the proposed transferee or transferees on substantially similar terms as stated in such Notice.  Shares that are so transferred will remain subject to Sections 4 through 6 , inclusive, of this Agreement, and as a condition to any transfer Purchaser will obtain a written agreement from the transferee by which the transferee agrees to be bound by Sections 4 through 6 , inclusive, of this Agreement.

 

(v)           Permitted Transfers .  Any portion or all of the Shares may, without compliance with the provisions of Section 4(b) , be transferred by the Purchaser to an affiliate or to the Purchaser’s or its affiliates’ stockholders, members, partners or other equity holders, provided that the Shares that are so transferred will remain subject to this Section 4 and as a condition to any transfer Purchaser will obtain a written agreement from the transferee by which the transferee agrees to be bound by this Section 4 .

 

(c)           Remedies .  No sale, assignment, pledge or other transfer of Shares will be effective or given effect on the books of the Company unless all of the applicable provisions of this Section 4 have been duly complied with.  If any transfer of Shares is made or attempted in violation of such restrictions, or if Shares are not offered to the Company as required hereby, the Company will have the right to purchase such Shares from the purported owner thereof or his transferee at any time before or after the transfer, as herein provided.  In addition to any other legal or equitable remedies which it may have, the Company may enforce its rights by actions for specific performance (to the extent permitted by law) and may refuse to recognize any transferee as one of its stockholders for any purpose, including, without limitation, for purposes of dividend and voting rights, until all applicable provisions hereof have been complied with.

 

(d)           Lock-Up .  Purchaser shall not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, the Shares (the “ Restricted Securities ”), during the 180-day period following the date of the final prospectus relating to  the Company’s Initial Public Offering (or such longer period, not to exceed 34 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “ Lock-Up Period ”).  Purchaser agrees to execute and deliver such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the managing underwriters which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Purchaser’s Restricted Securities until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 4(d)  and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as

 

5



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

though they were a party hereto.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 4(d)  shall apply only to the Initial Public Offering, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Purchaser only if all officers and directors are subject to the same restrictions and the Company obtains a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than five percent (5%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock on a fully diluted basis.  Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all stockholders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

5.             Legends .  Each certificate representing the Shares will prominently bear legends in substantially the following forms (in addition to any other legend which may be required by other agreements between the parties hereto):

 

a)              “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SAID ACT HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH OR UNLESS THE CORPORATION HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

b)              “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THE REGISTRATION, QUALIFICATION AND FILING REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE JURISDICTIONS HAVE BEEN SATISFIED OR THE CORPORATION HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION WILL BE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, QUALIFICATION, AND FILINGS IN ALL SUCH JURISDICTIONS.”

 

c)               “THE CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE MORE THAN ONE CLASS OF STOCK.  THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS, AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES OF ANY CLASS ARE SET FORTH IN THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION.  THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH A COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

 

6



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

d)              “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, BETWEEN THE OWNER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE CORPORATION.  THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

 

e)               Any legend required by appropriate blue sky officials.

 

6.             Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations, representations and proposals, written or oral, relating to such subject matter.

 

(b)           Amendments .  Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be changed or modified except by an agreement in writing executed by Purchaser and on behalf of the Company.

 

(c)           Binding Effect of the Agreement .  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company, Purchaser and their respective estates, heirs, executors, transferees, successors, assigns and legal representatives.

 

(d)           Provisions Severable .  In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein will, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and all other provisions will remain in full force and effect.  If any of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be excessively broad, it will be reformed and construed by limiting and reducing it so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

(e)           Notices .  All notices under this Agreement will be effective (i) upon personal or facsimile delivery, (ii) two (2) business days after deposit in the United States mail as registered or certified mail postage fully prepaid, or (iii) one (1) business day after pickup by any overnight commercial courier service, in each case sent or addressed to the Company at its principal office or to Purchaser at his record address as carried in the stock records of the Company, as the case may be, or at such other address as either may from time to time designate in writing to the other.

 

(f)            Construction .  A reference to a Section will mean a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated.  The titles and headings herein are for reference purposes only and will not in any manner limit the construction of this Agreement which will be considered as a whole.  The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” when used herein will be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.”  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used herein will include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of names and pronouns will include the plural and vice-versa.

 

7



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

(g)           Applicable Law .  This Agreement will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws that would require the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.  Purchaser consents to jurisdiction and venue in any state or federal court in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for the purposes of any action relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any breach or alleged breach hereof, and to service of process in any such action by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

(h)           Disposition of Shares; Purchase by Nominee or Designee .  Any Shares that the Company elects to purchase hereunder may be disposed of by it in such manner as it deems appropriate with or without restrictions on the transfer thereof, and the Company may require their transfer to a nominee or designee as part of any purchase of Shares from Purchaser.

 

(i)            Arbitration .  In the event of any dispute, controversy, disagreement or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or interpretation of any of the provisions, the same shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration for resolution in accordance with the following procedures:  The parties shall first attempt to mediate the matter.  If the matter has not been satisfactorily resolved within [***] days after written notice by either party to the other requesting mediation, then the matter shall be referred to arbitration for resolution before a single arbitrator under the then commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “ A.A.A .”), and the decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties.  If the parties are unable to agree on a single neutral arbitrator, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the A.A.A.  The arbitrator shall not have any current or past business or financial relationships with any party to the arbitration or its Affiliates, and shall have experience in the arbitration or mediation of contract disputes.  Each party shall be responsible for its proportionate share of the filing fee and the arbitrator’s fee; and otherwise, each party shall be responsible for its own costs and expenses, including travel, consultants, witnesses and attorneys’ fees and disbursements.  The arbitrator shall be authorized only to interpret and apply the provisions of this Agreement or any related agreements entered into under this Agreement and shall have no power to modify or change any of the above in any manner.  The arbitrator shall have no authority to award punitive, special or consequential damages or any damages inconsistent with this Agreement.  The arbitrator shall, within [***] days of the conclusion of the hearing, unless such time is extended by agreement of the parties, notify the parties in writing of his or her decision, stating his or her reasons for such decision and separately listing his or her findings of fact and conclusions of law.  The arbitration shall be conducted in Boston, Massachusetts, and shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding and may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.  Nothing in this Section 6(i)  shall in any way limit the right of a party to seek preliminary and permanent injunctive relief from any court of competent jurisdiction pending an award being issued. The parties agree that all applicable statutes of limitation and time based defenses (i.e. estoppel and laches) shall be tolled whole the procedures set forth in this Section 6(i)  are pending.  The parties shall cooperate in taking any actions necessary to achieve this result.  Each party shall continue to perform its undisputed obligations under this Agreement pending resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

8



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

- REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK -

 

9



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

THE BROAD INSTITUTE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[ Signature page to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ]

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Schedule 1.85
Neoantigen Vaccine Product

 

Neoantigen Vaccine Product means a therapeutic product described as follows:

 

·                   [***]

 

·                   [***]

 

a)              [***].

 

b)              [***].

 

c)               [***].

 

d)              [***].

 



 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND MARKED WITH “[***]”. AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED SEPARATELY TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AS REQUIRED BY RULE 406 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

Schedule 1.86
NeoVax Product

 

NeoVax Product means a therapeutic vaccine product described as follows:

 

·                   [***]

 

·                   [***]:

 

a)              [***].

 

b)              [***].

 

c)               [***].

 

d)              [***].

 

e)               [***].

 

f)                [***].

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

 

July 28, 2016

 

Hugh O’Dowd

 

Re:          Employment by Neon Therapeutics, Inc .

 

Dear Hugh:

 

On behalf of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. (“Neon Therapeutics,” or the “Company”), I am pleased to confirm our offer to employ you as President and Chief Executive Officer. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of your employment.

 

1.     Position; Duties. In the role of President and Chief Executive Officer, you will report to and take direction from the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”). You will also serve on the Board. Subject to the Board’s discretion, it is expected that your duties will include:

 

·                   Oversee and integrate all company activities to ensure the Company meets its research, development, and business milestones by focusing on value creation for our founders, employees, partners, investors and most importantly, making a difference in patients’ lives

 

·                   Work with the Board and senior management to develop and communicate a compelling vision, strategic direction and company business plan; continually evaluate alternative strategies; identify competitive issues; capitalize on the product engine and develop and implement operating plans to achieve objectives

 

·                   Build a robust organization by ensuring that qualified research & development and business talent are recruited hired and retained. Work with the Board and the senior management team to manage uncertainty while maintaining an entrepreneurial environment; manage performance of team by providing feedback, teaching and development opportunities

 

·                   Foster an internal atmosphere that supports individual accountability, transparency, open communication and respect to enable employees to focus on the Company’s culture and mission

 

·                   Build and maintain a “Group Genius” environment for our founders, employees, advisors, key opinion leaders, partners and investors where everyone expresses their ideas and opinions and where we ultimately integrate these ideas to achieve the best plans and solutions for our patients

 

2.     Start Date. Your effective date of hire as a regular employee will be October 1, 2016, or sooner if agreed to by you and the Company. For purposes of this letter your actual first day of employment shall be referred to as the “Start Date”.

 

 



 

3.     Salary, Annual Bonus and Additional Bonus. Your base salary will be paid at the rate of $425,000 per year, payable monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal pay schedule. You will be eligible to receive a 2016 year-end incentive bonus, targeted at 40% of your base salary based upon achievement of all corporate and personal goals, as determined by the Board in its discretion. You will be eligible to receive a bonus payment at, above, or below the 40% target depending on the level at which you achieve objectives. Your target bonus for 2016 will be prorated based on your Start Date. You must be employed on the date on which the bonus is paid in order to earn any part of it.

 

You will be eligible to participate each year in any annual bonus plan adopted by the Company, and the Company shall adopt and implement such a plan, if reasonable in light of financial, business and other circumstances and factors.

 

In addition, you will be eligible for an Additional Bonus of $150,000 payable upon the closing of a transaction (either an equity financing or strategic partnership) that generates significant committed (i.e. not contingent upon milestones, etc.) capital for the Company, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

4.     Relocation. As part of your relocation, we will coordinate a house hunting trip to Massachusetts for you and your spouse and we will arrange for you to meet with a preferred realtor. You will be reimbursed for the reasonable costs of such trip provided that the Company has pre-approved in writing such expenses.

 

Additionally, the Company will provide you with temporary housing for the first three months of your employment with the Company. The cost of such temporary housing shall not exceed $15,000.

 

The Company will provide you with a relocation bonus in the form of a sign-on bonus of $200,000 (the “Relocation Bonus”). The Relocation Bonus will be paid during your first month of employment and will be subject to customary deductions and withholdings. Should you voluntarily leave the Company (other than for death or disability or a Good Reason resignation as defined below) or are terminated for Cause, within 12 months after receiving the Relocation Bonus, you will be expected to repay such bonus within 5 days of the date of termination.

 

5.     Benefits. As a full time employee, you may participate in any employee benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees from time to time, provided you are eligible under and subject to all provisions of the plan documents governing those programs. Current benefits include participation in a company sponsored health care plan, dental plan, short term disability insurance, long term disability insurance, 401k plan, 15 days of paid vacation and parking benefit. The Company, however, reserves the right to modify, terminate, or replace its employee benefit plans and policies in its sole discretion.

 

6.     Equity Grant. Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 3,802,375 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Option”). In lieu of the option you may elect to purchase all, or a portion, of the shares as

 



 

restricted stock at fair market value subject to vesting. The Option will be granted as soon as practicable following the Start Date. The exercise price of the Option will be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, and the Board of Directors may elect to seek a third party valuation of such fair market value, which could delay the date that the Option is granted. The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s then-current stock option plan and form of stock option agreement (the “Equity Documents”). These options will vest as follows: one quarter of the shares will vest on the first anniversary of the Start Date, and following that, 1/36 th  of the remaining shares will vest on a monthly basis thereafter. In addition you will be granted, as soon as practicable following the Start Date, an option to purchase 200,125 shares of the Company’s common stock that will vest upon the closing of a strategic partnership that generates significant committed (i.e. not contingent upon milestones, etc.) non-dilutive capital, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board.

 

Neon Therapeutics acknowledges that you currently reside in the United Kingdom and that you desire to accept this job as a full time position in Massachusetts. Your normal place of work will be at the location of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. currently in Cambridge, MA.

 

7.     Termination of Employment. It is understood that you are an “at-will” employee. You are not being offered employment for a definite period of time, and either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause or prior notice and without additional compensation to you, other than as provided below.

 

a.    Termination by the Company for Cause. The Company may terminate your employment for “Cause” (as defined in Section 9(e) below) upon written notice to you effectively immediately, in which case you will not be entitled to receive any form of payment other than (i) your earned compensation through your date of separation; (ii) reimbursement for any business expenses incurred by you but not yet paid to you as of the date your employment terminates; and (iii) any amounts accrued and payable under the terms of the Company’s benefit plans (together, the “Accrued Obligations”).

 

b.    Termination by you without Good Reason. .You may terminate your employment voluntarily other than for “Good Reason” (as defined in Section 9(d) below) upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Company, in which case you will not be entitled to receive any form of payment other than the Accrued Obligations.

 

c.    Termination by the Company without Cause. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company terminates your employment without Cause, then, subject to you entering into and complying with a separation agreement and general release in the form provided by the Company, you will be entitled to the Accrued Obligations, and severance pay in an amount equal to: (i) twelve (12) months of your then base salary as of the date of termination, such amount to be paid in equal installments over a twelve (12) month period after the date of your termination in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll practices and periods, subject to applicable taxes and withholding, (ii) payment for twelve (12) months of monthly COBRA premiums at the same rate as the Company pays for active employees for you and your eligible dependents, subject to applicable COBRA terms and in compliance with applicable non-discrimination or other requirements under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), the Patient

 



 

Protection and Affordable Care Act, or the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act.(collectively, the “Severance Benefits”).

 

d.    Termination by You For Good Reason. You may terminate your employment for Good Reason (as defined in Section 9(f) below). In the event you terminate your employment for Good Reason, in addition to the Accrued Obligations, you will be entitled to the Severance Benefits, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 9(c).

 

e.        Definition of “Cause. ” For purposes of this letter agreement, “Cause” means your dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business that results in or is reasonably anticipated to result in material harm to the Company; (ii) your conviction of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) your failure to perform your assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, for thirty (30) days after written notice given to you by the Company describing such failure in reasonable detail; (iv) your gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company that results in or is reasonably anticipated to result in material harm to the Company; or (v) your material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between you and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.

 

f.     Definition of Good Reason. For purposes of this letter agreement, “Good Reason” means, in the context of your resignation from your employment position with the Company, a resignation that occurs within thirty (30) days following: (i) a change in the principal location at which you provide services to the Company beyond fifty (50) miles from Cambridge, MA; (ii) a material reduction in your compensation or a material reduction in your benefits, except such a reduction in connection with a general reduction in compensation or other benefits of all senior executives of the Company; (iii) a material breach of this letter by the Company that has not been cured within ten (10) days after written notice thereof by you to the Company; or (iv) a failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this letter by any successor to the Company.

 

g.    409A Matters. The time for payment, or schedule for payment, of any severance payments due hereunder may not be accelerated, except as provided for in the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 , as amended (the “Code”), or any law replacing or superseding such Section or regulations. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 9(g), in the case that the Company becomes a publicly traded company and you are deemed a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A(2)(B)(i) of the Code), no severance payment may be made earlier than the date which is six (6) months after the termination of employment hereunder (or, if earlier, the date of the death of the Executive) if and to the extent required by applicable law or other rules of any stock exchange upon which any of shares of the Company’s capital stock are then traded. Each payment pursuant to this letter agreement (including each installment of the severance payments described above) is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). If any payments or benefits under Section 9.c., above, constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and the

 



 

period to execute the Release described in such section commences in one calendar year and ends in another calendar year, then regardless of when the Release is returned to the Company and becomes effective, the Release Effective Date will not be deemed to occur until such later calendar year. All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this letter shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

i.     Change of Control. In the event that, within either the twelve (12) month period that immediately follows, or the 30 day period immediately prior to, a Change in Control (as defined below), your employment with the Company is terminated: (i) by the Company without Cause, or (iii) as a result of your resignation for Good Reason, then 100% of your then unvested equity and/or options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Equity Awards”) shall accelerate and become fully vested. In addition, if, in connection with a Change in Control, an Equity Award will not be assumed or continued by the successor or acquiror entity in such Change in Control or substituted for a similar award of the successor or acquiror entity and will therefore terminate, then, you will become vested with respect to any then unvested portion of any applicable Equity Award, effective immediately prior to, but subject to the consummation of such Change in Control. As used herein, “Change in Control” shall mean the (i) the sale of the Company in which the shareholders of the Company in their capacity as such no longer own a majority of the outstanding equity securities of the Company (or its successor); (ii) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Company (other than in a spin-off or similar transaction) or (iii) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in their sole discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a bona fide equity or debt financing of the Company, including a financing in which greater than 50% of the Company’s outstanding equity securities are acquired by a third-party, or reorganization required to effect an initial public offering, be deemed a “Change in Control” for purposes of this letter.

 

8.     Restrictive Covenants. Enclosed for your review is an “Employee Confidentiality, Noncompetition and Assignment Agreement” (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”). This offer of employment is conditioned on you agreement to the terms of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement. You will be expected to sign the Agreement before you report for work.

 

You represent that you are not under any obligation to any former employer or any person or entity which would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by you of your duties as an employee of the Company.

 

9.     Immigration Requirement. The Immigration Reform and Control Act requires employers to verify the employment eligibility and identity of new employees. You will be required to complete a Form 1-9 which will be provided to you before the Start Date. Please bring the appropriate documents listed on that form with you when you report for work. We will

 



 

not be able to employ you if you fail to comply with this requirement. Also, this offer is subject to satisfactory reference checks if necessary.

 

10.  General. This letter agreement and the Restrictive Covenant Agreement referenced above constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company, although your job duties, title, reporting relationship, compensation and benefits may change from time to time, at the Company’s option. The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including the Restrictive Covenant Agreement) without your consent to any affiliate or to any person or entity with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into or to whom it transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon you and the Company, and each of your and its respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

Please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter to me at crobinson@thirdrockventures.com. We look forward to your joining the Company and are pleased that you will be working with us.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D.

 

 

 

Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D.

Interim President & Chief Executive Officer

Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Accepted and greed:

 

/s/ Hugh O’Dowd

 

Hugh O’Dowd

 

 

 

7.29.16

 

Date

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

 

May 12, 2017

 

Mr. Yasir Al-Wakeel, BM BCh

132 Commonwealth Avenue, Apt. 9

Boston, MA 02116

 

Re: Offer of Employment

 

Dear Yasir,

 

Neon Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to confirm its offer to employ you as Chief Financial Officer, reporting to Hugh O’Dowd, President and Chief Executive Officer, on the terms set forth herein. This offer is contingent upon a successful and positive outcome of a background check which will include criminal, education and work history components. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of your employment (the “Agreement”).

 

Start Date : Your effective date of employment will be June 19, 2017, unless another date is agreed to by you and the Company. For purposes of this offer letter, the actual first day of your employment shall be referred to as the “Start Date”. You will be based out of the Company’s main office, located at 40 Erie Street, Suite 110, Cambridge, MA.

 

Base Salary : Your base salary will be at the annualized rate of $375,000.00, payable semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal pay schedule.

 

Annual Performance Bonus : You will be eligible for an annual performance bonus in each calendar year of employment based on the achievement of individual and Company goals as established by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion (each such bonus being an “Annual Performance Bonus”). The target amount of each Annual Performance Bonus will be equal to 25% of your base salary in effect as of the last day of the calendar year to which the Annual Performance Bonus pertains and will be pro-rated for any partial calendar years of employment (including 2017). In addition to achieving the relevant goals, to earn an Annual Performance Bonus in any calendar year of employment, you must remain employed on the date that it is paid, which shall be no later than March 15 th  of the calendar year following the calendar year to which the Annual Performance Bonus pertains.

 

Signing Bonus : Within the thirty (30) days following the Start Date, the Company will pay you a signing bonus in the amount of $230,000.00 (the “Signing Bonus”). If, prior to a Change in Control (defined below), either the Company provides notice to you that it is terminating your employment for Cause (defined below) or you provide notice to the

 

Un locking the immune system to attack cancer

 

www.neontherapeutics.com

 



 

Company that you are terminating your employment without Good Reason (defined below), you will be required to repay: (i) 100% of the Signing Bonus (in the net amount you received from the Company after accounting for tax-related deductions and withholdings) if termination occurs before June 19, 2018; and (ii) 50% of the Signing Bonus (in the net amount you received from the Company after accounting for tax-related deductions and withholdings) if termination occurs on or after June 19, 2018 but before June 19, 2019 to the Company within five (5) days of the date of such termination.

 

Benefits : You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s group medical and dental benefit programs, as well as all other Company benefits, provided you are eligible under (and subject to all provisions of) the plan documents governing those programs. The benefit programs made available by the Company, and the rules, terms and conditions for participation in such benefit plans, may be changed by the Company at any time without advance notice.

 

Vacation and Holidays : You will accrue vacation at the rate of 15 days per full calendar year of employment. You will also be eligible to take paid holidays in accordance with the Company holiday schedule.

 

Equity Grant : Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 1,050,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Option”). In lieu of the Option you may elect to purchase all, or a portion, of the shares as restricted stock at fair market value subject to vesting. The Option will be granted as soon as practicable following the Start Date. The exercise price of the Option will be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, and the Board of Directors may elect to seek a third-party valuation of such fair market value, which could delay the date that the Option is granted. The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s then-current stock option plan and form of stock option agreement (the “Equity Documents”). These shares subject to the Option will vest as follows: 25% of the shares will vest on the first anniversary of the Start Date, and following such first anniversary, 1/36 th  of the remaining shares will vest on a monthly basis.

 

At-will Nature of Employment; Termination : It is understood that you are an “at-will” employee. You are not being offered employment for a definite period of time and, subject to the provisions in this Agreement (including those directly below) either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason.

 

a.  Termination by the Company for Cause : The Company may terminate your employment for “Cause” (as defined in below) upon written notice to you effectively immediately, in which case you will not be entitled to receive any form of payment other than (i) your earned base salary through your date of termination; (ii) your accrued but unused vacation through your date of termination; (iii) reimbursement for any business expenses incurred by you but not yet paid to you as of the date of termination; and (iv)

 



 

any amounts accrued and payable under the terms of the Company’s benefit plans (together, the “Accrued Obligations”).

 

b.   Termination by you without Good Reason : You may terminate your employment without Good Reason (defined below) upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Company. In the event that you terminate your employment without Good Reason, you will not be entitled to receive any form of payment other than the Accrued Obligations.

 

c.   Termination by the Company without Cause or by You for Good Reason : Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that either the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason, then, subject to you entering into and complying with a separation agreement and general release in the form provided by the Company (the “Separation Agreement”) and the Separation Agreement becoming effective within 60 days of the date of termination, you will be entitled to the Accrued Obligations and the following “Severance Benefits”: (i) severance pay equal to twelve (12) months of your final base salary rate, payable in equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll dates during the twelve (12) month period immediately following the date on which the Separation Agreement becomes effective (the “Severance Period”); (ii) subject to your participation in the Company’s group medical benefit program on the date of termination and your timely election of COBRA continuation coverage (which will be provided in a separate notice to you), monthly payments for the period that is the shorter of the Severance Period or the date you commence subsequent employment following the date of termination, with each such payment being equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide medical insurance to you if you had remained employed by the Company.

 

d.  Definition of “Cause” : For purposes of this letter agreement, “Cause” means (i) your dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business that results in or is reasonably anticipated to result in material harm to the Company; (ii) your conviction of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) your failure to perform your assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, for thirty (30) days after written notice given to you by the Company describing such failure in reasonable detail; (iv) your gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company that results in or is reasonably anticipated to result in material harm to the Company; or (v) your material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between you and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure

 



 

and/or assignment of inventions (including, without limitation, the Restrictive Covenant Agreement defined below).

 

e. Definition of “Good Reason” : For purposes of this letter agreement, “Good Reason” means that you terminate your employment with the Company and such termination occurs within thirty (30) days following either: (i) a change in the principal location at which you provide services to the Company beyond fifty (50) miles from Cambridge, MA; (ii) a material reduction in your base salary or benefits eligibility, other than an across-the-board reduction applicable to all senior executives of the Company; (iii) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company that has not been cured within ten (10) days after written notice thereof by you to the Company; (iv) a failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor to the Company; or (v) a material diminution in your title or authority.

 

g. 409A Matters : The time for payment, or schedule for payment, of any Severance Benefits due hereunder may not be accelerated, except as provided for in the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any law replacing or superseding such Section or regulations. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Agreement, in the case that the Company becomes a publicly traded company and you are deemed a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A(2)(B)(i) of the Code), no severance payment may be made earlier than the date which is six (6) months after the date of termination hereunder (or, if earlier, the date of your death) if and to the extent required by applicable law or other rules of any stock exchange upon which any of shares of the Company’s capital stock are then traded. Each payment pursuant to this Agreement (including each installment of the Severance Benefits described above) is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). If any payments of Severance Benefits above, constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and the period to execute the Separation Agreement described in such section commences in one calendar year and ends in another calendar year, then regardless of when the Separation Agreement is returned to the Company and becomes effective, the effective date of the Separation Agreement will not be deemed to occur until such later calendar year. All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this letter shall be provided by the Company or incurred by you during the time periods set forth in this Agreement. All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other

 



 

aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses). Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

i. Change of Control : In the event that, within either the twelve (12) month period that immediately follows or the 30 day period that immediately precedes a Change in Control of the Company (defined below), the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason, then, in addition to the Accrued Obligations and the Severance Benefits and subject to you entering into and complying with the Separation Agreement and the Separation Agreement becoming effecting within sixty (60) days following the date of termination, 100% of your then-unvested equity and/or options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“Equity Awards”) shall accelerate and become fully vested. In addition, if, in connection with a Change in Control, an Equity Award will not be assumed or continued by the successor or acquiror entity in such Change in Control or substituted for a similar award of the successor or acquiror entity and will therefore terminate, then you will become vested with respect to any then unvested portion of any applicable Equity Award effective immediately prior to, but subject to the consummation of, such Change in Control. As used herein, “Change in Control” shall mean the (i) the sale of the Company in which the shareholders of the Company in their capacity as such no longer own a majority of the outstanding equity securities of the Company (or its successor); (ii) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Company (other than in a spin-off or similar transaction) or (iii) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in their sole discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a bona fide equity or debt financing of the Company, including a financing in which greater than 50% of the Company’s outstanding equity securities are acquired by a third-party, or reorganization required to effect an initial public offering, be deemed a “Change in Control” for purposes of this letter.

 

Restrictive Covenant Agreement : Enclosed for your review is an Employee Confidentiality, Noncompetition and Assignment Agreement (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”). This Agreement and your employment with the Company is conditioned on you signing and returning the Restrictive Covenant Agreement before the Start Date. You represent that you are not under any obligation to any former employer or any person or entity which would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by you of your duties as an employee of the Company.

 

Immigration Requirement : The Immigration Reform and Control Act requires employers to verify the employment eligibility and identity of new employees. You will be required to complete a Form I9 which will be provided to you before the Start Date. Please bring the appropriate documents listed on that form with you when you report for work. We will not

 



 

be able to employ you if you fail to comply with this requirement. Also, this offer is subject to satisfactory reference checks if necessary.

 

General : This Agreement, together with the Equity Documents and the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company, although, subject to the provisions set forth herein (including any applicable portion of the definition of Good Reason), your job duties, title, reporting relationship, compensation and benefits may change from time to time, at the Company’s option. The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including the Equity Documents and the Restrictive Covenant Agreement) without your consent to any affiliate or to any person or entity with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into or to whom it transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon you and the Company, and each of your and its respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns. All forms of compensation referenced in this Agreement shall be subject to tax-related deductions and withholdings. This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles of such Commonwealth. With respect to any disputes concerning federal law, such disputes shall be determined in accordance with the law as it would be interpreted and applied by the United States Court of Appeals for the First Circuit.

 

[ signature page follows ]

 



 

Please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing and returning it, along with the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, to Terry Regan (tregan@neontherapeutics.com) by no later than May 19, 2017. We are excited by the prospect of working with you and hope you join the Company.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Hugh O’Dowd
President & CEO

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

 

/s/ Yasir Al-Wakeel, BM BCh

 

5/22/17

Yasir Al-Wakeel, BM BCh

 

Date

 




Exhibit 10.10

 

May 18, 2015

 

Robert Ang, M.D.

526 Sequoia Dr

Los Altos, CA 94024

 

Re:                         Employment by Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Dear Robert:

 

On behalf of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. (“Neon Therapeutics,” or the “Company”), I am pleased to confirm our offer to employ you as Chief Business Officer. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of your employment.

 

In the role of Chief Business Officer, you will report to and take direction from the Company’s Interim (or full-time) CEO (the “CEO”). Subject to the CEO’s discretion, it is expected that your duties will include:

 

·                   Be a leader in the organization regarding the Value Creation Strategy (with management team and senior leaders)

·              Working closely with the CEO and Management team continue to evolve and further develop the current vision for value creation for the company

·              Pressure test key assumptions in value creation model with internal and external information and develop alternative scenarios

·              With CEO, manage capital raising efforts

·              Contribute to annual budget development and company goal development

·                   Lead the effort to develop and implement a business development and licensing strategy that matches value creation strategy

·              Tailor Strategy and approach for each potential partner interaction (including all academic, technology, CRO, and pharma partnering)

·              Lead and execute deal making for each potential partner

·              Lead and execute academic license and collaborator agreements

·                   Represent Neon Therapeutics internally and externally in scientific, financial, and business communities

·                   Be a leader in the organization with regard to organizational development (with management team and senior leaders), help recruit the best talent, and Build an exceptional culture for success (set high standards + have fun)

·                   Contribute to management team decisions proactively regarding all strategic issues for the company

·                   Cultivate a strong effective partnership with the R&D team.

·                   Be a leader at integrating science, medicine and business to formulate the best strategy for the company

·                   Develop and iterate on pre-commercial plans for our unique products including our personalized vaccine and T cell products. Develop viable business model for both

·                   Together with Selected advisors, consultants and vendors, manage the following efforts:

 



 

·       PR/website

·       IP Portfolio execution and strategy

·       Commercial/new product planning activities

·       Facilities

·       IT

 

Your effective date of hire as a regular employee will be June 29, 2015, or sooner if agreed to by you and the Company. For purposes of this letter your actual first day of employment shall be referred to as the “Start Date”.

 

Your base salary will be paid at the rate of $330,000 per year, payable monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal pay schedule. You will be eligible to receive a 2015 year-end incentive bonus, targeted at 25% of your base salary based upon achievement of all corporate and personal goals, as determined by the Board in its discretion. Your target bonus for 2015 will be prorated based on your Start Date. You must be employed on the date on which the bonus is paid in order to earn any part of it. You will be eligible to participate each year in any annual bonus plan adopted by the Company, and the Company shall adopt and implement such a plan, if reasonable in light of financial, business and other circumstances and factors.

 

The CEO and Board will formally review your performance on, or near, your year one anniversary to determine if additional responsibilities will be added to your role and whether a promotion is in order.

 

You will be eligible for reimbursement of up to $150,000 for relocation expenses (the “Relocation Amount”). For qualified relocation expenses (i.e. moving your household goods and personal effects from San Francisco to Massachusetts; travel for you and your family to your new home in Massachusetts; 30 days of storage and insurance expenses for household goods and personal effects), if you submit expense reports and adequate supporting documentation reimbursement should be excludable from income taxes. Any portion of the $150,000 not paid to you as a qualified reimbursed expense will be paid to you directly, net of applicable taxes. Any such amount paid to you directly will be treated as reimbursement of non-deductible expenses under a non-accountable plan and will be included in your W-2. If you voluntarily terminate your employment with Neon Therapeutics (other than for death or disability or a Good Reason resignation as defined below) or are terminated for Cause within two years of your hire date, you agree that you are obligated to return the gross Relocation Amount Reimbursement to the Company within 30 Days of your departure date. For purposes of this Agreement, the Relocation Amount Reimbursement shall be calculated as follows: (i) if the date of termination is on or before the one year anniversary of the Start Date (the “First Anniversary”), 100% of the Relocation Amount; (ii) if the date of termination is after the First Anniversary but on or prior to the two year anniversary of the Start Date (the “Second Anniversary”), the Relocation Amount, divided by 24 and multiplied by the number of full months between the Start Date and the date of termination.

 

As a full time employee, you may participate in any employee benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees from time to time, provided you are eligible under and subject to all provisions of the plan documents governing those programs. Current benefits include participation in a company sponsored health care plan, dental plan, short term disability insurance, long term disability insurance, 401k plan, 15 days of paid vacation and parking benefit. The Company, however, reserves the right to modify, terminate, or replace its employee benefit plans and policies in its sole discretion.

 



 

Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 1,112,250 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Option”). In Lieu of the option you may purchase the shares as restricted stock at fair market value subject to vesting. The Option will be granted following the Start Date. The exercise price of the Option will be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, and the Board of Directors may elect to seek a third party valuation of such fair market value, which could delay the date that the Option is granted. The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s then-current stock option plan and form of stock option agreement (the “Equity Documents”). These options will vest as follows: one quarter of the shares will vest on the first anniversary of the Start Date, and following that, 1/48 th  of the shares will vest on a monthly basis thereafter.

 

In addition to your New Hire stock option grant, you shall be awarded a separate Strategic Alliance stock option grant to purchase up to an additional 185,375 shares of the company’s Common stock, subject to Board of Directors approval. The stock option grant will be issued upon the obtainment of a defined Strategic Alliance Milestone with an exercise price that will be at fair market value as established by the Board and will be subject to the standard terms and conditions of the Neon Stock Option Plan. The option will vest over three years at the rate of 25% of which will be immediately vested at the time of grant and then an additional 1/36 th  for each additional month of full time active employment after the date of grant date until after three full years when the option is fully vested. For purposes of this letter, both Strategic Alliance Milestones shall be further defined and approved by the Board within 90 days after your start date.

 

Neon Therapeutics acknowledges that you currently reside in San Francisco and that you desire to accept this job as a full time position in Massachusetts.

 

It is understood that you are an “at-will” employee. You are not being offered employment for a definite period of time, and either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause or prior notice and without additional compensation to you except as specifically set forth in the Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company terminates your employment at any time without Cause or you resign with Good Reason, and provided you enter into, do not revoke and comply with the terms of a separation agreement in a form provided by the Company (the “Release”) and abide by your continuing obligations to the company including under the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, you will be entitled to the following severance benefits (collectively, the “Severance Payments”), subject to the terms set forth in this letter:

 

The Company will pay you severance in the form of continuation of your base salary for six (9) months (the “Severance Period”). The Severance Payments shall be paid over six months in accordance with the Company’s then current payroll practices, beginning on the Company’s first regular payroll date that occurs 35 days after the date of termination of your employment provided the Release has become fully effective . Solely for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), each salary continuation payment is considered a separate payment. For purposes of this letter agreement, “for Cause” shall mean your committing one or more of the following (each a “Cause Condition”): (i) dishonesty, embezzlement, or misappropriation of assets or property of the Company;

 



 

(ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of your duties, theft, fraud or breach of fiduciary duty to the Company; (iii) a violation of federal or state securities law; (iv) the conviction of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, including a plea of conduct or nolo contendre; (v) a material breach of any of the Company’s written policies related to conduct or ethics; or (vi) a material breach of the Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement (copy attached) executed in accordance with this letter agreement. “Good Reason” shall mean you have complied with the “Good Reason Process” as defined below, following the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) any material adverse change in your status, authority, responsibility, title, position, or compensation or in your access to resources (other than adjustments to resources consistent with normal operating decisions of a board of directors in the event of changes in strategy or programs or any other changes in access to resources that are reasonable in light of the Company’s then current financial condition), (ii) the relocation of your primary place of work more than 30 miles from your residence in Massachusetts on the Effective Date of this Agreement, or (iii) the material breach by the Company of any provision of this letter agreement or any other employment-related agreement between the Company and you (as defined below). “Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) you reasonably determine in good faith that one of the foregoing “Good Reason” conditions has occurred; (ii) you notify the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 30 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) you cooperate in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) you terminate your employment within 30 days after the end of the Cure Period. If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

Enclosed for your review is a “Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement” (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”). This offer of employment is conditioned on you agreement to the terms of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement. You will be expected to sign the Agreement before you report for work.

 

You represent that you are not under any obligation to any former employer or any person or entity which would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by you of your duties as an employee of the Company.

 

The Immigration Reform and Control Act requires employers to verify the employment eligibility and identity of new employees. You will be required to complete a Form 19 which will be provided to you before the Start Date. Please bring the appropriate documents listed on that form with you when you report for work. We will not be able to employ you if you fail to comply with this requirement. Also, this offer is subject to satisfactory reference checks if necessary.

 

This letter agreement and the Restrictive Covenant Agreement referenced above constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company, although your job duties, title, reporting relationship, compensation and benefits may change from time to time, at the Company’s option. The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including the Restrictive Covenant Agreement) without your consent to any affiliate or to any person or entity with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization,

 



 

consolidate with, or merge into or to whom it transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon you and the Company, and each of your and its respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

Please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter to me no later than 5pm ET on May 18, 2015 . We look forward to your joining the Company and are pleased that you will be working with us.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D.

Interim President & Chief Executive Officer

Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Ang, M.D.

 

Robert Ang, M.D.

 

 

 

May 18, 2015

 

Date

 

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

 

September 1, 2016

 

Richard Gaynor, M.D.

 

Re:                              Employment by Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Dear Richard:

 

On behalf of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. (“Neon Therapeutics,” or the “Company”), I am pleased to confirm our offer to employ you as President of Research and Development. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of your employment.

 

In the role of President of Research and Development, you will report to and take direction from the Company’s Interim or full-time CEO (the “CEO”). Subject to the CEO’s discretion, it is expected that your duties will include:

 

·                   Set the vision for and lead the R&D organization strategically and operationally on a day to day basis consistent with the overall company plan

 

·                   Focus the company on an integrated R&D plan that is value generating for the company

 

·                   Build out the research team in accordance with the integrated R&D strategy and overall company plan

 

·                   Build out the development (clinical and non-clinical, regulatory) team in accordance with the integrated R&D strategy and overall company plan

 

·                   Play a role as part of the senior leadership team in company financing and partnering as needed and determined by the CEO

 

·                   Represent Neon Therapeutics internally and externally in scientific, financial, and business communities

 

·                   Be a leader in the organization with regard to organizational development (with leadership team and senior leaders), help recruit the best talent, and build an exceptional culture for success (set high standards and have fun)

 

·                   Contribute to leadership team decisions proactively regarding all strategic issues for the company

 

·                   Develop and iterate on pre-commercial plans for our unique products including our personalized vaccine and T cell products

 

Your effective date of hire as a regular employee will be November 7th, or sooner if agreed to by you and the Company. For purposes of this letter your actual first day of employment shall be referred to as the “Start Date”.

 

Your base salary will be paid at the rate of $360,000 per year, payable monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal pay schedule. You will be eligible to receive a 2016 year-end performance bonus consistent with the company bonus plan, based upon achievement of all corporate and personal goals, as determined by the Board in its discretion.

 



 

As part of your relocation, we will coordinate a house hunting trip to Massachusetts for you and your spouse and we will arrange for you to meet with a preferred realtor. You will be reimbursed for the reasonable costs of such trip, provided that the Company has pre-approved in writing such expenses.

 

Additionally, the Company will provide you with temporary housing for the first three months of your employment with the Company.

 

The Company will provide you with a relocation bonus in the form of a sign-on bonus of $150,000 (the “Relocation Bonus”). The Relocation Bonus will be paid during your first month of employment and will be subject to customary deductions and withholdings. Should you voluntarily leave the Company (other than for death or disability or a Good Reason resignation as defined below) or are terminated for Cause, within 12 months after receiving the Relocation Bonus, you will be expected to repay such bonus within 5 days of the date of termination.

 

As a full time employee, you may participate in any employee benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees from time to time, provided you are eligible under and subject to all provisions of the plan documents governing those programs. Current benefits include participation in a company sponsored health care plan, dental plan, short term disability insurance, long term disability insurance, 401k plan, 15 days of paid vacation and parking benefit. The Company, however, reserves the right to modify, terminate, or replace its employee benefit plans and policies in its sole discretion.

 

Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 1,223,475 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Option”). In lieu of the option you may elect to purchase all, or a portion, of the shares as restricted stock at fair market value subject to vesting. The Option will be granted following the Start Date. The exercise price of the Option will be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, and the Board of Directors may elect to seek a third party valuation of such fair market value, which could delay the date that the Option is granted. The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s then-current stock option plan and form of stock option agreement (the “Equity Documents”). Notwithstanding the date of the Option grant, these options will vest as follows: one quarter of the shares will vest on the first anniversary of the Start Date, and following that, 1/36 th  of the shares will vest on a monthly basis thereafter.

 

Neon Therapeutics acknowledges that you currently reside in Indianapolis and that you desire to accept this job as a full time position in Massachusetts. Your normal place of work will be at the location of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. currently in Cambridge, MA.

 

It is understood that you are an “at-will” employee. You are not being offered employment for a definite period of time, and either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause or prior notice and without additional compensation to you except as specifically set forth in the Agreement.

 

It is understood that you are an “at-will” employee. You are not being offered employment for a definite period of time, and either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause or prior notice and without additional compensation to you, other than as provided below.

 



 

(a) the Company may terminate your employment for “Cause” (as defined below) upon written notice to you effectively immediately, in which case you will not be entitled to receive any form of payment other than your earned compensation through your date of separation;

 

(b)  you may terminate your employment voluntarily other than for “Good Reason” (as defined below) upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Company, in which case you will not be entitled to receive any form of payment other than your earned compensation through your date of separation; and

 

(c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you resign your employment for Good Reason, then, subject to you entering into and complying with a separation agreement and general release in a reasonable form provided by the Company, you will be entitled to a severance pay in an amount equal to: (i) six months of your then base salary as of the date of termination (but not below the initial base rate set forth herein), such amount to be paid in equal installments over a six (6) month period after the date of your termination in accordance with the Company’s usual payroll practices and periods, subject to applicable taxes and withholding, (ii) payment for six (6) months of monthly COBRA premiums at the same rate as the Company pays for active employees for you and your eligible dependents, subject to applicable COBRA terms and in compliance with applicable non-discrimination or other requirements under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act.

 

(d)  For purposes of this letter agreement:

 

“Cause” means:

 

Your dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business that results in or is reasonably anticipated to result in material harm to the Company; (ii) your conviction of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) your failure to perform your assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, for thirty (30) days after written notice given to you by the Company describing such failure in reasonable detail; (iv) your gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company that results in or is reasonably anticipated to result in material harm to the Company; or (v) your material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between you and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.

 

(e)  For purposes of this letter, “Good Reason” means, in the context of your resignation from your employment position with the Company, a resignation that occurs within thirty (30) days following: (i) a change in the principal location at which you provide services to the Company beyond fifty (50) miles from Cambridge, MA; (ii) a material reduction in your compensation or a material reduction in your benefits; (iii) a material breach of this letter by the Company

 



 

that has not been cured within ten (10) days after written notice thereof by you to the Company; or (iv) a failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this letter by any successor to the Company.

 

(f) The time for payment, or schedule for payment, of any severance payments due hereunder may not be accelerated, except as provided for in the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Code, or any law replacing or superseding such Section or regulations. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 6(d), in the case that the Company becomes a publicly traded company and you are deemed a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A(2)(B)(i) of the Code), no severance payment may be made earlier than the date which is six (6) months after the termination of employment hereunder (or, if earlier, the date of the death of the Executive) if and to the extent required by applicable law or other rules of any stock exchange upon which any of shares of the Company’s capital stock are then traded.

 

Enclosed for your review is a “Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement” (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”). This offer of employment is conditioned on you agreement to the terms of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement. You will be expected to sign the Agreement before you report for work.

 

You represent that you are not under any obligation to any former employer or any person or entity which would prevent, limit, or impair in any way the performance by you of your duties as an employee of the Company.

 

The Immigration Reform and Control Act requires employers to verify the employment eligibility and identity of new employees. You will be required to complete a Form I-9 which will be provided to you before the Start Date. Please bring the appropriate documents listed on that form with you when you report for work. We will not be able to employ you if you fail to comply with this requirement. Also, this offer is subject to satisfactory reference checks if necessary.

 

This letter agreement and the Restrictive Covenant Agreement referenced above constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company, although your job duties, title, reporting relationship, compensation and benefits may change from time to time, at the Company’s option. The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including the Restrictive Covenant Agreement) without your consent to any affiliate or to any person or entity with whom the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into or to whom it transfers all or substantially all of its properties or assets. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon you and the Company, and each of your and its respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

Please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter to me at crobinson@thirdrockventures.com no later than 5pm ET on September 2, 2016 . We look forward to you joining the Company and are pleased that you will be working with us.

 



 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D.

 

Interim President & Chief Executive Officer

 

Neon Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Gaynor, M.D.

 

Richard Gaynor, M.D.

 

 

 

Date

9/1/16

 

 




Exhi bit 10.13

LEASE by and between BMR-SIDNEY RESEARCH CAMPUS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC. a Delaware corporation APPROV BIOMED REALT BioMed Realty fonn dated 3/3/15 367l7.4)

GRAPHIC

 


Table of Contents 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. Lease of Premises. 1 Basic Lease Provisions. 2 Term 5 Possession and Commencement Date. 5 Condition of Premises. 7 Rentable Area. 7 Rent 8 Rent Adjustments. 9 Operating Expenses 9 Taxes on Tenant’s Property 14 Security Deposit 14 Use 17 Rules and Regulations, CC&Rs, Parking Facilities and Common Area 20 Project Control by Landlord. 22 Quiet Enjoyment 23 Utilities and Services 23 Alterations. 28 Repairs and Maintenance 30 Liens. 32 Estoppel Certificate. 32 Hazardous Materials. 33 Odors and Exhaust 36 Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation 37 Damage or Destruction 40 Eminent Domain 43 Surrender 43 Holding Over 44 Indemnification and Exculpation 45 Assignment or Subletting. 46 Subordination and Attornment. 50 Defaults and Remedies 51 i {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. Bankruptcy 56 Brokers 57 Definition of Landlord 57 Limitation of Landlord’s Liability 58 Joint and Several Obligations 58 Representations 59 Confidentiality 59 Notices 59 Miscellaneous 60 Rooftop Installation Area. 62 Option to Extend Term 64 ii {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


LEASE 21st THIS LEASE (this “Lease”) is entered into as of this day of January, 2016 (the “Execution Date”), by and between BMR-Sidney Research Campus LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Neon Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). RECITALS A. WHEREAS, Landlord owns certain real property (the “Property”) and the improvements on the Property located at 40 Erie Street and 200 Sidney Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts, including the buildings located thereon; and B. WHEREAS, Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, certain premises (the “Premises”) located on the basement, first floor and second floor of the building located at 40 Erie Street (the “Building”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease, as detailed below. AGREEMENT NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows: 1. Lease of Premises. 1.1. Effective on the Term Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, including exclusive shafts, cable runs, mechanical spaces and rooftop areas, for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use (as defined below) and no other uses (except that (i) the Waste Storage Room (as defined below) and (ii) any Rooftop Installation Area (as hereinafter defined) designated after the date hereof are explicitly not part of the Premises demised under this Lease). The Property and all landscaping, parking facilities, private drives and other improvements and appurtenances related thereto, including the Building, the 200 Sidney Street Building (as hereinafter defined), and the parking garage located at 47 Erie Street in Cambridge, Massachusetts (to the extent of Landlord’s interest therein) (the “Parking Garage”), are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Project.” All portions of the Building that are for the non-exclusive use of the tenants of the Building only, and not the tenants of the Project generally, including but not limited to service corridors, stairways, elevators, public restrooms and public lobbies (all to the extent located in the Building), are hereinafter referred to as “Building Common Area.” All portions of the Project that are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project generally, including driveways, sidewalks, parking areas, the Parking Garage, landscaped areas, and service corridors, stairways, and elevators (but excluding Building Common Area), are hereinafter referred to as “Project Common Area.” The Building Common Area and Project Common Area are collectively referred to herein as “Common Area.” {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


2. Basic Lease Provisions. For convenience of the parties, certain basic provisions of this Lease are set forth herein. The provisions set forth herein are subject to the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease and are to be interpreted in light of such remaining terms and conditions. 2.1. This Lease shall take effect upon the Execution Date and, except as specifically otherwise provided within this Lease, each of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant from the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto. 2.2.In the definitions below, each current Rentable Area (as defined below) is expressed in square feet.Rentable Area and “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” are all subject to adjustment as provided in this Lease. 2.3. Monthly and annual installments of Base Rent for the Premises (“Base Rent”) as of the Term Commencement Date (as defined below), subject to adjustment under this Lease: 2 {A0336717.4 } Dates Square Feet of Rentable Area Base Rent per Square Foot of Rentable Area Monthly Base Rent Annual Base Rent Months 1-6 of Lease Year 1 26,806* $66.00 annually $73,716.50* $1,105,747.50 Months 7-12 of Lease Year 1 26,806** $66.00 annually $110,574.75** $1,105,747.50 Lease Year 2 26,806 $67.98 annually $151,855.99 $1,822,271.88 Lease Year 3 26,806 $70.02 annually $156,413.01 $1,876,956.12 Lease Year 4 26,806 $72.12 annually $161,104.06 $1,933,248.72 Lease Year 5 26,806 $74.28 annually $165,929.14 $1,991,149.68 Definition or Provision Means the Following (As of the Term Commencement Date) Approximate Rentable Area of Premises 26,806 square feet Approximate Rentable Area of Building 106,638 square feet Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building 25.14%

GRAPHIC

 


*Note: The monthly Base Rent shown in the above table reflects that Tenant shall only be responsible for payment on half of the Rentable Area of Premises each month for months 1-6 of Lease Year 1, even though Tenant shall be entitled to occupy the full Rentable Area of the Premises as provided herein. Based on 26,806 square feet of Rentable Area for the Premises and annual Base Rent of $66.00 per square foot of Rentable Area, this results in a monthly discount of $73,716.50. **Note: The monthly Base Rent shown in the above table reflects that Tenant shall only be responsible for payment on three quarters of the Rentable Area of Premises each month for months 7-12 of Lease Year 1, even though Tenant shall be entitled to occupy the full Rentable Area of the Premises as provided herein. Based on 26,806 square feet of Rentable Area for the Premises and annual Base Rent of $66.00 per square foot of Rentable Area, this results in a monthly discount of $36,858.25. Lease Year: A period of twelve (12) calendar months, with the first (1st) Lease 2.4. Year commencing on the Term Commencement Date. 2.5. Estimated Term Commencement Date: September 28, 2016 2.6. Estimated Term Expiration Date: September 30, 2024 2.7. Security Deposit: $607,424.00, subject to decrease in accordance with the terms of Section 11.7. 2.8. Permitted Use: Office and laboratory use in conformity with all federal, state, municipal and local laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations of Governmental Authorities (as defined below), committees, associations, or other regulatory committees, agencies or governing bodies having jurisdiction over the Premises, the Building, the Property, the Project, Landlord or Tenant, including both statutory and common law and hazardous waste rules and regulations (“Applicable Laws”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, pursuant to Applicable Laws, the portion of the Premises located in the basement of the Building is not permitted to be occupied by human beings and may only be used for storage purposes or other uses that are included within the Permitted Use that do not involve or require occupancy by human beings. 2.9. Address for Rent Payment: BMR-Sidney Research Campus LLC Attention Entity 652 3 {A0336717.4 } Lease Year 6 26,806 $76.51 annually $170,910.59 $2,050,927.06 Lease Year 7 26,806 $78.81 annually $176,048.41 $2,112,580.86 Lease Year 8 26,806 $81.17 annually $181,320.25 $2,175,843.02

GRAPHIC

 


P.O. Box 511415 Los Angeles, California 90051-7970 2.10. Address for Notices to Landlord: BMR-Sidney Research Campus LLC 17190 Bernardo Center Drive San Diego, California 92128 Attn: Real Estate Legal Department 2.11. Address for Notices and Invoices to Tenant prior to Term Commencement Date: Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 215 First Street, Suite 340 Cambridge, MA 02142 Attn: Robert Ang 2.12. Address for Notices and Invoices to Tenant from and after the Term Commencement Date: the Premises, Attn: Robert Ang. 2.13. The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference: Exhibit A Exhibit B Exhibit B-1 Exhibit C Premises Work Letter Landlord’s Work Acknowledgement of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date Plan of Premises Layout Zones Definition of Obsolete Equipment Form of Letter of Credit Rules and Regulations PTDM Tenant’s Property Form of Estoppel Certificate Tenant Work Insurance Schedule Exhibit D Exhibit E Exhibit F Exhibit G Exhibit H Exhibit I Exhibit J Exhibit K 4 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


3. Term. The actual term of this Lease (as the same may be extended pursuant to Article 42 hereof, and as the same may be earlier terminated in accordance with this Lease, the “Term”) shall commence on the actual Term Commencement Date (as defined in Article 4) and end on the date (the “Term Expiration Date”) that is eighty-four (84) full months after the Rent Commencement Date (as defined in Section 7.1), subject to extension or earlier termination of this Lease as provided herein. 4. Possession and Commencement Date. 4.1. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Estimated Term Commencement Date, with the work in the Premises required of Landlord described in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Work Letter”) and depicted in the plans attached as Attachment 2 to the Work Letter (the “Tenant Improvements”) and the work to be performed by Landlord and described in Exhibit B-1 (the “Landlord’s Work”) Substantially Complete (as defined below). Tenant agrees that in the event such work is not Substantially Complete on or before the Estimated Term Commencement Date for any reason, then (a) this Lease shall not be void or voidable, (b) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, (c) the Term Expiration Date shall be extended accordingly and (d) Tenant shall not be responsible for the payment of any Base Rent until the actual Term Commencement Date as described in Section 4.2 occurs. The term “Substantially Complete” or “Substantial Completion” means that (a) the Tenant Improvements are substantially complete in accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined in the Work Letter) as certified by Landlord’s architect, except for minor punch list items, (b) the Landlord’s Work is substantially complete, as reasonably determined by Landlord’s architect, except for minor punch list items, and (c) a temporary or permanent Certificate of Occupancy has been issued for the Premises. If Landlord delivers a temporary Certificate of Occupancy at the time of Substantial Completion, Landlord shall use diligent and good faith efforts to deliver a permanent Certificate of Occupancy thereafter. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease (including the Work Letter) to the contrary, (y) Landlord’s obligation to timely achieve Substantial Completion shall be subject to extension on a day-for-day basis as a result of Force Majeure (as defined below) or a Tenant Delay (as defined below) and (z) if there has been no Force Majeure or Tenant Delay and Landlord fails to deliver the Premises to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements Substantially Complete (i) on or before the date that is fifty (50) days after the Estimated Term Commencement Date, Base Rent shall be abated one (1) day for each day after the Estimated Term Commencement Date that Landlord fails to deliver the Premises to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements Substantially Complete and (ii) on or before the date that is one hundred twenty (120) days after the Estimated Term Commencement Date, Base Rent shall be abated two (2) days for each day after the Estimated Term Commencement Date that Landlord fails to deliver the Premises with Tenant’s Improvements Substantially Complete. 4.2.The “Term Commencement Date” shall be the day Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements and Landlord’s Work in the Premises Substantially Complete. If Landlord’s tender of possession of the Premises is delayed by (a) any default by Tenant under this Lease and the Work Letter, including Tenant’s failure to timely pay the Excess TI Costs to Landlord, (b) Tenant’s request to change the Tenant Improvements or (c) interference with the completion of the Tenant Improvements or Landlord’s Work as a result of 5 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


Tenant’s early access pursuant to Section 4.3 below, (each, a “Tenant Delay”), then the Term Commencement Date shall be the date that the Term Commencement Date would have occurred but for such Tenant Delay. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord written acknowledgment of the actual Term Commencement Date and the Term Expiration Date within ten (10) days after Tenant takes occupancy of the Premises, in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the Term Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain validation by any medical review board or other similar governmental licensing of the Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend the Term Commencement Date. 4.3. Tenant shall be entitled to enter upon the Premises no more than forty-five (45) days prior to the Term Commencement Date, subject to the written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (the “Early Entry Date”), for the sole purpose of installing wiring, improvements, furniture, fixtures or equipment, or other personal property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to enter upon the Premises prior to and after the Early Entry Date with Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, solely for design and planning purposes for the Premises. For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to deny or withdraw any approval required under this Section 4.3 if such access is anticipated to or does interfere with the execution or completion of the Tenant Improvements or Landlord’s Work. Prior to any such access, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord in advance that insurance coverages required of Tenant under the provisions of Article 23 are in effect, and such entry shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease, other than the payment of Base Rent (as defined below); and provided, further, that if the Term Commencement Date is in fact delayed due to such early access, then the Term Commencement Date shall be the date that the Term Commencement Date would have occurred but for such delay. 4.4.Landlord shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter at a cost to Landlord not to exceed (a) Four Million Twenty Thousand Nine Hundred Dollars ($4,020,900.00) (based upon One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150.00) per square foot of Rentable Area) (the “TI Allowance”). The TI Allowance may be applied to the costs of (m) construction, (n) project management by Landlord (which fee shall equal three percent (3%) of the cost of the Tenant Improvements), (o) commissioning of mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Landlord, and review of such party’s commissioning report by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Tenant, (p) space planning, architect, engineering and other related services performed by third parties unaffiliated with Tenant, (q) building permits and other taxes, fees, charges and levies by Governmental Authorities (as defined below) for permits or for inspections of the Tenant Improvements, and (r) costs and expenses for labor, material, equipment and fixtures. In no event shall the TI Allowance be used for (v) the cost of work that is not authorized by the Approved Plans (as defined in the Work Letter) or otherwise approved in writing by Landlord, (w) payments to Tenant or any affiliates of Tenant, (x) the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment, (y) costs resulting from any 6 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease or (z) costs that are recoverable by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors). 4.5. Tenant shall have until four (4) months following the Term Commencement Date (the “TI Deadline”) to expend the unused portion of the TI Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund such costs shall expire. 4.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that all Tenant Improvements and Alterations (as hereinafter defined) shall (a) be programmed in accordance with the lab and office zones identified on Exhibit D attached hereto, and (b) incorporate flexible wall and lab bench systems. 5. Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that, except as may be expressly provided for in Section12.11 herein, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or with respect to the suitability of the Premises, the Building or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it agrees to take the Premises in its condition “as is” as of the Term Commencement Date and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Premises, except with respect to the completion of the Tenant Improvements and Landlord’s Work and except with respect to the payment of the TI Allowance. Tenant’s taking of possession of the Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Premises, the Building and the Project were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair, subject only to those requirements as may be set forth in the Work Letter attached hereto. 6. Rentable Area. 6.1. The term “Rentable Area” shall reflect such areas as reasonably calculated by Landlord’s architect, as the same may be reasonably adjusted from time to time by Landlord in consultation with Landlord’s architect to reflect changes to the Premises, the Building or the Project, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in no event shall the Rentable Area of the Premises, the Building or the Project be deemed to have increased unless due to a change in the outer dimensions of the exterior walls of the same. 6.2.The Rentable Area of the Building is generally determined by making separate calculations of Rentable Area applicable to each floor within the Building and totaling the Rentable Area of all floors within the Building. The Rentable Area of a floor is computed by measuring to the outside finished surface of the permanent outer Building walls. The full area calculated as previously set forth is included as Rentable Area, without deduction for columns and projections or vertical penetrations, including stairs, elevator shafts, flues, pipe shafts, vertical ducts and the like, as well as such items’ enclosing walls. 6.3. The term “Rentable Area,” when applied to the Premises, is that area equal to the usable area of the Premises, plus an equitable allocation of Rentable Area within the Building that is not then utilized or expected to be utilized as usable area, including that portion of the 7 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

Building devoted to corridors, equipment rooms, restrooms, elevator lobby, atrium and mailroom. 6.4. The Rentable Area of the Project is the total Rentable Area of the Building. 6.5. Review of allocations of Rentable Areas as between tenants of the Building shall be made as frequently as Landlord deems appropriate, including in order to facilitate an equitable apportionment of Operating Expenses (as defined below), but in no event shall the Rentable Area of the Premises or Building be subject to remeasurement except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1 hereof. 7. Rent. 7.1. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises commencing on the Term Commencement Date, the sums set forth in Section 2.3. The “Rent Commencement Date” shall be the first day of the second Lease Year.Base Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 2.3, as adjusted in accordance with Article 8 hereof, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term. 7.2. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent (“Additional Rent”) at times hereinafter specified in this Lease (a) Tenant’s Adjusted Share (as defined below) of Operating Expenses (as defined below), (b) the Property Management Fee (as defined below), (c) sums due for consulting services provided to Tenant by Landlord at Tenant’s request if those services exceed the customary tenant-servicing efforts of Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (with Landlord having sole discretion with respect to the provision of such services (if any) and how those services will be billed to Tenant, including the use of a taxable subsidiary to provide such services and bill for the same) and (d) any other amounts that Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease that are owed to Landlord, including any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods. 7.3. Base Rent and Additional Rent shall together be denominated “Rent.” Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without abatement, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America to the address set forth in Section 2.8 or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time designate in writing. In the event the Term commences or ends on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such fraction of a month shall be prorated for such period on the basis of the number of days in the month and shall be paid at the then-current rate for such fractional month. 7.4. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by (a) any Applicable Laws now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, (b) any other restriction on Tenant’s use, (c) except as expressly provided herein, any casualty or taking or (d) any other occurrence; and Tenant waives all rights now or hereafter existing to terminate or cancel this Lease or quit or surrender the Premises or any part thereof, or to assert any defense in the nature of constructive eviction to any action seeking to recover rent. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent 8 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


with respect to any period or obligations arising, existing or pertaining to the period prior to the date of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or this Lease shall survive any such expiration or earlier termination; provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall in any way affect Tenant’s obligations with respect to any other period. 8. Rent Adjustments. Base Rent shall be subject to an annual upward adjustment of three percent (3%) of the then-current Base Rent. The first such adjustment shall become effective commencing on the first (1st) annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, and subsequent adjustments shall become effective on every successive annual anniversary for so long as this Lease continues in effect. The amount of Base Rent during any extension period shall be governed by Article 42 hereof. 9. Operating Expenses. 9.1.As used herein, the term “Operating Expenses” shall include: (a) Government impositions, including property tax costs consisting of real and personal property taxes (including amounts due under any improvement bond upon the Building or, if such taxes are assessed in conjunction with the Building’s taxes, the Project (including the parcel or parcels of real property upon which the Building, the other buildings in the Project and areas serving the Building and the Project are located) or assessments in lieu thereof imposed by any federal, state, regional, local or municipal governmental authority, agency or subdivision (each, a “Governmental Authority”); non-income taxes on or measured by gross rentals received from the rental of space in the Project; taxes based on the square footage of the Premises, the Building or the Project, as well as any parking charges, utilities surcharges or any other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Applicable Laws or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Project or the parking facilities serving the Project, including without limitation the Parking Garage; taxes on this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in the Premises; any fee for a business license to operate an office building; and any expenses, including the reasonable cost of attorneys or experts, reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authority of the applicable taxes, less tax refunds obtained as a result of an application for review thereof; and (b) All other costs of any kind paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Building and the Project, which shall include Project office rent at fair market rental for a commercially reasonable amount of space for Project management personnel, to the extent an office used for Project operations is maintained at the Project, plus customary expenses for such office, and costs of repairs and replacements to improvements within the Project as appropriate to maintain the Project as required hereunder; costs of utilities furnished to the Common Area; costs associated with the operation of food trucks for the benefit of employees of tenants at the Project; sewer fees; cable television; trash collection; cleaning, including windows; heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“HVAC”); maintenance of landscaping and grounds; snow removal; maintenance of drives and parking areas, including without limitation the Parking Garage; maintenance of the roof; security services and devices; building supplies; maintenance or replacement of equipment utilized for operation 9 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


and maintenance of the Project; license, permit and inspection fees; sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Building or Project systems and equipment; telephone, postage, stationery supplies and other expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; reasonable accounting, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Project; costs of furniture, draperies, carpeting, landscaping supplies, snow removal supplies and other customary and ordinary items of personal property provided by Landlord for use in Common Areas or in the Project office; capital expenditures incurred (i) in replacing obsolete equipment, as defined in Exhibit E hereto, (ii) for the primary purpose of reducing Operating Expenses or (iii) required by any Governmental Authority to comply with changes in Applicable Laws that take effect after the Execution Date or to ensure continued compliance with Applicable Laws in effect as of the Execution Date, in each case amortized over the useful life thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but in no event longer than seven (7) years; costs of complying with Applicable Laws (except to the extent such costs are incurred to remedy non-compliance as of the Execution Date with Applicable Laws); costs to keep the Project in compliance with, or fees otherwise required under, any CC&Rs (as defined below), including condominium fees; insurance premiums, including premiums for commercial general liability, property casualty, earthquake, terrorism and environmental coverages; portions of insured losses paid by Landlord as part of the deductible portion of a loss pursuant to the terms of insurance policies for the Building or the Parking Garage; service contracts; costs of services of independent contractors retained to do work of a nature referenced above; and costs of compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons who perform regular and recurring duties connected with the day-to-day operation and maintenance of the Project, its equipment, the adjacent walks, landscaped areas, drives and parking areas, including janitors, floor waxers, window washers, watchmen, gardeners, sweepers, plow truck drivers, handymen, and engineering/maintenance personnel. (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include any net income, franchise, capital stock, estate or inheritance taxes, or taxes that are the personal obligation of Tenant or of another tenant of the Project; any leasing commissions; expenses that relate to preparation of rental space for a tenant; advertising and promotional expenditures directly related to Landlord’s efforts to lease space in the Building or Project; expenses of initial development and construction, including grading, paving, landscaping and decorating (as distinguished from maintenance, repair and replacement of the foregoing); legal expenses relating to other tenants; accounting fees not incurred in connection with the operation or management of the Building (including any legal and other costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing, refinancing, syndication, securitization or change in ownership of the Building, including, without limitation, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, closing costs, title insurance premiums, points and interest charges); costs of repairs to the extent reimbursed by payment of insurance proceeds received by Landlord or which are covered by warranties or guarantees or reimbursed pursuant to a service contract; costs, incurred directly as a result of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; principal and interest upon loans to Landlord or secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Project or a portion thereof (provided that interest upon a government assessment or improvement bond payable in 10 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


installments shall constitute an Operating Expense under Subsection 9.1(a)); salaries of executive officers of Landlord or of Landlord’s personnel above the level of Building manager who are not spending a majority of their time on the operation and maintenance of the Building or Project; depreciation claimed by Landlord for tax purposes (provided that this exclusion of depreciation is not intended to delete from Operating Expenses actual costs of repairs and replacements and reasonable reserves in regard thereto that are provided for in Subsection 9.1(b)); taxes that are excluded from Operating Expenses by the last sentence of Subsection 9.1(a); costs or expenses incurred in connection with the financing or sale of the Project or any portion thereof; political or charitable contributions, costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease or that are charged to or paid by Tenant under other provisions of this Lease; professional fees and disbursements and other costs and expenses related to the ownership (as opposed to the use, occupancy, operation, maintenance or repair) of the Project; and any item that, if included in Operating Expenses, would involve a double collection for such item by Landlord. To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any item of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such excess in addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses (such excess, together with Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, “Tenant’s Adjusted Share”). 9.2. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, as Additional Rent, (a) one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Property Management Fee (as defined below) and (b) Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses with respect to the Building and the Project, as applicable, for such month. (x) The “Property Management Fee” shall equal three percent (3%) of Base Rent due from Tenant.Tenant shall pay the Property Management Fee in accordance with Section 9.2 with respect to the entire Term, including any extensions thereof or any holdover periods, regardless of whether Tenant is obligated to pay Base Rent, Operating Expenses or any other Rent with respect to any such period or portion thereof. (y) Within ninety (90) days after the conclusion of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required by Landlord), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the actual Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses, and the cost of providing utilities to the Premises for the previous calendar year (“Landlord’s Statement”). Any additional sum due from Tenant to Landlord shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor. If the amounts paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section exceed Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the Rent next due and owing from Tenant; provided that, if the Lease term has expired, Landlord shall accompany Landlord’s Statement with payment for the amount of such difference. (z) Any amount due under this Section for any period that is less than a full month shall be prorated for such fractional month on the basis of the number of days in the month. 9.3.Landlord may, from time to time, modify Landlord’s calculation and allocation procedures for Operating Expenses, so long as such modifications produce Dollar results 11 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


substantially consistent with Landlord’s then-current practice at the Project.Landlord or an affiliate(s) of Landlord currently own other property(ies) adjacent to the Project or its neighboring properties, including but not limited to the building located at 21 Erie Street in Cambridge, Massachusetts (collectively, “Neighboring Properties”). In connection with Landlord performing services for the Project pursuant to this Lease, similar services may be performed by the same vendor(s) for Neighboring Properties (for instance, shuttle services, food truck services or landscaping maintenance). In such a case, Landlord shall reasonably allocate to the Building and the Project the costs for such services based upon the ratio that the square footage of the Building or the Project (as applicable) bears to the total square footage of all of the Neighboring Properties or buildings within the Neighboring Properties for which the services are performed, unless the scope of the services performed for any building or property (including the Building and the Project) is disproportionately more or less than for others, in which case Landlord shall equitably allocate the costs based on the scope of the services being performed for each building or property (including the Building and the Project). Furthermore, the parties acknowledge that the Property contains a separate building known as 200 Sidney Street (the “200 Sidney Street Building”). With respect to any Operating Expenses (including, without limitation, real estate taxes) that apply to the Property as a whole (as opposed to allocated specifically to each of the Building and the 200 Sidney Street Building), Landlord shall reasonably allocate to each building the costs of such Operating Expenses based upon the ratio that the square footage of Rentable Area of each of the Building and the 200 Sidney Street Building, respectively, bears to the total square footage of Rentable Area of two buildings together, or such other equitable allocation as Landlord reasonably determines in a non-discriminatory manner. 9.4. Landlord’s annual statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reasons therefor; provided that Tenant shall in all events pay the amount specified in Landlord’s annual statement, pending the results of the Independent Review and determination of the Accountant(s), as applicable and as each such term is defined below. If, during such sixty (60)-day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the correctness of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable access to Landlord’s books and records to the extent relevant to determination of Operating Expenses, and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s written inquiries. In the event that, after Tenant’s review of such information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm hired by Tenant on an hourly basis and not on a contingent-fee basis (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay) audit and review such of Landlord’s books and records for the year in question as directly relate to the determination of Operating Expenses for such year (the “Independent Review”), but not books and records of entities other than Landlord unless such other entities share costs with Landlord, in which event Landlord shall only be obligated to make available the books and records of such other entity to the extent related to the shared costs. Landlord shall make such books and records available at the location where Landlord maintains them in the ordinary course of its business. Landlord need not provide copies of any books or records. Tenant shall commence the 12 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


Independent Review within fifteen (15) days after the date Landlord has given Tenant access to Landlord’s books and records for the Independent Review. Tenant shall complete the Independent Review and notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s specific objections to Landlord’s calculation of Operating Expenses (including Tenant’s accounting firm’s written statement of the basis, nature and amount of each proposed adjustment) no later than sixty (60) days after Landlord has first given Tenant access to Landlord’s books and records for the Independent Review. Landlord shall review the results of any such Independent Review. The parties shall endeavor to agree promptly and reasonably upon Operating Expenses taking into account the results of such Independent Review. If, as of the date that is sixty (60) days after Tenant has submitted the Independent Review to Landlord, the parties have not agreed on the appropriate adjustments to Operating Expenses, then the parties shall engage a mutually agreeable independent third party accountant with at least ten (10) years’ experience in commercial real estate accounting in the Cambridge, Massachusetts area (the “Accountant”). If the parties cannot agree on the Accountant, each shall within twenty (20) days after such impasse appoint an Accountant (different from the accountant and accounting firm that conducted the Independent Review) and, within twenty (20) days after the appointment of both such Accountants, those two Accountants shall select a third (which cannot be the accountant and accounting firm that conducted the Independent Review). If either party fails to timely appoint an Accountant, then the Accountant the other party appoints shall be the sole Accountant. Within twenty (20) days after appointment of the Accountant(s), Landlord and Tenant shall each simultaneously give the Accountants (with a copy to the other party) its determination of Operating Expenses, with such supporting data or information as each submitting party determines appropriate. Within twenty (20) days after such submissions, the Accountants shall by majority vote select either Landlord’s or Tenant’s determination of Operating Expenses. The Accountants may not select or designate any other determination of Operating Expenses. The determination of the Accountant(s) shall bind the parties. If the parties agree or the Accountant(s) determine that the Operating Expenses actually paid by Tenant for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s obligations for such calendar year, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s option, either (a) credit the excess to the next succeeding installments of estimated Additional Rent or (b) pay the excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of such results. If the parties agree or the Accountant(s) determine that Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s obligation for the calendar year, then Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of such results. In all instances, Tenant shall pay the cost of the Accountant(s) , unless the Independent Review or Accountants determine that Operating Expenses paid by Tenant for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s obligations by ten percent (10%) or more, in which case, Landlord shall pay all costs of Tenant’s audit and review. 9.5. Tenant shall not be responsible for Operating Expenses with respect to any time period prior to the Term Commencement Date; provided, however, that if Landlord shall permit Tenant possession of and Tenant commences business operations in the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for Operating Expenses from such earlier date of possession (the Term Commencement Date or such earlier date, as applicable, the “Expense Trigger Date”); and provided, further, that Landlord may annualize certain Operating Expenses incurred prior to the Expense Trigger Date over the course of the budgeted year during which the Expense Trigger Date occurs, and Tenant shall be responsible for the annualized 13 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


portion of such Operating Expenses corresponding to the number of days during such year, commencing with the Expense Trigger Date, for which Tenant is otherwise liable for Operating Expenses pursuant to this Lease. Tenant’s responsibility for Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses shall continue to the latest of (a) the date of termination of the Lease, (b) the date Tenant has fully vacated the Premises and (c) if termination of the Lease is due to a default by Tenant, the date of rental commencement of a replacement tenant. 9.6. Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein commences and for the calendar year in which such obligation ceases shall be prorated on a basis reasonably determined by Landlord. Expenses such as taxes, assessments and insurance premiums that are incurred for an extended time period shall be prorated based upon the time periods to which they apply so that the amounts attributed to the Premises relate in a reasonable manner to the time period wherein Tenant has an obligation to share in Operating Expenses. 9.7.Within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, Tenant shall, except with respect to the Tenant Improvements, submit to Landlord an invoice, or, in the event an invoice is not available, an itemized list, of all costs and expenses that (a) Tenant has incurred (either internally or by employing third parties) during the prior month and (b) for which Tenant reasonably believes it is entitled to reimbursements from Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease. 9.8. In the event that the Building or Project is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Landlord may extrapolate Operating Expenses that vary depending on the occupancy of the Building or Project, as applicable, to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such Operating Expenses would have been had the Building or Project, as applicable, been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during such calendar year; provided, however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of Operating Expenses. 10. Taxes on Tenant’s Property. 10.1.Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any and all taxes levied upon (a) personal property and trade fixtures located at the Premises and (b) any gross or net receipts of or sales by Tenant, and shall pay the same at least twenty (20) days prior to delinquency. 10.2.If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or, if the assessed valuation of the Building, the Property or the Project is increased by inclusion therein of a value attributable to Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, and if Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon any such increase in the assessed value of the Building, the Property or the Project, then Tenant shall, upon demand, repay to Landlord the taxes so paid by Landlord. 11. Security Deposit. 11.1.Tenant shall deposit with Landlord on or before the Execution Date the sum set forth in Section 2.6 (the “Security Deposit”), which sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to 14 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


be kept and performed by Tenant during the period commencing on the Execution Date and ending upon the expiration or termination of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Tenant Defaults (as defined below) with respect to any provision of this Lease, including any provision relating to the payment of Rent, then Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days following written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 11.2.In the event of bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. 11.3.Landlord may deliver to any purchaser of Landlord’s interest in the Premises the funds deposited hereunder by Tenant, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to such deposit. This provision shall also apply to any subsequent transfers. 11.4.If Tenant is not in default at the end of thirty (30) days following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within forty-five (45) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, 11.5.If the Security Deposit shall be in cash, Landlord shall hold the Security Deposit in an account at a banking organization selected by Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to maintain a separate account for the Security Deposit, but may intermingle it with other funds of Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to all interest and/or dividends, if any, accruing on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to credit Tenant with any interest for any period during which Landlord does not receive interest on the Security Deposit. 11.6.In Landlord’s sole discretion, the Security Deposit may be in the form of cash, a letter of credit or any other security instrument. Tenant may at any time, except when Tenant is in Default (as defined below), deliver a letter of credit (the “L/C Security”) as the entire Security Deposit, as follows: (a) If Tenant elects to deliver L/C Security, then Tenant shall provide Landlord, and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term and until the date that is seventy-five (75) days after the then-current Term Expiration Date, a letter of credit in the form of Exhibit F issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, in the amount of the Security Deposit, with an initial term of at least one year. Landlord may require the L/C Security to be re-issued by a different issuer at any time during the Term if Landlord reasonably believes that the issuing bank of the L/C Security is or may soon become insolvent; provided, however, Landlord shall return the existing L/C Security to the existing issuer immediately upon receipt of the 15 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


substitute L/C Security. If any issuer of the L/C Security shall become insolvent or placed into FDIC receivership, then Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord (without the requirement of notice from Landlord) substitute L/C Security issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and otherwise conforming to the requirements set forth in this Article. As used herein with respect to the issuer of the L/C Security, “insolvent” shall mean the determination of insolvency as made by such issuer’s primary bank regulator (i.e., the state bank supervisor for state chartered banks; the OCC or OTS, respectively, for federally chartered banks or thrifts; or the Federal Reserve for its member banks). If, at the Term Expiration Date, any Rent remains uncalculated or unpaid, then (i) Landlord shall with reasonable diligence complete any necessary calculations, (ii) Tenant shall extend the expiry date of such L/C Security from time to time as Landlord reasonably requires and (iii) in such extended period, Landlord shall not unreasonably refuse to consent to an appropriate reduction of the L/C Security. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord’s legal costs (as estimated by Landlord’s counsel) in handling Landlord’s acceptance of the L/C Security or its replacement or extension. (b) If Tenant delivers to Landlord satisfactory L/C Security in place of the entire Security Deposit, Landlord shall remit to Tenant any cash Security Deposit Landlord previously held. (c) Landlord may draw upon the L/C Security, and hold and apply the proceeds in the same manner and for the same purposes as the Security Deposit, if (i) an uncured Default (as defined below) exists, (ii) as of the date thirty (30) days before any L/C Security expires (even if such scheduled expiry date is after the Term Expiration Date) Tenant has not delivered to Landlord an amendment or replacement for such L/C Security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, extending the expiry date to the earlier of (1) seventy-five (75) days after the then-current Term Expiration Date or (2) the date one year after the then-current expiry date of the L/C Security, (iii) the L/C Security provides for automatic renewals, Landlord asks the issuer to confirm the current L/C Security expiry date, and the issuer fails to do so within ten (10) business days, (iv) Tenant fails to pay (when and as Landlord reasonably requires) any bank charges for Landlord’s transfer of the L/C Security or (iv) the issuer of the L/C Security ceases, or announces that it will cease, to maintain an office in the state where Landlord may present drafts under the L/C Security (and fails to permit drawing upon the L/C Security by overnight courier or facsimile). This Section does not limit any other provisions of this Lease allowing Landlord to draw the L/C Security under specified circumstances. (d) Tenant shall not seek to enjoin, prevent, or otherwise interfere with Landlord’s draw under L/C Security, even if it violates this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the only effect of a wrongful draw would be to substitute a cash Security Deposit for L/C Security, causing Tenant no legally recognizable damage. Landlord shall hold the proceeds of any draw in the same manner and for the same purposes as a cash Security Deposit. In the event of a wrongful draw, (a) the parties shall cooperate to allow Tenant to post replacement L/C Security simultaneously with the return to Tenant of the wrongfully drawn sums, (b) Landlord shall upon request confirm in writing to the issuer of the L/C Security that Landlord’s draw was erroneous, and (c) if Tenant receives a final determination from a court of competent jurisdiction that is not subject to appeal that Landlord has made a “wrongful” draw, (i) Landlord shall pay Tenant interest upon the amount of such wrongful draw at the rate of six percent (6%) and (ii) Tenant 16 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney’s fees in accordance with Section 40.7. For purposes of the immediately foregoing sentence, the term “wrongful” shall mean that Landlord had no reasonable basis to believe that it had the right to make the draw. (e) If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, then Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense, within five (5) business days after receiving a request from Landlord, deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) an amendment to the L/C Security naming Landlord’s grantee as substitute beneficiary. If the required Security Deposit changes while L/C Security is in force, then Tenant shall deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) a corresponding amendment to the L/C Security. 11.7. If Tenant, as of the second (2nd) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, has not been in Default under this Lease prior to such second (2nd) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, then Tenant, no later than forty-five (45) days after the second (2nd) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, may request in writing a reduction in the Security Deposit. Upon Landlord’s receipt of such a request, and confirmation by Landlord that Tenant has not been in Default under this Lease prior to the second (2nd) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, the Security Deposit shall be reduced to Four Hundred Fifty-Five Thousand Five Hundred Sixty-Eight Dollars ($455,568.00). If Landlord is then holding a cash Security Deposit, it shall return to Tenant the amount of One Hundred Fifty-One Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty-Six Dollars ($151,856.00) within thirty (30) days of its approval of such certificate. If the Security Deposit is in the form of the L/C Security, Tenant may provide to Landlord a replacement L/C Security in the amount of Four Hundred Fifty-Five Thousand Five Hundred Sixty-Eight Dollars ($455,568.00) that satisfies the requirements of this Article 11. Provided such replacement L/C Security complies with the terms and provisions of this Article 11, Landlord shall, with in thirty (30) days after its receipt of such replacement L/C Security, return to Tenant the original L/C Security. 12. Use. 12.1.Tenant shall use the Premises for the Permitted Use, and shall not use the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be used, for any other purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. 12.2.Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of Applicable Laws; zoning ordinances; or the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or the Project, and shall, upon five (5) days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises that is declared or claimed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any of the above, or that in Landlord’s reasonable opinion violates any of the above. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction that shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof, and shall indemnify, compensate, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors; and any lender, mortgagee, ground lessor or beneficiary (each, a “Lender” and, collectively with Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors, the “Landlord Indemnitees”) 17 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages, suits or judgments, and all reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements, regardless of whether the applicable demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit is voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed) incurred in investigating or resisting the same (collectively, “Claims”) of any kind or nature that arise before, during or after the Term as a result of Tenant’s breach of this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall not be responsible for compliance with Applicable Laws for any work performed in the Premises by or at the direction of anyone other than a Tenant Party. 12.3.Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, environmental, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Building or the Project, and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the insurers of the Building and the Project, and Tenant shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article. 12.4.Tenant shall keep all doors opening onto public corridors closed, except when in use for ingress and egress. 12.5.No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made to existing locks or the mechanisms thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall, upon termination of this Lease, return to Landlord all keys to offices and restrooms either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. In the event any key so furnished to Tenant is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change. 12.6.No awnings or other projections shall be attached to any outside wall of the Building.No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord’s standard window coverings. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills or items attached to windows that are visible from outside the Premises. No equipment, furniture or other items of personal property shall be placed on any exterior balcony without Landlord’s prior written consent. 12.7.No sign, advertisement or notice (“Signage”) shall be exhibited, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Signage shall conform to Landlord’s design criteria. For any Signage, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, (a) acquire all permits for such Signage in compliance with Applicable Laws and (b) design, fabricate, install and maintain such Signage in a first-class condition. Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing Landlord for costs incurred by Landlord in removing any of Tenant’s Signage upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Interior signs on entry doors to the Premises shall be inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be of a size, color and type and be located in a place acceptable to 18 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


Landlord, and the directory tablet shall be inscribed or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and shall be of a size, color and type and be located in a place acceptable to Landlord. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only. Tenant shall not place anything on the exterior of the corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may install any Tenant Signage, and Tenant shall pay all costs associated with such installation within thirty (30) days after demand therefor. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, all rights of Tenant with respect to Signage on the exterior of the Building shall be personal to Tenant and may not be assigned with this Lease or otherwise, except as a result of an Transfer (as hereinafter defined) to an entity in the portfolio of Third Rock Ventures that has been approved by Landlord pursuant to Section 29.1 hereof. 12.8.Tenant may only place equipment within the Premises with floor loading consistent with the Building’s structural design unless Tenant obtains Landlord’s prior written approval. Tenant may place such equipment only in a location designed to carry the weight of such equipment. 12.9.Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations therefrom from extending into the Common Area or other offices in the Project. 12.10. Tenant shall not (a) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises that shall in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Project, or injure or annoy them, (b) use or allow the Premises to be used for unlawful purposes, (c) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Project or (d) take any other action that would in Landlord’s reasonable determination in any manner adversely affect other tenants’ quiet use and enjoyment of their space or adversely impact their reasonable ability to conduct business in a professional and suitable work environment. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant may not install any security systems (including cameras) outside the Premises or that record sounds or images outside the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion. 12.11. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for all liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of or in connection with the compliance of the Premises with the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq., and any state and local accessibility laws, codes, ordinances and rules (collectively, and together with regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the “ADA”) from and after the Term Commencement Date, and Tenant shall indemnify, compensate, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against Claims arising out of any such failure of the Premises to comply with the ADA from and after the Term Commencement Date. This Section (as well as any other provisions of this Lease dealing with indemnification of the Landlord Indemnitees by Tenant) shall be deemed to be modified in each case by the insertion in the appropriate place of the following: “except as otherwise provided in Mass. G.L. Ter. Ed., C. 186, Section 15.” Landlord represents and warrants that the Premises shall be in compliance with the ADA as of the Term 19 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


Commencement Date.The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 12.12. Tenant shall maintain temperature and humidity in the Premises in accordance with ASHRAE standards at all times. 12.13. Tenant shall establish and maintain a chemical safety program administered by a licensed, qualified individual in accordance with the requirements of the Massachusetts Water Resources Authority (“MWRA”) and any other applicable Governmental Authority. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred in connection with such chemical safety program, and Tenant shall provide Landlord with such documentation as Landlord may reasonably require evidencing Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of (a) the MWRA and any other applicable Governmental Authority with respect to such chemical safety program and (b) this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall obtain and maintain during the Term (m) any permit required by the MWRA (“MWRA Permit”) and (n) a wastewater treatment operator license from the Commonwealth of Massachusetts with respect to Tenant’s use of the Acid Neutralization Tank (as defined below) in the Building. Tenant shall not introduce anything into the Acid Neutralization Tank (x) in violation of the terms of the MWRA Permit, (y) in violation of Applicable Laws or (z) that would interfere with the proper functioning of the Acid Neutralization Tank. Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in order to obtain the MWRA Permit and the wastewater treatment operator license. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within ten (10) business days after demand for any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Landlord has not obtained a MWRA Permit as of the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall be responsible for the cost of disposal incurred by Tenant as a result of not being able to use the Acid Neutralization Tank, until such time as Landlord obtains a MWRA Permit. 13. Rules and Regulations, CC&Rs, Parking Facilities and Common Area. 13.1.Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use the Common Area in conjunction with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, and such use of the Common Area and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject to the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord and attached hereto as Exhibit G, together with such other reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as are hereafter promulgated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “Rules and Regulations”). Tenant shall and shall ensure that its contractors, subcontractors, employees, subtenants and invitees faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the violation or non-performance by any other tenant or any agent, employee or invitee thereof of any of the Rules and Regulations. 13.2.This Lease is subject to any recorded covenants, conditions or restrictions on the Project or Property, including the Parking and Transportation Demand Management Plan for the Project that was approved on April 28, 1999, and that is attached hereto as Exhibit H with all applicable transfers thereof (the “PTDM”), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “CC&Rs”). Tenant shall comply with the CC&Rs. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply 20 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


with the tenant requirements in the PTDM, including the requirements set forth in the “Alternative Work Programs,” “Alternative Mode Promotions and Incentives,” “MBTA Corporate Pass Program and Subsidized Transit Passes,” “Ridesharing Vehicles” and “Bicycle and Pedestrian Programs” sections thereof. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall also comply with the reporting requirements set forth in the PTDM at Landlord’s request. Any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the PTDM shall constitute an Operating Expense. 13.3. The Charles River Transportation Management Association (of which Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord is currently a member) provides certain programs to help improve transportation in the Cambridge area. Their website is www.charlesrivertma.org. 13.4.Tenant shall have a non-exclusive, irrevocable license to use Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building of parking spaces allocated to the Building (“Pro Rata Parking Share”). Tenant’s Pro Rata Parking Share as of the date hereof consists of a total of [twenty seven (27) parking spaces], which parking spaces shall in the Parking Garage in common on an unreserved basis with other tenants of the Project and Neighboring Properties during the Term. The cost of each parking space shall be Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00) per month (subject to market rate adjustments by Landlord from time to time throughout the Term), which Tenant shall pay simultaneously with payments of Base Rent as Additional Rent. Tenant, at any time and from time to time during the Term, may elect to waive its right to use some or all or Tenant’s Pro Rata Parking Share upon written notice to Landlord. If Tenant so elects, then it shall forfeit for the then-remainder of the Term (including any extension thereof) any and all rights to such waived parking spaces, whether located on the Property or in the Parking Garage; provided, however, that Tenant may later request from Landlord additional parking spaces up to Tenant’s Pro Rata Parking Share, and subject to the availability of such additional parking spaces, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, then the number of parking spaces licensed to Tenant under this Section 13.4 shall be increased by the number of parking spaces so requested. Landlord, from time to time during the Term of this Lease, may require that Tenant confirm the number of parking spaces licensed to Tenant under this Section 13.4, and Tenant shall execute and deliver any such reasonable document required by Landlord confirming the same. 13.5.Tenant agrees not to unreasonably overburden the parking facilities by violating any rules and regulations reasonably promulgated by Landlord and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the parking facilities. Upon any Landlord determination regarding overburdening, Landlord may reasonably allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants of the Building or the Project, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to the number of spaces set forth in Section 13.4 above. Nothing in this Section, however, is intended to create an affirmative duty on Landlord’s part to monitor parking. 13.6.Subject to the terms of this Lease including the Rules and Regulations and the rights of other tenants of the Building, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right on an unreserved basis to access the freight loading dock twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, at no additional cost. Landlord shall not be responsible for any coordination of the use of the freight elevator or the loading dock by tenants at the Building. Landlord shall provide a dumpster at the loading dock for Tenant’s use for the disposal of non-Hazardous Materials, and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Adjusted Share of the cost of said dumpster. Tenant shall be solely 21 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


responsible for the disposal of any Hazardous Materials used by any Tenant Party (as hereinafter defined) in accordance with Applicable Laws. 13.7.The land upon which the Parking Garage is situated is subject to that certain Activity and Use Limitation dated February 23, 2001, which was recorded on February 27, 2001 as Instrument No. 785 in Book 32422, Page 393 in the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds, Commonwealth of Massachusetts and filed as Document No. 1163744 in the Middlesex South District Registry of the Land Court. 14. Project Control by Landlord. 14.1.Landlord reserves full control over the Building and the Project to the extent not inconsistent with Tenant’s enjoyment of the Premises as provided by and consistent with the other terms in this Lease. This reservation includes Landlord’s right to subdivide the Project; convert the Building to condominium units; change the size of the Project by selling all or a portion of the Project or adding real property and any improvements thereon to the Project; grant easements and licenses to third parties; maintain or establish ownership of the Building separate from fee title to the Property; make additions to or reconstruct portions of the Building and the Project; install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate for service to the Premises and other parts of the Building or the Project pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, wherever located in the Premises, the Building or elsewhere at the Project; and alter or relocate any other Common Area or facility, including private drives, lobbies, entrances and landscaping; provided, however, that such rights shall be exercised in a way that does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises, including the Permitted Use and Tenant’s access to the Premises. 14.2.Possession of areas of the Premises necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of the Building is reserved to Landlord; provided, however, that such possession shall not materially adversely affect Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises, including the Permitted Use and Tenant’s access to the Premises. 14.3.Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute such further documents as may be reasonably appropriate to assist Landlord in the performance of its obligations hereunder; provided that Tenant need not execute any document that creates additional liability for Tenant or that deprives Tenant of the quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises as provided for in this Lease. 14.4.Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times during non-business hours (or during business hours, if (a) with respect to Subsections 14.4(u) through 14.4(y), Tenant so requests, and (b) with respect to Subsection 14.4(z), if Landlord so requests), and upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice (which may be oral or by email to the office manager or other Tenant-designated individual at the Premises; but provided that no time restrictions shall apply or advance notice be required if an emergency necessitates immediate entry), enter the Premises to (u) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (v) supply any service Landlord is required to provide hereunder, (w) alter, improve or repair any portion of the Building other than the Premises for which access to the Premises is reasonably necessary, (x) post notices of nonresponsibility, (y) access the telephone equipment, 22 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


electrical substation and fire risers and (z) show the Premises to prospective tenants during the final year of the Term and current and prospective purchasers and lenders at any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to have a representative of Tenant accompany Landlord at such times; provided, however, if Tenant’s representative is not available or does not elect to accompany Landlord at the times that Landlord has requested access, then such unavailability shall not prohibit or otherwise restrict Landlord’s access, and Landlord may access the Premises with or without Tenant’s representative present. In connection with any such alteration, improvement or repair as described in Subsection 14.4(w), Landlord may erect in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project temporary scaffolding and other structures reasonably required for the alteration, improvement or repair work to be performed. In no event shall Tenant’s Rent abate as a result of Landlord’s activities pursuant to this Section; provided, however, that all such activities shall be conducted in such a manner so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as is reasonably possible. Landlord shall at all times retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises. If an emergency necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises, and any such entry to the Premises shall not constitute a forcible or unlawful entry to the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. 15. Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon paying the Rent and performing its obligations contained in this Lease, may peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises, free from any claim by Landlord or persons claiming under Landlord, but subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof, provisions of Applicable Laws and rights of record to which this Lease is or may become subordinate. This covenant is in lieu of any other quiet enjoyment covenant, either express or implied. 16. Utilities and Services. 16.1.Tenant shall pay for all water (including the cost to service, repair and replace reverse osmosis, de-ionized and other treated water), gas, heat, light, power, telephone, internet service, cable television, other telecommunications and other utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. Power and HVAC shall be separately sub-metered to Tenant as part of the Tenant Improvements. If any other utility is not separately metered or sub-metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, or if applicable, Tenant’s Adjusted Share of all charges of such utility jointly metered with other premises as Additional Rent or, in the alternative, Landlord may, at its option, monitor the usage of such utilities by Tenant and charge Tenant with the cost of purchasing, installing and monitoring such metering equipment, which cost shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent. Landlord may base its bills for utilities on reasonable estimates; provided that Landlord adjusts such billings promptly thereafter or as part of the next Landlord’s Statement to reflect the actual cost of providing utilities to the Premises. To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any utilities not separately sub-metered, then Tenant shall pay Landlord for Tenant’s Adjusted Share of such utilities to reflect such excess. In the event that the Building or Project is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate utility usage that varies depending on the occupancy of the Building or Project (as applicable) to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such utility usage would have been had the Building or Project, as applicable, been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during such 23 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


calendar year; provided, however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of such utilities. Tenant shall not be liable for the cost of utilities supplied to the Premises attributable to the time period prior to the Term Commencement Date; provided, however, that, if Landlord shall permit Tenant possession of the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date and Tenant uses the Premises for any purpose other than placement of personal property as set forth in Section 4.3, then Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of utilities supplied to the Premises from such earlier date of possession. 16.2.Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall any eviction of Tenant result from, the failure to furnish any utility or service, whether or not such failure is caused by accidents; breakage; casualties (to the extent not caused by the party claiming Force Majeure); Severe Weather Conditions (as defined below); physical natural disasters (but excluding weather conditions that are not Severe Weather Conditions); strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes (other than labor disturbances and labor disputes resulting solely from the acts or omissions of the party claiming Force Majeure); acts of terrorism; riots or civil disturbances; wars or insurrections; shortages of materials (which shortages are not unique to the party claiming Force Majeure); government regulations, moratoria or other governmental actions, inactions or delays; failures by third parties to deliver gas, oil or another suitable fuel supply, or inability of the party claiming Force Majeure, by exercise of reasonable diligence, to obtain gas, oil or another suitable fuel; or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party claiming that Force Majeure has occurred (collectively, “Force Majeure”); or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence. In the event of such failure, Tenant shall not be entitled to termination of this Lease or, except as set forth in this Section, any abatement or reduction of Rent, nor shall Tenant be relieved from the operation of any covenant or agreement of this Lease. “Severe Weather Conditions” means weather conditions that are materially worse than those that reasonably would be anticipated for the Property at the applicable time based on historic meteorological records. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if, for more than five (5) consecutive business days following written notice to Landlord and as a direct result of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (and except to the extent that such failure is caused by any other factor, including any action or inaction of a Tenant Party (as defined below)), the provision of HVAC or other utilities to all or a material portion of the Premises that Landlord must provide pursuant to this Lease is interrupted (a “Material Services Failure”), then Tenant’s Base Rent and Operating Expenses (or, to the extent that less than all of the Premises are affected, a proportionate amount (based on the Rentable Area of the Premises that is rendered unusable) of Base Rent and Operating Expenses) shall thereafter be abated until the Premises are again usable by Tenant for the Permitted Use; provided, however, that, if Landlord is diligently pursuing the restoration of such HVAC and other utilities and Landlord provides substitute HVAC and other utilities reasonably suitable for Tenant’s continued use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use (e.g., supplying potable water or portable air conditioning equipment), then neither Base Rent nor Operating Expenses shall be abated. During any Material Services Failure, Tenant will cooperate with Landlord to arrange for the provision of any interrupted utility services on an interim basis via temporary measures until final corrective measures can be accomplished, and Tenant will permit Landlord the necessary access to the Premises to remedy such Material Service Failure. In the event of any interruption of HVAC or other utilities that Landlord must provide pursuant to this Lease, regardless of the 24 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


cause, Landlord shall diligently pursue the restoration of such HVAC and other utilities. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, but subject to Article 24 (which shall govern in the event of a casualty), the provisions of this Section shall be Tenant’s sole recourse and remedy in the event of an interruption of HVAC or other utilities to the Premises, including related to Section 16.8. 16.3.Tenant shall pay for, prior to delinquency of payment therefor, any utilities and services that may be furnished to the Premises during or, if Tenant occupies the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, after the Term, beyond those utilities provided by Landlord, including telephone, internet service,cable television and other telecommunications, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon.Upon Landlord’s demand, utilities and services provided to the Premises that are separately metered shall be paid by Tenant directly to the supplier of such utilities or services. 16.4.Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use any device in the Premises (including data processing machines) that will in any way (a) increase the amount of ventilation, air exchange, gas, steam, electricity or water required or consumed in the Premises based upon Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or Project (as applicable) beyond the [existing capacity of the Building or the Project] usually furnished or supplied for the Permitted Use or (b) exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building’s or Project’s (as applicable) capacity to provide such utilities or services. 16.5.If Tenant shall require utilities or services in excess of those usually furnished or supplied for tenants in similar spaces in the Building or the Project by reason of Tenant’s equipment or extended hours of business operations, then Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s consent for the use thereof, which consent Landlord may condition upon the availability of such excess utilities or services, and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent an amount equal to the cost of providing such excess utilities and services. 16.6.Landlord shall provide water in Common Area for lavatory and landscaping purposes only, which water shall be from the local municipal or similar source. 16.7.Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and utility systems, when Landlord deems necessary or desirable, due to accident, emergency or the need to make repairs, alterations or improvements, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, and subject to the terms of Section 16.2 Landlord shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning or utility service when prevented from doing so by Force Majeure or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of Force Majeure or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence. 25 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


16.8.Landlord will install a back-up generator at the Building (the “Generator”). Landlord shall install an automatic transfer switch connecting the Generator to the Premises as part of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall be entitled to use up to Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building (after deducting any power from the Generator required for the Common Area and base Building systems) of power from the Generator on a non-exclusive basis with other tenants in the Building. The cost of maintaining, repairing and replacing the Generator shall constitute Operating Expenses. Landlord expressly disclaims any warranties with regard to the Generator or the installation thereof, including any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Landlord shall maintain the Generator (and any equipment connecting the Generator to Tenant’s automatic transfer switch) in good working condition as set forth above, provided, however, that Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (and Landlord shall not be liable) for maintaining and operating Tenant’s automatic transfer switch and the distribution of power from Tenant’s automatic transfer switch throughout the Premises, and provided further that Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance of the Building Generator that is an obligation of Landlord unless Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Upon receipt of such written notice, Landlord shall promptly commence to cure such failure and shall diligently prosecute the same to completion in accordance with Section 31.12 of this Lease. The provisions of Section 16.2 of this Lease shall apply to the Generator. 16.9.For the Premises, Landlord shall (a) subject to Section 18.1, maintain and operate the HVAC systems used for the Permitted Use only and not for uses other than the Permitted Use and (b) subject to Section 16.2 and Subsection 16.9(a), furnish HVAC as reasonably required (except as this Lease otherwise provides or as to any special requirements that arise from Tenant’s particular use of the Premises) for reasonably comfortable occupancy of the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, every day during the Term, subject to casualty, eminent domain or as otherwise specified in this Article. To the extent that Tenant requires HVAC services in excess of those provided by connection to the Building HVAC systems, Tenant shall install and maintain, at its sole cost, (and Landlord shall not be liable for) supplemental HVAC systems in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the costs of Tenant’s airflow consumption at the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, Landlord shall have no liability, and Tenant shall have no right or remedy, on account of any interruption or impairment in HVAC services; provided that Landlord diligently endeavors to cure any such interruption or impairment. 16.10. For any utilities serving the Premises for which Tenant is billed directly by such utility provider, Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord (a) any invoices or statements for such utilities any other utility usage information reasonably requested by Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request, and (b) within thirty (30) days after each calendar year during the Term, authorization to allow Landlord to access Tenant’s usage information necessary for Landlord to complete an ENERGY STAR® Statement of Performance (or similar comprehensive utility usage report (e.g., related to Labs 21), if requested by Landlord) and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord for the immediately preceding year; and Tenant shall comply with any other energy usage or consumption requirements required by Applicable Laws. Tenant shall retain records of utility usage at the Premises, including invoices and statements from the utility provider, for at least sixty (60) months, or such other period of 26 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


time as may be requested by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that any utility information for the Premises, the Building and the Project may be shared with third parties, including Landlord’s consultants and Governmental Authorities. In the event that Tenant fails to comply with this Section, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to collect utility usage information directly from the applicable utility providers, and Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee of Three Hundred Seventy-Five Dollars ($375.00) per month to collect such utility usage information. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall comply with all Applicable Laws related to the disclosure and tracking of energy consumption at the Premises. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 16.11. The Building is currently serviced by a common laboratory waste sanitary sewer connection from the pH neutralization room in the basement of the Building to the municipal sewer line in the street adjacent to the Building. There currently exists a separate acid neutralization tank (the “Acid Neutralization Tank”) in the basement of the Building that will serve the Building. Landlord shall construct a connection from the Acid Neutralization Tank to the Premises as part of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall have a non-exclusive right to use up to Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building of the Acid Neutralization Tank in accordance with Applicable Laws in common with other tenants of the Building. Tenant shall have a non-exclusive right to use up to Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building of the Acid Neutralization Tank in accordance with Applicable Laws in common with other tenants of the Building. Tenant, as a portion of its Operating Expenses, shall reimburse Landlord for all costs, charges and expenses incurred by Landlord from time to time in connection with or arising out of the operation, use, maintenance, repair or refurbishment of the Acid Neutralization Tank, including all clean-up costs relating to the Acid Neutralization Tank (collectively, “Tank Costs”); provided, however, that if the Acid Neutralization Tank is being used by other tenant(s) or occupant(s) of the Building at any time during the Term, then, during such time period, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay its Pro Rata Share of the Building of the Tank Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Acid Neutralization Tank is damaged or repairs to the Acid Neutralization Tank are required as a result of the improper use of the Acid Neutralization Tank by Tenant, Tenant shall be responsible for one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of any repairs or replacement required as a result of such improper use by Tenant, regardless of whether the Acid Neutralization Tank is then being used by other tenant(s) or occupant(s) of the Building. Similarly, if the Acid Neutralization Tank is damaged, or if repairs to the Acid Neutralization Tank are required as a result of the improper use of the Acid Neutralization Tank by other tenant(s) or occupant(s) of the Building, then Tenant shall have no responsibility for the cost of any repairs or replacements required as a result of such improper use by such other tenant(s) or occupant(s). Tenant shall indemnify, compensate, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims, including (a) diminution in value of the Project or any portion thereof, (b) damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, (c) damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Project or any portion thereof and (d) sums paid in settlement of Claims that arise during or after the Term as a result of Tenant’s improper use of the Acid Neutralization Tank. This indemnification by Tenant includes costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site 27 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

conditions or any clean-up, remediation, removal or restoration required by any Governmental Authority caused by Tenant’s improper use of the Acid Neutralization Tank. 17. Alterations. 17.1.Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Premises or engage in any construction, demolition, reconstruction, renovation or other work (whether major or minor) of any kind in, at or serving the Premises (“Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; provided, however, that, in the event any proposed Alteration affects (a) any structural portions of the Building, including exterior walls, the roof, the foundation or slab, foundation or slab systems (including barriers and subslab systems) or the core of the Building, (b) the exterior of the Building or (c) any Building systems, including elevator, plumbing, HVAC, electrical, security, life safety and power, then Landlord may withhold its approval in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall, in making any Alterations, use only those architects, contractors, suppliers and mechanics of which Landlord has given prior written approval, which approval shall be in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Landlord, at least thirty (30) days in specifications, bid proposals, certified In seeking Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall provide advance of any proposed construction, with plans, stamped engineering drawings and calculations by Tenant’s engineer of record or architect of record (including connections to the Building’s structural system, modifications to the Building’s envelope, non-structural penetrations in slabs or walls, and modifications or tie-ins to life safety systems), work contracts, requests for laydown areas and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Alterations as Landlord may reasonably request. In no event shall Tenant use or Landlord be required to approve any architects, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers that Landlord reasonably believes could cause labor disharmony or may not have sufficient experience, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, to perform work in an occupied Class “A” laboratory research building and in tenant-occupied lab areas. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make strictly cosmetic changes to the Premises that do not require any permits or more than three (3) total contractors and subcontractors (“Cosmetic Alterations”) without Landlord’s consent; provided that (y) the cost of any Cosmetic Alterations does not exceed Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00) in any one instance or Sixty-Five Thousand Dollars ($65,000.00) annually, (z) such Cosmetic Alterations do not (i) require any structural or other substantial modifications to the Premises, (ii) require any changes to or adversely affect the Building systems, (iii) affect the exterior of the Building or (iv) trigger any requirement under Applicable Laws that would require Landlord to make any alteration or improvement to the Premises, the Building or the Project. 17.2.Tenant shall not construct or permit to be constructed partitions or other obstructions that might interfere with free access to mechanical installation or service facilities of the Building or with other tenants’ components located within the Building, or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing such installations or facilities. 17.3.Tenant shall accomplish any work performed on the Premises or the Building in such a manner as to permit any life safety systems to remain fully operable at all times. 28 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


17.4.Any work performed on the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate. Tenant covenants and agrees that all work done by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be performed in full compliance with Applicable Laws. Within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with complete “as built” drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc (or files in such other current format in common use as Landlord reasonably approves or requires) showing any changes in the Premises (but excluding Cosmetic Alterations), as well as a commissioning report prepared by a licensed, qualified commissioning agent hired by Tenant and approved by Landlord for all new or affected mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems. Any such “as built” plans shall show the applicable Alterations as an overlay on the Building as-built plans; provided that Landlord provides the Building “as built” plans to Tenant. 17.5.Before commencing any Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the proposed commencement of such work. 17.6.Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant’s removal of any property from the Premises. During any such restoration period, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if such space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 17.7.The Premises plus any Alterations, Signage, Tenant Improvements, attached equipment, fixtures, movable laboratory casework and related appliances, trade fixtures, and other additions and improvements attached to or built into the Premises made by either of the parties (including all floor and wall coverings; paneling; sinks and related plumbing fixtures; laboratory benches; exterior venting fume hoods; walk-in freezers and refrigerators; ductwork; conduits; electrical panels and circuits; business and trade fixtures; attached machinery and equipment; and built-in furniture and cabinets, in each case, together with all additions and accessories thereto), shall (unless, prior to such construction or installation, Landlord elects otherwise in writing) at all times remain the property of Landlord, shall remain in the Premises and shall (unless, prior to construction or installation thereof, Landlord elects otherwise in writing) be surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. For the avoidance of doubt, the items listed on Exhibit I attached hereto (which Exhibit I may be updated by Tenant from and after the Term Commencement Date, subject to Landlord’s written consent) constitute Tenant’s property and shall be removed by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. 17.8.Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant remove any improvement from the Premises as to which Landlord contributed payment, including the Tenant Improvements, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. 17.9.If Tenant shall fail to remove any of its property from the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose and store such effects without liability to Tenant for loss thereof or damage thereto, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, any costs and 29 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


expenses incurred due to such removal and storage or Landlord may, at its sole option and without notice to Tenant, sell such property or any portion thereof at private sale and without legal process for such price as Landlord may obtain and apply the proceeds of such sale against any (a) amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and (b) any expenses incident to the removal, storage and sale of such personal property. 17.10. Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the cost to Tenant of all Alterations (but excluding Cosmetic Alterations) to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, engineering review, coordination, scheduling and supervision thereof. For purposes of payment of such sum, Tenant shall submit to Landlord copies of all bills, invoices and statements covering the costs of such charges, accompanied by payment to Landlord of the fee set forth in this Section. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any extra expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, or by reason of delays caused by such work, or by reason of inadequate clean-up. 17.11. Within sixty (60) days after final completion of any Alterations performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord documentation showing the amounts expended by Tenant with respect to such Alterations, together with supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord. 17.12. Tenant shall take, and shall cause its contractors to take, commercially reasonable steps to protect the Premises during the performance of any Alterations, including covering or temporarily removing any window coverings so as to guard against dust, debris or damage. 17.13. Tenant shall require its contractors and subcontractors performing work on the Premises to name Landlord and its affiliates and Lenders as additional insureds on their respective insurance policies. 17.14. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord shall be permitted to withhold its approval (in its sole and absolute discretion) of any Alteration that (a) is inconsistent with the office and lab zones identified on Exhibit D attached hereto, or (b) affects the use or function of any flexible wall and lab bench system within the Premises. 18. Repairs and Maintenance. 18.1.Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 16.9, Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural and exterior portions and Common Area of the Building and the Project, including roofing and covering materials; foundations (excluding any architectural slabs, but including any structural slabs); exterior walls; plumbing; fire sprinkler and life safety systems (if any); base Building HVAC systems up to the first damper or isolation valve that serves the Premises (for purposes of clarity, the portion of the HVAC system that includes such first damper or isolation valve and extends into and through the Premises, and any supplemental HVAC serving the Premises, shall not be part of the base Building HVAC and shall be Tenant’s obligation to maintain and repair pursuant to Section 18.2 below); the Generator, the Acid Neutralization Tank and associated monitoring system; elevators; and all base Building electrical 30 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


systems, in a first class manner comparable to other buildings in Cambridgeport, Cambridge, Massachusetts owned or operated by Landlord or its affiliates that are similar to the Building and operated and used for the same use as the Permitted Use. 18.2.Except for services of Landlord, if any, required by Section 18.1, Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense maintain and keep the Premises (including but not limited to the portion of the HVAC system that includes such first damper or isolation valve and extends into and through the Premises and any supplemental HVAC serving the Premises, including but not limited to any supplemental HVAC serving Tenant’s vivarium), and every part thereof in good condition and repair, damage thereto from ordinary wear and tear excepted, and shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord, provide to Landlord any maintenance records that Landlord reasonably requests. Tenant shall, upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, surrender the Premises to Landlord in as good a condition as existed when the Tenant Improvements are finally completed by Landlord, and with respect to Alterations, in substantially the same condition as existed on the date such Alterations are substantially completed by Tenant, ordinary wear and tear excepted; and shall, at Landlord’s request (written notice of which shall be provided in writing at least eight (8) months prior to the expiration of the Term) and Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all telephone and data systems, wiring and equipment from the Premises, and repair any damage to the Premises caused thereby. Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof, other than pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Work Letter or Section 4.1. 18.3.Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance that is Landlord’s obligation pursuant to this Lease unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under Applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect to make repairs at Landlord’s expense. 18.4.If any excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to or under the Building, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter the Premises for the purpose of performing such work as such person shall deem necessary or desirable to preserve and protect the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or liability against Landlord and without reducing or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided such party makes all commercially reasonable efforts to avoid any interference or disruption of Tenant’s business. 18.5.This Article relates to repairs and maintenance arising in the ordinary course of operation of the Building and the Project. In the event of a casualty described in Article 24, Article 24 shall apply in lieu of this Article. In the event of eminent domain, Article 25 shall apply in lieu of this Article. 18.6.Costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute Operating Expenses. 31 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


19.Liens. 19.1.Subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising out of work or services performed, materials furnished to or obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien filed against the Premises, the Building or the Project for work or services claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, or obligations incurred by Tenant shall be discharged or bonded by Tenant within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of notice of the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. 19.2.Should Tenant fail to discharge or bond against any lien of the nature described in Section 19.1, Landlord may, at Landlord’s election, pay such claim or post a statutory lien bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title, and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof as Additional Rent. Tenant shall indemnify, compensate, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any Claims arising from any such liens, including any administrative, court or other legal proceedings related to such liens. 19.3.In the event that Tenant leases or finances the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement shall, upon its face or by exhibit thereto, indicate that such financing statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Premises, the Building or the Project be furnished on a financing statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property located in an identified suite leased by Tenant. Should any holder of a financing statement record or place of record a financing statement that appears to constitute a lien against any interest of Landlord or against equipment that may be located other than within an identified suite leased by Tenant, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after filing such financing statement, cause (a) a copy of the lender security agreement or other documents to which the financing statement pertains to be furnished to Landlord to facilitate Landlord’s ability to demonstrate that the lien of such financing statement is not applicable to Landlord’s interest and (b) Tenant’s lender to amend such financing statement and any other documents of record to clarify that any liens imposed thereby are not applicable to any interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building or the Project. 20. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing substantially in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit J, or on any other form reasonably requested by a current or proposed Lender or encumbrancer or proposed purchaser, (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (c) setting forth such further information with respect to this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statements may be relied upon by 32 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Property. Tenant’s failure to deliver any such statement within such prescribed time if such failure continues for more than five (5) days after Landlord gives Tenant written notice thereof shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default (as defined below) under this Lease, and, in any event, shall be binding upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution. 21. Hazardous Materials. 21.1.Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project in violation of Applicable Laws by Tenant or any of its employees, agents, contractors or invitees (collectively with Tenant, each a “Tenant Party”). If (a) Tenant breaches such obligation, (b) the presence of Hazardous Materials as a result of such a breach results in contamination of the Project, any portion thereof, or any adjacent property, (c) contamination of the Premises otherwise occurs during the Term or any extension or renewal hereof or holding over hereunder (other than if such contamination results from (i) migration of Hazardous Materials from outside the Premises not caused by a Tenant Party or (ii) to the extent such contamination is caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (d) contamination of the Project occurs as a result of Hazardous Materials that are placed on or under or are released into the Project by a Tenant Party, then Tenant shall indemnify, compensate, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims of any kind or nature, including (w) diminution in value of the Project or any portion thereof, (x) damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, (y) damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Project or any portion thereof and (z) sums paid in settlement of Claims that arise before, during or after the Term as a result of such breach or contamination. This indemnification and compensation by Tenant includes costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on, under or about the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property caused or permitted by any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property, then Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole cost and expense as are necessary to return the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property to its respective condition existing prior to the time of such contamination; provided that Landlord’s written approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; and provided, further, that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if such actions could have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not be affected, reduced or limited by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, employee benefit acts or similar legislation. Landlord hereby agrees to hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, claim or expense (including legal fees) incurred in connection with or arising out of or relating in any way 33 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


to the presence of Hazardous Materials at the Property as of the Execution Date, unless placed on the Property by a Tenant Party.The provisions of the foregoing sentence shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 21.2.Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Article to prohibit Tenant from operating its business for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored in accordance with Applicable Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord (a) a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present at the Premises that is subject to regulation under any environmental Applicable Laws, (b) a list of any and all approvals or permits from Governmental Authorities required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Material at the Premises and (c) correct and complete copies of (i) notices of violations of Applicable Laws related to Hazardous Materials and (ii) plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in, on, under or about the Project (provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion) and closure plans or any other documents required by any and all Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on, under or about the Project for the closure of any such storage tanks (collectively, “Hazardous Materials Documents”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to include within the Hazardous Materials Documents any Hazardous Materials found in office supplies used in the ordinary course and in compliance with all Applicable Laws. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord updated Hazardous Materials Documents, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of a written request therefor from Landlord, not more often than once per year, unless (m) there are any changes to the Hazardous Materials Documents or (n) Tenant initiates any Alterations or changes its business, in either case in a way that involves any material increase in the types or amounts of Hazardous Materials. For each type of Hazardous Material listed, the Hazardous Materials Documents shall include (t) the chemical name, (u) the material state (e.g., solid, liquid, gas or cryogen), (v) the concentration, (w) the storage amount and storage condition (e.g., in cabinets or not in cabinets), (x) the use amount and use condition (e.g., open use or closed use), (y) the location (e.g., room number or other identification) and (z) if known, the chemical abstract service number. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to provide Landlord with any Hazardous Materials Documents containing information of a proprietary nature, which Hazardous Materials Documents, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials. Landlord may, at Landlord’s expense, cause the Hazardous Materials Documents to be reviewed by a person or firm qualified to analyze Hazardous Materials to confirm compliance with the provisions of this Lease and with Applicable Laws. In the event that a review of the Hazardous Materials Documents indicates non-compliance with this Lease or Applicable Laws, Tenant shall, at its expense, diligently take steps to bring its storage and use of Hazardous Materials into compliance. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary or Landlord’s review into Tenant’s Hazardous Materials Documents or use or disposal of hazardous materials, however, Landlord shall not have and expressly disclaims any liability related to Tenant’s or other tenants’ use or disposal of 34 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


Hazardous Materials, it being acknowledged by Tenant that Tenant is best suited to evaluate the safety and efficacy of its Hazardous Materials usage and procedures. 21.3.Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it is not nor has it been, in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, (a) subject to a material enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority or (b) required to take any remedial action. 21.4.At any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Project or any portion thereof to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination has occurred due to the acts or omissions of a Tenant Party. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests if such tests reveal that Hazardous Materials exist at the Project in violation of this Lease. 21.5.If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials installed or utilized by Tenant are located on the Premises, or are hereafter placed on the Premises by Tenant (or by any other party, if such storage tanks are utilized by Tenant), then Tenant shall monitor the storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other steps necessary or required under the Applicable Laws. Tenant shall have no responsibility or liability for underground or other storage tanks installed by anyone other than Tenant unless Tenant utilizes such tanks, in which case Tenant’s responsibility for such tanks shall be as set forth in this Section. 21.6.Tenant shall promptly report to Landlord any actual or suspected presence of mold or water intrusion at the Premises. 21.7.Tenant’s obligations under this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time needed by Tenant or Landlord after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises of any such Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall be deemed a holdover tenant and subject to the provisions of Article 27. 21.8.As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material” means any toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise hazardous substance, material or waste that is or becomes regulated by Applicable Laws or any Governmental Authority. 21.9.Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall have sole control over the equitable allocation of fire control areas (as defined in the Uniform Building Code as adopted by the city or municipality(ies) in which the Project is located (the “UBC”)). The UBC definition of fire control areas also sets forth the maximum quantity and type of Hazardous Materials permitted to be stored within a fire control area. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that as of the Term Commencement Date, there will be the following two (2) separate fire control areas in the Building to be used by all tenants of the Building: (a) a waste storage room located adjacent to the loading dock, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Waste Storage Room”), and (b) the remainder of the Building exclusive of the Waste Storage Room (the “Building Control Area”). Tenant shall have the right to use its Pro Rata Share of the 35 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


area in the Waste Storage Room to store up to Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the quantity of Hazardous Materials permitted within one fire control area. Tenant shall also have the right to store in the Premises (exclusive of the area comprised of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Waste Storage Room), up to its Pro Rata Share of the quantity of Hazardous Materials allowed within the Building Control Area (subject to the provisions herein). The Building Control Area shall constitute a separate and distinct fire control area from the Waste Storage Area, and the Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the quantity of Hazardous Materials permitted in one fire control area shall not be aggregated with the Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the quantity of Hazardous Materials permitted in the other fire control area. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the quantity of Hazardous Materials allowed by this Section 21.9 is specific to Tenant and shall not run with the Lease in the event of a Transfer (as defined in Article 29). In the event of a Transfer, if the use of Hazardous Materials by such new tenant (“New Tenant”) is such that New Tenant utilizes fire control areas in the Project in excess of New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable, then New Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon Landlord’s written request, establish and maintain a separate area of the Premises classified by the UBC as an “H” occupancy area for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials, or take such other action as is necessary to ensure that its share of the fire control areas of the Building and the Project is not greater than New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have and expressly disclaims any liability related to Tenant’s or other tenants’ use or disposal of fire control areas, it being acknowledged by Tenant that Tenant and other tenants are best suited to evaluate the safety and efficacy of its Hazardous Materials usage and procedures. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be entitled as part of the Tenant Improvements, to establish and maintain a separate fire control area within the Premises (the “Tenant Control Area”) for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials; provided that (i) the location of the Tenant Control Area shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, and shall comprise the entirety of the lab area within the Premises (and any other areas within the Premises containing Hazardous Materials), and (ii) if Tenant elects to establish and maintain a Tenant Control Area, Tenant shall not have any rights to use the Building Control Area. For the avoidance of doubt, the Tenant Control Area shall constitute a separate and distinct fire control area from the Waste Storage Area and the Building Control Area. 22.Odors and Exhaust. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord would not enter into this Lease with Tenant unless Tenant assured Landlord that under no circumstances will any other occupants of the Building or the Project (including persons legally present in any outdoor areas of the Project) be subjected to odors or fumes (whether or not noxious), and that the Building and the Project will not be damaged by any exhaust, in each case from Tenant’s operations. Landlord and Tenant therefore agree as follows: 22.1.Tenant shall not cause or permit (or conduct any activities that would cause) any release of any odors or fumes of any kind from the Premises. 22.2.If the Building has a ventilation system that, in Landlord’s judgment, is adequate, suitable, and appropriate to vent the Premises in a manner that does not release odors affecting any indoor or outdoor part of the Project, Tenant shall vent the Premises through such system. If Landlord at any time determines that any existing ventilation system is inadequate, or if no 36 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


ventilation system exists, Tenant shall in compliance with Applicable Laws vent all fumes and odors from the Premises (and remove odors from Tenant’s exhaust stream) as Landlord requires. The placement and configuration of all ventilation exhaust pipes, louvers and other equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s legitimate desire to maintain the Project (indoor and outdoor areas) in an odor-free manner, and Landlord may require Tenant to abate and remove all odors in a manner that goes beyond the requirements of Applicable Laws. 22.3.Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide odor eliminators and other devices (such as filters, air cleaners, scrubbers and whatever other equipment may in Landlord’s judgment be necessary or appropriate from time to time) to completely remove, eliminate and abate any odors, fumes or other substances in Tenant’s exhaust stream that, in Landlord’s judgment, emanate from Tenant’s Premises. Any work Tenant performs under this Section shall constitute Alterations. 22.4.Tenant’s responsibility to remove, eliminate and abate odors, fumes and exhaust shall continue throughout the Term. Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements shall not preclude Landlord from requiring additional measures to eliminate odors, fumes and other adverse impacts of Tenant’s exhaust stream (as Landlord may designate in Landlord’s discretion). Tenant shall install additional equipment as Landlord requires from time to time under the preceding sentence. Such installations shall constitute Alterations. 22.5.If Tenant fails to install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s demand made at any time, then Landlord may, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, require Tenant to cease and suspend any operations in the Premises that, in Landlord’s determination, cause odors, fumes or exhaust. For example, if Landlord determines that Tenant’s production of a certain type of product causes odors, fumes or exhaust, and Tenant does not install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s request, then Landlord may require Tenant to stop producing such type of product in the Premises unless and until Tenant has installed odor control equipment satisfactory to Landlord. 23. Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation. 23.1.Landlord shall maintain insurance for the Building and the Project in amounts equal to full replacement cost (exclusive of the costs of excavation, foundations and footings, engineering costs or such other costs to the extent the same are not incurred in the event of a rebuild and without reference to depreciation taken by Landlord upon its books or tax returns) or such lesser coverage as Landlord may elect, provided that such coverage shall not be less than the amount of such insurance Landlord’s Lender, if any, requires Landlord to maintain, providing protection against any peril generally included within the classification “Fire and Extended Coverage,” together with insurance against sprinkler damage (if applicable), vandalism and malicious mischief. Landlord, subject to availability thereof, shall further insure, if Landlord deems it appropriate, coverage against flood, environmental hazard, earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, rental loss during the period of repairs or rebuilding, Workers’ Compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services. 37 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, but shall not be deemed required to, provide insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or that are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord, without regard to whether or not such are made a part of or are affixed to the Building. 23.2.In addition, Landlord shall carry Commercial General Liability insurance with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence/general aggregate for bodily injury (including death), or property damage with respect to the Project. 23.3.Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and maintain during the Term the following insurance for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord (as their interests may appear) with insurers financially acceptable and lawfully authorized to do business in the state where the Premises are located: (a)Commercial General Liability insurance on a broad-based occurrence coverage form, with coverages including but not limited to bodily injury (including death), property damage (including loss of use resulting therefrom), premises/operations, personal & advertising injury, and contractual liability with limits of liability of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage per occurrence, $2,000,000 general aggregate, which limits may be met by use of excess and/or umbrella liability insurance provided that such coverage is at least as broad as the primary coverages required herein. (b) Commercial Automobile Liability insurance covering liability arising from the use or operation of any auto, including those owned, hired or otherwise operated or used by or on behalf of the Tenant. The coverage shall be on a broad-based occurrence form with combined single limits of not less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. (c) Commercial Property insurance covering property damage to the full replacement cost value and business interruption.Covered property shall include all tenant improvements in the Premises (to the extent not insured by Landlord pursuant to Section 23.1) and Tenant’s Property including personal property, furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, stock, inventory and improvements and betterments, which may be owned by Tenant or Landlord and required to be insured hereunder, or which may be leased, rented, borrowed or in the care custody or control of Tenant, or Tenant’s agents, employees or subcontractors. Such insurance, with respect only to all Alterations or other work performed on the Premises by Tenant (collectively, “Tenant Work”), shall name Landlord and Landlord’s current and future mortgagees as loss payees as their interests may appear. Such insurance shall be written on an “all risk” of physical loss or damage basis including the perils of fire, extended coverage, electrical injury, mechanical breakdown, windstorm, vandalism, malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, back-up of sewers or drains, flood, and such other risks Landlord may from time to time designate, for the full replacement cost value of the covered items with an agreed amount endorsement with no co-insurance. Business interruption coverage shall have limits sufficient to cover Tenant’s lost profits and necessary continuing expenses, including rents due Landlord under the Lease. The minimum period of indemnity for business interruption coverage shall be twelve (12) months. 38 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


(d) Workers’ Compensation insurance as is required by statute or law, or as may be available on a voluntary basis and Employers’ Liability insurance with limits of not less than the following: each accident, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); disease ($500,000); disease (each employee), Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). (e) Intentionally Omitted. (f) improvements being must be in place. During all construction by Tenant at the Premises, with respect to tenant constructed (including any Alterations), insurance required in Exhibit K The insurance required of Tenant by this Article shall be with companies at all times having a current rating of not less than A-and financial category rating of at least Class VII in “A.M. Best’s Insurance Guide” current edition. Tenant shall obtain for Landlord from the insurance companies/broker or cause the insurance companies/broker to furnish certificates of insurance evidencing all coverages required herein to Landlord. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Landlord from Tenant or its insurers (except in the event of non-payment of premium, in which case ten (10) days’ written notice shall be given). All such policies shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage that Landlord may carry. Tenant’s required policies shall contain severability of interests clauses stating that, except with respect to limits of insurance, coverage shall apply separately to each insured or additional insured. Tenant shall, prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates of insurance or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure such insurance on Tenant’s behalf and at its cost to be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent. Commercial General Liability, Commercial Automobile Liability, Umbrella Liability as required above shall name Landlord, BioMed Realty, L.P., and BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., and their respective officers, employees, agents, general partners, members, subsidiaries, affiliates and Lenders (“Landlord Parties”) as additional insureds as respects liability arising from work or operations performed by or on behalf of Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of Premises, and ownership, maintenance or use of vehicles by or on behalf of Tenant. 23.4.In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord Parties as additional insureds, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s written request, also designate and furnish certificates evidencing such Landlord Parties as additional insureds to (a) any Lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Building or the Project, (b) the landlord under any lease whereunder Landlord is a tenant of the real property upon which the Building is located if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground lease rather than that of a fee owner and (c) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project. 23.5.Tenant assumes the risk of damage to any fixtures, goods, inventory, merchandise, equipment and leasehold improvements, and Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom, relative to such damage, all as more particularly set forth within this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, carry such insurance as 39 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


Tenant desires for Tenant’s protection with respect to personal property of Tenant or business interruption. 23.6.Each of Tenant and Landlord and their respective insurers hereby waive any and all rights of recovery or subrogation against the Landlord Parties and Tenant Parties, as applicable, with respect to any loss, damage, claims, suits or demands, howsoever caused, that are covered, or should have been covered, by valid and collectible insurance, including any deductibles or self-insurance maintained thereunder. If necessary, Tenant and Landlord agree to endorse the required insurance policies to permit waivers of subrogation as required hereunder and hold harmless, indemnify and compensate the Landlord Parties and Tenant Parties, as applicable, for any loss or expense incurred as a result of a failure to obtain such waivers of subrogation from insurers. Such waivers shall continue so long as Tenant’s and Landlord’s insurers so permit. Any termination of such a waiver shall be by written notice to Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, containing a description of the circumstances hereinafter set forth in this Section. Tenant, upon obtaining the policies of insurance required or permitted under this Lease, shall give notice to its insurance carriers that the foregoing waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease. If such policies shall not be obtainable with such waiver or shall be so obtainable only at a premium over that chargeable without such waiver, then Tenant shall notify Landlord of such conditions. 23.7.Landlord may require insurance policy limits required under this Lease to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s Lender or to bring coverage limits to levels then being required of new tenants within the Project. 23.8.Any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute a portion of Operating Expenses. 23.9.The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 24. Damage or Destruction. 24.1.In the event of a partial destruction of (a) the Premises or (b) Common Area of the Building or the Project ((a) and (b) together, the “Affected Areas”) by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof, and provided that (x) the damage thereto is such that the Affected Areas may be repaired, reconstructed or restored within a period of six (6) months from the date of the happening of such casualty, (y) Landlord shall receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the cost of such repairs, reconstruction and restoration (except for any deductible amount provided by Landlord’s policy, which deductible amount, if paid by Landlord, shall constitute an Operating Expense) and (z) such casualty was not intentionally caused by a Tenant Party, then Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Affected Areas and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. 24.2.In the event of any damage to or destruction of the Building or the Project other than as described in Section 24.1, Landlord may elect to repair, reconstruct and restore the 40 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


Building or the Project, as applicable, in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Landlord elects not to repair, reconstruct and restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such damage or destruction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any damage or destruction (regardless of whether such damage is governed by Section 24.1 or this Section), if (a) in Landlord’s determination as set forth in the Damage Repair Estimate (as defined below), the Affected Areas cannot be repaired, reconstructed or restored within twelve (12) months after the date of such casualty, (b) subject to Section 24.6, the Affected Areas are not actually repaired, reconstructed and restored within eighteen (18) months after the date of such casualty, or (c) the damage and destruction occurs within the last twelve (12) months of the then-current Term, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, effective as of the date of such damage or destruction, by delivering to Landlord its written notice of termination (a “Termination Notice”) (y) with respect to Subsections 24.2(a) and (c), no later than fifteen (15) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant Landlord’s Damage Repair Estimate and (z) with respect to Subsection 24.2(b), no later than fifteen (15) days after such twelve (12) month period expires. If Tenant provides Landlord with a Termination Notice pursuant to Subsection 24.2(z), Landlord shall have an additional thirty (30) days after receipt of such Termination Notice to complete the repair, reconstruction and restoration. If Landlord does not complete such repair, reconstruction and restoration within such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice within two (2) business days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period. If Landlord does complete such repair, reconstruction and restoration within such thirty (30) day period, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. 24.3.As soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days following the date of damage or destruction, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s good faith estimate of the period of time in which the repairs, reconstruction and restoration will be completed (the “Damage Repair Estimate”), which estimate shall be based upon the opinion of a contractor reasonably selected by Landlord and experienced in comparable repair, reconstruction and restoration of similar buildings. Additionally, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days following the date of damage or destruction of its election not to repair, reconstruct or restore the Building or the Project, as applicable. 24.4.Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Article, the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the damage or destruction and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof. 24.5.In the event of repair, reconstruction and restoration as provided in this Article, all Rent to be paid by Tenant under this Lease shall be abated proportionately based on the extent to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair, reconstruction or restoration, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair, reconstruction and restoration that, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business; provided, however, that the amount of such abatement shall be reduced by the amount of Rent that is received by Tenant as part of the business interruption or 41 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


loss of rental income with respect to the Premises from the proceeds of business interruption or loss of rental income insurance. 24.6.Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, should Landlord be delayed or prevented from completing the repair, reconstruction or restoration of the damage or destruction to the Premises after the occurrence of such damage or destruction by Force Majeure or delays caused by a Tenant Party, then the time for Landlord to commence or complete repairs, reconstruction and restoration shall be extended on a day-for-day basis; provided, however, that at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs, reconstruction and restoration. 24.7.If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair, reconstruct or restore as herein provided, then Landlord shall be obligated to make such repairs, reconstruction or restoration only with regard to (a) those portions of the Premises that were originally provided at Landlord’s expense and (b) the Common Area portion of the Affected Areas. The repairs, reconstruction or restoration of improvements not originally provided by Landlord or at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. In the event Tenant has elected to upgrade certain improvements from the Building Standard, Landlord shall, upon the need for replacement due to an insured loss, provide only the Building Standard, unless Tenant again elects to upgrade such improvements and pay any incremental costs related thereto, except to the extent that excess insurance proceeds, if received, are adequate to provide such upgrades, in addition to providing for basic repairs, reconstruction and restoration of the Premises, the Building and the Project. 24.8.Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises if the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Article occurs during the last twenty-four (24) months of the Term or any extension thereof, or to the extent that insurance proceeds are not available therefor. 24.9.Landlord’s obligation, should it elect or be obligated to repair, reconstruct or restore, shall be limited to the Affected Areas, and shall be conditioned upon Landlord receiving any permits or authorizations required by Applicable Laws. Tenant shall, at its expense, replace or fully repair all of Tenant’s personal property and any Alterations installed by Tenant existing at the time of such damage or destruction. If Affected Areas are to be repaired, reconstructed or restored in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord shall make available to Tenant any portion of insurance proceeds it receives that are allocable to the Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease; provided Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, and subject to the requirements of any Lender of Landlord. 24.10. This Article sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of any damage or destruction. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive the provisions of any Applicable Laws (and any successor statutes) permitting the parties to terminate this Lease as a result of any damage or destruction. 42 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


25. Eminent Domain. 25.1.In the event (a) the whole of all Affected Areas or (b) such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to such authority, except with regard to (y) items occurring prior to the taking and (z) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof. 25.2.In the event of a partial taking of (a) the Building or the Project or (b) drives, walkways or parking areas serving the Building or the Project for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of right of appropriation, condemnation, or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, then, without regard to whether any portion of the Premises occupied by Tenant was so taken, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease (except with regard to (y) items occurring prior to the taking and (z) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof) as of such taking if such taking is, in Landlord’s sole opinion, of a material nature such as to make it uneconomical to continue use of the unappropriated portion for purposes of renting office or laboratory space. 25.3.Tenant shall be entitled to any award that is specifically awarded as compensation for (a) the taking of Tenant’s personal property that was installed at Tenant’s expense and (b) the costs of Tenant moving to a new location. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, any award for such taking shall be the property of Landlord. 25.4.If, upon any taking of the nature described in this Article, this Lease continues in effect, then Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Affected Areas to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking. To the extent such restoration is infeasible, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, the Rent shall be decreased proportionately to reflect the loss of any portion of the Premises no longer available to Tenant. 25.5.This Article sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of any damage or destruction. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive the provisions of any Applicable Laws (and any successor statutes) permitting the parties to terminate this Lease as a result of any damage or destruction. 26. Surrender. 26.1.At least thirty (30) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a facility decommissioning and Hazardous Materials closure plan for the Premises (“Exit Survey”) prepared by an independent third party state-certified professional with appropriate expertise, which Exit Survey must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. The Exit Survey shall comply with the American National Standards Institute’s Laboratory Decommissioning guidelines (ANSI/AIHA Z9.11-2008) or any successor standards published by ANSI or any successor organization (or, if ANSI and its successors no 43 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


longer exist, a similar entity publishing similar standards). In addition, at least ten (10) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall (a) provide Landlord with written evidence of all appropriate governmental releases obtained by Tenant in accordance with Applicable Laws, including laws pertaining to the surrender of the Premises, (b) place Laboratory Equipment Decontamination Forms on all decommissioned equipment to assure safe occupancy by future users and (c) conduct a site inspection with Landlord. In addition, Tenant agrees to remain responsible after the surrender of the Premises for the remediation of any recognized environmental conditions set forth in the Exit Survey and comply with any recommendations set forth in the Exit Survey. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. 26.2.No surrender of possession of any part of the Premises shall release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, unless such surrender is accepted in writing by Landlord. 26.3.The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project, unless Landlord consents in writing, and shall, at Landlord’s option, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases. 26.4.The voluntary or other surrender of any ground or other underlying lease that now exists or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the Project, or a mutual cancellation thereof or of Landlord’s interest therein by Landlord and its lessor shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building or the Property and shall, at the option of the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Project, as applicable, operate as an assignment of this Lease. 27. Holding Over. 27.1.If, with Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant holds possession of all or any part of the Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant from day to day for the first thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term (the “Initial Holdover Period”), and Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month after the Initial Holdover Period. In either such case, Tenant shall continue to pay (a) Base Rent in accordance with Article 7, as adjusted in accordance with Article 8 (except that Base Rent shall be paid in equal daily installments, rather than monthly installments, in advance for each day of the Initial Holdover Period, and (b) any amounts for which Tenant would otherwise be liable under this Lease if the Lease were still in effect, including payments for Tenant’s Adjusted Share of Operating Expenses. Any such day-to-day or month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein. 27.2.Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without Landlord’s prior written consent, (a) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that the monthly rent shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the rent in effect during the last thirty (30) days of the Term (which monthly rent shall be pro-rated on a daily basis during the Initial Holdover Period only), and (b) Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for 44 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


any and all damages suffered by Landlord as a result of such holdover, including any lost rent or consequential, special and indirect damages (in each case, regardless of whether such damages are foreseeable). 27.3.Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall not result in an extension, renewal or reinstatement of this Lease. 27.4.The foregoing provisions of this Article are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of reentry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by Applicable Laws. 27.5.The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 28. Indemnification and Exculpation. 28.1.Tenant agrees to indemnify, compensate, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims of any kind or nature, real or alleged, arising from injury to or death of any person or damage to any property occurring within or about the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project, arising directly or indirectly out of (a) the presence at or use or occupancy of the Premises or Project by a Tenant Party, (b) an act or omission on the part of any Tenant Party, (c) a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder or (d) injury to or death of persons or damage to or loss of any property, real or alleged, arising from the serving of alcoholic beverages at the Premises or Project by any Tenant Party, including liability under any dram shop law, host liquor law or similar Applicable Law, except to the extent directly caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not be affected, reduced or limited by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, employee benefit acts or similar legislation. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Subject to Section 23.6, 28.2 and 31.12, and any subrogation provisions contained in the Work Letter, Landlord agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Tenant’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold the Tenant Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims arising from injury to or death of any person or damage to or loss of any physical property occurring within or about the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project to the extent directly arising out of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. 28.2.Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for and Tenant assumes all risk of (a) damage or losses caused by fire, electrical malfunction, gas explosion or water damage of any type (including broken water lines, malfunctioning fire sprinkler systems, roof leaks or stoppages of lines), unless any such loss is due to Landlord’s willful disregard of written notice by Tenant of need for a repair that Landlord is responsible to make for an unreasonable period of time, and (b) damage to personal property or scientific research, including loss of records kept by Tenant within the Premises (in each case, regardless of whether such damages are foreseeable). Tenant further waives any claim for injury 45 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property as described in this Section. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing or this Lease to the contrary, except (x) as otherwise provided herein (including Section 27.2), (y) as may be provided by Applicable Laws or (z) in the event of Tenant’s breach of Article 21 or Section 26.1, in no event shall Landlord or Tenant be liable to the other for any consequential, special or indirect damages arising out of this Lease, including lost profits (provided that this Subsection 28.2(z) shall not limit Tenant’s liability for Base Rent or Additional Rent pursuant to this Lease). 28.3.Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any other tenant in the Building or the Project, or of any other third party. 28.4.Tenant acknowledges that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts. Landlord shall not be liable for injuries or losses caused by criminal acts of third parties, and Tenant assumes the risk that any security device or service may malfunction or otherwise be circumvented by a criminal. If Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain appropriate insurance coverage. Tenant’s security programs and equipment for the Premises shall be coordinated with Landlord and subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. 28.5.The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 29. Assignment or Subletting. 29.1.Except as hereinafter expressly permitted, none of the following (each, a “Transfer”), either voluntarily or by operation of Applicable Laws, shall be directly or indirectly performed without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed: (a) Tenant selling, hypothecating, assigning, pledging, encumbering or otherwise transferring this Lease or subletting the Premises, including without limitation, to a Third Rock Ventures portfolio company or (b) a controlling interest in Tenant being sold, assigned or otherwise transferred (other than as a result of shares in Tenant being sold on a public stock exchange). For purposes of the preceding sentence, “control” means (a) owning (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other equity interests of another person or (b) possessing, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to Transfer, without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises or any part thereof to (i) any person that as of the date of determination and at all times thereafter directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant (“Tenant’s Affiliate”) or (ii) any person or any entity with which Tenant is merged or to which all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or all or substantially all of the ownership interests in Tenant are sold; provided that (in each instance under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii)) Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effectiveness of such Transfer (an “Exempt Transfer”) and otherwise comply with the requirements of this Lease regarding such Transfer; and provided, further, that the person that will be the tenant under this Lease after the Exempt Transfer has a 46 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


net worth (as of both the day immediately prior to and the day immediately after the Exempt Transfer) that is equal to or greater than the net worth (as of both the Execution Date and the date of the Exempt Transfer) of the transferring Tenant. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, “control” requires both (a) owning (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other equity interests of another person and (b) possessing, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person. In no event shall Tenant perform a Transfer (excluding an Exempt Transfer) to or with an entity that is a tenant at the Project or the Neighboring Property located at 21 Erie Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts (“21 Erie Street”) or 270 Albany Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts (“270 Albany Street”) or that, to the knowledge of Tenant’s executive officers as may be informed by Tenant’s representatives or Landlord, is in discussions or negotiations with Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord to lease premises at the Project, 21 Erie Street or 270 Albany Street. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if (a) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, Lender or Governmental Authority to take material remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such party’s action or omission or use of the property in question or (b) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee is subject to a material enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (with respect to any such matter involving Tenant), and it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed transfer, assignment or subletting (with respect to any such matter involving a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee). 29.2.In the event Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then, at least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “Transfer Date”), Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord (the “Transfer Notice”) containing information (including references) concerning the character of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; the Transfer Date; the most recent unconsolidated financial statements of Tenant and of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee satisfying the requirements of Section 40.2 (“Required Financials”); any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; and the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord shall reasonably require. 29.3.Landlord, in determining whether consent should be given to a proposed Transfer, may give consideration to (a) the financial strength of Tenant and of such transferee, assignee or sublessee (notwithstanding Tenant remaining liable for Tenant’s performance), (b) any change in use that such transferee, assignee or sublessee proposes to make in the use of the Premises and (c) Landlord’s desire to exercise its rights under Section 29.7 to cancel this Lease if applicable. In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be unreasonable for declining to consent to a Transfer to a transferee, assignee or sublessee of poor reputation, lacking financial qualifications or seeking a change in the Permitted Use, or jeopardizing directly or indirectly the status of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Revenue Code”). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (w) no Transfer shall be consummated on any 47 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by the business activities of such occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee; (x) Tenant shall not furnish or render any services to an occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee with respect to whom transfer consideration is required to be paid, or manage or operate the Premises or any capital additions so transferred, with respect to which transfer consideration is being paid; (y) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Revenue Code); and (z) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person or in any manner that could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease, license or other arrangement for the right to use, occupy or possess any portion of the Premises to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Revenue Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto or which could cause any other income of Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Revenue Code. 29.4.The following are conditions precedent to a Transfer or to Landlord considering a request by Tenant to a Transfer: (a) Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease (except in the event Tenant is no longer in existence). Tenant agrees that it shall not be (and shall not be deemed to be) a guarantor or surety of this Lease, however, and waives its right to claim that is it is a guarantor or surety or to raise in any legal proceeding any guarantor or surety defenses permitted by this Lease or by Applicable Laws; (b) If Tenant or the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee does not or cannot deliver the Required Financials, then Landlord may elect to have either Tenant’s ultimate parent company or the proposed transferee’s, assignee’s or sublessee’s ultimate parent company provide a guaranty of the applicable entity’s obligations under this Lease, in a form acceptable to Landlord, which guaranty shall be executed and delivered to Landlord by the applicable guarantor prior to the Transfer Date; (c) In the case of an Exempt Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the Transfer qualifies as an Exempt Transfer; (d) Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the value of Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not be diminished or reduced by the proposed Transfer. Such evidence shall include evidence respecting the relevant business experience and financial responsibility and status of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; (e) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred in connection with the review, processing and documentation of such request, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to notify Tenant in writing if said costs and expenses exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) in 48 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


any one instance, provided, however, that Landlord’s failure to so notify Tenant shall not relieve Tenant of liability for reimbursement as provided above; (f) Except with respect to an Exempt Transfer, if Tenant’s transfer of rights or sharing of the Premises provides for the receipt by, on behalf of or on account of Tenant of any consideration of any kind whatsoever (including a premium rental for a sublease or lump sum payment for an assignment, but excluding Tenant’s costs in marketing and subleasing the Premises) in excess of the rental and other charges due to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay fifty percent (50%) of all of such excess to Landlord, after making deductions for all of the costs associated with such subleasing, including but not limited to, any reasonable marketing expenses, tenant improvement funds expended by Tenant, alterations, cash concessions, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees, and unamortized costs of any initial improvements made by Tenant in excess of the TI Allowance and free rent actually paid by Tenant. If such consideration consists of cash paid to Tenant, payment to Landlord shall be made upon receipt by Tenant of such cash payment; (g) The proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree that, in the event Landlord gives such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments shall be received by Landlord without any liability being incurred by Landlord, except to credit such payment against those due by Tenant under this Lease, and any such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord or its Lenders, successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; (h) Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer shall be effected on Landlord’s forms; (i) Tenant shall not then be in default hereunder in any respect; (j) Such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee’s use of the Premises shall be limited to the Permitted Use; (k) Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement pertaining to the Transfer, except for Landlord’s written consent to the same; (l) Tenant shall pay all transfer and other taxes (including interest and penalties) assessed or payable for any Transfer; (m) Landlord’s consent (or waiver of its rights) for any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s right to consent or refuse consent to any later Transfer; (n) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord one executed copy of any and all written instruments evidencing or relating to the Transfer; and 49 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


(o) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a list of Hazardous Materials (as defined below), certified by the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, that the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee intends to use or store in the Premises. Additionally, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the date any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee takes occupancy of the Premises, all of the items relating to Hazardous Materials of such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee as described in Section 21.2. 29.5.Any Transfer that is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article or with respect to which Tenant does not fulfill its obligations pursuant to this Article shall be void and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease. 29.6.Notwithstanding any Transfer, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for the payment of all Rent and other sums due or to become due hereunder, and for the full performance of all other terms, conditions and covenants to be kept and performed by Tenant. The acceptance of Rent or any other sum due hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant or condition thereof, from any person or entity other than Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any Transfer. 29.7.If Tenant delivers to Landlord a Transfer Notice indicating a desire to transfer this Lease to a proposed transferee or assignee or to sublease forty percent (40%) or more of the Premises to a sublessee, then Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by giving notice to Tenant at any time within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of such Transfer Notice, to terminate this Lease as of the date specified in the Transfer Notice as the Transfer Date, except for those provisions that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof. If Landlord exercises such option, then Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Transfer Notice by delivering to Landlord written notice of such election within five (5) days after Landlord’s delivery of notice electing to exercise Landlord’s option to terminate this Lease. In the event Tenant withdraws the Transfer Notice as provided in this Section, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. No failure of Landlord to exercise its option to terminate this Lease shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to a proposed Transfer. 29.8.If Tenant sublets the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and appoints Landlord as assignee and attorney-in-fact for Tenant, and Landlord (or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application) may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided that, until the occurrence of a Default (as defined below) by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent. 30. Subordination and Attornment. 30.1.This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or lease in which Landlord is tenant now or hereafter in force against the Building or the Project and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination. 50 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


30.2.Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand such further instrument or instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages or deeds of trust or lease in which Landlord is tenant as may be required by Landlord. If any such mortgagee, beneficiary or landlord under a lease wherein Landlord is tenant (each, a “Mortgagee”) so elects, however, this Lease shall be deemed prior in lien to any such lease, mortgage, or deed of trust upon or including the Premises regardless of date and Tenant shall execute a statement in writing to such effect at Landlord’s request. If Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under this Section within ten (10) days after written request therefor, it shall be a default hereunder, subject to applicable notice and cure periods. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a subordination and attornment agreement from any future Mortgagee on such Mortgagee’s customary form, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to have such form modified by Tenant’s commercially reasonable comments. 30.3.Upon written request of Landlord and opportunity for Tenant to review, Tenant agrees to execute any Lease amendments not materially altering the terms of this Lease, if required by a Mortgagee incident to the financing of the real property of which the Premises constitute a part. 30.4.In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by Landlord covering the Premises, Tenant shall at the election of the purchaser at such foreclosure or sale attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease. 31. Defaults and Remedies. 31.1.Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due shall cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which shall be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within three (3) business days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) an additional sum of five percent (5%) of the overdue Rent as a late charge plus (b) interest at an annual rate (the “Default Rate”) equal to the lesser of (a) twelve percent (12%) and (b) the highest rate permitted by Applicable Laws. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord shall incur by reason of late payment by Tenant and shall be payable as Additional Rent to Landlord due with the next installment of Rent or within five (5) business days after Landlord’s demand, whichever is earlier. Landlord’s acceptance of any Additional Rent (including a late charge or any other amount hereunder) shall not be deemed an extension of the date that Rent is due or prevent Landlord from pursuing any other rights or remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity. 31.2.No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent 51 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or in equity or at law. If a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to make payment “under protest,” such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of Tenant to institute suit for recovery of the payment paid under protest. 31.3.If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money required to be paid by it hereunder or perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, in each case within the applicable cure period (if any) described in Section 31.4, then Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make such payment or perform such act; provided that such failure by Tenant unreasonably interfered with the use of the Building or the Project by any other tenant or with the efficient operation of the Building or the Project, or resulted or could have resulted in a violation of Applicable Laws or the cancellation of an insurance policy maintained by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises and act in accordance with its rights as provided elsewhere in this Lease. In addition to the late charge described in Section 31.1, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent all sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest at the Default Rate, computed from the date such sums were paid or incurred. 31.4.The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “Default” hereunder by Tenant: (a) Tenant abandons the Premises or fails to operate in accordance with Section 12.12 for a period of forty-five (45) consecutive days or longer; (b) Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent, as and when due, or to satisfy its obligations under Article 19, where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; (c) Tenant fails to observe or perform any obligation or covenant contained herein (other than described in Sections 31.4(a) and 31.4(b)) to be performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if Tenant commences such cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; and provided, further, that such cure is completed no later than sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord; (d) Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (e) A receiver, trustee or custodian is appointed to or does take title, possession or control of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets; 52 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


(f)Tenant files a voluntary petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Bankruptcy Code”) or an order for relief is entered against Tenant pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary proceeding commenced under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code; (g) Any involuntary petition is filed against Tenant under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code and is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days; (h) Tenant fails to deliver an estoppel certificate in accordance with Article 20; or (i) A default exists under that certain Space License Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and between Landlord and Tenant, after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods; (j) Tenant’s interest in this Lease is attached, executed upon or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within one hundred twenty (120) days of the action. Notices given under this Section shall specify the alleged default and shall demand that Tenant perform the provisions of this Lease or pay the Rent that is in arrears, as the case may be, within the applicable period of time, or quit the Premises. No such notice shall be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice. 31.5.In the event of a Default by Tenant, and at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy that Landlord may have, Landlord has the right to do any or all of the following: (a) Halt any Tenant Improvements or Landlord’s Work and Alterations and order Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, consultants, designers and material suppliers to stop work; (b) Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by written notice to Tenant or by any lawful means, in which case Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby; and (i)Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall be entitled to recover 53 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including the sum of: (A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent that had accrued at the time of such termination; plus (B) The costs of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease; plus (C) An amount (the “Election Amount”) equal to either (i) the positive difference (if any, and measured at the time of such termination) between (1) the then-present value of the total Rent and other benefits that would have accrued to Landlord under this Lease for the remainder of the Term if Tenant had fully complied with the Lease minus (2) the then-present cash rental value of the Premises as determined by Landlord for what would be the then-unexpired Term if the Lease remained in effect, computed using the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one (1) percentage point (the “Discount Rate”) or (ii) twelve (12) months (or such lesser number of months as may then be remaining in the Term) of Base Rent and Additional Rent at the rate last payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, in either case as Landlord specifies in such election. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Election Amount represents a reasonable forecast of the minimum damages expected to occur in the event of a breach, taking into account the uncertainty, time and cost of determining elements relevant to actual damages, such as fair market rent, time and costs that may be required to re-lease the Premises, and other factors; and that the Election Amount is not a penalty. As used in Section 31.5(c)(i), “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. 31.6.In addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease (other than Section 31.5(c)(i)), Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default or abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due. In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises unless or to the extent required by Applicable Law. For purposes of this Section, the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises: (a) Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof; or (b) The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Default by Tenant, Landlord may elect at any time to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled. 31.7.If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 31.5, then Landlord may, from time to time, recover all Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. At any 54 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


time thereafter, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled. 31.8.In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease and relet the Premises, Landlord may execute any new lease in its own name. Tenant hereunder shall have no right or authority whatsoever to collect any Rent from such tenant. The proceeds of any such reletting shall be applied as follows: (a) First, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord, including storage charges or brokerage commissions owing from Tenant to Landlord as the result of such reletting; (b) Second, to the payment of the costs and expenses of reletting the Premises, including (i) alterations and repairs that Landlord deems reasonably necessary and advisable and (ii) reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred by Landlord in connection with the retaking of the Premises and such reletting; (c) Third, to the payment of Rent and other charges due and unpaid hereunder; and (d) Fourth, to the payment of future Rent and other damages payable by Tenant under this Lease. 31.9.All of Landlord’s rights, options and remedies hereunder shall be construed and held to be nonexclusive and cumulative. Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies, or any other remedy or relief that may be provided by Applicable Laws, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in such waiver. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be required to mitigate its damages with respect to any default by Tenant unless or to the extent required by Applicable Law. Any obligation imposed by Applicable Law upon Landlord to relet the Premises after any termination of this Lease shall be subject to the reasonable requirements of Landlord to (a) lease to high quality tenants on such terms as Landlord may from time to time deem appropriate in its discretion and (b) develop the Project in a harmonious manner with a mix of uses, tenants, floor areas, terms of tenancies, etc., as determined by Landlord. Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises to (y) any Tenant’s Affiliate or (z) any party (i) unacceptable to a Lender, (ii) that requires Landlord to make improvements to or re-demise the Premises, (iii) that desires to change the Permitted Use, (iv) that desires to lease the Premises for more or less than the remaining Term or (v) to whom Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord may desire to lease other available space in the Project or at another property owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord. 31.10. Landlord’s termination of (a) this Lease or (b) Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of any liability to Landlord that has previously accrued or that 55 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


shall arise based upon events that occurred prior to the later to occur of (y) the date of Lease termination and (z) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises. 31.11. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Tenant waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future Applicable Laws if Tenant is evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or if Landlord obtains possession of the Premises due to Tenant’s default hereunder or otherwise. 31.12. Landlord shall not be in default or liable for damages under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event shall such failure continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying the nature of Landlord’s failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease or to withhold or abate rent or to set off any Claims against Rent as a result of any default or breach by Landlord of any of its covenants, obligations, representations, warranties or promises hereunder, except as may otherwise be expressly set forth in this Lease. 31.13. In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail or overnight delivery with a reputable overnight delivery service to any (a) beneficiary of a deed of trust or (b) mortgagee under a mortgage covering the Premises, the Building or the Project and to any landlord of any lease of land upon or within which the Premises, the Building or the Project is located, and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Building or the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided that Landlord shall furnish to Tenant in writing, the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices and any updates thereto throughout the Term of this Lease. 32. Bankruptcy. In the event a debtor, trustee or debtor in possession under the Bankruptcy Code, or another person with similar rights, duties and powers under any other Applicable Laws, proposes to cure any default under this Lease or to assume or assign this Lease and is obliged to provide adequate assurance to Landlord that (a) a default shall be cured, (b) Landlord shall be compensated for its damages arising from any breach of this Lease and (c) future performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall occur, then such adequate assurances shall include any or all of the following, as designated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion: 32.1.Those acts specified in the Bankruptcy Code or other Applicable Laws as included within the meaning of “adequate assurance,” even if this Lease does not concern a shopping center or other facility described in such Applicable Laws; 32.2.A prompt cash payment to compensate Landlord for any monetary defaults or actual damages arising directly from a breach of this Lease; 56 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


32.3.A cash deposit in an amount at least equal to the then-current amount of the Security Deposit; or 32.4.The assumption or assignment of all of Tenant’s interest and obligations under this Lease. 33. Brokers. 33.1.Tenant represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease other than Transwestern RBJ (“Broker”), and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall compensate Broker in relation to this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Broker. 33.2.Tenant represents and warrants that no broker or agent has made any representation or warranty relied upon by Tenant in Tenant’s decision to enter into this Lease, other than as contained in this Lease. 33.3.Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the employment of brokers by Landlord is for the purpose of solicitation of offers of leases from prospective tenants and that no authority is granted to any broker to furnish any representation (written or oral) or warranty from Landlord unless expressly contained within this Lease. Landlord is executing this Lease in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties and agreements contained within Sections 33.1 and 33.2. 33.4.Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any broker or agent, other than Broker, employed or engaged by Tenant or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Tenant. Landlord agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Tenant’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold the Tenant harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any broker or agent employed or engaged by Landlord or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Landlord. 34. Definition of Landlord. With regard to obligations imposed upon Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall refer only to Landlord or Landlord’s then-current successor-in-interest. In the event of any transfer, assignment or conveyance of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the subsequent Landlord) shall be automatically freed and relieved, from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance, from all liability for the performance of any covenants or obligations contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord and, without further agreement, the transferee, assignee or conveyee of Landlord’s in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder during the tenure of its interest in the Lease or the Property. Landlord or any subsequent Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises or this Lease without Tenant’s consent; 57 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

provided, however, Landlord shall notify Tenant of any such transfer and include contact information and payment information for such transferee. Subject to the provisions of Article 11 hereof, Tenant shall not be liable, nor shall Tenant be deemed in default, for any Rent or Security Deposit paid to Landlord and not transferred or credited to Landlord’s transferee. 35. Limitation of Landlord’s Liability. 35.1.If Landlord is in default under this Lease and, as a consequence, Tenant recovers a monetary judgment against Landlord, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of (a) the proceeds of sale received on execution of the judgment and levy against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Building and the Project, (b) rent or other income from such real property receivable by Landlord or (c) the consideration received by Landlord from the sale, financing, refinancing or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Building or the Project. 35.2.Neither Landlord nor any of its affiliates, nor any of their respective partners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, members or agents shall be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations or any deficiency under this Lease, and service of process shall not be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates. No partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent of Landlord or any of its affiliates shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any partner or member of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, as applicable. No partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent of Landlord or any of its affiliates shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process, and no judgment shall be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, member or agent of Landlord or any of its affiliates. 35.3.Each of the covenants and agreements of this Article shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by Applicable Laws and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 36. Joint and Several Obligations. If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant, then: 36.1.Each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant, and such terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements shall be binding with the same force and effect upon each and all of the persons executing this Agreement as Tenant; and 36.2.The term “Tenant,” as used in this Lease, shall mean and include each of them, jointly and severally. The act of, notice from, notice to, refund to, or signature of any one or more of them with respect to the tenancy under this Lease, including any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the 58 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted, so given or received such notice or refund, or so signed. 37. Representations.Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Property is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so and (e) neither (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Lease nor (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or conflict with any provision of documents or instruments under which Tenant is constituted or to which Tenant is a party. In addition, Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that none of (x) it, (y) its affiliates or partners nor (z) to the best of its knowledge, its members, shareholders or other equity owners or any of their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives or agents is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action. 38. Confidentiality. Tenant shall keep the terms and conditions of this Lease and any information provided to Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors pursuant to Article 9 confidential and shall not (a) disclose to any third party any terms or conditions of this Lease or any other Lease-related document (including subleases, assignments, work letters, construction contracts, letters of credit, subordination agreements, non-disturbance agreements, brokerage agreements or estoppels) or (b) provide to any third party an original or copy of this Lease (or any Lease-related document). Landlord shall not release to any third party any non-public financial information or non-public information about Tenant’s ownership structure that Tenant gives Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, confidential information under this Section may be released by Landlord or Tenant under the following circumstances: (x) if required by Applicable Laws or in any judicial proceeding; provided that the releasing party has given the other party reasonable notice of such requirement, if feasible, (y) to a party’s attorneys, accountants, brokers, lenders, potential lenders, potential purchasers and other bona fide consultants or advisers (with respect to this Lease only); provided such third parties agree to be bound by this Section or (z) to bona fide prospective assignees or subtenants of this Lease; provided they agree in writing to be bound by this Section. 39. Notices. Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, any notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by (a) personal delivery, (b) overnight delivery with a reputable international overnight delivery service, such as FedEx, or (c) facsimile or email transmission, so long as such transmission is followed within one (1) business day by delivery utilizing one of the methods described in Subsection 39(a) or (b). Any such notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or 59 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


other communication shall be deemed delivered (x) upon receipt, if given in accordance with Subsection 39(a); (y) one (1) business day after deposit with a reputable international overnight delivery service, if given if given in accordance with Subsection 39(b); or (z) upon transmission, if given in accordance with Subsection 39(c).Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, any notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease shall be addressed to Tenant at the Premises, or to Landlord or Tenant at the addresses shown in Sections 2.9 and 2.10 or 2.11, respectively. Either party may, by notice to the other given pursuant to this Section, specify additional or different addresses for notice purposes. 40. Miscellaneous. 40.1.Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building or the Project in its sole discretion. 40.2.To induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall promptly furnish to Landlord, from time to time, upon Landlord’s written request, the most recent year-end unconsolidated financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition audited by a nationally recognized accounting firm. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request, furnish Landlord with a certified copy of Tenant’s year-end unconsolidated financial statements for the previous year audited by a nationally recognized accounting firm. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct and complete in all respects. If audited financials are not otherwise prepared, unaudited financials complying with generally accepted accounting principles and certified by the chief financial officer of Tenant as true, correct and complete in all respects shall suffice for purposes of this Section. If Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord any financial statement within the time period required under this Section, then Tenant shall be required to pay to Landlord an administrative fee equal to Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) within five (5) business days after receiving written notice from Landlord advising Tenant of such failure (provided, however, that Landlord’s acceptance of such fee shall not prevent Landlord from pursuing any other rights or remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity). The provisions of this Section shall not apply at any time while Tenant is a corporation whose shares are traded on any nationally recognized stock exchange. 40.3.Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant. 40.4.The terms of this Lease are intended by the parties as a final, complete and exclusive expression of their agreement with respect to the terms that are included herein, and may not be contradicted or supplemented by evidence of any other prior or contemporaneous agreement. 40.5. Upon the request of either Landlord or Tenant, the parties shall execute a document in recordable form containing only such information as is necessary to constitute a Notice of Lease under Massachusetts law. All costs of preparing and recording such notice shall 60 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


be borne by the requesting party. Simultaneously with the execution of any Notice of Lease as provided above, Tenant shall execute a recordable termination of such Notice of Lease (the “Termination Notice”), which Termination Notice shall be held in escrow by Landlord and may be released from escrow and recorded by Landlord after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Neither party shall record this Lease. 40.6.Where applicable in this Lease, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The words “include,” “includes,” “included” and “including” mean “‘include,’ etc., without limitation.” The word “shall” is mandatory and the word “may” is permissive. The section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant have each participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Lease, and the language in all parts of this Lease shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant. 40.7.Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Lease and such party’s performance under this Lease; provided that, if either party commences an action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Lease, then the substantially prevailing party shall be reimbursed by the other party for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by the substantially prevailing party in such action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit, and in any appeal in connection therewith (regardless of whether the applicable action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action, suit or appeal is voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed). 40.8.Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease. 40.9.Each provision of this Lease performable by Tenant shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition. 40.10. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are independent and shall not be conditioned upon performance by Landlord. 40.11. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary. 40.12. Any provision of this Lease that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist. 61 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


40.13. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors and assigns. This Lease is for the sole benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns, and nothing in this Lease shall give or be construed to give any other person or entity any legal or equitable rights. Nothing in this Section shall in any way alter the provisions of this Lease restricting assignment or subletting. 40.14. This Lease shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located, without regard to such state’s conflict of law principles. 40.15. Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Lease have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Lease on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed. 40.16. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. 40.17. No provision of this Lease may be modified, amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. 40.18. No waiver of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord unless executed in writing by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach or default of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or subsequent breach or default of such term, covenant or condition or any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease. 40.19. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by the other party hereto related to matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease; the relationship between Landlord and Tenant; Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; or any claim of injury or damage related to this Lease or the Premises. 41. Rooftop Installation Area. 41.1.Tenant shall have the right, subject to Landlord’s prior written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to use certain portions of the Building roof in a location designated by Landlord (the “Rooftop Installation Area”) solely to operate, maintain, repair and replace rooftop antennae, mechanical equipment, communications antennas and other equipment installed by Tenant in the Rooftop Installation Area in accordance with this Article (“Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment”). Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment shall be only for Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use. The parties acknowledge that as of the Execution Date, Tenant does not have any Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment requiring the designation of a Rooftop Installation Area. 62 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


41.2.Tenant shall install Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment at its sole cost and expense, at such times and in such manner as Landlord may reasonably designate, and in accordance with this Article and the applicable provisions of this Lease regarding Alterations. Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment and the installation thereof shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Among other reasons, Landlord may withhold approval if the installation or operation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment could reasonably be expected to damage the structural integrity of the Building or to transmit vibrations or noise or cause other adverse effects beyond the Premises to an extent not customary in first class laboratory buildings, unless Tenant implements measures that are acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion to avoid any such damage or transmission. 41.3.Tenant shall comply with any roof or roof-related warranties. Tenant shall obtain a letter from Landlord’s roofing contractor within thirty (30) days after completion of any Tenant work on the rooftop stating that such work did not affect any such warranties. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall inspect the Rooftop Installation Area at least annually, and correct any loose bolts, fittings or other appurtenances and repair any damage to the roof caused by the installation or operation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall not permit the installation, maintenance or operation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment to violate any Applicable Laws or constitute a nuisance. Tenant shall pay Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand (a) all applicable taxes, charges, fees or impositions imposed on Landlord by Governmental Authorities as the result of Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Installation Areas in excess of those for which Landlord would otherwise be responsible for the use or installation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment and (b) the amount of any increase in Landlord’s insurance premiums as a result of the installation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment. Upon Tenant’s written request to Landlord, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause other tenants to remedy any interference in the operation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment caused by any such tenants’ equipment installed after the applicable piece of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to request that such tenants waive their rights under their respective leases. 41.4.If Tenant’s Equipment (a) causes physical damage to the structural integrity of the Building, (b) interferes with any telecommunications, mechanical or other systems located at or near or servicing the Building or the Project that were installed prior to the installation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment, (c) interferes with any other service provided to other tenants in the Building or the Project by rooftop or penthouse installations that were installed prior to the installation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment or (d) interferes with any other tenants’ business, in each case in excess of that permissible under Federal Communications Commission regulations, then Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to determine the source of the damage or interference and promptly repair such damage and eliminate such interference, in each case at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of such damage or interference (which notice may be oral; provided that Landlord also delivers to Tenant written notice of such damage or interference within twenty-four (24) hours after providing oral notice). 41.5.Landlord reserves the right to cause Tenant to relocate Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment to comparably functional space on the roof or in the penthouse of the Building by giving Tenant prior written notice thereof. Landlord agrees to pay the reasonable costs thereof. 63 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


Tenant shall arrange for the relocation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment within sixty (60) days after receipt of Landlord’s notification of such relocation. In the event Tenant fails to arrange for relocation within such sixty (60)-day period, Landlord shall have the right to arrange for the relocation of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment in a manner that does not unnecessarily interrupt or interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use. 42. Option to Extend Term. Tenant shall have the option (“Option”) to extend the Term by five (5) years as to the entire Premises (and no less than the entire Premises) upon the following terms and conditions. The Option is personal to Neon Therapeutics, and may not be exercised by any party that becomes the tenant under this Lease, unless such party became the tenant as a result of an Exempt Transfer. Any extension of the Term pursuant to the Option shall be on all the same terms and conditions as this Lease, except as follows: 42.1.Base Rent at the commencement of the Option term shall equal the greater of (a) the then-current Base Rent and (b) the then-current fair market value for comparable Class A office and laboratory space in the Cambridgeport submarket of comparable age, quality, level of finish and proximity to amenities and public transit (“FMV”), and shall be further increased on each annual anniversary of the Option term commencement date by three percent (3%). Tenant may, no more than twelve (12) months prior to the date the Term is then scheduled to expire, request Landlord’s estimate of the FMV for the Option term. Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such request, give Tenant a written proposal of such FMV. If Tenant gives written notice to exercise the Option, such notice shall specify whether Tenant accepts Landlord’s proposed estimate of FMV. If Tenant does not accept the FMV, then the parties shall endeavor to agree upon the FMV, taking into account all relevant factors, including (a) the size of the Premises, (b) the length of the Option term, (c) rent in comparable buildings in the relevant submarket, including concessions offered to new tenants, such as free rent, tenant improvement allowances and moving allowances, (d) Tenant’s creditworthiness, (e) the quality and location of the Building and the Project, (f) the location of the Building in the Cambridgeport sub-submarket and (g) the systems and improvements in the Premises. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon the FMV within thirty (30) days after Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant is exercising the Option, then either party may request that the same be determined as follows: a senior officer of a nationally recognized leasing brokerage firm with local knowledge of the Cambridgeport laboratory/research and development leasing submarket (the “Baseball Arbitrator”) shall be selected and paid for jointly by Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Baseball Arbitrator, then the same shall be designated by the local chapter of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services or any successor organization thereto (the “JAMS”). The Baseball Arbitrator selected by the parties or designated by JAMS shall (y) have at least ten (10) years’ experience in the leasing of laboratory/research and development space in the Cambridgeport submarket and (z) not have been employed or retained by either Landlord or Tenant or any affiliate of either for a period of at least ten (10) years prior to appointment pursuant hereto. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall submit to the Baseball Arbitrator and to the other party its determination of the FMV. The Baseball Arbitrator shall grant to Landlord and Tenant a hearing and the right to submit evidence. The Baseball Arbitrator shall determine which of the two (2) FMV determinations more closely represents the actual FMV. The arbitrator may not select any other FMV for the Premises other than one submitted by Landlord or Tenant. {A0336717.4 } The FMV selected by the Baseball Arbitrator shall be binding upon 64

GRAPHIC

 


Landlord and Tenant and shall serve as the basis for determination of Base Rent payable for the Option term. If, as of the commencement date of the Option term, the amount of Base Rent payable during the Option term shall not have been determined, then, pending such determination, Tenant shall pay Base Rent equal to the Base Rent payable with respect to the last year of the then-current Term. After the final determination of Base Rent payable for the Option term, the parties shall promptly execute a written amendment to this Lease specifying the amount of Base Rent to be paid during the Option term. Any failure of the parties to execute such amendment shall not affect the validity of the FMV determined pursuant to this Section. 42.2.The Option is not assignable separate and apart from this Lease. 42.3. The Option is conditional upon Tenant giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Option at least nine (9) months prior to the end of the expiration of the then-current Term. Time shall be of the essence as to Tenant’s exercise of the Option. Tenant assumes full responsibility for maintaining a record of the deadlines to exercise the Option. Tenant acknowledges that it would be inequitable to require Landlord to accept any exercise of the Option after the date provided for in this Section. 42.4.Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise the Option: (a) During the time commencing from the date Landlord delivers to Tenant a written notice that Tenant is in default under any provisions of this Lease and continuing until Tenant has cured the specified default to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction; or (b) At any time after any Default as described in Article 31 of the Lease (provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section 42.4(b), Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with notice of such Default) and continuing until Tenant cures any such Default, if such Default is susceptible to being cured; or (c) Tenant has assigned this Lease prior to the exercise of the Option or at the commencement of the Option term (except an assignment that is an Exempt Transfer); or (d) Tenant has subleased more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises as of the exercise of the Option or at the commencement of the Option term (unless such sublease constituted an Exempt Transfer); or (e) In the event that Tenant has defaulted in the performance of any monetary obligations or any material non-monetary obligations under this Lease two (2) or more times during the twelve (12)-month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise the Option, whether or not Tenant has cured such defaults. 42.5.The period of time within which Tenant may exercise the Option shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise such Option because of the provisions of Section 42.4. 65 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


42.6.All of Tenant’s rights under the provisions of the Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Option if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the new term, (a) Tenant fails to pay to Landlord a monetary obligation of Tenant for a period of twenty (20) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant, or (b) Tenant fails to commence to cure a default (other than a monetary default) within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord gives notice to Tenant of such default. [REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 66 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as a sealed Massachusetts instrument as of the date first above written. LANDLORD: BMR-SIDNEY RESEARCH CAMPUS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company By: /s/ William Kane Name: William Kane Title: Senior Vice President, Boston Market Lead TENANT: NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC. a Delaware corporation By: /s/ Cary G. Pfeffer Name: Cary G. Pfeffer Title: President

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A PREMISES A-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

REFER TO FIRST FLOOR PLAN FOR CONTROL AREA INFORMATION. Legend True North APPROXIMATE SCALE: 1" = 40'-0" NOTE: USE OR STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IS PROHIBITED IN THE BASEMENT, SECOND FLOOR AND RETAIL AREA PROJECT NORTH Tenant Premises Premises Plan - Tenant 110 40 Erie Street Cambridge, Massachusetts Basement 16 December 2015 prepared by 12/17/2015 7:33:49 AM © Copyright Arrowstreet Inc. UNEXCAVATED UNEXCAVATED UNEXCAVATED BASE BUILDING MECHANICAL UNEXCAVATED

GRAPHIC

 


 

200 SIDNEY CONTROL AREA #1 DEMARC AREA CONTROL AREA #2 BUILDING CONTROL AREA TENANT 110 ALLOWANCE FOR MAX. ALLOWABLE QUANTITES WITHIN PREMISES PER 781 CMR SECTION 307: 25.3% Legend True North APPROXIMATE SCALE: 1" = 40'-0" NOTE: USE OR STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IS PROHIBITED IN THE BASEMENT, SECOND FLOOR AND RETAIL AREA PROJECT NORTH Tenant Premises Premises Plan - Tenant 110 40 Erie Street Cambridge, Massachusetts First Floor 16 December 2015 prepared by 12/17/2015 7:33:50 AM © Copyright Arrowstreet Inc. ELEC RM & METER RM WASTE STORAGE ROOM TENANT 110 ALLOWANCE FOR MAX. ALLOWABLE QUANTITES PER 781 CMR SECTION 307: 25.3% ELEC RETA IL LOADING DOCK PROP ELEC FITN CEN ESS TER

GRAPHIC

 


 

UP TENANT MECHANICAL REFER TO FIRST FLOOR PLAN FOR CONTROL AREA INFORMATION. Legend True North APPROXIMATE SCALE: 1" = 40'-0" NOTE: USE OR STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IS PROHIBITED IN THE BASEMENT, SECOND FLOOR AND RETAIL AREA PROJECT NORTH Tenant Premises Premises Plan - Tenant 110 40 Erie Street Cambridge, Massachusetts Second Floor 16 December 2015 prepared by 12/17/2015 7:33:51 AM © Copyright Arrowstreet Inc.

GRAPHIC

 

 

EXHIBIT B WORK LETTER This Work Letter (this “Work Letter”) is made and entered into as of the 21st day of January, 2016, by and between BMR-SIDNEY RESEARCH CAMPUS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain Lease dated as of January 21, 2016 (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises located at 40 Erie Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease. 1. General Requirements. 1.1. Authorized Representatives. (a) Landlord designates, as Landlord’s authorized representative (“Landlord’s Authorized Representative”), (i) Salvatore Zinno as the person authorized to initial plans, drawings, approvals and to sign change orders pursuant to this Work Letter and (ii) an officer of Landlord as the person authorized to sign any amendments to this Work Letter or the Lease. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by the appropriate Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Tenant. (b) Tenant designates Robert Ang (“Tenant’s Authorized Representative”) as the person authorized to initial and sign all plans, drawings, change orders and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant may change Tenant’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Landlord. 1.2. Schedule. The schedule for design and development of the Tenant Improvements, including the time periods for preparation and review of construction documents, approvals and performance, shall be in accordance with the schedule attached hereto as Attachment 1 (the “Schedule”). The Schedule shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, or as otherwise provided in this Work Letter. 1.3. Landlord’s Architects, Contractors and Consultants. The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and subcontractors responsible for the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the general contractor for the Tenant Improvements will be The Richmond Group and the architect for the Tenant Improvements will be R.A. Dineen Architects and Planners, Inc. Landlord acknowledges that the construction contract for the Tenant Improvements shall be on an “open book” basis with a guaranteed maximum price for the cost of such construction, subject B-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


to change orders and other customary adjustments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to review invoices and requisitions related to the Tenant Improvements upon Tenant’s request, but Tenant shall not have the right to approve such information or any other documentation available to Landlord under the construction contract, and Tenant shall not have the right to approve subcontractors or the process for selection thereof. 2. Tenant Improvements. All Tenant Improvements shall be performed by Landlord’s contractor, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to Landlord’s obligations with respect to any portion of the TI Allowance used by Landlord in completing the Tenant Improvements) and in substantial accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined below), the Lease and this Work Letter. To the extent that the total projected cost of the Tenant Improvements (as projected by Landlord) exceeds the TI Allowance (such excess, the “Excess TI Costs”), Tenant shall advance to Landlord any Excess TI Costs within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice therefor. The parties agree that the Excess TI Costs shall be advanced in at least two (2) tranches pursuant to invoices issued by Landlord; the first tranche shall be advanced before Landlord commences the Tenant Improvements, and the second tranche shall be advanced when the Tenant Improvements are approximately 50% complete. If Landlord is delayed in commencing the Tenant Improvements due to Tenant’s failure to timely pay the Excess TI Costs to Landlord, it shall be deemed a delay by Tenant, and in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Lease, the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements shall be the date that the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements would have occurred, as determined by Landlord, but for such delay. If the actual Excess TI Costs are less than the Excess TI Costs paid by Tenant to Landlord, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the overage paid by Tenant against Tenant’s Rent obligations, beginning after Landlord has completed the final accounting for the Tenant Improvements. If the cost of the Tenant Improvements (as projected by Landlord) increases over Landlord’s initial projection and said increase has not been included in the calculation of the tranches mentioned above, then Landlord may notify Tenant and Tenant shall deposit any additional Excess TI Costs within ten (10) days after the receipt of an invoice therefor. If Tenant fails to pay, or is late in paying, any sum due to Landlord under this Work Letter, then Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including the right to interest and the right to assess a late charge), and for purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts the same shall be considered Rent. All material and equipment furnished by Landlord or its contractors as the Tenant Improvements shall be new or “like new,” and the Tenant Improvements shall be performed in a first-class, workmanlike manner. 2.1. Work Plans.The parties agree that the initial schematic plans for the Tenant Improvements are attached as Attachment 2 to this Work Letter (the “Initial Schematic Plans”). Landlord shall prepare and submit to Tenant for approval schematics covering the Tenant Improvements prepared in conformity with the applicable provisions of this Work Letter and which are consistent with and logical evolutions of the Initial Schematic Plans (the “Draft Schematic Plans”). The Draft Schematic Plans shall contain sufficient information and detail to accurately describe the proposed design to Tenant. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing within five (5) days after receipt of the Draft Schematic Plans whether Tenant approves or objects to the Draft Schematic Plans and of the manner, if any, in which the Draft Schematic Plans are unacceptable. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant. If Tenant reasonably objects to the Draft Schematic Plans, then B-2 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


Landlord shall revise the Draft Schematic Plans and cause Tenant’s objections to be remedied in the revised Draft Schematic Plans. Landlord shall then resubmit the revised Draft Schematic Plans to Tenant for approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant’s approval of or objection to revised Draft Schematic Plans and Landlord’s correction of the same shall be in accordance with this Section until Tenant has approved the Draft Schematic Plans in writing or been deemed to have approved them. The iteration of the Draft Schematic Plans that is approved or deemed approved by Tenant without objection shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Schematic Plans.” In the event that Draft Schematic Plans are not approved by Tenant in accordance with this Section prior to February 17, 2016 then, notwithstanding anything in the Lease or this Work Letter to the contrary, it shall be deemed a delay by Tenant, and in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Lease, the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements shall be the date that the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements would have occurred, as determined by Landlord, but for such delay. 2.2. Construction Plans. Landlord shall prepare final plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements that (a) are consistent with and are logical evolutions of the Approved Schematic Plans and (b) incorporate any other Tenant-requested (and Landlord-approved) Changes (as defined below). As soon as such final plans and specifications (“Construction Plans”) are completed, Landlord shall deliver the same to Tenant for Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such Construction Plans shall be approved or disapproved by Tenant within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant. If the Construction Plans are disapproved by Tenant, then Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of its reasonable objections to such Construction Plans, and the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Construction Plans. Promptly after the Construction Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant, two (2) copies of such Construction Plans shall be initialed and dated by Landlord and Tenant, and Landlord shall promptly submit such Construction Plans to all appropriate Governmental Authorities for approval. The Construction Plans so approved, and all change orders specifically permitted by this Work Letter, are referred to herein as the “Approved Plans.” 2.3. Changes to the Tenant Improvements. Any changes to the Approved Plans (each, a “Change”) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 and shall be subject to the written approval of the non-requesting party in accordance with this Work Letter. (a)Change Request. Either Landlord or Tenant may request Changes after Tenant approves the Approved Plans by notifying the other party thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Changes, including (a) the Change, (b) the party required to perform the Change and (c) any modification of the Approved Plans and the Schedule, as applicable, necessitated by the Change. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then the requesting party shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions and any increases in the cost of the Tenant Improvements as a result of such Change. Authorized Representative. Change Requests shall be signed by the requesting party’s B-3 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


(b) Approval of Changes. All Change Requests shall be subject to the other party’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The non-requesting party shall have five (5) business days after receipt of a Change Request to notify the requesting party in writing of the non-requesting party’s decision either to approve or object to the Change Request. The non-requesting party’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by the non-requesting party. 3. Requests for Consent. Except as otherwise provided in this Work Letter, Tenant shall respond to all requests for consents, approvals or directions made by Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter within five (5) days following Tenant’s receipt of such request. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant. 4. TI Allowance. 4.1. Application of TI Allowance. Landlord shall contribute the TI Allowance toward the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvements, in accordance with Article 4 of the Lease. If the entire TI Allowance is not applied toward or reserved for the costs of the Tenant Improvements, then Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit of such unused portion of the TI Allowance. If the entire Excess TI Costs advanced by Tenant to Landlord are not applied toward the costs of the Tenant Improvements, then Landlord shall promptly return such excess to Tenant following completion of the Tenant Improvements. 4.2. Approval of Budget for the Tenant Improvements.The parties agree that the initial budget for the Tenant Improvements is attached hereto as Attachment 3 (the “Approved Budget”). Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for costs or expenses relating to the Tenant Improvements that exceed the amount of the TI Allowance. 5. Miscellaneous. 5.1. Incorporation of Lease Provisions. Sections 40.6 through 40.19 of the Lease are incorporated into this Work Letter by reference, and shall apply to this Work Letter in the same way that they apply to the Lease. 5.2.General. Except as otherwise set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter, this Work Letter shall not apply to improvements performed in any additional premises added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise; or to any portion of the Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease expressly provides that such additional premises are to be delivered to Tenant in the same condition as the initial Premises. 5.3.Warranties. To the extent assignable, Landlord will assign all warranties obtained by Landlord in connection with the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, a warranty of the general contractor’s work for a period of one (1) year from the date of final completion of the Tenant Improvements (including any punch-list items), and any equipment for the Premises installed by Landlord; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any such B-4 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


assignment, Landlord shall also retain the right to enforce such warranties against the applicable contractor, at Landlord’s sole option, and further provided that if any such warranties are not assignable, then Landlord, upon written notice from Tenant, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce such non-assignable warranties. With respect to those warranties that have been assigned to Tenant, upon Tenant’s written request of Landlord and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in enforcing such warranties; provided, however, that Landlord shall not have obligations under this sentence in connection with any litigation between Tenant and the provider of such warranty. [REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] B-5 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Letter as a sealed Massachusetts instrument to be effective on the date first above written. LANDLORD: BMR-SIDNEY RESEARCH CAMPUS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company By: /s/ William Kane Name: William Kane Title: Senior Vice President, Boston Market Lead TENANT: NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC. a Delaware corporation By: /s/ Cary G. Pfeffer Name: Cary G. Pfeffer Title: President

 


Attachment 1 to Work Letter Schedule [See attached] {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

ing Material Of Construction uipment To Matrix ne-Line ckage 75% Design Development Drawings / Permit Drawings / 100% Long Lead Documents 2/11 Issue 75% Design Development Documents rmit Drawings Long lead Package Long Lead Package (INCLUDING DOUBLE LINE 100% DUCT DRAWINGS) l Long Lead Package g Long Lead Package Bid package Cold Room Bid Package e Progres Drawing Comments Design Budget Comments on SD Budget eet Metal to Site ems rocure Distributions rocure bing Long Leads Long Lead Procurement Preliminary Project Schedule Neoantigen January 14, 2016 ID Task Name Duration Start Finish 4th Quarter 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan 1 LOI and Release Design 0 days Thu 1/21/16 Thu 1/21/16 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/21 1/21 LOI and Release Design Schematic Design Floor Plan Reflected Ceiling Plan w/ Light Preliminary Finish Plan Show Detailed Utility Matrix Equipment Plan w/ Tag Eq MEP Narrative HVAC Distribution Drawing O Electrical One-Line Drawing Issue Schematic Design Pa 2/11 Schematic Design Comm 2/11 ing ents ework Bid Package Issue Construction Drawings Issue Construction Drawings For Comment Budget / Permitting Budgeting e Progress Drawings for GMP Produce GMP Budget Permitting e Permit Drawings Obtain Building Permit Procurement MEP Procurement Procure VAV Boxes Design and Engineering 2 Design and Engineering 180 days Thu 1/21/16 Wed 9/28/16 3 Schematic Design 20 days Thu 1/21/16 Wed 2/17/16 4 Floor Plan 15 days Thu 1/21/16 Wed 2/10/16 5 Reflected Ceiling Plan w/ Lighting 15 days Thu 1/21/16 Wed 2/10/16 6 Preliminary Finish Plan Showing Material Of Construction 15 days Thu 1/21/16 Wed 2/10/16 7 Detailed Utility Matrix 15 days Thu 1/21/16 Wed 2/10/16 8 Equipment Plan w/ Tag Equipment To Matrix 15 days Thu 1/21/16 Wed 2/10/16 9 MEP Narrative 15 days Thu 1/21/16 Wed 2/10/16 10 HVAC Distribution Drawing One-Line 15 days Thu 1/21/16 Wed 2/10/16 11 Electrical One-Line Drawing 15 days Thu 1/21/16 Wed 2/10/16 12 Issue Schematic Design Package 15 days Thu 1/21/16 Wed 2/10/16 13 Schematic Design Comments 5 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 2/17/16 14 75% Design Development Drawings / Permit Drawings / 100% Long Lead Documents 30 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 3/23/16 15 Issue 75% Design Development Documents 25 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 3/16/16 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 2/11 3/17 3/17 3/17 2/11 2/11 2/11 Produce Sch 2/25 Receive 3/16 3/17 3/16 3/16 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 3/17 Issue Pe 100% HVAC Electrica Plumbin Lab Cas Millwork 16 Issue Permit Drawings 25 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 3/16/16 17 100% Long lead Package 25 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 3/16/16 18 HVAC Long Lead Package (INCLUDING DOUBLE LINE 100% DUCT DRAWINGS) 25 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 3/16/16 19 Electrical Long Lead Package 25 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 3/16/16 20 Plumbing Long Lead Package 25 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 3/16/16 21 Lab Casework Bid Package 25 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 3/16/16 22 Millwork Bid package 25 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 3/16/16 23 Cold Room Bid Package 25 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 3/16/16 Issu ematic BMR's Receiv Receiv 24 Issue Progres Drawing Comments 5 days Thu 3/17/16 Wed 3/23/16 25 Issue Construction Drawings 15 days Thu 3/17/16 Wed 4/6/16 26 Issue Construction Drawings For Comment 15 days Thu 3/17/16 Wed 4/6/16 27 Budget / Permitting 50 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 4/20/16 28 Budgeting 40 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 4/6/16 29 Produce Schematic Design Budget 10 days Thu 2/11/16 Wed 2/24/16 30 Receive BMR's Comments on SD Budget 5 days Thu 2/25/16 Wed 3/2/16 31 Receive Progress Drawings for GMP 0 days Wed 3/16/16 Wed 3/16/16 32 Produce GMP Budget 15 days Thu 3/17/16 Wed 4/6/16 33 Permitting 25 days Wed 3/16/16 Wed 4/20/16 34 Receive Permit Drawings 0 days Wed 3/16/16 Wed 3/16/16 35 Obtain Building Permit 25 days Thu 3/17/16 Wed 4/20/16 Bid and 4/7 4/7 4/7 4/7 4/7 4/7 Award MEP Subcontractors MEP Coordination and Sh 36 Procurement 105 days Thu 3/17/16 Wed 8/10/16 37 MEP Procurement 100 days Thu 3/17/16 Wed 8/3/16 38 Bid and Award MEP Subcontractors 15 days Thu 3/17/16 Wed 4/6/16 39 MEP Coordination and Sheet Metal to Site 30 days Thu 4/7/16 Wed 5/18/16 P P 40 Procure VAV Boxes 65 days Thu 4/7/16 Wed 7/6/16 Procure RGD's and misc HVAC it 41 Procure RGD's and misc HVAC items 85 days Thu 4/7/16 Wed 8/3/16 Procure Lighting Structural and Architectural Bid and Procure Lab Casework 42 Procure Lighting 75 days Thu 4/7/16 Wed 7/20/16 Panel Bo Plum ards and Bid and 43 Procure Panel Boards and Distributions 55 days Thu 4/7/16 Wed 6/22/16 44 Procure Plumbing Long Leads 55 days Thu 4/7/16 Wed 6/22/16 45 Structural and Architectural Long Lead Procurement 105 days Thu 3/17/16 Wed 8/10/16 46 Bid and Procure Lab Casework 105 days Thu 3/17/16 Wed 8/10/16 3/17 3/31 Proc ure Cold Room 47 Bid and Procure Cold Room 80 days Thu 3/31/16 Wed 7/20/16 Project: Neon 40 Erie Schedule 1.20.1 Date: Wed 1/20/16 Task Rolled Up Task Split Group By Summary Inactive Milestone Duration-only Start-only Deadline Milestone Rolled Up Milestone External Tasks Inactive Task Inactive Summary Manual Summary Rollup Finish-only Summary Rolled Up Progress Project Summary Inactive Task Manual Task Manual Summary Progress Page 1

 


Makesafe ctive Demolition utility ork ough Ductwork Rough Plumbing Rough Electrical Rough sprinkler stud ugh Plumbing and Electric walls ough Wall 7/15 Prime Walls work Delivery 7/28 om Hardware Delivery 6 6 Boxe Delivery D's and misc HVAC Delivery 6 ncy Shower ivery ectrical Items 18 Ceiling Tile ng l Clean-up l Inspections Preliminary Project Schedule Neoantigen January 14, 2016 ID Task Name Duration Start Finish 4th Quarter 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan 48 Bid and Procure Millwork Bid package 85 days Thu 3/31/16 Wed 7/27/16 3/31 3/31 4/20 g Permit Coring for Lab Wast and Receive Coordinated Duc tw R Ro R Distributi 7/18 7/2 7/20 7/21 7/20 7/21 7/21 7/21 7/20 Bid n Insp Dry Bid and ectio wall and Proc n and Procure Millwork Bid package ure Doors / Frames / Hardware Tape Lab Casework Delivery Lab Casework Ins Millwork Installation Delivery Install Cold Room Door and Hardware Installation Glazing Specialty Installation Sprinkler Heads Finish HVAC Finish HVAC HVAC Controls Finish Plumbing Finish plumbing / Sink / Fixture Delivery Finish Electrical Finish Electrical Neoantigen Construction tallation Apply for Certificate of Occupancy 49 Bid and Procure Doors / Frames / Hardware 80 days Thu 3/31/16 Wed 7/20/16 50 Neoantigen Construction 115 days Wed 4/20/16 Wed 9/28/16 51 Receive Building Permit 0 days Wed 4/20/16 Wed 4/20/16 4/20 Receive Buildin 4/21Disconnect 4/27Sele 5/6 5/18 5/19 5/19 5/19 52 Disconnect Makesafe 4 days Thu 4/21/16 Tue 4/26/16 53 Selective Demolition 7 days Wed 4/27/16 Thu 5/5/16 54 Coring for Lab Wast and utility Distributin 8 days Fri 5/6/16 Tue 5/17/16 55 Receive Coordinated Ductwork 0 days Wed 5/18/16 Wed 5/18/16 56 Rough Ductwork 30 days Thu 5/19/16 Wed 6/29/16 57 Rough Plumbing 25 days Thu 5/19/16 Wed 6/22/16 58 Rough Electrical 25 days Thu 5/19/16 Wed 6/22/16 59 Rough sprinkler 25 days Thu 5/19/16 Wed 6/22/16 5/19 5/26Steel 6/10 6/28 6/30 7/ 7/ 7/ 7/ 60 Steel stud 15 days Thu 5/26/16 Wed 6/15/16 61 Rough Plumbing and Electric walls 12 days Fri 6/10/16 Mon 6/27/16 62 Rough Wall Inspection 2 days Tue 6/28/16 Wed 6/29/16 63 Drywall and Tape 16 days Thu 6/30/16 Thu 7/21/16 64 Prime Walls 4 days Fri 7/15/16 Wed 7/20/16 Ceil ing 8/1 8/ Grid 0 11 65 Ceiling Grid 4 days Mon 7/18/16 Thu 7/21/16 66 Lab Casework Delivery 0 days Wed 8/10/16 Wed 8/10/16 67 Lab Casework Installation 15 days Thu 8/11/16 Wed 8/31/16 68 Millwork Delivery 0 days Wed 7/27/16 Wed 7/27/16 7 Mill Cold Ro Door & 8/4 69 Millwork Installation 15 days Thu 7/28/16 Wed 8/17/16 70 Cold Room Delivery 0 days Wed 7/20/16 Wed 7/20/16 71 Install Cold Room 20 days Thu 7/21/16 Wed 8/17/16 72 Door & Hardware Delivery 0 days Wed 7/20/16 Wed 7/20/16 73 Door and Hardware Installation 15 days Thu 7/21/16 Wed 8/10/16 74 Glazing 15 days Thu 7/21/16 Wed 8/10/16 75 Specialty Installation 15 days Thu 7/21/16 Wed 8/10/16 76 Sprinkler Heads 20 days Wed 7/20/16 Tue 8/16/16 77 Finish HVAC 40 days Wed 7/6/16 Wed 8/31/16 78 Finish HVAC 20 days Thu 8/4/16 Wed 8/31/16 79 VAV Boxe Delivery 0 days Wed 7/6/16 Wed 7/6/16 VAV 80 RGD's and misc HVAC Delivery 0 days Wed 8/3/16 Wed 8/3/16 8/3 RG 8/4 8/4 Lighting Del 81 HVAC Controls 20 days Thu 8/4/16 Wed 8/31/16 82 Finish Plumbing 40 days Wed 7/6/16 Wed 8/31/16 83 Finish plumbing 20 days Thu 8/4/16 Wed 8/31/16 84 Emergency Shower / Sink / Fixture Delivery 0 days Wed 7/6/16 Wed 7/6/16 6 Emerge 7/20 7/22 7/20 85 Finish Electrical 31 days Wed 7/20/16 Thu 9/1/16 86 Finish Electrical 30 days Fri 7/22/16 Thu 9/1/16 87 Lighting Delivery 0 days Wed 7/20/16 Wed 7/20/16 88 Specialty Electrical Items 0 days Wed 7/20/16 Wed 7/20/16 7/20Specialty El 8/ 89 Ceiling Tile 8 days Thu 8/18/16 Mon 8/29/16 90 Painting 19 days Thu 8/11/16 Tue 9/6/16 8/11 Painting 9/1 Floori 9/16Fina 9/16Fina 9/22 91 Flooring 11 days Thu 9/1/16 Thu 9/15/16 92 Final Clean-up 4 days Fri 9/16/16 Wed 9/21/16 93 Final Inspections 4 days Fri 9/16/16 Wed 9/21/16 94 Apply for Certificate of Occupancy 5 days Thu 9/22/16 Wed 9/28/16 Project: Neon 40 Erie Schedule 1.20.1 Date: Wed 1/20/16 Task Rolled Up Task Split Group By Summary Inactive Milestone Duration-only Start-only Deadline Milestone Rolled Up Milestone External Tasks Inactive Task Inactive Summary Manual Summary Rollup Finish-only Summary Rolled Up Progress Project Summary Inactive Task Manual Task Manual Summary Progress Page 2

 


9128 •1 Occupancy Occupancy 0 days We d 9128/16 Wed 9/28/161 .. .... .. Split Group By Summary lnactrve Milestone 111111111111111111 -----... M anual Summary Rollup Manual Summary F1n1sh-only Progre ss J "' Summary Preliminary Project Schedule Neoant1gen January 14, 2016 ID ITask NameDurationS tartF1n1sh III 4th Quarter1st Quarter2nd uarter3rd uarter4th uarter Novnor IRn= •hMR rAn1MRV 11n 111111n;en 0rtNovlAr.IR n 95 I I II I I I Pro je ct Neon 40 Erie Schedule I 20 I Date Wed 1/20/16 .. Rolled Up Progress TaskRolled Up Task Milestone0Rolled Up Milestone 0ExternalTasksInactive Task. Inactive Summary Project Summarylii'-·-··-·ilill' lnact1ve Task Manual Ta sk vDura tion-onylStart-onlyI:Deadline.(), Page 3

 

 

Attachment 2 to Work Letter Initial Schematic Plans [See attached] {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

 

 


 

 


 

 

 

II I I R.E.DINNEEN ARCHITECI'S 8t PlANNERs, INC. 123 Ntm:bKfrrlriogtnn Stzoet llallm,.V b -02114-2143 tll6172277727 .Jitz6172271870 t • I I I I LMDLORD UJl. BioMed Realty 11 ---® I \-I Discover here _ PROTEJN MEIRO I I LAB I 124 I NEC>N m a BIO COlD ,---THER. PEUTICS AAfA I 122 I "i!!' \ f I--1 [1! 1 11211 RICHMOND 6 1 vlMEIRO I n Main Street Hopkinton, MA01748 (508) 435-0700 m a I--! 1106 r/. I. ·..,:1\:U: I. Mt.EETIRO ISTOCK 'I I--"--"'=-<-="'-,I' 6 I "' / i!! '-----ENGINEERS 1101: ('781-) 72-30·00; fu: (-'7Rt) 372-3100 SHIPPING/ RECEMNG 1 121 1 RMION NO. TOUCH-DOWN LOUNGE I 104 DATE lt,:Jl coco I u MED. CONF. l H RECEPTON I 100 I PROJECT NO. 15181,11 PR<>JECT NAME NEON THERAPEUTICS TENANT IMPROVEMENTS ElEVATOR MACH. RM. 101 I L-----------------------------------------------'\. SIDNEY RESEARCH CENTER 40 ERIE STREET CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS SCHEMAllC DESIGN SHEET TITLE FURNITURE ar: EQUIPMENT PLAN FIRST FLOOR NORTH 7 JANUARY 2016 0 ISSUE DATE ' APPRaoiED Br : RDJ DF CHECKED BY DRAWN BY111.1C ' """' 1/B' - 1·-o· 0 2 4 8 8 THIS DOCUMENT AND THE IDEAS AND DESIGNS INCORPORATED HEREIN AS AN INSTRUMENT OF PROFESSIONAL SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OF R.E. DINNEEN ARCHITECTS AND PLANNERS, INC. AND SHALL NOT BE USED. IN WHOLE OR IN PART, FOR 1Nf OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF R.E. DINNEEN ARCHITECTS AND PLANNERS, INC. A-3.1 C COPYRIGHT 2016 R.E.D.A.P. I [] 0 (9 .AI 103 I t]. ll:,:Jl 5 QQ 00 : I _fi'i:::J-'---'i::::¥--,1 A H A CONSULTING 24 Hartwd.l A -3rd.Fioor,Lmng1Dn, MA 024ll ii! CULTIJRE 2 MEIRO i I V HWV '/' / /'/ hrl hrt hrl h wAA ROQM I ( 1 11 1 11s 1 ; GLASS WASH 1 111 1 t::J ;I '== :tli! .., iI I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I rc BIOLOGY LAB II! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 119 I l_l_ I I ! I I I I t' I I I I I I : I H I I I I : '"I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4---I I I I I I "" I

 


II I f I D R.E.DINNEEN ARCHITECI'S 8t PlANNERs, INC. 123 Ntm:bKfrrlriogtnn Stzoet llallm,.Vb -02114-2143 tll6172277727 .Jitz6172271870 LMDLORD ----® DN "' BRE:AK ROOM l2ool NEC>N - THER. PEUTICS RICHMOND n Main Street Hopkinton, MA01748 (508) 435-0700 lI'\ /""" yl------l ( ( ,---dl-H ----® ENGINEERS -·-_dl-(L_ (_ .,, OPEN RMION OFFICE 1 201 1 DATE H ------® -dl-(r-PROJECT NO. 15181.11 NEON THERAPEUTICS TENANT IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NAME SIDNEY RESEARCH CENTER 40 ERIE STREET CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS '-';?Oi OFFICE OFFICE OFFICE 1-/ OFFIC /l] PHON ( 214 1 1 212 1 L_ I 216 I 1 213 1 I H.c. '----RESTROOM 1 'tF or-/ n = _._ _._ _._ SCHEMAllC DESIGN FURNITURE ar: EQUIPMENT PLAN SECOND FLOOR SHEET TITLE OO©fdl-====:::!J r®-NORTH 7 JANUARY 2016 RDJ OF VMC 1/B' - 1·-o· ISSUE DATE : APPRaoiED Br : 0 CHECKED BY DRAWN BY """" : : , 0 2 4 8 8 JJvl' ----® ------@ "\ THIS DOCUMENT AND THE IDEAS AND DESIGNS INCORPORATED HEREIN AS AN INSTRUMENT OF PROFESSIONAL SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OF R.E. DINNEEN ARCHITECTS AND PLANNERS, INC. AND SHALL NOT BE USED. IN WHOLE OR IN PART, FOR 1Nf OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF R.E. DINNEEN ARCHITECTS AND PLANNERS, INC. li3 A-3.2 C COPYRIGHT 2016 R.E.D.A.P. LJL--LJL--LJL--LJL--LJL--LJL--rr======H ========H ========H ======dF o STAIR No.7 b (: b (: b (: '\ '\ '\ '\ a 204 [D. r a '\JJ ;; r. 210 {]; lJ\ = • • • • • • 1§ !{" ]• l y SHA 1 ll l JllJ RED yy SHARED y -y SHARED y F FFlCE ' - - 211 1 - I I OFFICE SUPPUES COPY/I.WL I 206 I----' )0 11-_ - ---,_l LlJ]1 201 1 @ 1'­ OPEN 0 r-10: 1 0 r-or-or-or-n H _dl-(_ (r-(L_ • -dl-( _dl-( A H A CONSULTING 24 Hartwd.l A -3rd.Fioor, LmngiDn, MA 024ll 1101: ('781) 72-3000; fu: ('7Rt) 372-3100 AEJEJ bd bHd Aflfl bd bHd A flfl bd bd bd BioMed Realt STAIR No.1D w 0 0 F==!!='="::"::: :II!!"::"::::b!ll (r-(L_ ,--0 0 """0 L Jo

 


[LOGO]

 


FINISH SPECIFICATIONS (REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL BASIS OF DESIGN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION) FINISH GENERAL NOTES II I II fLOORING MILLWQRK SS-1 A. INSPECT AND APPROVE ALL SUBSURFACES PRIOR TO INSTALlATION OF NISHES. STRICTLY COMPLY WITH NISHES MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION ANO INSTALLATION. WALLS SHALL INCLUDE SURFACES FROM FLOOR TO CEILING, INCLUDING PILASTERS, FASCIAS, JAMBS, BUCKS, REVEALS, REfURNS AND ALL '-1ERTICAL SURFACES NOT INCWDED IN CEILING. FOR ALL DRYWALL PARTITIONS AND SOFFTS RECEMNG STANDARD PAINT, FINISH TO CONSIST OF ONE (1) PRIME COAT AND TWO (2) ANISH COATS OF LAID BASE PAINT, EGGSHELL ANISH. ALL PAINTED FRAMES TO RECEIVE ONE (1) PRIME COAT AND TWO (2) ANISH COATS OF LATEX BASE PAINT, SEMI-GLOSS ANISH. THE GENERAL CONTIRACTOR SHALL FLASH PATCH ALL CRACKS, HOLES OR OTHER IMPERFECTIONS IN FLOOR (PROJECTIONS SHALL BE REMQI,1EQ AND PATCHED) TO PR0'-1DE A CONTINUOUS SMOOTH AND lEVEL FLOOR SURFACE. ALL FLOORCOVERING WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE OF THE BEST QUALITY, AND WHEN WORK IS COMPL£TE, IT SHALL BE AREE FROM BUCKLES, BUBBLES, OPEN JOINTS OR OTHER IMPERFECTIONS. SEAMS SHALL BE KEPT IN ACCURATIE ALIGNMENT ALONG BOTH COORDINATIES. ALL CARPEr TO BE A DIRECT LAID INSTALlATION, PER CARPEr MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL. UPON COMPLETION, REMCIVE ALL PAINT AROM WHERE IT HAS SPIWEO, SPLASHED OR SPLAillRED ON SURFACES. HE SHALL REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL SWITCH PLATES AND OUTLET PLATIES, SURFACE HAIRDWAIRE, EfC. BEFORE PAINTING. PROTIECT AND REPLACE SAME WHEN WALL ANISH WORK HAS BEEN COMPL£TED. THE GENERAL CONTIRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ALL AIREAS AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK BY ALL TRADES (INCLUDING TIEL£PHONE INSTALLATION, FLOORING, EfC.) AND APPRCIVE ALL NECESSARY TOUCH-UP PAINTING AND/OR PATCHING. PR0'-1DE 1/2" ARE REfAIROANT PLYWOOD PANELS FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTING AS REQUIRED. EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD WINDOW TIREATIMENT CONSISTING OF HORIZONTAL MINI-BLINDS. SUPPLEMENTAL WINDOW TIREATIMENTS FOR ROOM DARKENING OR AESTHETIC VALUE TO BE PR0'-1DED BY TIENANT FOR INSTALLATION BY CONTRACTOR. EXISTING WALL TO BE PATCHED WHERE WALL BASE WAS REMQI,1EQ TO PR0'-1DE A SMOOTH LEVEL£0 SURFACE FOR NEW BASE. CPT-1 CARPEr TIL£ FOR DIRECT GLUE INSTALlATION. INSTALlATION BUDGEf AT $4ll SY CARPEr TIL£ FOR DIRECT GLUE INSTALlATION. INSTALlATION BUDGEf AT $35 SY SOLID '-1NYL WOOD PLANK PAINT TYPE: BENJAMIN MOORE: LOW-V.O.C. ACRYLIC LAID PAINT. EGGSHELL FINISH II TYPICAL WALLS SATIN NISH 0 HM ODOR FRAMES FlAT NISH Cl GWB SOmTS AND CEILINGS SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP. NOTE: COUNTERTOPS IN UNISEX RESTROOMS TO HAVE INTEGRAL SOLID SURFACE SINKS. B. D P PI-1 ELD COLOR COLOR: TBS ST-3 PORCELAIN TIL£ BACKSPLASH IN K1TCHENEfTE CPT-2 C. PL-1 PL-2 PREMIUM PLASTIC LAMINATE WALL CABINEfS PT-2 ACCENT PAINT COLOR: TBS PREMIUM PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE CABINEfS D. SVT-1 E. R.E.DINNEEN ARCHITEcrs 8t lPLANNERs,INC. 123 NriJIIJJrmp Stzwt .....,, + ....02114-2143 F. G. tJ 617 2277727 J-6172271870 H. LANDlORD UJl... BioMed Realty Discover here _ SIZE: 4" DUR-A-QUARTZ ----® I. BREAK ROOM 200 F svr 1 8 VB-1 WPT-1 J. K. L FINISH PLAN LEGEND RICHMOND 77 Main Street Hopkinton,MA 01748 (508) 43..-roo ACCENT PAINT WALL ANISH ,-@ + KEYNOTIE NOTATION. REFERS TO SPECIFIC KEYNOTIE. ENGINEER APPROPRIATIE TIRANSITION BEfWEEN FLOOR TYPES FLOORING PAillRN DIRECTION AS INDICATIED. ROOM FINISH LEGEND ENGINEERS tel: (181-) 372-30·00; fu: (-781) 372.-3100 ErR PI = EXISTING TO REMAIN = PAINT TYPE = SHEEr '-1NYL W/ INTEGRAL BASE = CARPEr = CERAMIC/PORCELAIN TIL£ = GYPSUM WALL BOARD = EPOXY (PAINT) = '-1NYL BASE = SOLID '-1NYL TIL£ = TO BE SELECTED sv CPT ST GWB PX VB SVT TBS """"' NO. 1>\lE OPEN OFFlCE r H F CPT 2 8 VB-1 • r H ------@ 15181.11 PROJECT NO. A ----@ NEON THERAPEUTICS TENANT IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NAME RESTROOM SMAll. OONF. CORRIDOR ENTRY 202 • F CPT-2 VB-1 SIDNEY RESEARCH CENTER 40 ERIE STREET CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETIS BVB1 . W PT-1 =--------® 'tF / SCHENA11C DESIGN FINISH PLAN SECOND FLOOR SHEET TITLE LARGE CONF. PT-1 o.7 NORTH 7 JANUARY 2016 ROJ DF we 1 KS ' 0 ISSUE DAlE SEATING APPROVED BY : CHECKED BY DRAWN IJ1 1/B" = 1'-o" - - SCALE - 0 2 4 6 8 ----® ------@ H H H H THIS DOCUWENT AND THE IDEAS AND DESIGNS INCORPORATED HEREIN AS AN INSTRUMENT OF PROFESSIONAL SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OF R.E. DINNEEN ARCHITEClS AND PLANNERS. INC. AND SHALL NOT BE USED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, FOR JNf OTHER PROJECT WITHOUT THE WRI'ITEN AUTHORIZATION OF R.E. DINNEEN ARCHITECTS AND PLANNERS, INC . L) \_ .a m: A-4.2 Cl COPYRIGHT 2016 R.E.D.A.P. I ;-W PI 1 H"\ 205 F CPT 8 VB-1 1 204 F CPT-1 BVB1 W PT-1 CPf7 F CPT-1 203 lEt F CPT-1 BVB1 W PT-1 W PT-1 201 A H A CONSULTING 2.4 Hartwdl A-,3nl. Floor,LeiingtDn, MA 02421 XX XXX -ROOM NUMBER F A.OOR -FLOOR FINISH CODE B BASE -BASE ANISH CODE W WALL -WALL NISH CODE ST-1PORCELAIN TIL£ PTX-1ACRYLIC EPOXY PAINT; SIZE: 12"X24"MOISTURE & MILDEW RESISTANT COLOR: TBS VCT '-1NYL COMPOSITE TIL£ MANNINGTON COMMERCIAL WT-1PORCELAIN WALL TIL£ PROGRESSIONS SERIESSIZE: 12"X24" MIX OF 4 COLORSFULL HEIGHT OF WIT WALL PATTIERN & COLOR: TBS WALL BASE VCT-1'-1NYL COMPOSITE TIL£ MANNINGTON COMMERCIAL VB-1'-1NYL WALLBASE PROGRESSIONS SERIESSIZE: 4" SINGLE COLOR: TBS STRAIGHT BASE WHERE CARPEfTED & COVED BASE AT VINYL PLANK EP-1EPOXY FLOORINGVB-2COVED VINYL WALLBASE ABRASION RESISTANTSV-1INTEGRAL COVED SHEEr '-1NYL£P-1 EPX-1INTEGRAL FLASH COVE EPOXY BASE 1 / 'DN '\ ''------------' I "' II "" H.C. r-• • • • • • 0 r: k7;;., OFFCE SHAREDSHAREDSHAREDBUU<OFFlCE SUPPLIES OFFlCE OFFCE OFFCE OFFCE STORAGE COPY/MAIL F CPT-2 213212 F CPT 2 BVB1 W PT-1 F CPT 2 BVB1 I 207 W PT-1 F ST 1 8 WT-1 WWT1 BVB1 W PT-1W PT-1 svr vi @I /-CPf DN r-WAR ROOM F CPT-2 STAIR No.5BVB1 W PT-1 OPEN OFFlCE VB-1 PI 1 ---------l O F li\ W MED. ONF. CPT-2 CPf I i STAIR N 206 F CPT-2 8 W 218 210 BVB1 211 F CPT 2 BVB1 209 F SN 1 BVB1 W PT-1 W PT-1 208 F SN 1 ALE ROOM 217 F VCT-1 H BVB1 W PT-1 r.; 216 BVB1 W PT-1 / STAIR No.10

 

 

Attachment 3 to Work Letter Budget [See attached] {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

1/14/16 Cost Above LLW/TI Allowance$42.81 /SF$1,147,487.54 BUDGET SUMMARY Total Soft Costs$17.60 /SF$471,668.24 Total Hard Costs$175.21 /SF$4,696,719.30 Total$192.81 /SF$5,168,387.54 DETAILED CONSTRUCTION BUDGET Design Fee's$9.70 /SF$259,947.00REDAP proposal dated 10/30/15 A/E Reimburseables$0.29 /SF$7,798.41Allowance (3% of design fees) Other Consultants$0.56 /SF$15,000.00Structural and acoustical Commissioning$0.93 /SF$25,000.00Allowance Insurance$-/SF$-Gen. liability included in CM proposal, builder's risk excluded Bond$-/SF$-Excluded Building Permit$-/SF$-Included in CM proposal Misc. Soft Costs$-/SF$-Excluded Soft Cost Contingency$0.50 /SF$13,387.275% of design fees and A/E reimbursables Project Management Fee$5.62 /SF$150,535.563% of total TI costs Total Soft Costs$17.60 /SF$471,668.24 TRG budget dated 1/14/16 (Excludes glasswash, autoclave, +4 fridge, and CM Proposal$165.00 /SF$4,423,066.00scope shifted to LL) CM Contingency$-/SF$-Included in CM proposal FF&E$-/SF$-Excluded Security$-/SF$-Excluded Tel/data$-/SF$-Excluded Furniture$-/SF$-Excluded Other$1.87 /SF$50,000.00Allowance for window treatments Hard Cost Contingency$8.34 /SF$223,653.305% of hard costs Total Hard Costs$175.21 /SF$4,696,719.30 TI ALLOWANCE Base LLW/TI Allowance$150.00 /SF$4,020,900.00$150/RSF RSF Premises26,806 NEON TI BUDGET 40 ERIE STREET

 

 

EXHIBIT B-1 LANDLORD’S WORK 1) Architectural a) Exterior i) ii) iii) New canopy and entry vestibule at main entrance. Improvements to Waverly and Erie Street facades. Landscape improvements at the corner of Waverly and Erie Streets. b) Interior i) ii) New main lobby at Erie Street entrance. Includes all finishes. New common restrooms, janitor’s closet, waste storage room, fitness center, and two (2) shower rooms at core area adjacent to northern-most loading dock. Upgrade common stairs. Upgrades to existing Tenant stair to achieve code compliance (anticipated to be new railings and possible nosings). Refurbish interior of elevator No. 1 (northern-most elevator). Improvements to elevator No. 2 excluded. Fiberglass insulation at exterior walls. iii) iv) v) vi) vii) Tenant demising from common areas or other tenant spaces excluded. viii)Remaining core and shell components to remain as is. 2) Structural a) As required to facilitate the scope of worked outlined in this document. 3) Fire Protection a) Install new distribution mains up to zone valves. b) Branch lines excluded 4) Plumbing a) Existing plumbing systems will remain with the following exceptions: i)Refurbish existing lab waste treatment system to serve the entire building. ii) Provide shared reverse osmosis, compressed air, tempered water, hot water, and VAC systems stubbed into Tenant Premises. 5) HVAC a) b) c) d) e) f) Two (2) new shared fifty thousand (50,000) CFM AHU’s Hot water (HW) system including new boilers and flus. Chilled water (CHW) system including 900 ton chiller and cooling tower Tenant specific FCU’s, HW distribution, and CHW distribution excluded. New one-hundred thousand (100,000) CFM exhaust system with energy recovery. Ductwork excluded. B-1-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


6) Electrical a) b) c) d) e) Main switchgear to remain. Feed from main switchgear to Tenant Premises. Common area and exterior lighting. Tel/data and security excluded. Provide a new rooftop 650 KW gas fired generator with automatic transfer switch for base building equipment. 315 kW available for tenant use. Provide Tenant specific breaker in stand-by panel in main electric room. Tenant specific transfer switches and distribution excluded. B-1-2 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


EXHIBIT C ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [ ], 20[ ], with reference to that certain Lease (the “Lease”) dated as of [ ], 2015, by Neon Therapeutics, a (“Tenant”), in favor of BMR-Sidney Research Campus LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”).All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease. Tenant hereby confirms the following: 1. on [ [Tenant accepted possession of the Premises for use in accordance with the Permitted Use ], 20[ ]. Tenant first occupied the Premises for the Permitted Use on [ ], 20[ ].] 2. The Premises are in good order, condition and repair. 3. The Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete. 4. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord as a condition to the full effectiveness of the Lease have been satisfied, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties in the nature of inducements offered to Tenant to lease the Premises. 5. In accordance with the provisions of Article 4 of the Lease, the Term Commencement Date is [ ], 20[ ], and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Term Expiration Date shall be [ ], 20[ ]. 6. The Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises. 7. Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant. 8. The obligation to pay Rent is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [ the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below: ], 20[ ], with Base Rent payable on C-1 {A0336717.4 } Dates Approximate Square Feet of Rentable Area Base Rent per Square Foot of Rentable Area Monthly Base Rent Annual Base Rent []/[]/[]-[ ]/[ ]/[ ] [] $[] $[] $[]

GRAPHIC

 


9. The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof. [REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] B-1-2 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgment Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date as of the date first written above. of Term TENANT: NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC. a Delaware corporation By: Name: Title: C-3 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


EXHIBIT D PLAN OF PREMISES LAYOUT ZONES [See attached] D-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

I _ _ Sul_te uo I lAB I Suite 130 I I Suite12o I (130 Waverly St.)' A R R 0 w s T R E E T II 40 HUE STREH I 29 September 2015 TENANT lAYOUT ZONES-fiRST FLOOR lAB EOfTJW tOBSY U em. I...AB SUPPORT

 


L "0' N 0\ N "0" 0_, w. Q 0"" u w <!) <!) WJ z 0 ::: 0 N .!l 1=-:; 0 Ill > <! -,_' z < z WJ 1-;.,. UJ w "!-' ,., U1 WJ "w" 0 0 iii .!l j ·:;; Ill "" :1-:::::: 1--"' IX 1--Ill 3: 0 IX IX <C

 

 

EXHIBIT E DEFINITION OF OBSOLETE EQUIPMENT Obsolete equipment shall mean: • The equipment is outdated, such that it is not reasonable to continue investing in it; • The equipment is no longer supported by the manufacturer; • Component or compatible parts of the equipment are no longer available; • The equipment is no longer compatible with other equipment in the Building; • The cost to replace the equipment is equal to or less than the cost to repair the equipment; • The equipment poses a safety risk; and/or • The equipment no longer meets local/state/national guidelines. E-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


EXHIBIT F FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT [On letterhead or L/C letterhead of Issuer] LETTER OF CREDIT Date: , 20 (the “Beneficiary”) Attention: L/C. No.: Loan No. : Ladies and Gentlemen: We establish in favor of Beneficiary our irrevocable and unconditional Letter of Credit numbered as identified above (the “L/C”) for an aggregate amount of $ , expiring at :00 p.m. on or, if such day is not a Banking Day, then the next succeeding Banking Day (such date, as extended from time to time, the “Expiry Date”). “Banking Day” means a weekday except a weekday when commercial banks in required to close. are authorized or We authorize Beneficiary to draw on us (the “Issuer”) for the account of “Account Party”), under the terms and conditions of this L/C. (the Funds under this L/C are available by presenting the following documentation (the “Drawing Documentation”): (a) the original L/C and (b) a sight draft substantially in the form of Attachment 1, with blanks filled in and bracketed items provided as appropriate. No other evidence of authority, certificate, or documentation is required. Drawing Documentation must be presented at Issuer’s office at on or before the Expiry Date by personal presentation, courier or messenger service, or fax. Presentation by fax shall be effective upon electronic confirmation of transmission as evidenced by a printed report from the sender’s fax machine. After any fax presentation, but not as a condition to its effectiveness, Beneficiary shall with reasonable promptness deliver the original Drawing Documentation by any other means. Issuer will on request issue a receipt for Drawing Documentation. We agree, irrevocably, and irrespective of any claim by any other person, to honor drafts drawn under and in conformity with this L/C, within the maximum amount of this L/C, presented to us on or before the Expiry Date, provided we also receive (on or before the Expiry Date) any other Drawing Documentation this L/C requires. F-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


We shall pay this L/C only from our own funds by check or wire transfer, in compliance with the Drawing Documentation. If Beneficiary presents proper Drawing Documentation to us on or before the Expiry Date, then we shall pay under this L/C at or before the following time (the “Payment Deadline”): (a) if presentment is made at or before noon of any Banking Day, then the close of such Banking Day; and (b) otherwise, the close of the next Banking Day. We waive any right to delay payment beyond the Payment Deadline. If we determine that Drawing Documentation is not proper, then we shall so advise Beneficiary in writing, specifying all grounds for our determination, within one Banking Day after the Payment Deadline. Partial drawings are permitted. This L/C shall, except to the extent reduced thereby, survive any partial drawings. We shall have no duty or right to inquire into the validity of or basis for any draw under this L/C or any Drawing Documentation. We waive any defense based on fraud or any claim of fraud. The Expiry Date shall automatically be extended by one year (but never beyond (the “Outside Date”)) unless, on or before the date 90 days before any Expiry Date, we have given Beneficiary notice that the Expiry Date shall not be so extended (a “Nonrenewal Notice”). We shall promptly upon request confirm any extension of the Expiry Date under the preceding sentence by issuing an amendment to this L/C, but such an amendment is not required for the extension to be effective. We need not give any notice of the Outside Date. Beneficiary may from time to time without charge transfer this L/C, in whole but not in part, to any transferee (the “Transferee”). Issuer shall look solely to Account Party for payment of any fee for any transfer of this L/C. Such payment is not a condition to any such transfer. Beneficiary or Transferee shall consummate such transfer by delivering to Issuer the original of this L/C and a Transfer Notice substantially in the form of Attachment 2, purportedly signed by Beneficiary, and designating Transferee. Issuer shall promptly reissue or amend this L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Upon any transfer, all references to Beneficiary shall automatically refer to Transferee, who may then exercise all rights of Beneficiary. Issuer expressly consents to any transfers made from time to time in compliance with this paragraph. Any notice to Beneficiary shall be in writing and delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged or by overnight delivery service such as FedEx (with proof of delivery) at the above address, or such other address as Beneficiary may specify by written notice to Issuer. A copy of any such notice shall also be delivered, as a condition to the effectiveness of such notice, to: (or such replacement as Beneficiary designates from time to time by written notice). No amendment that adversely affects Beneficiary shall be effective without Beneficiary’s written consent. {A0336717.4 } F-2

GRAPHIC

 


This L/C is subject to and incorporates by reference: (a) the International Standby Practices 98 (“ISP 98”); and (b) to the extent not inconsistent with ISP 98, Article 5 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York. Very truly yours, [Issuer Signature] {A0336717.4 } F-3

GRAPHIC

 


ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT F FORM OF SIGHT DRAFT [BENEFICIARY LETTERHEAD] TO: [Name and Address of Issuer] SIGHT DRAFT AT SIGHT, pay to the Order of , the sum of United States Dollars ($ ). Drawn under [Issuer] Letter of Credit No. dated . [Issuer is hereby directed to pay the proceeds of this Sight Draft solely to the following account: .] [Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary] Date: F-1-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


ATTACHMENT 2 TO EXHIBIT F FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE [BENEFICIARY LETTERHEAD] TO: [Name and Address of Issuer] (the “Issuer”) TRANSFER NOTICE By signing below, the undersigned, Beneficiary (the “Beneficiary”) under Issuer’s Letter of Credit No. dated (the “L/C”), transfers the L/C to the following transferee (the “Transferee”): [Transferee Name and Address] The original L/C is enclosed. Beneficiary directs Issuer to reissue or amend the L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Beneficiary represents and warrants that Beneficiary transferred, assigned, or encumbered the L/C or any interest in the L/C, which assignment, or encumbrance remains in effect. has not transfer, [Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary] Date: ] F-2-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

EXHIBIT G RULES AND REGULATIONS NOTHING IN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS (“RULES AND REGULATIONS”) SHALL SUPPLANT ANY PROVISION OF THE LEASE. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT OR INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS AND THE LEASE, THE LEASE SHALL PREVAIL. 1. No Tenant Party shall encumber or obstruct the common entrances, lobbies, elevators, sidewalks and stairways of the Building(s) or the Project or use them for any purposes other than ingress or egress to and from the Building(s) or the Project. 2. Except as specifically provided in the Lease, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building(s) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule. 3. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades, screens, hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or placed on any windowsill, and (a) such window, door or windowsill is visible from the exterior of the Premises and (b) such curtain, blind, shade, screen, hanging plant or other object is not included in plans approved by Landlord, then Tenant shall promptly remove such curtains, blinds, shades, screens, hanging plants or other similar objects at its sole cost and expense. 4. Deliveries shall be made no earlier than 7 a.m. or later than 6 p.m. No deliveries shall be made that impede or interfere with other tenants in or the operation of the Project. Movement of furniture, office equipment or any other large or bulky material(s) through the Common Area shall be restricted to such hours as Landlord may designate and shall be subject to reasonable restrictions that Landlord may impose. A temporary loading permit is required for all temporary parking and such permit, which permit Landlord may provide in its sole and absolute discretion. 5. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds the load per square foot that (a) such floor was designed to carry or (b) is allowed by Applicable Laws. Fixtures and equipment that cause noises or vibrations that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building(s) to such a degree as to be objectionable to other tenants shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such noises and vibrations to levels reasonably acceptable to Landlord and the affected tenants of the Project. 6. Tenant shall not use any method of HVAC other than that approved in writing by Landlord. 7. Tenant shall not install any radio, television or other antennae; cell or other communications equipment; or other devices on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises except G-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


in accordance with the Lease. Tenant shall not interfere with radio, television or other digital or electronic communications at the Project or elsewhere. 8. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distributing handbills or any other written material within, on or around the Project (other than within the Premises) are prohibited. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to prevent such activities by any Tenant Party. 9. Tenant shall store all of its trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials in receptacles within its Premises or in receptacles designated by Landlord outside of the Premises. Tenant shall not place in any such receptacle any material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials disposal. Any Hazardous Materials transported through Common Area shall be held in secondary containment devices. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for Tenant’s removal of its trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials. Tenant is encouraged to participate in the waste removal and recycling program in place at the Project. 10. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or for any improper purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted in the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant may use (a) equipment approved in accordance with the requirements of insurance policies that Landlord or Tenant is required to purchase and maintain pursuant to the Lease for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, (b) microwave ovens for employees’ use and (c) equipment shown on plans approved by Landlord; provided, further, that any such equipment and microwave ovens are used in accordance with Applicable Laws. 11.Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use the name of the Project, if any, in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address. 12. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any Governmental Authority. 13. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which responsibility includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed. 14. Tenant shall not modify any locks to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of keys, pass cards or similar devices for locks to the Premises. 15. Tenant shall cooperate and participate in all reasonable security programs affecting the Premises. 16. Tenant shall not permit any animals in the Project, other than for guide animals or for use in laboratory experiments. G-2 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


17. Bicycles shall not be taken into the Building(s) (including the elevators and stairways of the Building) except into areas designated by Landlord. 18. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other substances shall be deposited therein. 19. Discharge of industrial sewage shall only be permitted if Tenant, at its sole expense, first obtains all necessary permits and licenses therefor from all applicable Governmental Authorities. 20. Smoking is prohibited inside the Building, except in designated outdoor areas of the Project (if any). 21. The Project’s hours of operation are currently 24 hours per day, seven (7) days per week. 22. Tenant shall comply with all orders, requirements and conditions now or hereafter imposed by Applicable Laws or Landlord (“Waste Regulations”) regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash generated by Tenant (collectively, “Waste Products”), including (without limitation) the separation of Waste Products into receptacles reasonably approved by Landlord and the removal of such receptacles in accordance with any collection schedules prescribed by Waste Regulations. 23. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall cause the Premises to be exterminated on a monthly basis to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction and shall cause all portions of the Premises used for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages to be cleaned daily in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and to be treated against infestation by insects, rodents and other vermin and pests whenever there is evidence of any infestation. Tenant shall not permit any person to enter the Premises or the Project for the purpose of providing such extermination services, unless such persons have been approved by Landlord. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, store any refuse generated in the Premises by the consumption of food or beverages in a cold box or similar facility. 24. If Tenant desires to use any portion of the Common Area for a Tenant-related event, Tenant must notify Landlord in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to such event on the form attached as Attachment 1 to this Exhibit, which use shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease or the completed and executed Attachment to the contrary, Tenant shall be solely responsible for setting up and taking down any equipment or other materials required for the event, and shall promptly pick up any litter and report any property damage to Landlord related to the event. Any use of the Common Area pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the provisions of Article 28 of the Lease. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the G-3 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


Project, including Tenant. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable additional rules and regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, the care and cleanliness of the Project, or the preservation of good order therein; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to adhere to such additional rules or regulations until Landlord has provided Tenant with written notice thereof. Tenant agrees to abide by these Rules and Regulations and any such additional rules and regulations issued or adopted by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of these Rules and Regulations by all Tenant Parties. G-4 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT G REQUEST FOR USE OF COMMON AREA REQUEST FOR USE OF COMMON AREA Date of Request: Landlord/Owner: Tenant/Requestor: Property Location: Event Description: Proposed Plan for Security & Cleaning: Date of Event: Hours of Event: (to include set-up and take down): Location at Property (see attached map): Number of Attendees: Open to the Public? [ ] YES [ ] NO Food and/or Beverages? [ ] YES [ ] NO If YES: • Will food be prepared on site? [ ] YES [ ] NO • Please describe: • Will alcohol be served? [_ ] YES [ ] NO • Please describe: • Will attendees be charged for alcohol? [ ] YES [ ] NO G-1-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


• Is alcohol license or permit required? [ ] YES [ ] NO • Does caterer have alcohol license or permit: [ ] YES [ ] NO [ ] N/A Other Amenities (tent, booths, band, food trucks, bounce house, etc.): Other Event Details or Special Circumstances: The undersigned certifies that the foregoing is true, accurate and complete and he/she is duly authorized to sign and submit this request on behalf of the Tenant/Requestor named above. [INSERT NAME OF TENANT/REQUESTOR] By: Name: Title: Date: G-1-2 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


EXHIBIT H PTDM [See attached] H-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

J•ARKING AND TRAFFIC DEMAND MANAGEMENT FORT WASHINGTON REALTY TRUST 47 EIUE STREET AND RELATED PARKING CAMBIUDGE, MA Apr-il 28, 1999

GRAPHIC

 


Table of Contents I. General l,roject Description 11. Commitment to Mode Split Ill. General Tnnsportation Demand Management l,rograms IV. Alternative Mode l,t·omolioaas and Incentives V. Alternative Work Programs VI. l,arking Management snd SOV Disincentives VII. Marketing l,t·ograms VIII. Monitoring and Reporting Plan IX. Office of wot·kiJiacc Dev lopment Commitment X. Corporate Offices Commerciall,arking Certification Attachments: 1. Registration 2. Certification 3. Vchicle TriJJS Site l,lau 4. 5. Guaranteed Ride Home Program

GRAPHIC

 


Gcnerall'•·uject Description I. The garage at 47 Eric Street (the ..Garage") is being constructed and will be owned by Fort Washington Really Trust (..FWRT") whose address is in care of Lyme Properties, 101 Main Street, l81 h Floor, Cambridge, MA 02142. The Garagand 77 su;face spaces located at 40 Eric Street and 270. Albany Street will provide the accessory parking spaces pursuant to the Cambridge Zoning Ordinance for 270 Albany Street, 21 Erie Street, 40 Erie Street (also known as 130 Waverly Street and Fort Washington Research Park Phase l) and 200 Sidney Street (Fort Washington Research Park Phase 2) (together, the ..Buildings"). Of these four Buildings, all but Fort Washington Phase 2 are built and occupied. All of the occupied buildings rcccivcu certificates of occupancy prior to t.he enactment of the PTDM ordinance. The Garage contains a total of 447 accessory ·parking spaces. The 447 Garage spaces are allocateu among the four Builuings as follows: Building Square Footage #Spaces 90 270 Albany Street 70,000 21 Eric Street 52,000 63 40 Eric Street (130 Waverly Street) 109,000 125 200 Sidney Street 135,000 169 The existing surface spaces serve 40 Erie Street. A "Non-Commercial Parking Space Registration Form'' for U1c Garage and existing surface spaces at 270 Albany and 40 Erie Street (a total of 524 spaces), a copy of which is attached, was filed with the Cambridge Department of Traffic, Parking and Tran portation anapproved by the Dircct()r ottOctober 28_, 1997 (AUaclunent 1 ). A building pennil for the garage was issueu November 4, 1997 (#0997154), anu construction will be complete on or about April30, 1999.

GRAPHIC

 

 

e 447 accessory parking spaces in the Garage are located on six levels and served by two vators. All of the Garage and surface spaces arc employee spaces. There arc no commercial aces in the Garage or surface lots. The gross size oflhe garage is 121,000 gross square feet. e tenants locald in the Buildings served by the Garage and surface lots are: 270 Albany Street: • • Millennium Phannaceuticals, Inc. ("Millennium")200 employees Plcx, LLC ("Plex")2 employees 21 Erie Street: • • · • Heliotrope Studios Ltd. ("Heliotrope") - 3 employees Reprogensis, Inc. ("Reprogensis") -33 employees TVisions, 1nc. ("TVisions") - 100 employees 40 Erie Street: • • Vertex Phannaceuticals, Incorporated ("Vertex")-261 employees Millennium -50 employees 200 Sidney Street: • Not yet leased, but expected to be 540 employees based on a projection of 4 persons per 1000 square feel erage daily vehicle trips expected to be generated by the Buildings are sci forth in the attached edule (AUachment 3). e nearest public transit is Central Square, approximately .7 miles away. The nearest bicycle hs or lanes are on Mass. Ave. in Central Square, along the Charles River at Memorial Drive on the MIT campus. ycle lanes are planned for the Sidncy/WaverlyNasser "Cambridge Roadway Improvements". ite plan is attached showing the location of the Garage and the Buildings (Attachment 4).

GRAPHIC

 


e contact person for this project is Robert L. Green, Lyme.Properties 181 h Floor, 101 Main St., mbridge, MA 02142, telephone, (617) 225-0909. . Commitment to Mode Split WRT has agreedo a mode split goal of 61% for single occupancy vehicles. I. General TranS()ortation Demand Management I•rograms Membership in Transportation Manaeemeill Association Transportation Management Association is a private not-for-profit organization whose jective is to coordinate member business and other resources to improve transportation. The cal organization, the Charles River Transportation Management Association (CRTMA), works th employers to develop voluntary, cost effective measures that benefit the members of the ganization. The CRTMA assists bu&inesses in developing internal transportation policies and ograms f.hat offer employees commute options at reduced costs. The CRTMA can facilitate development of joint programs between groups of businesses. The CRTMA provides a tmection with local, stale and federal agencies to infonn participating members of·recenl velopments in transportation and assist in compliance with regulations. Services by the TMA include: Corporate lranspot1ation policy analysis Monitoring of government policy · Guaranteed ride home program RideSource car and van matching Infom1ation resource for commute alternative Marketing of commute choices Development of incentive programs Employer transportation advisor and training program Pedestrian and bicycle incentive program Local shuttle bus service for members

GRAPHIC

 


RT or an affiliute will join the CRTMA. FWRT will include provisions in all ruturc tenant es infonning them of the programs available under the CRTMA and encouraging icipation by tenants. Guaranteed Ride Home ny employees drie to work because of concern that they cannot get home quickly in the nt of w1 emergency or need a car for unexpected travel. Either directly or through its leases h tenants, FWRT will provide a guaranteed ride home to employees in such an event.The J ched CRTMA Guaranteed Ride Home Program or a similar one will be provided tachment 5). Employee Transportalion Coordinator RT will designate a full-time employee as Employee Transportation Coordinator (ETC) to st in the day to day administration of TDM progrwns.The ETC will be responsible for rdination with CRTMA and tenants and staffing an on-site commuter services desk that will transit passes, tokens, and commuier checks; distribute marketing materials; w1d administer guaranteed ride home program. nitial Tenant Survey ll future tenant leases, FWRT will include a provision encouraging tcnw1ls to provide an al survey upon occupancy including infonnation about' the characteristics and altitudes of loyces and customers in order to refine existing TOM programs and develop new ones.

GRAPHIC

 


Electric Vellicle Reclaaa·ghaa: Facility mplly upon .a request therefor by any tenant or employee of the Buildings, FWRT will install lectric vehicle recharging facility in the garage and will distribute information on the lability and use to tenants and visitors. Alternative Mode Promotions and Incentives MBTA Cot·porate Pass l,roa:ram and Subsidized Transit Passes site sales of MBTA transit passes and commuter vouchers through the MBTA Corporate Program will begin afier at least 50% of the tenants have occupied 200 Sidney Street king with MBTA and CARAVAN, unsold passes will be carriedover into the next month or rned for credit on future purchases. Sales ill be monitored for several months to establish appropriate number of passes to be purchased in subsequent months.FWRT will exercise onable effot1s to negotiate lease provisions in future leases regarding tenants who do not cntl y subsidize MBTA passes to do so in the future. Parlicipution in l,rivute Bus Shuttle Service RT has also mel with CRTMA to discuss establishing shuttle service for the BuiJdings. The ent CRTMA routes do not provide service to the Red Line or Central Square.With new bership and additional shullle participation by its members, CRTMA has indicated that it ht assume responsibility for operating shuttles that could provide service between the dings and Central Square. However, because leases for substantially all of the space in the dings arc already in effect and shuttle costs cannot be passed on tenants, FWRT is not ablelo onditionally commit to such service unless it can be provided cost efficiently and the tenants ntarily agree to pay for it. However working with CRTMA, FWRT will exercise reasonable rts to convince tenants to participate and implement Red Line shuttle service.

GRAPHIC

 


Ga·ee11 Line Shuttle Study thin twelve monlhsof90% occupancy of200 Sidney Street, FWRT or CRTMAwill complete uuy on the feasibility of proviuing service connecting the Buildings to lhc B, C, and D Green e branches. !his stuuy will be unuerlaken by FWRT alone or in combination with others luding llerhaps temints of the Buildings or CRTMA and will include estimates of demand autl t. The study will be presented to the PDTM Planning Officer along with FWRT's ommendations RidesbuinE Vehicles RT will provide up to 10% of accessory parking in convenient locations in order to ourage ridesharing. The actual number of spaces will be adjusted based on usage, but itional preferential spaces will be available as needed for new ridesharing vehicles.The ployee Transportation Coordinator will administer, monitor, and adapt the preferential king as needed. site employees wi'l be provided with access to CARAVAN for Commuter's Ridesourcc onal ridesource matching database. Also, a project ridematching database will be developed. · Bicycle and Pedestrian Pro2rams RT will provide secure bicycle parking in the garage and in exterior locations and such ge bicycle parking will be covered and secured. No less than the minimum parking requireu oning will be provided. Short tenn bicycle parking will be provided near buiiUing entranc s visitors. customers, and couriers.

GRAPHIC

 


t forth below is a chart summarizing existing TOM programs for the Garage at1d lots: FWRTon behalf of 200 Sidney Millennium "' Vertex TVisions 4 huttle Participation ."' . MBTA Pass l'rogram 1 Guaranteed Ride Home2 Carpooling and Caravan Ride matching lexible Work Schedules ublicity and Marketing Bicycles/Racks/Showers Discount and Preferential Parking or Vanpools and Carpools inancial Incentives 3 all cases the TDM measures described hereunder will ilding owners, or Ute tenants of the Buildings. be implemented by FWRT, individua . Alternative Woa·k l,a·ograms WRT will inClude provisions in all leases giving tenants infonnation on the advantages an nefits of telecommuting, flexible time and compressed .work week programs and encouragin nants to work directly with the City of Cambridge on such programs. Millennium oJTers full payment up to $60 per month, deducted form paychecks before taxes. Millennium also oJTers f1ee taxi voucher.s for meetings. Millennium oJTers $100 per quarter to employees who elect not to commute by public transit or car. 21 Eric Slrcellcnants of 35 or less employees excluded.

GRAPHIC

 


Department of Traffic, Parking·and Transportation 57 J:nman Street .• ATTAtk\'YlE-NT ' cambridge, MA 02139 Non-Commercial Parking Space Registration J?orm ----------------------------------------------------_je ephone, ------------4-7 l>G" <;T, Cl\1\131<.11:> cPE. M A 0 Z.l 1 of facility. ephone: Honth... ....:lc:;;.() _ Day_...;.'J o _ Year_G)-"--7-"-­ (Check•one) seart of construction: 0 Ia: Opening of facility; Lot Garage Honth, c,..;....__ Day : Year---'CJ'-1-"-----)( 0 New facility Modified facility type of reque1t1 CCheck one) Number of Bxleting parking spaces Prppos§d Number of parking spaces type of Parking SpACOII Bxi1ting Proposed Residential Commercial Employee CUstomer Client Patient 'J."''._., A\\,--, \T - -1..--'fo E'-i t Jt: · Student Guest Yes ·)I( faciU.ty P•ndt:at SEE:. AW\«.fg> · t..lrtJii&J No 0 Pt<.ESl'ON .Mm JAtJ 'l./ l'nt; 1 •partments wbo have taken actions •partments. whave action pendingr nt'Name (Owner) & Title Print Name (Operator) & Title

GRAPHIC

 


•.. FOR TRAFFXC, PARXXHG AND TRANSPORTATXON DBPARTMBNT USB ONLY oo NOT tm.:tTB BELOW TJD:s LINE AltOOlmt.NT I Date Received \v /J.-.t/f\1 Commentsa '-\) €,._, l J \. ._'t,.,-'''----C..;;;;..J._....,._.;;..,'\;..::..::....,..:."' L._;\_·_b \_-<:..J'i::Q,t.._:l:...-_Lf.:,_...,.:....:)_..,_,,'-' \.:;L(..,;I r...; ::.:....;. }:...;.e_=-¥rf-t!..=.......\.-.\_.._......._! ,_;;;:._±"1'-.'-.l_.-.., _ ..,..;..• )-­ l.:t o J......-f..,......_ · \ t ,·r o\L(.J Y<..-Y) \\J........ . A\.,., rt-. "\:o (...,.;...,,t""'"" \.. \: c.. "\ ..,"\x:..... J 0 f6'(. r./ <l<.\J "<:.\""'.> .... \\tA.":i....:;; . oJ\. J ·(:;-. c,..,..:>-.. -..... 't....,,-"\j t Xv t ;..,) ..Jyt"' \.t.J ""'-\- '-l 0 f'--< '-\o {;.,....\.(_ J \ · 0 Residential t=ategoxy: · Non-Residential or Non-Comme·rcial c,..,...\'l. )..) A 1 '-":;. .J 1 Humber of parking spaces approyeda ---------------residential S :t j -----non-residential or non-commercial £ \pproved::Z.M..,., -=w lb -'Z"'l5 -t:.::\/ Date=---------------------Traffic Director . ..... c..,"""' t-J t\c\.c:.'-.' \ \ ..,...,.,. \ b..'* "t c..._,T · \'1 (. ., '-\I "\0 '1..1.::.> l.l..) J 'b. ) 't.. \:..A'\.(_ . .. J "'"" (..(...J '-l 5 l'> t ..... , t. J l::' . I-""" (,, ,'!. L... '\:' J fc..<-t.J A-\ lo c...-!::) j \,. J-r:'"<..t.d J U...t. AL"-'.st· SJ.'-1 l\1'\::c.....\. ..P.,r J )""-U..J vu<.. . . . 9/97

GRAPHIC

 


Certification I hereby certify tllat a commercial partcing pennit hns been obtained for each space being this parking facility have been or will be available o.s commercial parking spaces Wltil a commctdal parking pcrmlt Uu,rcfor has been obtained. used for commercial parking. None: of the other cxistinor proposed parking spaces at Fon Wasbinglon Really Trust .\ David M. Roby, TJUStee .1-.3 j,, /41 Date

GRAPHIC

 


Vehicle Trips 337,000 SF oflab space@ ITE 760 = 2,782 tripS/day = 386 trips/day 20,000 SF of office @ ITE 710 Total trips = 3168 trips/day 3168 X 65.6 = 2078 trips/day

GRAPHIC

 

 

r I ·-·-·_j 1 ,-._-.-,.-..---1'11. ,.... 1.. + .... #ftllle.•/b• ,.._ .....,... ,......... lol'f) .... .. ., ot t: '( c"""' .t ,...r - .. J. ....,....'llooo) 1/•1'-IJ'!', """"••• r ..... II I I . k.. ,,,.,..,.,o) 411o!.ltl'l'. .., lllo!C < >r u.. . NIO ._,,-4U,¥1DIIC IICJC't,ll., .,... · n:.r. L<t. 1"1'11 . 4""'1.1 : 1 "'· • ..o ,.... ... GollY If;"""'"'"'·'............o:: ,...,...... - ' ' '' rr..orr,.:n"nG.•7 n·tnl t t t1 t••t •T t "'. ,_fW,I./t.•O. t""'r"'ll

GRAPHIC

 

 

c/o Cambridge TechnologyPartners 304Vassar Street Cambridge, MA 02139 email coin l@mit.edu Phone 617•679•.5381 Fax 617•374•8300 ax S Pages l 21, 1999 ph Barr M Planner of Cambridge ununity Development nman St. bridge, MA 02139 r Joe: se find attached generic documentation for Charles River Transportation Management Association's ranteed Ride Hume program. e past few weeks, we have worked with a number of businesses and developers who are in the process of aring IPOP or P'IDM plans. Many of these entities have indicated Utey will join CR1MA, and rely on us for ranteed Ride Home program. attached policies and procedures will provide you with an overview.ofhow our program will work. The y and procedure will be reviewed, and may be modified based on the needs of different CRTMA members, I anticipate programs will be substantially lire same. aps we should revisit City of Cambridge participation in CRTMA We would be very interested in ementing a Guaranteed Ride Home program, and ollter TDM measures for city employees as well! l call to answer any questions that you may have about Guaranteed Ride Home. erely, Gascoigne cutive Director Tom Lucey Tom Ragno Debbie Black Joan Peyrebrunc Bob Green

GRAPHIC

 


t forth below is a chat1summarizing existing TOM programs for the Garage and lots: FWRTon behalf of 200 Sidney TVisions 4 Millennium ./ Vertex huUic Participation MBTA Pass l'rogram 1 Guaranteed Ride Home2 Carpoolingand CaravanRide matching lexible Work Schedules ublicity and Marketing Bicycles/Racks/Showers Discount and Preferential Parking or Vanpoots and Carpools Financial Incentives 3 all cases the TOM measures described hereunder wiiJ ilding owners, or the tenants of the Buildings. be implemented by FWRT, individual . Alternative Work l'rograms WRT will include provisions in all leases giving tenants infonnalion on the advantages and nefits of telecommuting, flexible time and compressed work week programs and encouraging nants to work directly with the City of Cambridge on such programs. Millennium offers full payment up to $60 per t11onth, deducted form paychecks before taxes. Millennium also offers ftee taxi vouchers for meetings. Millennium offers $100 per quarter to employees who elect not to commute by public transit or car. Zl Eric Street tenants of JS or less employees excluded.

GRAPHIC

 


Parking Ma11agemeut and SOV Disincentives RT will control access to t.he Garage by issuance of access cards and control devices installed ntrances to the Garage. . Marketing l'rograms New Employees RT will compile material and infonnation on each of these measures and provide all of its ants' employees with a commute altemalives "packet." In addition to information on each asure, the packet will include a set of guidelines explaining available options and how lo ablish an in-house TOM program and/or benefits of participating in the local transportation nagement association. The packet will also include public transportation schedules, bicycle h infomtation, location of on-site bicycle parking and location of changing/showering iIities.. Commuter Newsletter RT will distribute a quarterly newsletter focusing on altemative commuting. ll1e newsletter l include infonnation on existing the new TOM programs, discuss advantages of allemative des, provide maps of transit and shuttle bus routes, provide a question and answer section, anu vide phone numbers addresses and website addresses for allemative commute resources and grams. FWRT will designate an individual responsible for the prouuction and distribution of newsletter, or contract the task to a third pa11y such as CRTMA. 'Vebsite RT or CRTMA will develop and maintain a website devoted to altemative conunulc grams and measures or containing a section devoted to allcmative commuting. At a nimum, the website will describe the programs, resources and measures providoo to FWRT

GRAPHIC

 


tenants and contain links to other websites such as City of Cambridge, MBTA and CARAVA for Commuters that provide altemative con1muter services and infonnalion. D. Prontotioal of Transportation ··Fair/Events FWRT will notify itS tenants (via flyers or posting at ·kiosk, bulletin boards, etc.) of upcomi transportation. fairs and events organized by others as the schedules for such events beco available. FWRT or CRTMA will organize an on-site transportation infonnation fair at lea once a year. E. Commuter lnforiuaUon Centers Commuter lnfonnalion Centers, including bus schedules and maps, ridesharing marketing fon and infonnalion about the guaranteed ride home program, will be created in a central location site. VII. Monitoring and Reporting Plan The monitoring am..l reporting plan will include the following: • Yearly mode split surveys, including questions about attit des and suggestions 4126/99f new programs. • •• Bi-yearly driveway ami parking occupancy counts (starting with the fitst year of occupancy Commitment to report this infom1alion to U1e city on a yearly basis· for use in detenuini whether the project is meeting its mode split commitment. IX. Office of Workforce Development C nunit.:neut. ·FWRT commits to work with the Cambridge Office of Workforce Development. X. Co1·porate Office Certificatioaa Attached is the Corporate Office Certification concerning commercial parking (Attaclfmeut 2

GRAPHIC

 


EXHIBIT I TENANT’S PROPERTY None as of the Execution Date. I-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


EXHIBIT J FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE To: BMR-Sidney Research Campus LLC 17190 Bernardo Center Drive San Diego, California 92128 Attention: Vice President, Real Estate Legal BioMed Realty, L.P. 17190 Bernardo Center Drive San Diego, California 92128 Re: [PREMISES ADDRESS] (the “Premises”) at 40 Erie Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts (the “Property”) The undersigned tenant (“Tenant”) hereby certifies to you as follows: 1. Tenant is a tenant at the Property under a lease (the “Lease”) for the Premises dated as of [ ], 20[ ]. The Lease has not been cancelled, modified, assigned, extended or amended [except as follows: [ ]], and there are no other agreements, written or oral, affecting or relating to Tenant’s lease of the Premises or any other space at the Property. The lease term expires on [ ], 20[ ]. 2. Tenant took possession of the Premises, currently consisting of [ ] square feet, on [ ], 20[ ], and commenced to pay rent on [ ], 20[ ]. Tenant has full possession of the Premises, has not assigned the Lease or sublet any part of the Premises, and does not hold the Premises under an assignment or sublease[, except as follows: [ ]]. 3. All base rent, rent escalations and additional rent under the Lease have been paid through [ ], 20[ ]. There is no prepaid rent[, except $[ ]][, and the amount of security deposit is $[ ] [in cash][OR][in the form of a letter of credit]]. Tenant currently has no right to any future rent abatement under the Lease, except as may be expressly provided for therein. 4. Base rent is currently payable in the amount of $[ ] per month. 5. month Tenant is currently paying estimated payments of additional rent of $[ ] per on account of real estate taxes, insurance, management fees and Common Area maintenance expenses. 6. All work to be performed for Tenant under the Lease has been performed as required under the Lease and has been accepted by Tenant[, except [ ]], and all allowances to be paid to Tenant, including allowances for tenant improvements, moving expenses or other items, have been paid. J-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


7. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge the Lease is in full force and effect, free from default and free from any event that could become a default under the Lease, and Tenant has no claims against the landlord or offsets or defenses against rent, and there are no disputes with the landlord. Tenant has received no notice of prior sale, transfer, assignment, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents payable thereunder[, except [ ]]. 8. [Tenant has the following expansion rights or options for leasing additional space at the Property: [ ].][OR][Tenant has no rights or options to purchase the Property.] 9. To Tenant’s knowledge, no hazardous wastes have been generated, treated, stored or disposed of by or on behalf of Tenant in, on or around the Premises or the Project in violation of any environmental laws. 10. The undersigned has executed this Estoppel Certificate with the knowledge and understanding that [INSERT NAME OF LANDLORD, PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE] or its assignee is [acquiring the Property/making a loan secured by the Property] in reliance on this certificate and that the undersigned shall be bound by this certificate. The statements contained herein may be relied upon by [INSERT NAME OF PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE], BMR-Sidney Research Campus LLC, BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., and any [other] mortgagee of the Property and their respective successors and assigns. Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given in the Lease. Dated this [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ]. NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC. a Delaware corporation By: Name: Title: K-2 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


EXHIBIT K TENANT WORK INSURANCE SCHEDULE Tenant shall be responsible for requiring all of Tenant contractors doing construction or renovation work to purchase and maintain such insurance as shall protect it from the claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from any Tenant Work whether such Tenant Work is completed by Tenant or by any Tenant contractors or by any person directly or indirectly employed by Tenant or any Tenant contractors, or by any person for whose acts Tenant or any Tenant contractors may be liable: 1. Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Tenant Work to be performed. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of employees under any applicable employer’s liability law. 3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, or death of any person other than Tenant’s or any Tenant contractors’ employees. 4. Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Tenant or any Tenant contractors or (b) by any other person. 5. Claims for damages, other than to the Tenant Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use therefrom. 6. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. Tenant contractors’ Commercial GeneralLiability Insuranceshall include premises/operations (including explosion, collapse and underground coverage if such Tenant Work involves any underground work), elevators, independent contractors, products and completed operations, and blanket contractual liability on all written contracts, all including broad form property damage coverage. Tenant contractors’ Commercial General, Automobile, Employers and Umbrella Liability Insurance shall be written for not less than limits of liability as follows: a. Commercial General Liability: Commercially reasonable amounts, but in any event no less than $1,000,000 per Bodily Damage Injury and Property occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate, with $2,000,000 products and completed operations aggregate. K-1 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 

 

b. Commercial Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 per accident Bodily Damage Injury and Property c. Employer’s Liability: Each Accident Disease – Policy Limit Disease – Each Employee $500,000 $500,000 $500,000 d. Umbrella Liability: Commercially reasonable amounts (excess of coverages a, b and c above), but in any event no less than $5,000,000 per occurrence / aggregate. Bodily Damage Injury and Property All subcontractors for Tenant contractors shall carry the same coverages and limits as specified above, unless different limits are reasonably approved by Landlord. The foregoing policies shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies shall not be canceled or not renewed until at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice has been given to the Landlord. Certificates of insurance including required endorsements showing such coverages to be in force shall be filed with Landlord prior to the commencement of any Tenant Work and prior to each renewal. Coverage for completed operations must be maintained for the lesser of ten (10) years and the applicable statue of repose following completion of the Tenant Work, and certificates evidencing this coverage must be provided to Landlord. The minimum A.M. Best’s rating of each insurer shall be A-VII. Landlord and its mortgagees shall be named as an additional insureds under Tenant contractors’ Commercial General Liability, Commercial Automobile Liability and Umbrella Liability Insurance policies as respects liability arising from work or operations performed, or ownership, maintenance or use of autos, by or on behalf of such contractors. Each contractor and its insurers shall provide waivers of subrogation with respect to any claims covered or that should have been covered by valid and collectible insurance, including any deductibles or self-insurance maintained thereunder. If any contractor’s work involves the handling or removal of asbestos (as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion), such contractor shall also carry Pollution Legal Liability insurance. Such coverage shall include bodily injury, sickness, disease, death or mental anguish or shock sustained by any person; property damage, including physical injury to or destruction of tangible property (including the resulting loss of use thereof), clean-up costs and the loss of use of tangible property that has not been physically injured or destroyed; and defense costs, charges and expenses incurred in the investigation, adjustment or defense of claims for such damages. Coverage shall apply to both sudden and non-sudden pollution conditions including the discharge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste materials or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants into or upon land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water. Claims-made coverage is permitted, provided the policy retroactive date is continuously maintained prior to the Term Commencement Date, and coverage is continuously maintained during all periods in which K-2 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


Tenant occupies the Premises. Coverage shall be maintained with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per incident with a $2,000,000 policy aggregate. K-3 {A0336717.4 }

GRAPHIC

 


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (1:his "Amendment") is entered into as of th day of April, 2016, by and between BMR-SIDNEY RESEARCH CAMPUS LLC, ware limited liability company ("Landlord"), and NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC., ware corporation ("Tenant"). RECITALS A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated as ry 21, 2016 (as the same may have been amended, supplemented or modified from time the "Existing Lease"), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the "Premises") fro ord the building at 40 Erie Street in Boston, Massachusetts (the "Building"); B. WHEREAS, pursuant to the Existing Lease, Tenant has elected to establish an ain a separate fire control area within the Premises; and C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Lea firm Tenant's election and only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated. AGREEMENT NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promis ined herein and for other good and valuable consideration , the receipt and sufficiency are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows: 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have t ings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Exi sti , as amended by this Amendment, is referred to collectively herein as the "Lease." Fro fter the date hereof, the term "Lease," as used in the Existing Lease, shall mean the Existin , as amended by this Amendment. 2. Control Area. In accordance with Section 21.9 of the Existing Lease, Tenant h d to establish and maintain a Tenant Control Area for the use and storage of Hazardo rials. Accordingly, Tenant shall not have an y rights to u se the Building Control Area. F oidance of doubt, this Amendment is intended only to confirm Tenant's election, and sha e deemed to modify or waive an y other provisions of Section 21.9. 3. Broker. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, and agrees to reimburs nif y, save, defend (at Landlord 's option and with counsel reasonably acceptable lord, at Tenant 's sole cost and expense) and hold harmless the Landlord Indernnitees fo and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker , employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it. APPROVED BIOMED RGAL

GRAPHIC

 


4. No Default. Landlord and Tenant represent, warrant and covenant that, to the be eir knowledge, neither Landlord nor Tenant are in default of any of their respecti ations under the Existing Lease nor has an event occurred, that with the passage of time ving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunde 5. Notices. Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to t ary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Lease prior to the Term Commenceme should be sent to: Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 215 First Street, Suite 340 Cambridge, MA 02142 Attn: Robert Ang wing the Term Commencement Date, Tenant's Address for Notices and Invoices shall be t remises, Attn: Robert Ang. 6. Effect of Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existin and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain orce and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict betwe rms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained sha sede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. 7. Successors and Assigns. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreemen ined in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upo arties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators an tted successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alt ovisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting. 8. Miscellaneous. This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution a ery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs mendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated here ference.Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does n itute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lea dment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant. 9. Authority. Each party guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual iduals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign th dment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liabili anies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual iduals have signed. 10. Counterparts; Facsimile and PDF Signatures. This Amendment may be execut e or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and t document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendme be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature.

GRAPHIC

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as a sealed Massachusetts instrument as of the date and year first above written. LANDLORD: BMR-SIDNEY RESEARCH CAMPUS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company By: /s/ William Kane Name: William Kane Title: Senior Vice President East Coast Leasing TENANT: NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC. a Delaware corporation By: /s/ Cary Pfeffer Name: Cary Pfeffer Title: Interim CEO

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this "Amendmen t") is entered into as o s 3\j\-day of August, 20 16 (the "Execution Date"), by a nd between BMR-SIDNE SEARCH CAMPUS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Landlord"), and NEO ERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Ten ant"). RECITALS A. WHEREAS, Landl ord and Tenant are patties to that certain Lease dated as o uary 21 , 2016, as a mended by that certa in First Amendment to Lease dated as of April 1 16 (as the same may have been amended, suppl em e nted o r m odified from time to time, th x i st ing Lease"), whereby Tenant l eases certa in premises (t h e "Prem i ses") from Landlord bui l ding at 40 Eri e St reet in Boston, Massachu setts (the "Building"); B. WHEREAS, La ndl ord desires to grant to Tenant, and Tenant desires to accept an ume from La ndl ord, a license to use certain space outside the Prem i ses a nd within th mm on Area; and C. WHEREAS, Land l ord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Leas y in the respects a nd on the condit i o n s h ereinafter sta ted. AGREEMENT NOW, THEREFORE, Land lord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promise ntained herein and for other good and valuable con sideration, the receipt and sufficiency o i ch are hereby acknow l edged, and intendin g to be l ega lly bo und , agree as foll ows: 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Amendment, capita li zed terms shall have th anin gs ascribed to t h em in the Existing Lease unl ess otherw i se defi ned h erein. The Existin ase, as amended by thi s Amendment, i s referred to collecti vely herein as the "Lease." From d after the date he reof, the term "Lease," as u sed in the Ex isting Lease, shall mean the Ex i stin ase, as amended by this Amendment. 2. License Area. From and after the Execution Date, Tenant shall have a non nsferable, exc lusive li cense, whi ch shall be irrevocable for the Term of t he Lease except if du a Defau lt of Tenant, to u se the area depicted on Exhibit A attached h ereto (the "L icen se Are the Term for the sole purpose of insta lling and maintaining a nitroge n tank to serve Tenant siness operati ons in the Premises ("Tenant 's Outdoor Eq uipm ent"). Notw ithsta nding th egoing, Tenant shall be entitl ed to transfer Tenant's interest in and to the licen se to Tenant fi li ate or ot her entity assuming the Lease or subl eas in g a ll or an y portion of the Premise rsuant to an Exempt Transfer. Other than as specifically set forth in this Amendment, th ms of Tenant's u se of the License Area shall be on the same terms and condition s as Tenant of the Premises, including without limita ti on , those rel ated to repair and m a intenanc terations, in surance a nd surrend er obligati on s upon th e expiration or ea rlier termin ati on of t h ase. Ten a nt sh all not be obli gated to pay any Base Rent, Taxes, or Operating Expen ses wit pect to the License Area. Tenant sha ll, h owever, pay for any electricity or other uti lities u se Tenant's Outdoor Eq uipm ent at the times and in the manner prescribed for paym ent of othe APPROVED BIOMED REALTY

GRAPHIC

 


lities in the Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the License Area is not demised, that Landlor no obligation to provide security to the License Area, and that Landlord will not be liable y of Tenant's Outdoor Equipment is damaged, stolen or fails to function properly. 3. Condition of License Area. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (a) Tenant ly familiar with the condition of the License Area and, notwithstanding anything contained i Lease to the contrary, agrees to occupy the same it is condition "as is" as of the Executio te, (b) Landlord has not made and does not hereby make any representation or warranty of an d, express or implied, with respect to the License Area, including but not limited to an resentation or warranty that the License Area is suitable for the use permitted under thi endment, and (c) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or othetwise prepare th ense Area for Tenant's continued occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Licens ea. Any improvements to the License Area shall be deemed to be an Alteration requirin ndlord consent pursuant to Article 17. Tenant shall at all times maintain the License Area an nant's Outdoor Equipment, in good, clean and safe condition, free of all debris and trash. An mage, destruction, graffiti or debris around, to, or on the License Area, Building or Propert sed by a Tenant Party shall be Tenant's responsibility. 4. Relocation Right. Landlord shall have the right to relocate the License Area upo least thirty (30) days' prior written notice, which relocation shall be performed by Tenant ndlord's reasonable cost, unless such relocation is required by Applicable Laws, in which cas relocation costs shall be borne by Tenant. 5. Broker. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker o ent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, and agrees to reimburs emnify, save, defend (at Landlord's option and with counsel reasonably acceptable t ndlord, at Tenant's sole cost and expense) and hold harmless the Landlord Indemnitees fo m and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker ent, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it. 6. No Default. Landlord and Tenant represent, warrant and covenant that, to the be their knowledge, neither Landlord nor Tenant are in default of any of their respectiv ligations under the Existing Lease nor has an event occurred, that with the passage of time o giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder 7. Notices. Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to th ntrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Lease prior to the Term Commenceme te should be sent to: Neon Therapeutics, Inc. 215 First Street, Suite 340 Cambridge, MA 02142 Attn: Robert Ang llowing the Term Commencement Date, Tenant's Address for Notices and Invoices shall be t Premises, Attn: Robert Ang.

GRAPHIC

 


8. Effect of Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existin ase and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain i l force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict betwee terms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained sha persede and control the obligations and liabilities of the pa1ties. 9. Successors and Assigns. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreemen ntained in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upo parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators an rmitted successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alt provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting. I 0. Miscellaneous. This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution an ivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs i s Amendment are inse1ied and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered o en any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herei reference.Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does n nstitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, leas endment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant. II. Authority. Each party guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual o ividuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign th mendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liabilit mpanies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual o ividuals have signed. 12. Counterpa1is: Facsimile and PDF Signatures. This Amendment may be execute one or more counterpmts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and th me document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendme all be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature. [Signature page follows}

GRAPHIC

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as a sealed Massachusetts instrument as of the date and year first above written. LANDLORD: BMR-SIDNEY RESEARCH CAMPUS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company By: /s/ William Kane Name: William Kane Title: Senior Vice President East Coast Leasing TENANT: NEON THERAPEUTICS, INC. a Delaware corporation By: /s/ Robert Ang Name: Robert Ang Title: Chief Business Officer

 

 

Plan of License Area [See attached]

GRAPHIC

 


'" IBl BfoMed Real WTROGEl PAD AND FENCE ·OIKover he'"· NITROGEN TANK - LOCATION PLAN SCALE: 1/16-1'-0 .....,."' ... 111181 "'""'" ....,l.o.E.lN..1.H.I.J.W.I.Il.ii.i 40 £!liE STREET CA!JBiliOGE w.ss...c usrrrs 6' HIGH FENCE -XXX - =-<..,.. 1JUNE tOl lrrRo.J """""" .... J? W..,lrr JP .....: loS OIED

GRAPHIC

 



Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Neon Securities Corporation

 

Massachusetts

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. of our report dated March 2, 2018 relating to the financial statements of Neon Therapeutics, Inc., which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
May 31, 2018




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM